Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10‑K

(Mark One)

 

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For fiscal year ended September 30, 2017

 

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                 to                 .

 

Commission File Number: 0‑25434

Brooks Automation, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware

 

04‑3040660

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

15 Elizabeth Drive

Chelmsford, Massachusetts

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

01824

(Zip Code)

 

978‑262‑2400

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes          No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.   Yes  ☐        No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes           No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T ( § 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes           No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K ( § 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to the Form 10‑K.   ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

Large accelerated filer                          

Accelerated filer                                    ☐

 

 

Non-accelerated filer                             ☐(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company                   ☐

 

 

Emerging growth company                   ☐

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b‑2).   Yes  ☐         No  

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value, held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 31, 2017, was approximately $1,172,736,000 based on the closing price per share of $22.40 on that date on the Nasdaq Stock Market. As of March 31, 2017, 69,643,616 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value, were outstanding. As of November 10, 2017, 70,308,554 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.01, par value, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement involving the election of directors, which is expected to be filed within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Report.

 

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

PAGE NUMBER

PART I  

Item 1.  

Business

3

Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

12

Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

22

Item 2.  

Properties

22

Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

23

Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

24

PART II  

Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

24

Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

26

Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

28

Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

53

Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

54

Item 9.  

Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Financial Accounting and Financial Disclosure

115

Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

115

Item 9B.  

Other Information

116

PART III  

Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

116

Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

116

Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

116

Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

116

Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

116

PART IV  

Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Schedules

117

SIGNATURES  

120

 

 

2


 

Table of Contents

Information Relating to Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements in this Form 10‑K constitute forward-looking statements, which are subject to the safe harbor provisions created by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Certain, but not all, of the forward-looking statements in this report are specifically identified as forward-looking, by use of phrases and words such as “we believe,” “we estimate,” “we expect,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “intend,” “likely,”  and other future-oriented terms. The identification of certain statements as “forward-looking” is not intended to mean that other statements not specifically identified are not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that relate to our future revenue, margin, costs, earnings, product development, demand, acceptance and market share, competitiveness, market opportunities and performance, levels of research and development, or R&D, the success of our marketing, sales and service efforts, outsourced activities and operating expenses, anticipated manufacturing, customer and technical requirements, the ongoing viability of the solutions that we offer and our customers’ success, tax expenses, our management’s plans and objectives for our current and future operations and business focus, the levels of customer spending, general economic conditions, the sufficiency of financial resources to support future operations, and capital expenditures. Such statements are based on current expectations and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and changes in condition, significance, value and effect, including without limitation those discussed within Item 1 A, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report and other documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, such as our quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q and our current reports on Form 8‑K. Such risks, uncertainties and changes in condition, significance, value and effect could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed in this report and in ways we cannot readily foresee. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof and are based on information currently and reasonably known to us. We do not undertake any obligation to release the results of any revisions to these forward-looking statements, which may be made to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence or effect of anticipated or unanticipated events. Precautionary statements made herein should be read as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this report.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, references in this report to "we", "us", "our" and other similar references mean Brooks Automation, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

PART I

Item 1.     Business

Overview

We are a leading global provider of automation and cryogenic solutions for multiple applications and markets. We primarily serve the semiconductor capital equipment market and sample management market for life sciences. We believe our leadership position and global support structure in these markets makes us a valued business partner to the largest semiconductor capital equipment and device makers and pharmaceutical and life science research institutions in the world. Our offerings are also applied to industrial capital equipment and other adjacent technology markets. We are headquartered in Chelmsford, Massachusetts, employ approximately 1,660 full-time employees worldwide, have sales in more than 50 countries, and provide customer support services globally.

Since 1978, we have been a leading partner to the global semiconductor manufacturing markets. In our early days, we developed and marketed automated handling equipment for semiconductor manufacturers. Since then, we have expanded our products and services through product development initiatives and acquisitions, and we are now recognized as a leading provider of vacuum robots, vacuum automation systems, wafer carrier contamination control systems, and cryogenic vacuum solutions to the global semiconductor capital equipment industry. In recent years we have made several key acquisitions, including certain integrated handling system assets of Crossing Automation, Inc. acquired in fiscal year 2013, the automated contamination cleaning equipment of Dynamic Micro Systems Semiconductor Equipment GmbH in fiscal year 2014 and Contact Co., Ltd. in fiscal year 2015. We have invested in research and development initiatives to advance the offerings from each of these acquisitions, as well as our offerings of vacuum automation and cryogenic products and services. In fiscal year 2014 we divested out Granville-Phillips

3


 

Table of Contents

Instruments business. Our business supporting the semiconductor capital equipment and adjacent markets provided approximately 79% of our revenue in fiscal year 2017.

We entered the life sciences sample management market in 2011.  We believed this market was underserved and that we could leverage our core competencies of automation and cryogenics to simultaneously diversify our business into a market that provides us the potential for higher growth and margin expansion. Our strategic objective was to provide offerings to assist customers in managing the “cold chain of custody” of their compound and biological samples, including storage, work flow solutions, transportation, handling, informatics and services.  Today we are a leading provider of the life sciences sample management solutions for automation infrastructure, storage services, infrastructure services, and consumables and instruments. We have also recently commercialized software offerings which enable or enhance our customers’ visibility into their sample management inventories, which in turn is expected to increase the customers’ speed to market.  Taken together, we believe these offerings allow our customers to maintain a complete “cold chain of custody” for their samples. Our business supporting the life science sample management market provided approximately 21% of our revenue in fiscal year 2017.

Our portfolio of product and service solutions is a result of strategic acquisitions, as well as internal research and product development initiatives over the past several years. We acquired three providers of large automated ultra-cold storage freezers and bench-top instruments for sample management: RTS Life Sciences and Nexus BioSystems, Inc., both of which were completed in fiscal year 2011, as well as Matrical, Inc. completed in fiscal year 2013. In fiscal year 2013, we launched an improved, internally-designed, automated freezer system successfully combined large automated systems into our single Twinbank platform, which we now manufacture in Manchester, United Kingdom. Market research led to our development of the BioStore TM III Cryo offering, a smaller, automated, liquid nitrogen-cooled freezer that operates at -150°C, which we began to sell in 2016. The Twinbank and BioStore III Cryo systems are our core automated infrastructure offerings. 

In November of 2015, we acquired BioStorage Technologies, Inc., a full-service outsourcing sample management business, which gave us the capability to support customers with an integrated, comprehensive set of sample management products, services and solutions. In July 2017, we acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Pacific Bio-Material Management, Inc. and Novare, LLC, two companies that provide storage, transportation, management, and cold chain logistics of biological materials. These acquisitions are expected to expand our existing capabilities with respect to sample management and integrated cold chain storage and transportation solutions.

In October 2014, we acquired FluidX Ltd., a consumable sample tube and bench-top instruments business, and in November 2016 we acquired Cool Lab, LLC, a subsidiary of BioCision, LLC, a provider of a range of cryogenic product solutions that assist in managing the temperature stability of therapeutics, biological samples and related biomaterials in ultra-cold environments. We held an equity interest in BioCision prior to the acquisition of Cool Lab and collaborated in the development of advanced solutions in temperature controlled environments. We have made several investments in developing new consumable and instrument offerings since the acquisitions of FluidX and Cool Lab. Subsequent to September 30, 2017, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of 4titude Limited, a U.K.-based manufacturer of scientific consumables for biological sample materials used in a variety of genomic and DNA analytical applications. The acquisition is expected to expand our existing offerings of consumables and instruments within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment.

In fiscal year 2017, we launched BioStudies, a bioinformatics software platform that enables customers to manage their global sample collections. In August 2017, we acquired certain assets and liabilities related to FreezerPro®, a web-based software platform from RURO, Inc., which provides sample management software across multiple end markets, including academic research, government, pharmaceutical, biotech, and healthcare. We expect this acquisition to complement our BioStudies offerings and extend our informatics solutions to address laboratories, biobanks or other enterprises that manage biological samples.

As discussed above, we have made acquisitions over the years which accelerated our product development cycle, broadened our installed base and added customer relationships to our business. We have also divested certain of our products that were not in leadership positions in our core markets. As such, we use acquisitions and divestitures to strengthen our portfolio and achieve increased growth and profitability. For further information on our acquisitions and equity investments, please refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions," and Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments," to our

4


 

Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

The demand for semiconductors and semiconductor manufacturing equipment is cyclical, resulting in periodic expansions and contractions of this market. While the services element of our semiconductor business is generally more stable, the cyclical nature of the capital equipment business causes sales from products to vary quarterly based on short term market demands. It is not unusual for these variations in sales to be up or down 10% to 20% in sequential quarters. We believe the life science sample management market is generally more stable than the semiconductor capital equipment market and expected to grow more quickly than our semiconductor business as a result of the expanding need for storage and retention of compound and biological samples. However, even in this market, revenue streams from storage services can be more stable than the sale of freezers and other equipment, which exhibit periods of robust growth but also decline. As we have expanded our offerings of consumables, infrastructure services and storage services, we have seen these more stable revenue streams in life sciences increase to account for approximately 53% of our Brooks Life Science Systems segment revenue in fiscal year 2017.

Segments

We have two operating and reportable segments consisting of (i) Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and (ii) Brooks Life Science Systems segment. Prior to fiscal year 2016, we had three operating and reportable segments that consisted of Brooks Product Solutions segment, Brooks Global Services segment and Brooks Life Science Systems segment. During fiscal year 2016, we reorganized our reporting structure into two operating and reportable segments. For further information on our operating segments and the related restructuring actions, please refer to Note 15, "Restructuring and Other Charges" and Note 18, "Segment and Geographic Information," to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K. Our prior period reportable segment information has been reclassified to reflect the current segment structure and conform to the current period presentation.

Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group Segment

Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group is a leader in mission-critical wafer automation, vacuum pumping, as well as contamination controls solutions and services that are designed to improve throughput, yield, and cost of ownership of semiconductor tools in the fab. Our product offerings include vacuum and atmospheric robots, turnkey vacuum and atmospheric wafer handling systems, cryogenic vacuum pumps and chillers, as well as wafer carrier clean and reticle storage systems. We also capture the complete life cycle of value through a global service network of expert application and field engineers who are located close to our customers. Our services include rapid component exchange and repair, upgrades to improve equipment productivity, and proactive monitoring and diagnostics for predictive risk management and improved up-time of the installed base.

a)

Markets and Customers

The principal markets served by the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment include the following:

·

Semiconductor capital equipment market

Each year, the global semiconductor industry makes significant capital investments in equipment to keep up with advancements in semiconductor technology, to add manufacturing capacity and to improve productivity within existing semiconductor fabrication plants, or fabs. We are recognized as a market leader in four critical sub-segments: vacuum automation for wafer handling; cryogenic vacuum pumps; contamination control; and automation for advanced packaging. As discussed above, the global semiconductor capital equipment industry is cyclical, but we believe that it possesses a long-term growth profile driven by the demand for increasingly sophisticated consumer electronics, automotive and smart appliance products, growth in data centers, the expansion of Internet-of-Things which increasingly connects various appliances and devices to servers, and mobile platforms. The demand for higher performance, lower power consumption and reduced size for all such products is enabled by advancements in the technology and processes used for the manufacturing of the devices. We believe this trend continues to provide market opportunities for the

5


 

Table of Contents

Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group to be a valued partner in providing vacuum automation, carrier contamination control, cryogenic solutions and automation for advanced packaging to support the industry’s needs.

We have been a long-term partner to device manufacturers, or fabs, and the original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, who are the providers of complex processing equipment, or tools, to fabs. We maintain collaborative relationships with our customers for the innovative design of solutions that enable our customers to have a valued wafer process advantage and improved cost of ownership in the fab. Our global network of technical specialists provides extensive support to our customers in all regions, including the key semiconductor markets in Korea, Taiwan, Japan, and China.

The production of advanced semiconductor chips requires many complex and logistically challenging manufacturing activities. Silicon wafers must go through hundreds of process steps in order to create billions of microscopic transistors and connect them in both horizontal and vertical layers to produce a functioning integrated circuit, or IC. These steps, which comprise the initial fabrication of the IC and referred to in the industry as front-end processes, are repeated many times on a single wafer to create the desired pattern on the silicon wafer. Up to 50% of these processes are performed in tools that operate under vacuum conditions, such as removing, depositing, or measuring materials on wafer surfaces. As the complexity of semiconductors has increased, the number of process steps that occur in a vacuum environment have also increased, resulting in a greater need for both automation and vacuum technology solutions.

The increase in packing density of components in mobile devices has led the industry to devise new techniques for chip interconnectivity using what is called wafer level packaging, or WLP. This advanced packaging technology is a process of combining multiple wafers together prior to cutting them into pieces and then forming them onto a packaging substrate where they are ultimately divided into the multitude of chips. The recent increased adoption of WLP has increased the need for a contaminant free and high purity manufacturing environment, which is providing new demand across our semiconductor offerings which are tailored to handle full wafer forms expanding our opportunity with existing and new customers. For example, throughout the fabrication and packaging processes noted above, the demand for clean processing extends to increased demand for wafer carrier devices which are used for the safe and clean transport of wafers between tools during the manufacturing process. Large scale semiconductor fabs may use thousands of these carriers. There is also growing demand for wafer carrier cleaning and conditioning tools used to remove microscopic particles, organic compounds and water that are attracted to the inside surface of the carrier. Automated cleaning and conditioning of the carrier devices are also in demand by customers looking to improve yields.

·

Adjacent capital equipment markets

In addition to the semiconductor manufacturing industry, there are a variety of adjacent and industrial manufacturing operations that use similar manufacturing processes. Frequently, these markets have common customers and similar technology applications. A few of the adjacent markets which we serve include light-emitting diodes, or LED, which are manufactured using vacuum systems and handling processes similar to those used in semiconductor manufacturing. Organic Light Emitting Diode, or OLED, applications are also gaining traction in the mobile computing and telecommunications device markets because of their high quality display and low power consumption. Touch screen technology found in mobile devices requires either a vacuum or significant cooling for effective deposition of films or coatings during the production process.

We believe the desire for efficient, higher throughput and extremely clean manufacturing for semiconductor wafer fabs, the chip packaging process and other industrial or high performance electronic-based products and processes have created a substantial market for us in the following offerings: (i) substrate handling automation, which is related to moving the wafers in a semiconductor fab, (ii) tool automation, which is related to using robots and modules in conjunction with and inside process tools that move wafers from station-to-station, (iii) vacuum systems technology to create and sustain the clean environment necessary for fabricating various products, and (iv) automated contamination control systems to condition and clean wafer carriers.

6


 

Table of Contents

Product and Service Offerings

The principal offerings of the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment consist of: (i) wafer handling robotics and systems, (ii) semiconductor contamination control solutions, and (iii) cryogenic pumps and compressors. The segment also provides support services, including repair, diagnostic and installation, as well as spare parts and productivity enhancement upgrades to maximize tool productivity.

Wafer handling robotics and systems offerings- include vacuum robots and atmospheric robotic modules, as well as tool automation systems that provide precision handling and clean wafer environments. In the semiconductor industry, wafer handling robotics have emerged as a critical technology in the highly complex production tools in the world’s most advanced wafer fabs. A typical customer tool is designed and built around a process chamber and uses automation technology to move wafers in and out of the chamber. We specialize in developing and building the automated handling systems, as well as the vacuum technologies used in these tools. We provide individual components within an OEM customer system as well as complete integrated handling systems. We provide automation products that are used for both atmospheric pressure and vacuum-based tools and are designed to improve performance and productivity of the manufacturing process.

Contamination control solutions- include automated cleaning and inspection systems for wafer carriers, as well as reticle pod cleaners and stockers, which are automated systems that store wafers or reticles. Our products use enhanced technology to remove critical airborne contamination within the workflow of the manufacturing process. Our solutions contribute to improving yields, productivity and process stability in the manufacturing process which requires an ultra-clean manufacturing environment.

Cryogenic pumps and compressors- provide vacuum pump and thermal management solutions that are used in critical vacuum process applications. Certain process steps require our vacuum pumps to create and optimize the process environment by maintaining pressure consistency throughout the manufacturing process. Semiconductor manufacturers need to ensure that each process operates at carefully controlled pressure levels to achieve optimal production yields. Impurities or incorrect pressure levels can lower production yields, thereby significantly increasing manufacturing costs. Our cryogenic vacuum pumps are considered the industry standard by many leading semiconductor device manufacturers for ion implant and physical vapor deposition, or PVD, applications, both of which require high vacuum pumping capability.

Within the semiconductor industry, we sell our products and services to the world’s major semiconductor chip and OEMs. Our customers outside the semiconductor industry are broadly diversified. We have major customers in North America, Europe and Asia. Although much of our equipment sales ship to OEMs in the United States, a large percentage of these OEM tools are ultimately installed in semiconductor fabs that are outside of North America. We also provide support services to leading OEMs, fabs and foundries across the globe.

Brooks Life Science Systems Segment

Brooks Life Science Systems is a global leader of comprehensive sample life cycle management solutions that provides life science and bioscience customers with complete sample management solutions to advance scientific research and support drug development. Our sample management solutions are focused on providing customers with the highest level of sample quality, security, availability, management, intelligence and integrity throughout the life cycle of samples. Our solutions include automated storage systems, storage services, infrastructure services, as well as consumables and instruments. We also provide informatics solutions that manage samples throughout our customers’ research discovery and development work flows.

Markets and Customers

Brooks Life Science Systems serves a broad range of end markets within the life sciences industry to address a confluence of life science industry trends, such as technology, information management and new sophisticated tools and applications. With the advent of biologics and personalized medicine, biological samples have become critical assets to the success of drug and therapy pipelines, and the proper management and protection of these samples has gained

7


 

Table of Contents

increased importance to our customers. We believe this trend has created a sizable market opportunity for Brooks Life Science Systems to provide comprehensive sample management solutions.

We believe that the total addressable market for sample management solutions is currently expanding as a result of an increasing number of samples being stored globally. The market is fragmented, so we are initially focused on marketing our products and services within biopharma, which encompasses drug discovery research and development along with related clinical research, to government and commercially-sponsored biobanks, as well as to healthcare and academic research institutions. Together, this presents a significant addressable market for our comprehensive sample management solutions.

Brooks Life Science Systems has more than 800 customers around the globe, including a majority of the top‑20 global bio-pharmaceutical companies. Due to the comprehensive nature of our sample management solutions that include automated ultra-cold storage management systems, consumables and instruments, as well as services and informatics, we are continuing to expand our customer base and geographic reach to increase our revenue streams and to deliver consistent growth over the long-term.

Product and Service Offerings

The principal offerings of the Brooks Life Science Systems segment include the following:

Automated cold storage systems - provide stand-alone systems that can store up to 2,000,000 samples each in temperature ranges from +4°C to -190°C. Our systems provide high throughput capability and optimized storage of multi-format tubes and plates, and increased storage capacity while maintaining consistent temperature profiles across stored samples. We also provide support services for our installed base of storage systems.

Sample management services - include a complete range of services that complement the Brooks Life Science Systems segment’s product offerings and consist of on-site and off-site sample storage, cold chain logistics, sample transport and collection relocation, bio-processing solutions (inclusive of sample preparation, and genomic and cell culture analysis), disaster recovery and business continuity, as well as project management and consulting.

Consumables and Instruments - include a complete range of unique consumables, including multiple formats of racks, tubes, caps, plates and foils, which support storage of samples prior to placing them in ultra-cold storage environment. A comprehensive range of instruments used for labeling, bar coding, capping, de-capping, auditing, sealing, peeling, and piercing tubes and plates complement our consumables.

Informatics- provides sample intelligence software solutions and integration of customer technology. Our informatics suite also provides laboratory work flow scheduling for life science tools and instrument work cells, sample inventory and logistics, environmental and temperature monitoring, clinical trial and consent management, as well as planning, data management, virtualization, and visualization of sample collections.

Sales, Marketing and Customer Support

We market and sell the majority of our semiconductor products and services in Asia (including Japan), Europe, the Middle East and North America through our direct sales organization. The sales process for our products is often multilevel, involving a team comprised of individuals from sales, marketing, engineering, operations and senior management. In many cases we assign a team to a customer and that team engages the customer at different levels of its organization to facilitate planning, provide product customization when required, and ensure open communication and support. A portion of our vacuum products and services are sold through local distributors.

Prior to March 2015, we served the Japanese market for our semiconductor robotics and automation products through Yaskawa Brooks Automation, our joint venture with Yaskawa Electric Corporation of Japan. The venture was terminated in March 2015 and was liquidated during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015. As a result of the joint venture’s dissolution, we reacquired the right to market our products in Japan through our direct sales force and employed a portion of the former employees of the venture.

8


 

Table of Contents

The majority of our life sciences sales are completed through our direct Brooks Life Science Systems sales force, particularly our store systems and services. In addition, we supplement the sale of consumables and instruments through distributors that reach a broad range of customers. In regions with emerging life science industries such as China, India and the Middle East, we leverage local distributors to assist with the sales process for store systems. The sales process for our larger sample management systems may take 6 to 18 months to complete and it involves a team typically comprised of individuals from sales, marketing, engineering and senior management.

We typically provide product warranties for a period of one to two years depending on the product type.

Our marketing activities include participation in trade shows, delivery of seminars, participation in industry forums, distribution of sales literature and white papers, publication of press releases and articles in business and industry publications. We maintain sales and service centers in Asia, Europe, the Middle East and North America to enhance support and communication with our customers. These facilities, together with our headquarters, house local support capabilities and demonstration equipment for our customers to evaluate. We encourage customers to discuss features and applications of our demonstration equipment with our engineers who are located at these facilities.

Competition

Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment operates in a variety of market segments of varying breadth with differing competitors and competitive dynamics. The semiconductor and adjacent technology markets, as well as process equipment manufacturing industries, are highly competitive and characterized by continual changes and technology improvements. A significant portion of equipment automation is still done internally by OEMs. Our competitors among merchant vacuum robot automation suppliers include primarily Japanese companies, such as Daihen Corporation, Daikin Industries, Ltd. and Rorze Corporation. Our competitors among vacuum pump component suppliers include Sumitomo Heavy Industries and Telemark, Inc. Atmospheric tool automation is typically less demanding, has fewer barriers to entry and has a larger field of competitors. We compete directly with other equipment automation suppliers of atmospheric modules and systems, such as Hirata Corporation, Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd., Genmark Automation, Inc., Rorze Corporation, Sankyo Seisakusho Co., Ltd., TDK Corporation and Sinfonia Technology Co., Ltd.

We believe our customers will purchase our equipment automation products and vacuum subsystems as long as our products continue to provide the necessary throughput, reliability, contamination control and accuracy at an acceptable price. We believe our semiconductor offerings are competitive with respect to all of these factors. We cannot guarantee, however, that we will be successful in selling our products to OEMs who currently satisfy a portion of their automation needs in-house or from other independent suppliers, regardless of the performance or price of our products.

Given the breadth of Brooks Life Sciences sample management solutions, there are no direct competitors for the comprehensive set of automation, consumables, instruments, services and informatics solutions we provide to our customers. However, each of the business lines within the Life Sciences business has unique competitors. This would include Hamilton Company and Liconic AG for automation systems, Thermo-Fisher for consumables and services, as well as LabCorp and Covance for services.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are focused on developing new products and enhancing the functionality, degree of integration, reliability and performance of our existing products. Our engineering, marketing, operations and management personnel leverage their close collaborative relationships with their counterparts in customer organizations in an effort to proactively identify market demands that helps us refocus our research and development investment to match our customers’ demands. With the rapid pace of change that characterizes the markets we serve, it is essential for us to provide high-performance and reliable products in order to maintain our leadership position in both our Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group and Brooks Life Science Systems businesses.

Our research and development spending was $47.0 million, $51.5 million and $52.2 million, respectively, during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015.

9


 

Table of Contents

We invest in research and development initiatives within our Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment to maintain continued leadership positions in the markets we serve. We have recently launched our newest Vacuum Automation platform, MagnaTran LEAP™, for the rapidly emerging advanced technologies related to manufacturing 10 nanometer semiconductor chips. MagnaTran LEAP is well positioned to deliver clean, accurate and fast wafer transport available for the fast growing Deposition and Etch market.

We have developed and continue to develop automated biological sample storage solutions for operating in ultra-low temperature environments within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. We have developed the Twin-bank platform and introduced the BioStore™ III Cryo automated cryogenic sample management system which offer sample automation, cold chain management and improved security and accessibility while maintaining sample protection within the storage environment.

Manufacturing and Service

Our manufacturing operations include product assembly, integration and testing. We implement quality assurance procedures that include standard design practices, reliability testing and analysis, supplier and component selection procedures, vendor controls, manufacturing process controls, and service processes that ensure high-quality performance of our products. Our major manufacturing facilities are located in Chelmsford, Massachusetts; Monterrey, Mexico; Yongin-City, South Korea; and Manchester, United Kingdom. Our manufacturing operations are designed to provide high quality, low cost, differentiated products to our customers in short lead times through responsive and flexible processes and sourcing strategies. We utilize lean manufacturing techniques for a large portion of our manufacturing, including manufacture of assemblies that we have outsourced to competitive regions, including Asia. We expect to continue to broaden our sourcing of certain portions of our manufacturing process to ensure we continue to provide high quality products at competitive costs. We also believe the continued sourcing of portions of our manufacturing processes in these regions allows us to better serve our customers who have operations in these regions.

We have service and support locations close to our customers to provide rapid response to their service needs. Our principal service and support locations include Chelmsford, Massachusetts; Fremont, California; Chu Bei City, Taiwan; Yongin-City, South Korea; Yokohama, Japan; Shanghai, China; Singapore; Manchester, United Kingdom; Monterrey, Mexico; and Kiryat-Gat, Israel. Our Brooks Life Science Systems segment provides sample management storage and transportation services in Indianapolis, Indiana; Fresno, California; El Segundo, California; Torrance, California; Bronx, New York; Germany, China, and Singapore.

Patents and Proprietary Rights

We rely on patents, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, copyrights, trademarks and licensing agreements to protect our technology. Due to the rapid technological change that characterizes the life sciences, semiconductor, adjacent technology markets and related process equipment industries, we believe that the improvement of existing technology, reliance upon trade secrets, unpatented proprietary know-how and the development of new products may be as important as patent protection in establishing and maintaining a competitive advantage. Our policy is to require all employees to enter into proprietary information and nondisclosure agreements to protect trade secrets and know-how. We cannot guarantee that these efforts will meaningfully protect our trade secrets.

As of September 30, 2017, we owned approximately 420 issued U.S. patents, with various corresponding patents issued in foreign jurisdictions. We also had approximately 115 pending U.S. patent applications, with foreign counterparts of certain of these applications having been filed or which may be filed at the appropriate time. Our patents will expire at various dates through 2035.

Backlog

Backlog for the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment offerings totaled approximately $115 million as of September 30, 2017 as compared to approximately $92 million at September 30, 2016. Backlog for the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment includes all purchase orders for which our customers have scheduled delivery, regardless of the expected delivery date, and consists principally of orders for products and service agreements. Substantially all of this backlog consists of orders scheduled to be delivered within the next 12 months.

10


 

Table of Contents

Backlog for the Brooks Life Science Systems segment offerings totaled $250 million as of September 30, 2017 as compared to approximately $233 million at September 30, 2016. Backlog for the Brooks Life Science Systems segment includes all purchase orders for which customers have scheduled delivery, regardless of the expected delivery date, and consists of orders for products and service agreements. In addition, it includes estimated revenue for future services related to our BioStorage business for which contracts have been secured. Final revenue realized will vary based on volumes, prices, duration, and other factors. Storage contracts vary in length of time, with some being short term and some indefinite. We include the estimated value for time periods in the contract up to a maximum of 5 years.

Geographic Information

Our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 39% of our consolidated revenue in fiscal year 2017. No customers accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenue for fiscal year 2017.

Net revenue for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 based upon the source of the order by geographic area is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

North America

 

$

242,331

 

$

209,727

 

$

199,103

Asia/Pacific/Other

 

 

327,864

 

 

247,241

 

 

231,840

Europe:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

United Kingdom

 

 

42,138

 

$

36,611

 

$

32,160

Rest of Europe

 

 

80,552

 

$

66,744

 

$

89,605

 

 

$

692,885

 

$

560,323

 

$

552,708

 

The majority of our net revenue in North America is generated in the United States and amounted to $240.6 million, $208.3 million and $197.4 million, respectively, during fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

The geographic location of an OEM is not indicative of where our products will eventually be used. The geographic area for our orders is determined by the onward sale of an OEM system which incorporates our sub-systems and/or components.

Our property, plant and equipment as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 by geographic area was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

North America

 

$

52,235

 

$

49,505

Asia/Pacific/Other

 

 

676

 

 

952

Europe

 

 

5,551

 

 

4,428

 

 

$

58,462

 

$

54,885

 

Property, plant and equipment located in the United States amounted to $52.0 million and $49.3 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017 and 2016.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations, as well as the environmental laws and regulations of the foreign national and local jurisdictions in which we have manufacturing facilities. We believe we are materially in compliance with all such laws and regulations.

Compliance with foreign, federal, state, and local laws and regulations has not had, and is not expected to have, an adverse effect on our capital expenditures, competitive position, financial condition or results of operations.

11


 

Table of Contents

Employees

At September 30, 2017, we had 1,661 full time employees. In addition, we employ part time workers and contractors. We consider our relationships with these and all employees to be good. Approximately 10 employees in our facility in Jena, Germany were covered by a collective bargaining agreement at September 30, 2017. During fiscal year 2017, we completed a restructuring action to consolidate our Jena, Germany repair facility into our Chelmsford, Massachusetts repair operation as a part of our strategy to reduce our global footprint and streamline our cost structure. We eliminated 45 positions within the service and administrative functions as a result of this restructuring action. For further information on this restructuring action, please refer to Note 15, "Restructuring and Other Charges" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other documents with the SEC, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1‑800‑SEC‑0330. Also, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including Brooks Automation, Inc., that file electronically with the SEC. The public can obtain any documents that we file with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

Our internet website address is http://www.brooks.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10‑K, quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q, current reports on Form 8‑K and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed, or furnished to, the SEC. These SEC reports can be accessed through the investors section of our website. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

 

Item 1A.     Risk Factors

Factors That May Affect Future Results

You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information in this report before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. These are the risks and uncertainties we believe are most important for you to consider. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, which we currently deem immaterial or which are similar to those faced by other companies in our industry or business in general, may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition and operating results would likely suffer. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

Due in part to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor manufacturing industry and related industries, as well as due to volatility in worldwide capital and equity markets, we have previously incurred operating losses and may have future losses.

Our business is largely dependent on capital expenditures in the semiconductor manufacturing industry and other businesses employing similar manufacturing technologies. The semiconductor manufacturing industry in turn depends on current and anticipated demand for integrated circuits and the products that use them. In recent years, these businesses have experienced unpredictable and volatile business cycles due in large part to rapid changes in demand and manufacturing capacity for semiconductors, and these cycles have had an impact on our business, sometimes causing declines in revenue and operating losses. We could experience future operating losses during an industry downturn. If an industry downturn continues for an extended period of time, our business could be materially harmed. Conversely, in periods of rapidly increasing demand, we could have insufficient inventory and manufacturing capacity to meet our

12


 

Table of Contents

customers’ needs on a timely basis, which could result in the loss of customers and various other expenses that could reduce gross margins and profitability.

We face competition which may lead to price pressure and otherwise adversely affect our sales.

We face competition throughout the world in each of our product and service areas, including from the competitors discussed in Part I, Item 1, “Business - Competition” as well as from internal automation capabilities at larger OEMs. Many of our competitors have substantial engineering, manufacturing, marketing and customer support capabilities. In addition, strategic initiatives in China to encourage local semiconductor manufacturing and supply chain could increase competition from domestic equipment manufacturers in China. We expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products and services and to introduce new products, services and technologies that could adversely affect sales of our current and future products and services. New products, services and technologies developed by our competitors or more efficient production of their products or provisions of their services could require us to make significant price reductions or decide not to compete for certain orders. If we fail to respond adequately to pricing pressures or fail to develop products with improved performance or better quality services with respect to the other factors on which we compete, we could lose customers or orders. If we are unable to compete effectively, our business and prospects could be materially harmed.

Risks Relating to Our Operations

Our operating results could fluctuate significantly, which could negatively impact our business.

Our revenue, operating margins and other operating results could fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter depending upon a variety of factors, including:

·

demand for our products as a result of the cyclical nature of the semiconductor manufacturing industry and the markets upon which the industry depends or otherwise;

·

changes in the timing and terms of product orders by our customers as a result of our customer concentration or otherwise;

·

changes in the demand for the mix of products and services that we offer;

·

timing and market acceptance of our new product and services introductions;

·

delays or problems in the planned introduction of new products or services, or in the performance of any such products following delivery to customers or the quality of such services;

·

new products, services or technological innovations by our competitors, which can, among other things, render our products less competitive due to the rapid technological changes in the markets in which we provide products and services;

·

the timing and related costs of any acquisitions, divestitures or other strategic transactions;

·

our ability to reduce our costs in response to decreased demand for our products and services;

·

our ability to accurately estimate customer demand, including the accuracy of demand forecasts used by us;

·

disruptions in our manufacturing process or in the supply of components to us;

·

write-offs for excess or obsolete inventory;

·

competitive pricing pressures; and

·

increased amount of investment into the infrastructure to support our growth, including capital equipment, research and development, as well as selling and marketing initiatives to support continuous product

13


 

Table of Contents

innovation, technological capability enhancements and sales efforts. The timing of revenue generation coupled with the increased amount of investment may result in operating losses.

As a result of these risks, we believe that reference to past performance for comparisons of our revenue and operating results may not be meaningful, and that these comparisons may not be an accurate indicator of our future performance.

If we do not continue to introduce new products and services that reflect advances in technology in a timely and effective manner, our products and services may become obsolete and our operating results will suffer.

Our success is dependent on our ability to respond to the technological changes present in the markets we serve. The success of our product development and introduction of products to market depends on our ability to:

·

identify and define new market opportunities, products and services in accurate manner;

·

obtain market acceptance of our products and services;

·

innovate, develop and commercialize new technologies and applications in a timely manner;

·

adjust to changing market conditions;

·

differentiate our offerings from our competitors’ offerings;

·

obtain and maintain intellectual property rights where necessary;

·

continue to develop a comprehensive, integrated product and service strategy;

·

price our products and services appropriately; and

·

design our products to high standards of manufacturability so that they meet customer requirements.

If we cannot succeed in responding in a timely manner to technological and/or market changes or if the new products and services that we introduce do not achieve market acceptance, our competitive position would diminish which could materially harm our business and our prospects.

The global nature of our business exposes us to multiple risks.

During fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, approximately 65% and 63% of our revenue was derived from sales outside of North America. We expect that international sales, including increased sales in Asia, will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenue. We maintain a global footprint of sales, service and repair operations. As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to many risks and uncertainties, including:

·

longer sales-cycles and time to collection;

·

tariff and international trade barriers;

·

fewer or less certain legal protections for intellectual property and contract rights abroad;

·

different and changing legal and regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we operate;

·

government currency control and restrictions on repatriation of earnings;

·

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates, particularly in Asia and Europe; and

·

political and economic instability, changes, hostilities and other disruptions in regions where we operate.

14


 

Table of Contents

Negative developments in any of these areas in one or more countries could result in a reduction in demand for our products, the cancellation or delay of orders already placed, threats to our intellectual property, difficulty in collecting receivables, and a higher cost of doing business, any of which could materially harm our business and profitability.

Our business could be materially harmed if we fail to adequately integrate the operations of the businesses that we have acquired or may acquire.

We have made in the past, and may make in the future, acquisitions or significant investments in businesses with complementary products, services and/or technologies. Our acquisitions present numerous risks, including:

·

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired companies and realizing the anticipated synergies of the combined businesses;

·

defining and executing a comprehensive product strategy;

·

managing the risks of entering markets or types of businesses in which we have limited or no direct experience;

·

the potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic partners of ours or of acquired companies;

·

unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the installed base of the target company’s products or infringement of another company’s intellectual property by a target company’s activities or products;

·

problems associated with compliance with the acquired company’s existing contracts;

·

difficulties in managing geographically dispersed operations; and

·

the diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business.

If we acquire a new business, we may expend significant funds, incur additional debt or issue additional securities, which may negatively affect our operations and be dilutive to our stockholders. In periods following an acquisition, we will be required to evaluate goodwill and acquisition-related intangible assets for impairment. If such assets are found to be impaired, they will be written down to estimated fair value, with a charge against earnings. The failure to adequately address these risks or the impairment of any assets could materially harm our business and financial results.

Expanding within current markets introduces new competitors and commercial risks.

A key part of our growth strategy is to continue expanding within the life sciences sample management market. As part of this strategy, we expect to diversify our product sales and service revenue by leveraging our core technologies, which requires investments and resources which may not be available as needed. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in leveraging our capabilities into the life sciences sample management market to meet all the needs of new customers and to compete favorably. Because a significant portion of our growth potential may be dependent on our ability to increase sales within the life science sample management market, our inability to successfully expand within such market may adversely impact future financial results.

Changes in key personnel could impair our ability to execute our business strategy.

The continuing service of our executive officers and essential engineering, technical and management personnel, together with our ability to attract and retain such personnel, is an important factor in our continuing ability to execute our strategy. There is substantial competition to attract such employees and the loss of any such key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. The same could be true if we were to experience a high turnover rate among engineering and technical personnel and we were unable to replace them.

15


 

Table of Contents

Our failure to protect our intellectual property could adversely affect our future operations.

Our ability to compete is significantly affected by our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely upon patents, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, copyrights, trademarks and licensing agreements to protect our technology. Existing trade secret, trademark and copyright laws offer only limited protection. Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and enforce patent protection for our products both in the United States and in other countries. We own numerous U.S. and foreign patents, and we intend to file additional applications, as appropriate, for patents covering our products and technology. Any issued patents owned by or licensed to us may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and the rights under these patents may not provide us with competitive advantages. In addition, the laws of some countries in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold may not fully protect our products. Due to the rapid technological change that characterizes the semiconductor and adjacent technology markets, we believe that the improvement of existing technology, reliance upon trade secrets and unpatented proprietary know-how and the development of new products may be as important as patent protection in establishing and maintaining competitive advantage. To protect trade secrets and know-how, it is our policy to require all technical and management personnel to enter into nondisclosure agreements.

We cannot guarantee that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be adequate to prevent the misappropriation of our technology. Other companies could independently develop similar or superior technology without violating our intellectual property rights. In the future, it may be necessary to engage in litigation or like activities to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights of others, including our customers. This could require us to incur significant expenses and to divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from our business operations.

The expiration of our patents over time could lead to an increase of competition and a decline in our revenue.

One of our main competitive strengths is our technology, and we are dependent on our patent rights and other intellectual property rights to maintain our competitive position. Our current patents will expire from time to time through 2035 which could result in increased competition and declines in product and service revenue.

We may be subject to claims of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights, or demands that we license third-party technology, which could result in significant expense and prevent us from using our technology.

There has been substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the semiconductor-related industries. We have in the past been, and may in the future be, notified that we may be infringing intellectual property rights possessed by third parties. We cannot guarantee that infringement claims by third parties or other claims for indemnification by customers or end-users of our products resulting from infringement claims will not be asserted in the future or that such assertions, whether or not proven to be true, will not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We cannot predict the extent to which we might be required to seek licenses or alter our products so that they no longer infringe the rights of others. We also cannot guarantee that licenses will be available or the terms of any licenses we may be required to obtain will be reasonable. Similarly, changing our products or processes to avoid infringing the rights of others may be costly or impractical and could detract from the value of our products. If a judgment of infringement were obtained against us, we could be required to pay substantial damages and a court could issue an order preventing us from selling one or more of our products. Further, the cost and diversion of management attention brought about by such litigation could be substantial, even if we were to prevail. Any of these events could result in significant expense to us and may materially harm our business and our prospects.

Unexpected events could disrupt our sample storage operations and adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

Unexpected events, including fires or explosions at our facilities, natural disasters, such as tornadoes, hurricanes and earthquakes, war or terrorist activities, unplanned power outages, supply disruptions and failure of equipment or systems, could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations. Our Brooks Life Science Systems’ service customers rely on us to securely store and timely retrieve and transport their critical samples, and these events could

16


 

Table of Contents

result in service disruptions, physical damage to one or more key storage facilities and the customer samples stored in those facilities, the temporary closure of one or more key operating facilities or the temporary disruption of service, each of which could negatively impact our reputation and results of operations. Our primary storage facility is located in Indianapolis, Indiana, an area of the United States that can be prone to tornado and other severe weather events.

If our manufacturing sites were to experience a significant disruption in operations, our business could be materially harmed, while the failure to estimate customer demand accurately could result in excess or obsolete inventory.

We have a limited number of manufacturing facilities for our products and we have moved portions of our manufacturing to third parties, including some in lesser developed countries. If the operations at any one of these facilities were disrupted as a result of a natural disaster, fire, power or other utility outage, work stoppage or other similar event, our business could be seriously harmed because we may be unable to manufacture and ship products and parts to our customers in a timely fashion. The impact of any disruption at one of our facilities may be exacerbated if the disruption occurs at a time when we need to rapidly increase our manufacturing capabilities to meet increased demand or expedited shipment schedules.

Moreover, if actual demand for our products is different than expected, we may purchase more/fewer component parts than necessary or incur costs for canceling, postponing or expediting delivery of such parts. If we purchase inventory in anticipation of customer demand that does not materialize, or if our customers reduce or delay orders, we may incur excess inventory charges. Any or all of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business could be materially harmed if one or more key suppliers fail to continuously deliver key components of acceptable cost and quality.

We currently obtain many of our key components on an as-needed, purchase order basis from numerous suppliers. In some cases we have only a single source of supply for key components and materials used in the manufacturing of our products. Further, we are increasing our sourcing of products in Asia, and particularly in China, and we do not have a previous history of dealing with many of these suppliers. Our inability to obtain components or materials in required quantities or of acceptable cost and quality and with the necessary continuity of supply could result in delays or reductions in product shipments to our customers. In addition, if a supplier or sub-supplier suffers a production stoppage or delay for any reason, including natural disasters such as the tsunamis that affected Japan and Thailand, this could result in a delay or reduction in our product shipments to our customers. Any of these contingencies could cause us to lose customers, result in delayed or lost revenue and otherwise materially harm our business.

Our business could be adversely affected by a decline in the availability of raw materials.

We are dependent on the availability of certain key raw materials and natural resources used in our products and various manufacturing processes, and we rely on third parties to supply us with these materials in a cost-effective and timely manner. Our access to raw materials may be adversely affected if our suppliers’ operations were disrupted as a result of limited or delayed access to key raw materials and natural resources which may result in increased cost of these items. While most of the raw materials used in our products and various manufacturing processes are commercially available, we rely in some cases on materials that have a limited supply and are considered rare Earth elements, such as helium. If the supply of these elements is drastically reduced, it may lead to price increases which could result in higher costs of our products and corresponding revenue declines and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our outsource providers may fail to perform as we expect.

Outsource providers have played and will continue to play a key role in our manufacturing operations and in many of our transactional and administrative functions, such as information technology and facilities management. Although we attempt to select reputable providers and secure their performance on terms documented in written contracts, it is possible that one or more of these providers could fail to perform as we expect and such failure could have an adverse impact on our business.

17


 

Table of Contents

Our business relies on certain critical information systems and a failure or breach of such a system could harm our business and results of operations and, in the event of unauthorized access to a customer’s data or our data, incur significant legal and financial exposure and liabilities.

We maintain and rely upon certain critical information systems for the effective operation of our business. These information systems include telecommunications, the internet, our corporate intranet, various computer hardware and software applications, network communications and e-mail. These information systems may be owned and maintained by us, our outsource providers or third parties such as vendors and contractors. These information systems are subject to attacks, failures, and access denials from a number of potential sources including viruses, destructive or inadequate code, power failures, and physical damage to computers, hard drives, communication lines and networking equipment. To the extent that these information systems are under our control, we have implemented security procedures, such as virus protection software and emergency recovery processes, to mitigate the outlined risks. However, security procedures for information systems cannot be guaranteed to be failsafe and our inability to use or access these information systems at critical points in time, or unauthorized releases of confidential information, could unfavorably impact the timely and efficient operation of our business.

Confidential information stored on these information systems could also be compromised. If a third party gains unauthorized access to our data, including any information regarding our customers, such security breach could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, loss of business, litigation and possible liability. These security measures may be breached as a result of third-party action, including intentional misconduct by computer hackers, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise. Additionally, third parties may fraudulently attempt to induce employees or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords or other information in order to gain access to our customers’ data or our data, including our intellectual property and other confidential business information, or our information technology systems. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, or to sabotage systems, change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any security breach could result in a loss of confidence by our customers, damage our reputation, disrupt our business, lead to legal liability and negatively impact our future sales.

Our goodwill and intangible assets may become impaired.

As of September 30, 2017, we had $233.6 million of goodwill and $83.5 million in net intangible assets as a result of our acquisitions. We periodically review our goodwill and the estimated useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances that might result in either a diminished fair value, or for intangible assets, a revised useful life. These events and circumstances include significant changes in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, advances in technology and competition. Any impairment or revised useful life could have a material and adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations, and could harm the trading price of our common stock.

Changes in tax rates or tax regulation could affect results of operations.

As a global company, we are subject to taxation in the United States and various other countries. Significant judgment is required to determine and estimate worldwide tax liabilities. Our future annual and quarterly effective tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, including changes in the: applicable tax laws; composition of pre-tax income in countries with differing tax rates; and/or establishment of a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets based on the assessment of their realizability prior to expiration. In addition, we are subject to regular examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state, local and foreign tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of favorable or unfavorable outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, there can be no assurance that any final determination will not be materially different from the treatment reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to numerous governmental regulations.

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign regulations, including environmental regulations and regulations relating to the design and operation of our products and control systems. We might incur significant costs as we seek to

18


 

Table of Contents

ensure that our products meet safety and emissions standards, many of which vary across the states and countries in which our products are used. In the past, we have invested significant resources to redesign our products to comply with these directives. Compliance with future regulations, directives, and standards could require us to modify or redesign some products, make capital expenditures, or incur substantial costs. If we do not comply with current or future regulations, directives, and standards:

·

we could be subject to fines;

·

our production or shipments could be suspended; and

·

we could be prohibited from offering particular products in specified markets.

Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulations and customer demands related to conflict minerals may adversely affect us.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act imposes disclosure requirements regarding the use in components of our products of “conflict minerals” mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, whether the components of our products are manufactured by us or third parties. This requirement could affect the pricing, sourcing and availability of minerals used in the manufacture of components we use in our products. In addition, there are additional costs associated with complying with the disclosure requirements and customer requests, such as costs related to our due diligence to determine the source of any conflict minerals used in our products. We may face difficulties in satisfying customers who may require that all of the components of our products are certified as conflict mineral free and/or free of numerous other hazardous materials.

Unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations may lead to lower operating margins, or may cause us to raise prices, which could result in reduced sales.

Currency exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our sales and results of operations and we could experience losses with respect to forward exchange contracts into which we may enter. Unfavorable currency fluctuations could require us to increase prices to foreign customers, which could result in lower net sales by us to such customers. Alternatively, if we do not adjust the prices for our products in response to unfavorable currency fluctuations, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, most sales made by our foreign subsidiaries are denominated in the currency of the country in which these products are sold and the currency they receive in payment for such sales could be less valuable as compared to the U.S. dollar at the time of receipt as a result of exchange rate fluctuations. From time to time, we enter into forward exchange contracts to reduce currency exposure. However, we cannot be certain that our efforts will be adequate to protect us against significant currency fluctuations or that such efforts will not expose us to additional exchange rate risks, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Risk related to the referendum of the United Kingdom’s membership in the European Union

In June 2016, a majority of voters in the United Kingdom voted “for” the Referendum of the United Kingdom’s Membership in the European Union, referred to as Brexit, approving the exit of the United Kingdom from the European Union, which triggered volatility in exchange rate fluctuations of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies in which we conduct our business. We may experience volatility in exchange rates as the United Kingdom negotiates its exit from the European Union. As described in Item 7A, "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk", of this 10‑K, most of our foreign currency denominated transactions are conducted in Euros, British Pounds and a variety of Asian currencies. Sales in currencies other than the U.S. dollar were approximately 33% and 34%, respectively, of our total sales during fiscal years 2017 and 2016. If a dollar strengthens, our revenue denominated in foreign currencies may be adversely affected when translated into U.S. dollars.

The announcement of Brexit has also created global economic uncertainty, which may cause our customers to closely monitor their costs and reduce their spending on our products and services. The effects of Brexit depends on any agreements the United Kingdom makes to retain access to European Union markets either during a transitional period or more permanently. The measures could potentially disrupt the markets we serve and may cause us to lose customers and

19


 

Table of Contents

employees. In addition, Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the United Kingdom determines which E.U. laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit, among others, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our indebtedness may adversely affect our ability to operate our business, generate cash flows and make payments on such indebtedness

On October 4, 2017, we entered into a $200.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, or term loan, with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The term loan matures and becomes fully payable on October 4, 2024. We would be required to redeem the term loan at the principal amount then outstanding upon occurrence of certain events, as described in the term loan agreement. For further information on this transaction, please refer to Note 21, "Subsequent Events" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Our ability to pay interest and repay the principal for our indebtedness is dependent upon our ability to manage our business operations and maintain sufficient liquidity to service such debt. The loan borrowings are subject to variable interest rates which create exposure to interest rate risk. Interest rate increases may result in higher cost of servicing the loan and reduce our profitability and cash flows. The terms of our debt covenants could limit our ability to raise additional funds and the manner in which we conduct our business. We have the ability to refinance the term loan and obtain additional indebtedness as long as we maintain a certain level of liquidity and earnings, as specified in the loan agreement. If our liquidity and earnings are reduced below a certain level, we will have limited ability to service the term loan and obtain additional debt financing. Our failure to comply with these restrictive covenants could also result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all or a portion of our indebtedness.  Accordingly, a default would have a material adverse effect on our business and our lender would have the right to exercise its rights and remedies to collect, which would include the right to foreclose on our assets.

 

Risks Relating to Our Customers

Because we rely on a limited number of customers for a large portion of our revenue, the loss of one or more of these customers could materially harm our business.

We receive a significant portion of our revenue in each fiscal period from a relatively limited number of customers, and that trend is likely to continue. Sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 39%, 34% and 38%, respectively, of our total revenue in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The loss of one or more of these major customers, a significant decrease in orders from one of these customers, or the inability of one or more customers to make payments to us when they are due could materially affect our revenue, business and reputation. In addition, there has been and may continue to be significant consolidation among some of our largest OEM customers, which could lead to increased pressure to reduce the price of our products and/or decreased market share of our products with the combined companies.

Because of the lengthy sales cycles of many of our products, we may incur significant expenses before we generate any revenue related to those products.

Our customers may need several months to test and evaluate our products. This increases the possibility that a customer may decide to cancel an order or change its plans, which could reduce or eliminate our sales to that customer. The impact of this risk can be magnified during the periods in which we introduce a number of new products, as has been the case in recent years. As a result of this lengthy sales cycle, we may incur significant research and development expenses, and selling, general and administrative expenses before we generate the related revenue for these products, and we may never generate the anticipated revenue if our customer cancels an order or changes its plans.

In addition, many of our products will not be sold directly to the end-user but will be components of other products manufactured by OEMs. As a result, we rely on OEMs to select our products from among alternative offerings to be incorporated into their equipment at the design stage; so-called design-ins. The OEMs’ decisions often precede the generation of volume sales, if any, by a year or more. Moreover, if we are unable to achieve these design-ins from an OEM, we would have difficulty selling our products to that OEM because changing suppliers after design-ins involves significant cost, time, effort and risk on the part of that OEM.

20


 

Table of Contents

Customers generally do not make long term commitments to purchase our products and our customers may cease purchasing our products at any time.

Sales of our products are often made pursuant to individual purchase orders and not under long-term commitments and contracts. Our customers frequently do not provide any assurance of minimum or future sales and are not prohibited from purchasing products from our competitors at any time. Accordingly, we are exposed to competitive pricing pressures on each order. Our customers also engage in the practice of purchasing products from more than one manufacturer to avoid dependence on sole-source suppliers for certain of their needs. The existence of these practices makes it more difficult for us to increase price, gain new customers and win repeat business from existing customers.

We may face claims for liability related to damages of customer materials attributed to the failure of our products or services, exposing us to significant financial or reputational harm.

Our automation products for the semiconductor manufacturing market are used in the handling and movement of silicon wafers at various points in the production process, and our automated cold storage systems for the life sciences sample management market are used in the handling, movement and storage of biological and chemical samples. We also provide sample storage services to customers where we store their biological and chemical samples at our facilities. In any case, damage to our customers’ materials may be attributed to a failure of our products or services which could lead to claims for damages made by our customers and could also harm our relationship with our customers and damage our reputation in each of these industries, resulting in material harm to our business.

Risks Relating to Owning Our Securities

Our stock price is volatile.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated widely. From the beginning of fiscal year 2016 through the end of fiscal year 2017, our stock price fluctuated between a high of $30.36 per share and a low of $8.48 per share. Consequently, the current market price of our common stock may not be indicative of future market prices, and we may be unable to sustain or increase the value of an investment in our common stock. Factors affecting our stock price may include:

·

variations in operating results from quarter to quarter;

·

changes in earnings estimates by analysts or our failure to meet analysts’ expectations;

·

changes in the market price per share of our public company customers;

·

market conditions in the semiconductor and other industries into which we sell products and services;

·

global economic conditions;

·

political changes, hostilities or natural disasters such as hurricanes and floods;

·

low trading volume of our common stock; and

·

the number of firms making a market in our common stock.

In addition, the stock market has in the past experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have particularly affected the market prices of the securities of high technology companies like ours. These market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We may not pay dividends on our common stock.

Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive dividends when and if they are declared by our Board of Directors. Although we have declared cash dividends on our common stock for the past several years, we are not

21


 

Table of Contents

required to do so and may reduce or eliminate our cash dividends in the future. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our charter documents and, Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of us, which could decrease the value of your shares.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law contain provisions that could make it harder for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions include limitations on actions by our stockholders by written consent, the inability of stockholders to call special meetings and the potential for super majority votes of our stockholders in certain circumstances. In addition, our Board of Directors has the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer.

Our restated certificate of incorporation makes us subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits publicly held Delaware corporations to which it applies from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. This provision could discourage others from bidding for our shares of common stock and could, as a result, reduce the likelihood of an increase in the price of our common stock that would otherwise occur if a bidder sought to buy our common stock.

Delaware law also imposes restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock. Although we believe these provisions provide for an opportunity to receive a higher bid by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors, these provisions apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by stockholders. If a change of control or change in management is delayed or prevented, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of shares of blank check preferred stock.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our Board of Directors is authorized to issue from time to time, without further stockholder approval, up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix and designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights and terms of redemption and liquidation preferences. Such shares of preferred stock could have preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation rights. Our issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control. Our issuance of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock or could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.

Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.     Properties

Our corporate headquarters and primary manufacturing/research and development facilities are currently located in three buildings in Chelmsford, Massachusetts.

22


 

Table of Contents

We maintained the following principal facilities as of September 30, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Square Footage

    

Ownership Status/Lease

Location

 

Functions

 

(Approx.)

 

Expiration

Chelmsford, Massachusetts

 

Corporate headquarters, training, manufacturing, R&D and sales & support

 

298,000

 

Owned

Indianapolis, Indiana

 

Sample storage, sales & support

 

98,000

 

September 2023

Fremont, California

 

Manufacturing, R&D and sales & support

 

44,940

 

August 2025

Manchester, United Kingdom

 

Manufacturing, R&D and sales & support

 

44,670

 

December 2019

Yongin-City, South Korea

 

Manufacturing, R&D and sales & support

 

32,000

 

September 2019

Chu Bei City, Taiwan

 

Sales & support

 

28,600

 

June 2018

 

Our Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment utilizes the facilities in Chelmsford, Massachusetts; Fremont, California; South Korea, Germany and Taiwan. Our Brooks Life Science Systems segment utilizes the facilities in Manchester, United Kingdom; Indianapolis, Indiana; Chelmsford, Massachusetts; Bronx, New York; and Fremont, California.

During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, we entered into a new lease agreement for the existing 85,000 square feet of space in Indianapolis, Indiana which expires on September 30, 2023. Additionally, we executed another lease agreement for an additional 13,000 square feet of space within the same facility which commences on March 1, 2019 and expires on September 30, 2023. Both leases may be extended at our option for three additional terms of five years each, subject to the terms and conditions of the lease.

During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, we extended the lease term for our Fremont, California facility until August 31, 2025 which may be further extended at our option for two additional terms of five years each, subject to the terms and conditions of the lease.

During fiscal year ended  September 30, 2017, we completed a restructuring action related to centralizing our North American and European repair services for cryogenic and automation products in our Chelmsford, Massachusetts facility and relocating such services from our facility in Jena, Germany as a part of our strategy to reduce our global footprint and streamline our cost structure. We vacated majority of the space in the 30,100 square foot Jena facility upon expiration of the lease term on February 28, 2017.

We maintain additional sales, support and training offices in Texas, Europe (France and Germany), Asia (China, Japan and Singapore) and the Middle East (Israel). We also maintain sample storage facilities in China, Germany and Singapore.

We utilize a third party to manage our manufacturing operations in Mexico under a shelter agreement. As a part of this arrangement, we make and guarantee the monthly payments for a lease of the 56,116 square foot manufacturing facility which expires in February 2019. The remaining payments under the lease were approximately $1.0 million at September 30, 2017.

 

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

We are subject to various legal proceedings, both asserted and unasserted, that arise in the ordinary course of business. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings or in certain instances provide reasonable ranges of potential losses. However, as of the date of this report, we believe that none of these claims will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. In the event of unexpected subsequent developments and given the inherent unpredictability of these legal proceedings, there can be no assurance that our assessment of any claim will reflect the ultimate outcome and an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from

23


 

Table of Contents

time-to-time, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations in particular quarterly or annual periods.

Item 4.     Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC under the symbol “BRKS.” The following table sets forth the high and low intraday sales prices per share of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC and the cash dividends declared per common share for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market Price

 

Dividends

 

    

High

    

Low

    

Declared

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

First quarter

 

$

17.80

 

$

12.89

 

$

0.10

Second quarter

 

 

22.40

 

 

16.68

 

 

0.10

Third quarter

 

 

29.60

 

 

21.14

 

 

0.10

Fourth quarter

 

 

30.36

 

 

21.78

 

 

0.10

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

First quarter

 

$

11.91

 

$

10.68

 

$

0.10

Second quarter

 

 

10.54

 

 

8.48

 

 

0.10

Third quarter

 

 

11.90

 

 

9.16

 

 

0.10

Fourth quarter

 

 

13.96

 

 

11.05

 

 

0.10

 

Number of Holders

As of November 2, 2017, there were 556 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

Dividends are declared at the discretion of our Board of Directors and depend on actual cash flow from operations, our financial condition, capital requirements and any other factors our Board of Directors may consider relevant. Future dividend declarations, as well as the record and payment dates for such dividends, will be determined by our Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

On November 8, 2017, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.10 per share payable on December 22, 2017 to common stockholders of record on December 1, 2017.

Comparative Stock Performance

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (assuming reinvestment of dividends) from investing $100 on September 30, 2012, and plotted at the last trading day of each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, in each of (i) our Common Stock; (ii) the NASDAQ/NYSE MKT/NYSE Index of companies; (iii) a peer group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 (“Current Peer Group”), and  (iv) a peer group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 (“Prior Peer Group”).

The Current Peer Group is comprised of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc., Analogic Corp., Axcelis Technologies Inc., Bio Rad Laboratories Inc., Bruker Corp., Cabot Microelectronics Corp., Coherent Inc., Entegris, Inc., Formfactor Inc., Haemonetics Corp., MKS Instruments, Inc., MTS Instruments, Inc., Photronics, Inc., Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., Varex Imaging Corp. and Veeco Instruments Inc. The Prior Peer Group is comprised of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc., Bruker Corp., Entegris, Inc., Formfactor Inc., MKS Instruments, Inc., Photronics, Inc.,

24


 

Table of Contents

Teradyne Inc., Ultra Clean Holdings, Inc., Veeco Instruments Inc. and Xcerra Corp. The Current Peer Group was expanded to include life sciences companies due to the growing percentage of the Company’s revenue from the Brooks Life Sciences Systems segment.

The stock price performance on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Brooks Automation, Inc., the NASDAQ/NYSE MKT/NYSE Index,

and a Peer Group

PICTURE 1


*$100 invested on September 30, 2012 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

9/30/2012

    

9/30/2013

    

9/30/2014

    

9/30/2015

    

9/30/2016

    

9/30/2017

Brooks Automation, Inc.

 

$

100.00

 

$

119.99

 

$

139.94

 

$

161.48

 

$

194.44

 

$

441.66

NASDAQ/NYSE American/NYSE

 

 

100.00

 

 

119.19

 

 

136.37

 

 

129.16

 

 

146.39

 

 

173.50

Prior Peer Group

 

 

100.00

 

 

127.88

 

 

138.30

 

 

131.63

 

 

174.73

 

 

289.61

Current Peer Group

 

 

100.00

 

 

122.33

 

 

121.24

 

 

120.74

 

 

161.57

 

 

249.89

 

The information included under the heading “Comparative Stock Performance” in Item 5 of "this report" shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or subject to Regulation 14A, shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

Issuer’s Purchases of Equity Securities

On September 29, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to $50 million worth of our common stock. The timing and amount of any shares to be repurchased under this program will be based on market and business conditions, legal requirements and other factors and may be commenced or suspended at any time at our discretion. There were no shares repurchased under this program during fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

25


 

Table of Contents

Item 6.     Selected Financial Data

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” appearing elsewhere in this report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

(1)(2)

 

(3)(4)

 

(5)(6)

 

(7)(8)(9)

 

(8)(10)(11)

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenue

 

$

692,885

 

$

560,323

 

$

552,708

 

$

482,848

 

$

422,440

Gross profit

 

 

267,404

 

 

198,081

 

 

189,105

 

 

167,337

 

 

132,307

Operating income (loss)

 

 

64,113

 

 

4,238

 

 

16,890

 

 

(2,699)

 

 

(16,798)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

62,612

 

 

(69,476)

 

 

14,221

 

 

1,520

 

 

(7,114)

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

30,002

 

 

4,964

Net income (loss) attributable to Brooks Automation, Inc.

 

 

62,612

 

 

(69,476)

 

 

14,221

 

 

31,361

 

 

(2,215)

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to Brooks Automation, Inc. common stockholders:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

0.90

 

 

(1.01)

 

 

0.21

 

 

0.02

 

 

(0.11)

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

0.45

 

 

0.08

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to Brooks Automation, Inc.

 

$

0.90

 

$

(1.01)

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.47

 

$

(0.03)

Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to Brooks Automation, Inc. common stockholders:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.89

 

$

(1.01)

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.02

 

$

(0.11)

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

0.44

 

 

0.08

Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to Brooks Automation, Inc.

 

$

0.89

 

$

(1.01)

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.46

 

$

(0.03)

Dividend declared per share

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

(In thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

$

104,292

 

$

91,221

 

$

214,030

 

$

245,456

 

$

173,362

Working capital (12), (13)

 

 

100,941

 

 

94,416

 

 

89,225

 

 

80,027

 

 

88,691

Total assets

 

 

766,628

 

 

685,905

 

 

758,702

 

 

777,227

 

 

736,765

Total capital lease obligation

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8,298

 

 

 —

Total equity

 

 

607,644

 

 

553,690

 

 

632,045

 

 

642,889

 

 

632,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

 

Quarter (2)

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter (1)

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenue

 

$

159,955

 

$

169,333

 

$

181,717

 

$

181,880

Gross profit

 

 

56,943

 

 

64,524

 

 

71,572

 

 

74,365

Operating income

 

 

13,161

 

 

14,801

 

 

18,770

 

 

17,381

Net income

 

 

13,871

 

 

14,005

 

 

17,350

 

 

17,386

Basic net income per share

 

 

0.20

 

 

0.20

 

 

0.25

 

 

0.25

Diluted net income per share

 

 

0.20

 

 

0.20

 

 

0.25

 

 

0.25

 

26


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 2016

 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

 

Quarter (3)

 

Quarter (4)

 

Quarter

 

Quarter 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenue

 

$

119,955

 

$

135,281

 

$

147,534

 

$

157,553

Gross profit

 

 

40,554

 

 

46,800

 

 

54,163

 

 

56,565

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(8,320)

 

 

(6,339)

 

 

8,494

 

 

10,404

Net (loss) income

 

 

(4,648)

 

 

(83,939)

 

 

8,564

 

 

10,547

Basic net (loss) income per share

 

 

(0.07)

 

 

(1.22)

 

 

0.12

 

 

0.15

Diluted net (loss) income per share

 

 

(0.07)

 

 

(1.22)

 

 

0.12

 

 

0.15


(1)

On July 5, 2017, we acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Pacific Bio-Material Management, Inc., or PBMMI, and Novare, LLC, or Novare, a wholly owned subsidiary of PBMMI. The results of PBMMI have been included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition. Please refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K for additional information regarding this transaction.

(2)

On November 28, 2016, we acquired Cool Lab, LLC, or Cool Lab. The results of Cool Lab have been included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition. Please refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10 K for additional information regarding this transaction.

(3)

On November 30, 2015, we acquired BioStorage Technologies, Inc., or BioStorage. The results of BioStorage have been included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition. Please refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K for additional information regarding this transaction.

(4)

Operating income (loss) and net income (loss) includes a charge of $79.3 million related to establishing an additional valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. Please refer to Note 10, “Income Taxes” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K for additional information.

(5)

On August 14, 2015, we acquired Contact Co., Ltd., or Contact. The results of Contact have been included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition. Please refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K for additional information regarding this transaction.

(6)

On October 1, 2014, we acquired FluidX Ltd., or FluidX. The results of FluidX have been included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition. Please refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K for additional information regarding this transaction.

(7)

On April 30, 2014, we acquired Dynamic Micro Systems Semiconductor Equipment GmbH, or DMS. The results of DMS have been included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition.

(8)

In March 2014, we entered into an agreement to sell the Granville-Phillips Gas Analysis & Vacuum Measurement, or Granville-Phillips, business unit for $87.0 million in cash. In the second quarter of fiscal year 2014, we determined that the Granville-Phillips business met the criteria of being reported as a discontinued operation. As a result, the selected financial data presented for periods prior to the second quarter of fiscal year 2014 has been revised to present the operating results of the Granville-Phillips business as a discontinued operation.

(9)

On May 30, 2014, we completed the sale of the Granville-Phillips business. We realized a pre-tax gain of $56.8 million and an after-tax gain of $26.9 million in connection with the sale. The tax charge of $29.9 million on the gain is substantially non-cash as it was offset by our net operating losses in the United States.

27


 

Table of Contents

(10)

We acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Matrical, Inc.’s life science businesses, collectively referred to as Matrical, in August 2013. The results of Matrical have been included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition.

(11)

We acquired Crossing Automation Inc., or Crossing, in October 2012. The results of Crossing have been included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition.

(12)

The calculation of working capital excludes "Cash and cash equivalents", "Marketable securities", "Assets Held for Sale", as well as assets and liabilities identifiable within the Granville-Phillips business reported as “Assets held for sale” and “Liabilities held for sale,” respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2013.

(13)

Working capital amounts were adjusted to reflect the reclassification of current deferred tax assets and liabilities to non-current in accordance with Accounting Standard Update 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes , issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. We reclassified $16.4 million, $18.2 million and $16.8 million, respectively, of net deferred tax assets from current to non-current at September 30, 2015, September 30, 2014, and September 30, 2013.

 

Item 7.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A, describes principal factors affecting the results of our operations, financial condition and liquidity, as well as our critical accounting policies and estimates that require significant judgment and thus have the most significant potential impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. Our MD&A is organized as follows:

·

Overview . This section provides a general description of our business and operating segments, as well as a brief discussion and overall analysis of our business and financial performance, including key developments affecting the Company during fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section discusses accounting policies and estimates that require us to exercise subjective or complex judgments in their application. We believe these accounting policies and estimates are important to understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in our reported financial results.

·

Results of Operations. This section provides an analysis of our financial results for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015.

·

Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our liquidity and changes in cash flows, as well as a discussion of available borrowings and contractual commitments.

You should read the MD&A in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes beginning on page 54. In addition to historical information, the MD&A contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read “Information Related to Forward-Looking Statements” included above in this Form 10‑K and "Item 1A. Risk Factors" for a discussion of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations.

OVERVIEW

General

We are a leading global provider of automation and cryogenic solutions for multiple applications and markets. We primarily serve the semiconductor capital equipment market and sample management market for life sciences. Our leadership position and global support structure in each of these markets makes us a valued business partner to the largest semiconductor capital equipment and device makers, as well as pharmaceutical and life science research institutions in the world. Our offerings are also applied to industrial capital equipment and other adjacent technology markets.

28


 

Table of Contents

In the semiconductor capital equipment market, equipment productivity and availability are critical factors for our customers, who typically operate equipment under demanding temperature and/or pressure environments. Our automation and cryogenics capabilities are demonstrated in our various robotic automation and cryogenic vacuum pump offerings, both of which are used by semiconductor manufacturers in the processing of silicon wafers into integrated circuits. Although the demand for semiconductors and semiconductor manufacturing equipment is cyclical resulting in periodic expansions and contractions of this market, we expect the semiconductor equipment market to remain one of our principal markets as we continue making investments to maintain and grow our semiconductor product and service offerings. A majority of our research and development spending advances our current product lines and drives innovations for new product offerings. We invest in research and development initiatives within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment to maintain continued leadership position in the markets we serve. We have recently launched our newest Vacuum Automation platform, MagnaTran LEAP™, for the rapidly emerging advanced technologies related to manufacturing 10 nanometer semiconductor chips. MagnaTran LEAP is well positioned to deliver clean, accurate and fast wafer transport for the fast growing Deposition and Etch market segments. In addition, we have made a number of acquisitions to support and expand our technology and product offerings for the semiconductor market. In August 2015, we acquired Contact Co., Ltd., or Contact, for $6.8 million, net of cash acquired. Contact is a Japanese-based provider of automated cleaner products for wafer carrier devices used in the global semiconductor markets. This acquisition broadened our contamination control solutions product portfolio and added complementary technology capabilities to our contamination control solutions business unit.

In the life sciences sample management market, we utilize our core competencies and capabilities in automation and cryogenics to provide comprehensive bio-sample management solutions to a broad range of end markets within the life sciences industry. Our offerings include automated ultra-cold storage freezers, consumable sample storage containers, instruments which assist in the workflow of sample management, and both on-site and off-site full sample management services. We expect the life sciences sample management market to remain one of our principal markets for our product and service offerings and provide favorable opportunities for the growth of our overall business. Over the past several years, we have acquired and developed essential capabilities required to strategically address the sample management needs across multiple end markets within the life sciences industry.

In November of 2015, we acquired BioStorage Technologies, a full-service outsourcing sample management business, for a total purchase price of $125.2 million, net of cash acquired. The acquisition provided us with the capability to support customers with an integrated, comprehensive set of sample management products, services and solutions. In July 2017, we acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Pacific Bio-Material Management, Inc., or PBMMI, and Novare, LLC, or Novare, for a total purchase price of $34.3 million, net of cash acquired. PBMMI and Novare provide storage, transportation, management, and cold chain logistics of biological materials. The acquisition is expected to expand our existing capabilities with respect to sample management and integrated cold chain storage and transportation solutions. We acquired FluidX Ltd., a consumable sample tube and bench-top instruments business, in October 2014 and Cool Lab, LLC, a subsidiary of BioCision, LLC, which provides a range of cryogenic product solutions that assist in managing the temperature stability of therapeutics, biological samples and related biomaterials in ultra-cold environments, in November 2016. We held an equity interest in BioCision prior to the acquisition of Cool Lab and collaborated in the development of advanced solutions in temperature controlled environments.  The aggregate purchase price of $15.2 million consisted of a cash payment of $4.8 million, a liability to the seller of $0.1 million and a non-cash consideration of $10.3 million measured at fair value on the acquisition date. Please refer to Note 19, “Fair Value Measurements” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K for further information on the valuation techniques and inputs used in fair value measurements of the financial instruments included in the non-cash consideration. We have made several investments in developing new consumable and instrument offerings since the acquisitions of FluidX and Cool Lab.

In fiscal year 2017, we launched BioStudies, a bioinformatics sample intelligence software platform that enables customers to manage their global samples. In August 2017, we acquired certain assets and liabilities related to FreezerPro ® web-based software platform from RURO, Inc. for a total purchase price of $5.5 million. RURO, Inc. provides sample management software across multiple end markets, including academic research, government, pharmaceutical, biotech, and healthcare. We expect the acquisition of FreezerPro to complement our BioStudies offerings and extend our informatics solutions to address laboratories, biobanks or enterprises that manage biological samples. Subsequent to September 30, 2017, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of 4titude Limited, a U.K.-

29


 

Table of Contents

based manufacturer of scientific consumables for biological sample materials used in a variety of genomic and DNA analytical applications. We made a total cash payment of $65.5 million, net of cash acquired, subject to working capital adjustments. The acquisition is expected to expand our existing offerings of consumables and instruments within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment.

Since entering the life sciences industry, we have also strengthened and broadened our product portfolio and market reach by investing in internal product development. During fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, more than 23% of our cumulative research and development spending was focused on innovating and advancing solutions in the life sciences sample management market. Prior to fiscal year 2015, we installed our first system from the TwinBank platform, an automated sample management system developed internally, with a modular architecture designed for high reliability and maximum flexibility. In fiscal year 2016, we commercialized the internally developed Biostore III Cryo, an automated system which incorporates sample retrieval, archiving, monitoring, tracking, inventory control, and related enterprise systems connectivity with the industry’s leading cryogenic sample storage freezers. In fiscal year 2017, we launched BioStudies, a bioinformatics sample intelligence software platform that enables customers to manage their global samples. We expect to continue investing in research and development and making strategic acquisitions with the objective of expanding our offerings in the life sciences sample management market.

Segments

We have two operating and reportable segments consisting of Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group and Brooks Life Science Systems.   Prior to fiscal year 2016, we had three operating and reportable segments that consisted of Brooks Product Solutions, Brooks Global Services and Brooks Life Science Systems. During fiscal year 2016, we reorganized our reporting structure into two operating and reportable segments.   For additional information on our operating segments and the related restructuring actions, as well as segment revenues and their operating results, please refer to Note 15, "Restructuring and Other Charges" and Note 18, "Segment and Geographic Information" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K. Our prior period reportable segment information has been reclassified to reflect the current segment structure and conform to the current period presentation.

The Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment provides a variety of products, services and solutions that enable improved throughput and yield in controlled operating environments, as well as an extensive range of support services. The products include atmospheric and vacuum robots, robotic modules and tool automation systems that provide precision handling and clean wafer environments, as well as cryogenic pumps and compressors that provide vacuum pumping and thermal management solutions used to create and control critical process vacuum applications. The support services include repair services, diagnostic support services, and installation services in support of the products, which enable our customers to maximize process tool uptime and productivity. This segment also provides end-user customers with spare parts and productivity enhancement upgrades to maximize tool productivity.

The Brooks Life Science Systems segment provides comprehensive life cycle sample management solutions for life science and bioscience customers to advance scientific research and support drug development. The segment’s product offerings include automated cold sample management systems for compound and biological sample storage, equipment for sample preparation and handling, consumables, and informatics that manage samples throughout our customers’ research discovery and development work flows. The segment’s service offerings include sample storage and support services provided to a wide range of life science customers, including pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, biobanks and research institutes.

Business and Financial Performance

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016

Results of Operations- We generated revenue of $692.9 million during fiscal year 2017 compared to $560.3 million during fiscal year 2016, an increase of $132.6 million, or 24%. Gross margin was 38.6% for fiscal year 2017 as compared to 35.4% for fiscal year 2016, an increase in gross profit of $69.3 million. Operating expenses were $203.3 million during fiscal year 2017 as compared to $193.8 million during fiscal year 2016, an increase of $9.4 million. Operating income was $64.1 million during fiscal year 2017 as compared to $4.2 million during fiscal year 2016, an

30


 

Table of Contents

increase of $59.9 million, which was primarily attributable to the revenue growth and gross margin improvement, partially offset by higher operating expenses. We generated a net income of $62.6 million during fiscal year 2017 as compared to a net loss of $(69.5) million during fiscal year 2016. This increase of $132.1 million was primarily attributable to lower income tax provision of $63.7 million which is mostly due to a $79.3 million valuation allowance recorded against U.S. net deferred tax assets during fiscal year 2016, as well as higher operating income of $59.9 million and higher income generated from our equity method investments of $7.0 million during fiscal year 2017. Please refer to "Results of Operations" section below for a detailed discussion of our financial results for the fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016.

Cash Flows and Liquidity- Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities were $104.3 million at September 30, 2017 as compared to $91.2 million at September 30, 2016. The increase in cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities of $13.1 million was primarily attributable to cash inflows of $96.2 million generated from our operating activities, partially offset by cash payments of $44.8 million related to acquisitions, cash outflows of $27.9 million related to dividend payments made to our shareholders during fiscal year 2017, as well as capital expenditure payments of $12.7 million . Please refer to "Liquidity and Capital Resources" section below for a detailed discussion of our liquidity and changes in cash flows for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016.

On October 4, 2017, we entered into a $200.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, or the term loan with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, or the lenders. The term loan was issued at a $2.4 million discount. The net loan proceeds of $197.6 million will be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions.  On October 5, 2017, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of 4titude Limited, a U.K.-based manufacturer of scientific consumables for biological sample materials used in a variety of genomic and DNA analytical applications. We made total cash payment of $65.5 million, net of cash acquired, subject to working capital adjustments. The acquisition is expected to expand our existing offerings of consumables and instruments within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. For additional information on these transactions, please refer to Note 21, "Subsequent Events" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015

Results of Operations - We generated revenue of $560.3 million during fiscal year 2016 compared to $552.7 million during fiscal year 2015, an increase of $7.6 million, or 1.4%. Gross margin was 35.4% for fiscal year 2016 as compared to 34.2% for fiscal year 2015, which resulted in an increase in gross profit of $9.0 million. Operating expenses were $193.8 million during fiscal year 2016 as compared to $172.2 million during fiscal year 2015. This increase of $21.6 million was primarily attributable to the acquisition of BioStorage in November 2015, as well as higher restructuring charges incurred as a result of actions initiated during fiscal year 2016. Operating income was $4.2 million during fiscal year 2016 compared to $16.9 million during fiscal year 2015. The decrease of $12.7 million was primarily attributable to higher operating expenses incurred during fiscal year 2016, partially offset by higher gross profit generated during fiscal year 2016. We generated a net loss of $(69.5) million for fiscal year 2016 as compared to a net income $14.2 million for fiscal year 2015. The decrease of $83.7 million is primarily related to an increase of $72.4 million in our income tax provision during fiscal year 2016 driven by a change in a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets, as well as a decline in our operating income during fiscal year 2016, as discussed above.

Cash Flows and Liquidity- Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities were $91.2 million at September 30, 2016 as compared to $214.0 million at September 30, 2015. The decrease of $122.8 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities was primarily attributable to the acquisition of BioStorage for $125.2 million in November 2015. Additional uses of cash in fiscal year 2016 included $27.5 million of cash dividends paid to our shareholders and $12.8 million paid for the capital expenditures, partially offset by inflows of $39.5 million of net cash provided by operating activities and $2.8 million of proceeds from sale of the building and the underlying land located in Oberdiessbach, Switzerland.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and

31


 

Table of Contents

liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue, intangible assets, goodwill, bad debts, derivative instruments, warranty obligations, inventories, income taxes, pensions and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate current and anticipated worldwide economic conditions, both in general and specifically in relation to the semiconductor and life science industries, that serve as a basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily determinable based on information from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions that could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with the following critical accounting policies involve significant judgment and thus have the most significant potential impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from the sale of products and services. A description of our revenue recognition policies is included in the Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Although most of our sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, certain agreements contain multiple elements or non-standard terms and conditions. We exercise judgment in interpreting the commercial terms and determining when all revenue recognition criteria have been met to ensure revenue was recognized in the appropriate accounting period. Moreover, judgment is required to properly identify the units of accounting in multiple element arrangements and determine the manner in which revenue should be allocated among separate units of accounting. We exercise judgment in determining whether the deliverables specified in these arrangements should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and, if so, how the consideration should be allocated among the elements and when revenue for each element should be recognized. We allocate revenue to each element in the contractual arrangement based on the selling price hierarchy that may require us to estimate the selling price of certain deliverables that are not sold separately or where third party evidence of pricing is not observable. Our estimate of selling price impacts the amount and timing of revenue recognized in multiple element arrangements. While changes in the allocation of the estimated sales price between the units of accounting will not affect the total revenue amount recognized for a particular sales arrangement, any material changes in these allocations could impact the timing of revenue recognition that could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We recognize revenue for certain arrangements based on the percentage of completion method and develop profit estimates for long-term contracts based on total revenue expected to be generated from the project and total costs anticipated to be incurred. Significant judgment is required in estimating such total costs and measuring the progress of the project completion, as well as whether a loss is expected to be incurred on the contract. We use certain assumptions and develop estimates based on a number of factors, including the degree of required product customization and the customer’s existing environment based on installation work, as well as our historical experience, project plans and an assessment of the risks and uncertainties inherent in the contract related to implementation delays or performance issues that may or may not be within our control. We estimate a loss on a contract by comparing total estimated contract revenue to the total estimated contract costs and recognize a loss during the period in which it becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. We review profit estimates for long-term contracts during each reporting period and revise them based on changes in circumstances.

If our judgment regarding revenue recognition proves incorrect, our revenue in particular periods may be adversely affected and could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Business Combinations

We account for business acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting, in accordance with which assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the acquisition date. The fair value of the consideration paid, including contingent consideration, is assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

32


 

Table of Contents

Significant judgment is used in determining fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as intangibles and their estimated useful lives. Fair value and useful life determinations are based on, among other factors, estimates of future expected cash flows, royalty cost savings and appropriate discount rates used in computing present values. These judgments may materially impact the estimates used in allocating acquisition date fair values to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as our current and future operating results. Actual results may vary from these estimates that may result in adjustments to goodwill and acquisition date fair values of assets and liabilities during a measurement period or upon a final determination of asset and liability fair values, whichever occurs first. Adjustments to fair values of assets and liabilities made after the end of the measurement period are recorded within our operating results.

Changes in the fair value of a contingent consideration resulting from a change in the underlying inputs are recognized in results of operations until the arrangement is settled.

Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

We have identified intangible assets and generated significant goodwill as a result of our acquisitions. Intangible assets other than goodwill are valued based on estimated future cash flows and amortized over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more often if impairment indicators are present, at the reporting unit level. Intangible assets other than goodwill and long-lived assets are subject to impairment testing if events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or a group of assets may not be recoverable.

The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is either an operating segment or one level below it, which is referred to as a “component.” The level at which the impairment test is performed requires an assessment of whether the operations below an operating segment constitute a self-sustaining business, in which case testing is generally performed at this level.

Prior to fiscal year 2016, we had three operating and reportable segments that consisted of Brooks Product Solutions, Brooks Global Services and Brooks Life Science Systems and six reporting units, including five reporting units that had goodwill. Four reporting units were a part of the Brooks Product Solutions operating segment, and each of the Brooks Global Services segment and Brooks Life Science Systems segment represented a reporting unit. During fiscal year 2016, we reorganized our previous reporting structure into two operating and reportable segments consisting of Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group and Brooks Life Science Systems. Additionally, we realigned our reporting units into five reporting units, including four reporting units within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group operating segment and one reporting unit which is the Brooks Life Science Systems operating segment, to reflect the revised reporting structure. We tested goodwill for impairment before and after the reporting unit realignment and determined that fair value of each reporting unit individually and all five in aggregate exceeded their carrying values.

We perform our annual goodwill impairment assessment on April 1 st of each fiscal year. During fiscal year 2017, we adopted on a prospective basis the Accounting Standard Update 2017-04, Intangibles- Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . The adoption of the guidance did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations during fiscal year 2017. In accordance with provisions of the guidance, we initially assess q ualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If we determine, based on this assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test by comparing the reporting unit’s fair value with its carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, up to the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. No impairment loss is recognized if the fair value of the reporting exceeds its carrying value.

We determine fair values of our reporting units based on an income approach in accordance with the discounted cash flow method, or DCF Method. The DCF Method is based on projected future cash flows and terminal value estimates discounted to their present values. Terminal value represents a present value an investor would pay on the valuation date for the rights to the cash flows of the business for the years subsequent to the discrete cash flow projection period. We consider the DCF Method to be the most appropriate valuation technique since it is based on management’s long-term financial projections. Due to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor equipment market, management’s

33


 

Table of Contents

projections as of the valuation date are considered more objective since market metrics of peer companies fluctuate during the cycle. In addition, we also compare aggregate values of our net corporate assets and reporting unit fair values to our overall market capitalization and use certain market-based valuation techniques to test the reasonableness of the reporting unit fair values determined in accordance with the DCF Method. The observable inputs used in the DCF method include discount rates that are at or above our weighted-average cost of capital. We derive discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainties inherent in the respective businesses and our internally developed projections of future cash flows.

We completed the annual goodwill impairment test for our five reporting units as of April 1, 2017 and determined that no adjustment to goodwill was necessary since the fair value of each reporting unit was significantly in excess of the carrying value of each reporting unit. We conducted a qualitative assessment for three reporting units within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and determined that it was not likely that their fair values were less than their carrying values. As a result of the analysis, we did not perform the quantitative assessment for these reporting units and did not recognize impairment losses. We also performed the quantitative goodwill impairment test for the fourth reporting unit within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and for the Brooks Life Science Systems reporting unit. We determined that no adjustment to goodwill was necessary for these two reporting units since their fair values significantly exceeded their respective carrying values. We evaluate a reporting unit’s goodwill for impairment between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of such reporting unit below its carrying value.

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment based on market and operational conditions at the time of the evaluation, including management’s best estimates of the reporting unit’s future business activity and the related estimates and assumptions of future cash flows from the assets that include the associated goodwill. Different assumptions of forecasted sales volumes, product costs, future cash flows, risk-adjusted weighted average cost of capital discount rate, as well as long-term growth rate projections used in the DCF model could results in different estimates of the reporting unit’s fair value as of each testing date.

We are required to test long-lived assets, other than goodwill, for impairment when impairment indicators are present. For purposes of this test, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. If we determine that indicators of potential impairment are present, we assess the recoverability of the long-lived asset group by comparing its undiscounted future cash flows to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset group exceeds its future cash flows, we determine fair values of the individual net assets within the long-lived asset group to assess potential impairment. If the aggregate fair values of the individual net assets of the group are less than their carrying values, an impairment loss is recognized for an amount in excess of the group’s aggregate carrying value over its fair value. The loss is allocated to the assets within the group based on their relative carrying values, with no asset reduced below its fair value. We did not test our long-lived assets for impairment during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 since no events indicating impairment occurred during the periods then ended.

Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable do not bear interest and are recorded at the invoiced amount. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts representing our best estimate of probable credit losses related to our existing accounts receivable and their net realizable value. We adjust our estimates of the receivables’ recoverability based on financial conditions of our customers. If financial conditions of our customers deteriorate reducing their ability to make payments, we increase the allowance for doubtful accounts and record a corresponding charge to operations. We do not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to our customers.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We record all derivative instruments as assets or liabilities at their fair value determined based on the instruments’  estimated future cash flows. Subsequent changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized in income, unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and designated as a cash flow hedge are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income until the forecasted transaction occurs or it becomes probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur. We perform an assessment at the inception of the hedge

34


 

Table of Contents

and during each subsequent reporting period to determine whether our derivatives are highly effective in offsetting changes in the values of the hedged items. Any changes in the fair value of a derivative resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are immediately recognized as income or expense.

Warranty

We record a provision for the estimated costs of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. While we engage in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of our component suppliers, our warranty obligations are affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. We adjust our warranty obligations based on actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery costs, which may result in revisions to the estimated warranty liabilities and additional benefits or charges to our operating results.

Inventory

We state our inventory at the lower of cost or market amount and make adjustments to reduce the inventory cost to its net realizable value by providing estimated reserves for obsolete or unmarketable inventory. The reserves are established for the difference between the cost of inventory and its estimated market value based on assumptions related to future demand and market conditions. We fully reserve for inventories and non-cancelable purchase orders for inventory deemed obsolete. We perform periodic reviews of our inventory to identify excess inventories on hand. We compare on-hand inventory balances to anticipated inventory usage based on our recent historical activity and anticipated or forecasted demand for our products developed through our planning systems and sales and marketing inputs.

We adjust the reserves for obsolete or unmarketable inventory and record additional inventory write downs based on unfavorable changes in estimated customer demand or actual market conditions that may differ from management projections.

Deferred Income Taxes

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not will be realized. We consider recent historical income, estimated future taxable income, carry-forward periods of tax attributes, the volatility of the semiconductor industry and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance. We maintain a valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets and in certain foreign jurisdictions. During fiscal year 2016, we recorded an additional valuation allowance of $79.3 million against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets by tax-paying component and assess the need for a valuation allowance on an annual and quarterly basis. We evaluate the profitability of each tax-paying component on a historic cumulative basis and on a forward looking basis in the course of performing this analysis. We evaluated all positive and negative evidence and concluded it was appropriate to establish a full valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets during fiscal year 2016.

We will continue to maintain a full valuation allowance on its U.S. deferred tax assets until there is sufficient positive evidence outweighing the negative evidence to support the reversal of all or some portion of these allowances.  We have reached a point of cumulative profitability in the U.S. on a pre-tax income basis which is a starting point of positive evidence.  However, as noted in Note 21, “Subsequent Events” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K, we entered into a term loan agreement to fund future growth opportunities. We have determined that the level of historical U.S. core earnings would not be sufficient to offset the interest costs of the new debt. We also continue to generate a significant portion of revenue from the semiconductor industry and are subject to unpredictable swings in the business cycle. This is carefully considered by us and considered to be negative evidence in evaluating the U.S. deferred tax assets. After evaluating all the relevant positive and negative evidence mentioned above, we have concluded that we will maintain the valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets as of the end of fiscal year 2017.

35


 

Table of Contents

Pension Plans

We sponsor defined benefit pension plans in Switzerland and Taiwan. The costs and obligations of these arrangements are calculated based on certain assumptions related to estimated benefits that employees earn while working, the amount of which cannot be completely determined until the benefit payments cease. Key assumptions used in accounting for these employee benefit plans include the discount rate, expected return on plan assets and rate of increase in employee compensation levels. Assumptions are determined based on Company data and appropriate market indicators in consultation with third-party actuaries, and are evaluated each year as of the plans’ measurement date. A change in any of our assumptions would have an effect on net periodic pension costs and the unfunded benefit obligation.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based compensation cost at fair value on the grant date and recognize the expense over the service period for the awards expected to vest. The fair value of restricted stock units is determined based on the number of shares granted and the closing price of our common stock quoted on NASDAQ on the date of grant.

We recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. We recognize benefits from stock-based compensation in equity using the with-and-without approach for the utilization of tax attributes. We make estimates of stock award forfeitures and a number of awards expected to vest which requires significant judgment. We consider many factors in developing forfeiture estimates, including award types, employee classes and historical experience. We assess the likelihood of achieving the performance goals for stock-based awards that vest upon the satisfaction of these goals. Our current estimates may differ from actual results and future changes in estimates.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

For a summary of recently issued accounting pronouncements applicable to our Consolidated Financial Statements which is incorporated here by reference, please refer to Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016

Revenue

We reported revenue of $692.9 million for fiscal year 2017 compared to $560.3 million for fiscal year 2016, an increase of $132.6 million, or 24%. We reported revenue growth in both the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. The impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates adversely affected revenue by approximately $3.4 million during fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 as a result of strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies in which we conduct our business.

Our Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment reported revenue of $544.2 million for fiscal year 2017 compared to $452.2 million for fiscal year 2016. The increase of $92.0 million, or 20%, reflects increases in revenues from contamination control systems, cryogenic pump products, and robotic automation products, partially offset by a decline in revenues from services and related spare parts. These increases include the favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates of $0.7 million during fiscal year 2017.

The robotic automation products revenue has historically included revenue from patent royalties and sales of third party atmospheric robots under a distribution agreement in North America.  During fiscal year 2016, these revenue streams stopped, driving a decline of $8.7 million attributable to the expiration of certain patents and $13.0 million from exiting the atmospheric robot distribution arrangement. Royalty income generated from the expired patents was $8.7 million and $11.6 million, respectively, in fiscal years 2016 and 2015. Product revenue from the atmospheric robot

36


 

Table of Contents

distribution arrangement was $13.0 million and $18.4 million, respectively, in fiscal years 2016 and 2015. There was no royalty income and no revenue from the atmospheric robot distribution arrangement generated during fiscal year 2017.

Our Brooks Life Science Systems segment reported revenue of $148.7 million for fiscal year 2017 compared to $108.1 million for fiscal year 2016. The increase of $40.6 million, or 38%, was primarily driven by organic growth of $25.3 million, or 23%.  The organic growth was primarily attributable to sample storage services, automated storage systems, including the BioStore III Cryo, and consumables and instruments. Acquisitions accounted for $15.3 million of the increase compared to fiscal year 2016, which consisted of $8.2 million from two additional months of revenue from BioStorage acquired on November 30, 2015, $3.7 million from the acquisition of Cool Labs, and $3.4 million from the acquisition of PBMMI.  Revenue was adversely affected by foreign currency exchange rates which reduced revenue by $4.1 million during the fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016.

We will continue to seek opportunities to expand our market share in the semiconductor and adjacent technology markets served by our Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment. These markets are cyclical, and often fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. Demand for our Brooks Semiconductor Solution Group products is affected by these cycles. We anticipate continued growth in revenue from our Brooks Life Science Systems segment through our internally-developed products and services and through our acquired businesses.

Revenue generated outside the United States amounted to $452.3 million, or 65% of total revenue, for fiscal year 2017 compared to $352.0 million, or 63% of total revenue, for fiscal year 2016.

Gross Margin

We reported gross margins of 38.6% for fiscal  year 2017 compared to 35.4% for fiscal year 2016. Gross margin increased in the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and Brooks Life Science Systems segment by 3.9 percentage points and 0.7 percentage points, respectively. Cost of revenue for fiscal year 2017 included $3.9 million of charges for amortization related to completed technology as compared to $4.2 million incurred during fiscal year 2016. Additionally, cost of revenue for fiscal year 2017 also included $0.5 million of charges related to the sale of inventory obtained in acquisitions to which a step-up in value was applied in purchase accounting, compared to $0.6 million for fiscal year 2016.

Our Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment reported gross margins of 39.1% for fiscal year 2017 compared to 35.2% for fiscal year 2016. Product margins increased 2.8 percentage points driven by improved operating leverage from higher revenue and the outcome of product cost optimization efforts. Service margins increased 8.1 percentage points driven by lower material costs for pump and robot repair, as well as cost savings from the restructuring actions that resulted in reduced repair operations costs and increased field service productivity. Please refer to the "Restructuring Charges" section below for further information on the restructuring actions. These benefits were partially offset by the impact of lower revenues on the repair center fixed cost base. The change in mix of revenue between products and services was favorable to this segment’s margins by 0.3 percentage points. Cost of revenue during fiscal year 2017 included $2.5 million of amortization related to completed technology compared to $2.7 million during fiscal year 2016. During fiscal years 2017 and 2016, cost of revenue included $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of charges related to the sale of inventories obtained in acquisitions to which a step-up in value was applied in purchase accounting.

Our Brooks Life Science Systems segment reported gross margins of 36.8% for fiscal year 2017 compared to 36.1% for fiscal year 2016. The increase was driven by improved cost management on large stores projects, volume leverage driven by organic revenue growth, favorable contributions from recent acquisitions and savings from the recent restructuring actions, partially offset by increased expenses supporting the transition to in-sourcing of manufacturing from a contract provider to our Manchester location and expenses related to the consolidation of our Cool Labs operations. Please refer to the "Restructuring Charges" section below for further information on these restructuring actions. Cost of revenue during fiscal year 2017 included $1.4 million of amortization related to completed technology as compared to $1.5 million incurred during fiscal year 2016. Additionally, cost of revenue for fiscal year 2017 included $0.4 million of charges related to the sale of inventory obtained in acquisitions to which a step-up in value was applied in purchase accounting. There were no such charges incurred during fiscal year 2016.

37


 

Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development expenses were $47.0 million in fiscal year 2017 compared to $51.5 million in fiscal year 2016. The decrease of $4.5 million reflects expense reductions of $2.8 million within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and $1.7 million within the Brooks Life Sciences System segment. Lower research and development expenses during fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016 were primarily attributable to the full year realization of savings from restructuring actions initiated prior to fiscal year 2017 and the progression of certain projects from the development stage to market which resulted in lower project spending. Please refer to the "Restructuring Charges" section below for further information on the restructuring actions initiated prior to fiscal year 2017.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $153.1 million in fiscal year 2017 compared to $130.3 million in fiscal year 2016. The increase of $22.8 million was primarily attributable to: (i) higher employee-related costs of $5.6 million primarily driven by increased incentive bonuses and commissions, as well as higher costs from hiring additional personnel to support the growth of our business, partially offset by savings from restructuring actions initiated in fiscal years 2017 and 2016, (ii) higher stock-based compensation expense of $5.3 million related mostly to changes in estimates to the expected payout related to the achievement of performance goals against previously established targets that will be measured at the end of the awards' vesting period, as well as award forfeitures recognized as expense reductions during fiscal year 2016 for employees that were terminated as a result of the restructuring actions initiated during the period, (iii) $4.9 million higher merger-related costs, which amounted to $8.3 million and $3.4 million, respectively, during fiscal years 2017 and 2016 and included costs related to merger, acquisition and divesture assessments as well as costs to execute such transaction, (iv) higher amortization expense of $2.4 million, which related primarily to customer relationship intangibles and amounted to $13.2 million and $10.8 million, respectively, during fiscal years 2017 and 2016, (v) higher outside service costs of $2.4 million and (vi) expenses of $1.4 million as a result of the acquisition of PBMMI in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 and two incremental months of expenses included in fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 from the acquisition of BioStorage, which was acquired on November 30, 2015. These increases were partially offset by lower depreciation expense of $3.4 million for information technology systems. Please refer to the "Restructuring Charges" section below for further information on the restructuring actions initiated prior to fiscal year 2017.

Restructuring Charges

We recorded restructuring charges of $3.2 million during fiscal year 2017 as compared to $12.0 million during fiscal year 2016.

Restructuring Charges Incurred During Fiscal Year Ended September  30, 2017

Restructuring charges of $3.2 million incurred during fiscal year 2017 were related to severance costs and consisted of $1.8 million related to restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2017 and $1.4 million related to restructuring actions initiated in prior periods.

Restructuring Charges Related to Actions Initiated During Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017

We incurred restructuring charges of $1.8 million related to restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2017. Such actions were primarily related to streamlining field service operations in our Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and resulted in severance costs of $1.6 million during the current fiscal year. This action has been completed as of September 30, 2017 and is expected to result in approximately $1.9 million in cost of revenue reductions. We began realizing a portion of these cost savings during fiscal year 2017 which amounted to approximately $0.8 million. No additional costs related to this action are expected to be incurred in future periods. Accrued restructuring costs related to this action were $0.5 million at September 30, 2017 and are expected to be paid within the next twelve months from cash flows generated from operating activities.

38


 

Table of Contents

Restructuring Charges Related to Actions Initiated Prior to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017

We incurred restructuring charges of $1.4 million related to actions initiated prior to fiscal year 2017. Such charges consisted of: (i) $0.8 million related to the consolidation of the Jena, Germany repair facility into the Chelmsford, Massachusetts repair operation, (ii) $0.3 million attributable to the company-wide restructuring action, (iii) $0.2 million attributable to restructuring initiatives within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment which included several actions initiated prior to fiscal year 2017, as described below, as well as (iv) $0.2 million related to the integration of the Contact manufacturing, engineering, and sales operations into our existing Contamination Control business. Please refer to “Restructuring Charges Incurred During Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016” section below for further information on these actions.

Restructuring action related to consolidating Jena repair facility into our Chelmsford, Massachusetts repair operation was initiated to streamline the service repair operations and reduce the overhead cost structure within our Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment. Total severance costs incurred in connection with this action were $2.6 million, of which $1.8 million were recognized prior to fiscal year 2017 and $0.8 million were recognized during fiscal year 2017. This restructuring action was substantially completed as of September 30, 2017. We began realizing cost savings for this action starting with the second quarter of fiscal year 2017. Such costs savings amounted to $0.8 million during the fiscal year 2017 and when fully realized are expected to result in approximately $1.7 million in annual pre-tax cost savings consisting of $1.4 million of cost of revenue reductions and $0.2 million of selling, general and administrative expense reductions. Accrued restructuring costs related to this action were $1.0 million at September 30, 2017 and are expected to be paid within the next twelve months from cash flows generated from operating activities.

The company-wide restructuring action was initiated to streamline business operations and improve competitiveness and overall profitability. This action was initiated during fiscal year 2016 and resulted in the reduction of several positions across the company, including senior management positions. We incurred severance costs of $0.3 million and $5.8 million, respectively, during fiscal years 2017 and 2016. We realized a full year of savings during fiscal year 2017 which amounted to $13.1 million, and $5.1 million of savings during fiscal year 2016. Savings realized during fiscal year 2017 consisted of $4.3 million of cost of revenue reductions, $2.6 million of research and development expense reductions, and $6.2 million of selling, general and administrative expense reductions. This action has been completed as of September 30, 2017. There were no accrued restructuring costs related to this action as of September 30, 2017.

Restructuring Charges Incurred During Fiscal Year Ended September  30, 2016

Restructuring charges of $12.0 million incurred during fiscal year 2016 were related to severance costs which consisted of $10.8 million related to restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2016 and $1.3 million related to restructuring actions initiated in prior periods.

Restructuring Actions Initiated During Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016

Restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2016 resulted in $10.8 million of costs incurred during fiscal year 2016 which were comprised primarily of: (i) $3.1 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment, (ii) $1.8 million of costs attributable to the restructuring action within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment to consolidate our Jena, Germany repair facility into our Chelmsford, Massachusetts repair operation, as described above, and (iii) $5.8 million of costs related to the company-wide restructuring action initiated during fiscal year 2016, as described above.

Restructuring initiatives within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment are primarily related to streamlining the segment’s management structure, integrating acquisitions and improving profitability. During fiscal year 2016, we initiated several actions within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment including integrating BioStorage, streamlining management structure, closing the segment’s Spokane, Washington facility in March 2016 and selling buildings associated with our Oberdiessbach, Switzerland facility in July 2016. The restructuring initiative within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment included additional actions completed during the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 which resulted in restructuring charges of $0.2 million during fiscal year 2017. These actions were finalized by the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 and are not expected to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods. Total

39


 

Table of Contents

severance costs incurred in connection with these actions during fiscal year 2016 were $3.1 million. These actions are expected to result in approximately $3.8 million in annual pre-tax cost savings, including $1.0 million of cost of revenue reductions and $2.9 million of selling, general and administrative expense reductions. Total cost savings realized as a result of these restructuring initiatives amounted to $5.1 million, of which $1.3 million were realized prior to fiscal year 2017 and $3.8 million were realized during fiscal year 2017. The savings from these actions took full effect in fiscal year 2017.

Restructuring Actions Initiated Prior to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016

Restructuring actions initiated prior to fiscal year 2016 resulted in $1.2 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions segment and less than $0.1 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. These restructuring actions were primarily related to the integration of Contact, the closure and transfer of the Mistelgau, Germany manufacturing operations to a contract manufacturer, as well as reductions in workforce in order to improve our cost structure and profitability.

Non-Operating (Expenses) Income

Gain on Settlement of Equity Method Investment- During fiscal year 2017, we recognized a gain of $1.8 million on the settlement of the equity method investment in BioCision which was included as a part of the non-cash consideration for an acquisition of Cool Lab. For additional information on this transaction, please refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions", and Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Other Loss, net-   we recorded other loss, net of $0.6 million in each of the fiscal years 2017 and 2016. We recognized higher foreign currency exchange losses of $0.4 million during fiscal year 2017 as compared to the prior fiscal year, partially offset by a gain on pension settlement of $0.3 million recognized during fiscal year 2017. Additionally, we recognized higher losses of $0.2 million during fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016 related to fair value measurement of convertible debt securities in BioCision. For additional information on this transaction, please refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions", and Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Income Tax Provision

We recorded an income tax provision of $12.1 million in fiscal year 2017 compared to $75.8 million in fiscal year 2016. The income tax provision of $12.1 million during fiscal year 2017 was driven primarily by foreign income, partially offset by $1.1 million of tax benefits related to the reduction of reserves for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from the expiration of statutes of limitations. We recorded an income tax provision of $75.8 million in fiscal year 2016 which was primarily driven by the change in a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets recognized during fiscal year 2016 year resulting in an additional provision of $79.3 million. Partially offsetting the valuation allowance provision were benefits related to pre-tax losses in the U.S., the reinstatement of the U.S. research and development tax credit retroactive to January 1, 2015, and reductions of reserves for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from the expiration of the statutes of limitations. For additional discussion of the calculation of our tax liabilities, please refer to Note 10 "Income Taxes" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Equity in Earnings of Equity Method Investments

We recorded income from our equity method investments of $9.4 million in fiscal year 2017 compared to $2.4 million in fiscal year 2016. The increase of $7.0 million was primarily attributable to an increase of $6.4 million in income from ULVAC Cryogenics, Inc., or UCI, generated during fiscal year 2017 as compared to the prior fiscal year.

We also incurred losses of $0.5 million from our investment in BioCision during fiscal year 2017 compared to losses of $1.1 million during fiscal year 2016. Our investment in BioCision was settled during the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 as a part of the non-cash consideration for the acquisition of Cool Lab on November 28, 2016. Prior to closing the equity investment, we traditionally recorded the income and losses related to the equity method investment in

40


 

Table of Contents

BioCision one quarter in arrears. During fiscal year 2017, we recorded two additional months of activity in the carrying value of the investment as a result of its settlement. We deemed the amount of $0.2 million related to two additional months of activity to be insignificant. For additional information on this transaction, please refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions" and Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015

Revenue

We reported revenue of $560.3 million for fiscal year 2016 compared to $552.7 million for fiscal year 2015, an increase of $7.6 million, or 1%. We reported revenue growth in the Brooks Life Science Systems segment and lower revenue in the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment. The impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates adversely affected revenue by $4.4 million during fiscal year 2016 compared to fiscal year 2015 as a result of strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies in which we conduct our business.

Our Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment reported revenue of $452.2 million for fiscal year 2016 compared to $484.6 million for fiscal year 2015. The decrease of $32.4 million during fiscal year 2016 compared to fiscal year 2015 reflects lower sales of robotic automation, cryogenic pumps, as well as services and repairs, partially offset by an increase in revenue in contamination controls systems. These declines include the unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates of $1.5 million during fiscal year 2016. These declines in revenue are a result of a downturn in the semiconductor industry, which is cyclical.

Additional robotic automation revenue decline of approximately $3.0 million during fiscal year 2016 was attributable to the expiration of certain patents that we license to third parties in exchange for agreed upon royalties. Royalty income was $8.7 million in fiscal year 2016 compared to $11.6 million in fiscal year 2015. In addition, we exited a distribution arrangement for atmospheric robots during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 which resulted in an adverse revenue impact of approximately $5.0 million during fiscal year 2016.

Our Brooks Life Science Systems segment reported revenue of $108.1 million for fiscal year 2016 compared to $68.1 million for fiscal year 2015. The increase of $40.0 million was driven primarily by the acquisition of BioStorage, which contributed $44.6 million of revenue in fiscal year 2016. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had a negative impact of $2.9 million on revenue of the segment for fiscal year 2016.

Revenue generated outside the United States amounted to $352.0 million, or 63% of total revenue, for fiscal year 2016 compared to $353.6 million, or 63% of total revenue, for fiscal year 2015.

Gross Margin

We reported gross margins of 35.4% for fiscal year 2016 compared to 34.2% for fiscal year 2015. The increase was attributable to a 10.1 percentage point improvement in the gross margin of the Brooks Life Science Systems segment, partially offset by a 0.2 percentage point decline in the gross margin of the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment. Cost of revenue for fiscal year 2016 included $4.2 million of charges for amortization related to completed technology as compared to $5.2 million incurred during fiscal year 2015. Additionally, cost of revenue for fiscal year 2016 also included $0.6 million of charges related to the sale of inventory obtained in acquisitions to which a step-up in value was applied in purchase accounting, compared to $1.5 million for fiscal year 2015.

Our Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment reported a gross margin of 35.2% for fiscal year 2016 compared to 35.4% for fiscal year 2015. Product margins increased 0.6 percentage points during fiscal year 2016 as compared to fiscal year 2015, while service margins declined 3.7 percentage points during the same periods. Product margins benefited from favorable revenue mix, reduced material and manufacturing costs, and lower warranty expense. The product margin benefit was partially offset by lower absorption of fixed costs due to a decline in revenue volume and higher inventory charges related to excess and obsolescence. Service margins declined due to lower absorption of fixed costs due to a decline in revenue volume, higher material costs, and the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The change in the revenue mix between products and services was not significant to segment margins. Cost of revenue during fiscal year 2016 included $2.7 million of amortization related to completed technology compared

41


 

Table of Contents

to $3.6 million during fiscal year 2015. During each fiscal year 2016 and 2015, cost of revenue included $0.6 million of charges related to the sale of inventories obtained in acquisitions to which a step-up in value was applied in purchase accounting.

Our Brooks Life Science Systems segment reported a gross margin of 36.1% for fiscal year 2016 compared to 26.0% for fiscal year 2015. The increase in gross margins is primarily attributable to operational improvements in large stores projects, cost savings as a result of recent restructuring actions, lower excess and obsolescence costs, as well as the acquisition of BioStorage which improved segment gross margins by approximately 1.7 percentage points during fiscal year 2016. These increases were partially offset by the unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates during the period. Cost of revenue included $1.5 million of amortization related to completed technology in fiscal year 2016 as compared to $1.6 million in fiscal year 2015. Additionally, cost of revenue for fiscal year 2015 included $1.0 million of charges related to the sale of inventory obtained in acquisitions to which a step-up in value was applied in purchase accounting.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses were $51.5 million in fiscal year 2016 compared to $52.2 million in fiscal year 2015. The decrease of $0.7 million reflects an expense reduction of $3.6 million within the Brooks Life Sciences System segment, partially offset by higher expenses of $2.9 million incurred within Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment. The reduction of expenses within the Brooks Life Sciences System segment is primarily attributable to the impact of restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2015 that resulted in the closure of the Poway, California facility, reductions in workforce and outsourcing manufacturing operations to a third-party contract manufacturer. The increase in expenses within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment is primarily attributable to the acquisition of Contact, which resulted in incremental expenses of $1.0 million, higher outside services spending, as well as ongoing research and development initiatives related to developing new products and enhancing performance of our existing products.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $130.3 million in fiscal year 2016 compared to $115.3 million in fiscal year 2015. Acquisitions made since the beginning of fiscal year 2015 drove an increase of $10.4 million in selling, general and administrative expense and $3.1 million in amortization expense as compared to fiscal year 2015. Merger costs increased to $3.4 million during fiscal year 2016, as compared to $0.8 million in fiscal year 2015 primarily as a result of the acquisition of BioStorage. Additional increases in selling, general and administrative expense included higher professional service fees of $1.5 million as compared to prior fiscal year, as well as a loan receivable impairment charge of $0.8 million recognized during fiscal year 2016. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 million which was primarily attributable to the award forfeitures related to employees that were terminated as a result of the restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2016.

Amortization expense for fiscal year 2016 was related primarily to customer relationship intangibles and amounted to $10.8 million compared to $7.7 million in fiscal year 2015.

Restructuring Charges

We recorded restructuring charges of $12.0 million during fiscal year 2016 as compared to $4.7 million during fiscal year 2015. The increase of $7.3 million was primarily attributable to higher costs incurred as a result of the restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2016, partially offset by lower facility-related costs of $1.2 million.

Restructuring Charges Incurred During Fiscal Year Ended September  30, 2016

Restructuring charges of $12.0 million incurred during fiscal year 2016 were related to severance costs which consisted of $10.8 million of charges related to restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2016 and $1.3 million related to restructuring actions initiated in prior periods.

42


 

Table of Contents

Restructuring Actions Initiated During Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016

Restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2016 resulted in $10.8 million of costs incurred during fiscal year 2016 which were comprised primarily of $3.1 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment, $1.8 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and $5.8 million of costs related to the company-wide restructuring action initiated during fiscal year 2016.

During fiscal year 2016, we initiated a restructuring action to streamline business operations as part of a company-wide initiative to improve profitability and competitiveness, as described above. Severance costs incurred in connection with this action were $5.8 million during fiscal year 2016.

Restructuring initiatives within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment are primarily related to streamlining the segment’s management structure, integrating acquisitions and improving profitability. During fiscal year 2016, we initiated several actions within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment including integrating BioStorage, streamlining management structure, closing the segment’s Spokane, Washington facility in March 2016 and selling the buildings associated with our Oberdiessbach, Switzerland facility in July 2016. This restructuring initiative within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment included additional actions completed during the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 which were finalized by the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 and are not expected to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods. Total severance costs incurred in connection with these actions during fiscal year 2016 were $3.1 million.

During fiscal year 2016, we initiated a restructuring action within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment to consolidate our Jena, Germany repair facility into our Chelmsford, Massachusetts repair operation as a part of our strategy to reduce our global footprint and streamline our cost structure, as described above. Severance costs incurred in connection with this action were $1.8 million during fiscal year 2016.

Restructuring Actions Initiated Prior to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016

Restructuring actions initiated prior to fiscal year 2016 resulted in $1.2 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions segment and less than $0.1 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. These restructuring actions were primarily related to the integration of Contact, the closure and transfer of the Mistelgau, Germany manufacturing operations to a contract manufacturer, as well as reductions in workforce in order to improve our cost structure and profitability.

Restructuring Charges Incurred During Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015

During fiscal year 2015, we incurred restructuring charges of $4.7 million, which included severance costs of $3.4 million and facility-related costs of $1.3 million. Severance costs of $3.4 million consisted of $2.2 million of charges attributable to the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions segment and $1.3 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. Restructuring actions within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment were related to the integration of Dynamic Micro Systems Semiconductor Equipment GmbH, or DMS, with our operations and the transition of manufacturing of certain products from our facility in Mistelgau, Germany to a third-party contract manufacturer. Restructuring actions within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment were related to the closure of the Poway, California facility and transition of product sub-assembly manufacturing operations to the third-party contract manufacturers. These restructuring plans were substantially completed on December 31, 2015. Liabilities related to restructuring costs from these actions were fully paid as of September 30, 2016. Facility exit costs of $1.3 million attributable to Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment were related to outsourcing manufacturing of certain lines of Polycold cryochillers and compressors within the United States to a third-party contract manufacturer. The facility exit costs represented future lease payments and expected operating costs to be paid until the termination of the facility lease. We terminated the lease on October 27, 2015 and fully paid the related restructuring liability during fiscal year 2016.

43


 

Table of Contents

Non-Operating (Expenses) Income

Interest Income- Interest income was $0.5 million in fiscal year 2016 as compared to $0.9 million in fiscal year 2015. The decrease of $0.4 million was primarily attributable to a sale of a substantial portion of our marketable securities portfolio during fiscal year 2016 to fund the acquisition of BioStorage.

Other (Expenses) Income, net-   we recorded other expenses, net of $0.6 million in fiscal year 2016 as compared to other income, net of $0.4 million in fiscal year 2015. The decrease of $1.0 million was primarily attributable to foreign currency exchange losses of $1.9 million recognized during fiscal year 2016 compared to foreign currency exchange gains of $0.5 million during the prior fiscal year, as well as recognition of an interest penalty income of $0.5 million from a past due royalty payment collected during fiscal year 2015. Additionally, we recognized a gain of $0.1 million on sale of our Oberdiessbach, Switzerland facility in fiscal year 2016 and a loss of $1.9 million in fiscal year 2015 as a result of writing down the facility’s assets held for sale to their fair value at September 30, 2015. During fiscal year 2016, we sold the building and the underlying land to an unrelated third party for a total price of $2.8 million.

Income Tax Provision

We recorded an income tax provision of $75.8 million in fiscal year 2016 compared to $3.4 million in fiscal year 2015. The income tax provision of $75.8 million during fiscal year 2016 was primarily driven by the change in a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets recognized during the second quarter of the current fiscal year resulting in an additional provision of $79.3 million. Partially offsetting the valuation allowance provision were benefits related to pre-tax losses in the U.S., the reinstatement of the U.S. research and development tax credit retroactive to January 1, 2015, and reductions of reserves for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from the expiration of the statutes of limitations.

We recorded an income tax provision of $3.4 million in fiscal year 2015 which was driven by U.S. global income generated during the current fiscal year and interest related to unrecognized tax benefits. The tax provision includes $1.2 million of tax benefits related to reductions in unrecognized tax benefits resulting from the expiration of the statute of limitations in various foreign jurisdictions and $0.9 million of tax benefits resulting from the reinstatement of the U.S. federal research and development tax credit, retroactive to January 1, 2014.

For additional discussion of the calculation of our tax liabilities, please refer to Note 10 "Income Taxes" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Equity in Earnings of Equity Method Investments

We recorded income of $2.4 million from our equity method investments in fiscal year 2016 as compared to a loss of  $0.2 million in fiscal year 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to $2.0 million of higher income generated from our investment in ULC. Additionally, we incurred losses of $0.6 million in fiscal year 2015 from our investment in Yaskawa Brooks Automation, Inc., or YBA, that was liquidated during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, we agreed in principle with Yaskawa to dissolve the YBA joint venture. The venture came to closure in March 2015 and was liquidated during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015. In connection with the dissolution, YBA assessed the recoverability of assets held by the joint venture and notified its equity partners of the asset impairment. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.7 million in fiscal year 2015 to write down the carrying value of our equity investment in YBA to its fair value. The impairment charge was included in our proportionate share of losses generated from the joint venture with YBA. We incurred $0.2 million of liquidation costs related to the dissolution of the joint venture.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

A considerable portion of our revenue is dependent on the demand for semiconductor capital equipment which historically has experienced periodic downturns. We believe that we have adequate resources to fund our currently planned working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months. The cyclical nature of our served markets and uncertainty in the current global economic environment make it difficult for us to predict longer-term

44


 

Table of Contents

liquidity requirements with sufficient certainty. We may be unable to obtain any required additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If adequate funds are not available to us on acceptable terms or otherwise, we may be unable to successfully develop or enhance products and services, respond to competitive pressure or take advantage of acquisition opportunities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities were $104.3 million as of September 30, 2017. Our cash balances are held in numerous locations throughout the world, with substantial majority of those amounts located outside of the United States. As of September 30, 2017, we had cash and cash equivalents of $101.6 million, of which $77.0 million was held outside of the United States. If these funds are needed for the U.S. operations, we would be required to accrue tax liabilities to repatriate these funds. However, given the amount of our net operating loss carryovers in the United States, such repatriation will most likely not result in U.S. cash tax payments within the next twelve months. Our intent is to permanently reinvest these funds outside of the U.S. and our current operating plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate these funds for our U.S. operations. We believe that our current cash balance, access to the revolving line of credit, as well as to debt and capital markets along with cash flows from operations will satisfy working capital, financing activities, and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months. We had marketable securities of $2.7 million and $6.1 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016. The decrease of $3.5 million was primarily attributable to the sale of marketable securities to finance the acquisitions completed during fiscal year 2017. For additional information on these transactions, please refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

As of September 30, 2017, we had approximately $45.1 million available for borrowing under the line of credit. There were no amounts outstanding pursuant to the line of credit as of September 30, 2017 and 2016. The amount of funds available for borrowing under the line of credit arrangement may fluctuate each period based on our borrowing base availability.

On October 4, 2017, we entered into the $200.0 million term loan with the lenders. The term loan was issued at $197.6 million, or 98.8% of its par value, resulting in a discount of $2.4 million, or 1.2%, which represented loan origination fees paid at the closing. The loan proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. Coincident with the entry into the term loan agreement, we amended certain terms and conditions of the line of credit agreement and entered into an arrangement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Please refer to the “Capital Resources” section below for further information on the term loan and amended credit agreement terms.

Overview of Cash Flows and Liquidity

Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

September 30, 2017

    

September 30, 2016

    

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

101,622

 

$

85,086

 

Short-term marketable securities

 

 

28

 

 

39

 

Long-term marketable securities

 

 

2,642

 

 

6,096

 

 

 

$

104,292

 

$

91,221

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016

Overview

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities were $104.3 million at September 30, 2017 as compared to $91.2 million at September 30, 2016. The increase in cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities of $13.1 million was primarily attributable to cash inflows of $96.2 million generated from our operating activities, partially offset by cash payments of $44.8 million related to acquisitions, cash outflows of $27.9 million related to dividend payments made to our shareholders during fiscal year 2017, as well as capital expenditure payments of $12.7 million.

45


 

Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities can fluctuate significantly from period to period as earnings, working capital needs and the timing of payments for income taxes, restructuring activities and other charges impact reported cash flows.

Cash flows provided by operating activities were $96.2 million during fiscal year 2017 as compared to $39.5 million during fiscal year 2016. The increase of $56.7 million in cash flows from operating activities was primarily attributable to the following factors:

·

During fiscal years 2017 and 2016, we generated net income (loss) of $62.6 million and $(69.5) million, respectively, including the impact of non-cash related charges of $34.3 million and $108.8 million, respectively, which amounted to $96.9 million and $39.3 million, respectively, after such impact. The non-cash charges are listed in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and consist primarily of depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, undistributed earnings of equity method investments, deferred tax provision, as well as a gain on settlement of equity method investments. Please refer to the "Results of Operations" section above for a detailed discussion of our operating results during fiscal year 2017 as compared to fiscal year 2016. The increase in net income of $132.1 million is driven by a lower income tax provision of $6 3.7 million due to the change in a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets recognized during fiscal year 2016, higher operating income of $59.9 million, higher income generated from our equity method investments of $7.0 million, as well as a gain of $1.8 million recognized on the settlement of the equity method investment in BioCision included as a part of the non-cash consideration for an acquisition of Cool Lab. For additional information on this transaction, please refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions" and Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10 K.

·

The amount of cash flows generated from or used by the aggregate of trade accounts receivable, inventories and trade accounts payable depends upon how effectively we manage our working capital and can be significantly impacted by the timing of customer billings, cash collections and vendor payments made during the period, as well as the sales volume driven by customer demand. Our trade accounts receivable, inventories and trade accounts payable used $16.1 million in operating cash flows during fiscal year 2017 as compared to a source of cash of $1.6 million during fiscal year 2016. The difference of $17.8 million was primarily attributable to an increase in inventory balances which resulted in a use of cash of $12. 8 million during fiscal year 2017 compared to a source of cash of $8.6 million during fiscal year 2016. The increase in inventory during fiscal year 2017 was primarily related to supporting increased customer demand for the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and the Brooks Life Science Systems segment products during the current fiscal year, as well as strategic investments to support operational and product development initiatives. Accounts receivable also resulted in a use of cash of $11.2 million during fiscal year 2017 compared to a use of cash of $1.8 million during fiscal year 2016. The increase in accounts receivable during fiscal year 2017 was primarily attributable to the higher revenue. The use of cash associated with increased accounts receivable and inventory balances in fiscal year 2017 was partially offset by a source of cash of $7.8 million related to an increase in accounts payable as compared to a use of cash of $5.1 million during fiscal year 2016. The increase in accounts payable is primarily attributable to an increase in inventory levels to support increased volumes and the timing of vendor payments.

·

The timing of payments for prepaid expenses and other assets collectively with accrued expenses and other liabilities provided $7.4 million in operating cash flows during fiscal year 2017 as compared to $1.9 million during fiscal year 2016. The favorable impact of $5.5 million was primarily attributable to the timing of payments for income taxes for vested restricted stock units made during fiscal year 2016, as well as costs and other operating expenses that provided $20.6 million in cash inflows from operating activities. Such cash inflows were partially offset by cash payments of $8.1 million for restructuring liabilities related to restructuring actions initiated during fiscal years 2017 and 2016, as well as the timing of costs incurred on the percentage of completion type contracts. Accrued restructuring liabilities of $1.5 million at September 30, 2017 from these actions are expected to be paid within the next twelve months from cash flows generated from operating activities. These restructuring plans are expected to result in approximately $14.8 million of reduced annual cash spending. Please refer to Note 15, “Restructuring Charges” to our Consolidated Financial

46


 

Table of Contents

Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10 K, as well as "Results of Operations- Restructuring Charges" section above for further information on these actions.

·

Deferred revenue provided $8.0 million in operating cash flows during fiscal year 2017 as compared to $3.3 million used during fiscal year 2016. The source of cash was primarily attributable to billings and cash collections in advance of revenue recognized within our Brooks Life Science Systems segment. The use of cash during fiscal year 2016 was primarily related to the timing of milestone billings and the amount of revenue recognized on percentage of completion type contracts.

Investing Activities

Cash flows from investing activities consist primarily of cash used for acquisitions, capital expenditures and purchases of marketable securities, as well as cash proceeds generated from sales and maturities of marketable securities.

Cash used in investing activities was $54.2 million during fiscal year 2017 as compared to $10.9 million during fiscal year 2016. Cash used in investing activities of $54.2 million during fiscal year 2017 included primarily cash payments of $44.8 million for the acquisitions completed during fiscal year 2017 and $12.7 million of capital expenditures. These uses of cash were partially offset by $3.6 million related to net proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities during fiscal year 2017. Cash used in investing activities of $10.9 million in fiscal year 2016 included primarily $125.2 million for the acquisition of BioStorage, $12.8 million of capital expenditures and disbursement of $1.8 million for a loan provided to BioCision. These uses of cash were partially offset by $126.5 million related to net proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities that were used primarily for the acquisition of BioStorage. For additional information on the acquisitions made in fiscal years 2017 and 2016, please refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities was $25.9 million during fiscal year 2017 as compared to $26.0 million during fiscal year 2016. Cash used in financing activities included primarily cash dividend payments of $27.9 million and $27.5 million, respectively, made during fiscal years 2017 and 2016, as well as proceeds from common stock issuance of $2.0 million generated during each fiscal year.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015

Overview

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities were $85.1 million and $6.1 million, respectively, at September 30, 2016 as compared to $80.7 million and $133.3 million, respectively, at September 30, 2015. The aggregate decrease of $122.8 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities was primarily attributable to the acquisition of BioStorage for $125.2 million. Additional uses of cash included $27.5 million of cash dividends paid to our shareholders and $12.8 million paid for the capital expenditures, partially offset by inflows of $39.5 million of net cash provided by operating activities and $2.8 million of proceeds from sale of the building and the underlying land located in Oberdiessbach, Switzerland.

Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities were $39.5 million for fiscal year 2016 as compared to $43.7 million for fiscal year 2015. The decrease of $4.2 million in cash flows from operating activities was primarily attributable to the following factors:

· During fiscal years 2016 and 2015, we generated net loss (income) of $69.5 million and $14.2 million, respectively, including the impact of net-cash related charges of $108.8 million and $38.6 million, respectively, which amounted to $39.3 million and $52.8 million, respectively. The non-cash related charges are listed in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and consist primarily of a deferred tax provision, depreciation and amortization, as well as stock-based compensation expense. The decrease of $83.7 million in net income is

47


 

Table of Contents

primarily related to an increase of $72.4 million in our income tax provision during fiscal year 2016 driven by a change in a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets, as well as a decline in our operating income. Please refer to the "Results of Operations" section above for a detailed discussion of our fiscal year 2016 operating results as compared to fiscal year 2015.

· The aggregate of trade accounts receivable, inventories and trade accounts payable provided $1.6 million in operating cash flows in fiscal year 2016 as compared to $2.7 million used in fiscal year 2015. The amount of cash flow generated from or used by the aggregate of trade accounts receivable, inventories and trade accounts payable depends upon how effectively we manage our working capital and can be significantly impacted by the timing of customer billings, cash collections and vendor payments made during the period. Lower inventory levels during fiscal year 2016 compared to 2015 provided a favorable impact of $14.5 million on our cash flows from operating activities, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable that resulted in an unfavorable impact of $13.5 million. We maintained lower level of finished goods inventory in fiscal year 2016 due to our focused efforts on improving working capital efficiencies while providing sufficient inventory balance to support current and future sales. A decrease in accounts payable during fiscal year 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily attributable to lower level of inventory purchases, as well as a timing of payments to our suppliers. Additionally, our cash flow from operating activities benefited by $3.3 million due to the favorable impact of the timing of product shipments and the associated billings during the last quarter of each fiscal year, as well as customer cash collections.

· The timing of payments for aggregate of prepaid expenses and other assets collectively with accrued expenses and other liabilities provided $1.9 million in operating cash flows during fiscal year 2016 as compared to $0.4 million in fiscal year 2015. The increase of $1.5 million was primarily attributable to timing of cash payments for restructuring liabilities that provided a favorable impact of $5.1 million, partially offset by a negative impact of $3.7 million related to the timing of bonus and pension benefit payments.

· The timing of customer billings and the associated changes in deferred revenue which used $3.3 million in operating cash flows in fiscal year 2016 as compared to $6.8 million in fiscal year 2015. The favorable impact of $3.5 million on our cash flows from operating activities was primarily attributable to the timing of milestone billings and the amount of revenue recognized on percentage of completion type contracts.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $10.9 million in fiscal year 2016 as compared to $17.6 million in fiscal year 2015. Cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2016 included primarily $125.2 million for the acquisition of BioStorage, $12.8 million of capital expenditures and disbursement of $1.8 million for a loan provided to BioCision. These uses of cash were partially offset by $126.5 million related to net proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities that were used primarily for the acquisition of BioStorage. Cash used in investing activities was $17.6 million in fiscal year 2015 and included primarily $14.5 million for the acquisition of FluidX, Contact and certain assets and liabilities of YBA, $16.1 million of capital expenditures, including the purchase of the building and the related land in Chelmsford, Massachusetts for $8.4 million, as well as $5.5 million paid for certain cost method investments and BioCision convertible debt securities. These uses of cash were partially offset by $16.7 million related to net proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities. For additional information on the acquisitions made in fiscal years 2016 and 2015, please refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product development and improving information technology infrastructure. Capital expenditures were $12.8 million during fiscal year 2016 compared to $16.1 million during fiscal year 2015. The decrease of $3.3 million was primarily attributable to the purchase of the building and the related land for $8.4 million during fiscal year 2015, partially offset by increased capital expenditures of $4.2 million due to the acquisition of BioStorage and investment in its capital infrastructure.

48


 

Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities was $26.0 million in fiscal year 2016 compared to $34.0 million in fiscal year 2015. Cash used in financing activities included $27.5 million and $27.0 million, respectively, of cash dividend payments made during fiscal years 2016 and 2015, as well as $8.8 million of debt repayment assumed in connection with the Contact acquisition during fiscal year 2015.

Capital Resources

Line of Credit Facility

On May 26, 2016, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., or Wells Fargo. The credit agreement provides for a five-year senior secured revolving line of credit, or line of credit, of $75.0 million. Availability under the line of credit is subject to a borrowing base which is redetermined from time to time based on specific advance rates on eligible assets. Such availability is limited to the lesser of (a) the amount committed by the lenders under the credit agreement, or (b) the amount determined based on the borrowing base limited to a certain percentage of certain eligible U.S. assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, real property, as well as machinery and equipment. If at any time the aggregate amounts outstanding under the credit agreement exceed the borrowing base then in effect, we are required to make a prepayment of an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess. The agreement includes sublimits of up to $25.0 million for letters of credit and $7.5 million of swing loans at the time there is more than one lender under the credit agreement. Availability under the borrowing base may be affected by events beyond our control, such as collection cycles, advance rates and general economic conditions. These and other events could require us to seek waivers or amendments of covenants or alternative sources of financing or to reduce expenditures. We can provide no assurance that such waivers, amendments or alternative financing sources could be obtained or, if obtained, would be on terms acceptable to us. The proceeds from the credit agreement are available for permitted acquisitions and general corporate purposes. The line of credit expires on May 26, 2021 with all outstanding principal and interest due and payable on such date or an earlier date if declared due and payable on such earlier date pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement (by acceleration or otherwise). Subject to certain conditions of the credit agreement, net cash proceeds from sales of certain collateral during the term of the arrangement are required to be used to prepay borrowings under the line of credit. We may also voluntarily prepay certain amounts under the line of credit without penalty or premium.

As of September 30, 2017, we had approximately $45.1 million available for borrowing under the line of credit. There were no amounts outstanding pursuant to the line of credit as of September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016. The amount of funds available for borrowing under the line of credit arrangement may fluctuate each period based on our borrowing base availability, as described above.

Borrowings under the line of credit bear an annual interest rate equal to, at our option, the base rate or the LIBOR rate plus, in each case, an applicable margin determined based on our liquidity as of the first day of each fiscal quarter. LIBOR rate is reset at the beginning of each selected interest period based on the rate then in effect. The base rate is a fluctuating interest rate equal to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (ii) the one month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% and (iii) the prime lending rate announced by Wells Fargo. During fiscal year 2016, we incurred $0.7 million in deferred financing costs which included commitments fees and other costs directly associated with obtaining line of credit financing. In addition to interest on any outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement, we are required to pay monthly fees of 0.25% per year related to unused portion of the revolver commitment amounts. The amount of such fees incurred during fiscal years 2017 and 2016 was insignificant. All outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement are guaranteed by us along with certain U.S. subsidiaries and secured by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of our and guarantor’s assets in the U.S., subject to certain exceptions. Additionally, we granted Wells Fargo a mortgage lien on certain company-owned real properties.

The line of credit contains certain customary representations and warranties, a financial covenant, affirmative and negative covenants, as well as events of default. In the event our liquidity is less than the greater of (i) 12.5% of the commitments under the line of credit, and (ii) $9.4 million, and continuing until the time such liquidity during a 60‑consecutive day period has been equal to or greater than the greater of (a) 12.5% of the commitments under the line of credit, and (b) $9.4 million, we are required to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.0 to 1.0 measured

49


 

Table of Contents

as of the last day of each fiscal month ending during such period. Liquidity is defined as a sum of (a) excess availability under the credit agreement; and (b) unrestricted cash and cash equivalents located in bank accounts in the United States that are subject to a control agreement in favor of Wells Fargo, limited to a maximum amount of 50% of liquidity. Negative covenants limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, liens, sell assets, consolidate or merge with or into other entities, pay non-cash dividends, (and cash dividends if we fail to meet certain payment conditions), make certain investments, prepay, redeem or retire subordinated debt, and enter into certain types of transactions with our affiliates. If any of the events of default occur and are not waived or cured within applicable grace periods, any unpaid amounts under the credit agreement, including principal and interest, may be declared immediately due and payable and the credit agreement may be terminated. We were in compliance with the line of credit covenants as of September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016. We are confident in our ability to generate sufficient cash in the United States and foreign jurisdictions to fund future operating costs. We secured the revolving line of credit as an additional assurance for maintaining liquidity in the United States during potentially severe downturns of the cyclical semiconductor market, as well as for strategic investments and acquisitions.

On October 4, 2017, we entered into a $200.0 million term loan with the lenders, pursuant to which we amended certain terms and conditions of the credit agreement and entered into an arrangement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Based on the amended terms of the credit agreement, the line of credit continues to provide for revolving credit financing of up to $75.0 million, subject to borrowing base availability. The line of credit matures on October 4, 2022 and expires no less than 90 days prior to the term loan expiration. Borrowing base availability under the amended line of credit excludes collateral related to fixed assets and is redetermined periodically based on certain percentage of certain eligible U.S. assets, including accounts receivable and inventory. The sublimits for letters of credit were reduced to $7.5 million under the amended terms of the credit agreement. All outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement are guaranteed by us and BioStorage Technologies, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, or the guarantor, and subordinated to the obligations under the term loan which are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of our and the guarantor’s assets, other than accounts receivable and inventory. Please refer to the “Senior Secured Term Loan Facility” section below for further information on the term loan.

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

On October 4, 2017, we entered into a $200.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, or the term loan with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, or collectively, the lenders. The term loan was issued at $197.6 million, or 98.8% of its par value, resulting in a discount of $2.4 million, or 1.2%, which represented loan origination fees paid at the closing. The loan proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. The loan principal amount may be increased by an aggregate amount equal to $75.0 million plus any voluntary repayments of the term loans plus an amount such that our secured leverage ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00.

Under the terms of the term loan agreement, we may elect for the loan to bear an interest rate as Eurodollar Borrowings or as Alternate Base Rate, or ABR Borrowings. Interest applicable to Eurodollar Borrowings is based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus applicable margin of 2.50%. The Adjusted LIBO Rate is the rate appearing on Bloomberg screen LIBOR01 which gets reset at the beginning of each selected interest period based on LIBOR rate then in effect. Interest applicable to Alternate Base Rate Borrowings is based on the Alternate Base Rate plus applicable margin of 1.50%. Alternate Base Rate is determined based on the highest of: (a) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, (b) prime rate plus 1.00%, or (c) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%. We may experience exposure to interest rate risk due to the potential volatility associated with the variable interest rates on the loan.  If rates increase, we may be subject to higher costs of servicing the loan which could reduce our profitability and cash flows.

Our obligations under the term loan are guaranteed by the guarantor, subject to the terms and conditions of the term loan agreement. We and the guarantor granted the lenders a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of our and the guarantor’s assets to secure the repayment of the term loan.

The term loan matures and becomes fully payable on October 4, 2024. Principal payments equal to 0.25% of the initial principal amount of the term loan are payable in installments on March 31 st , June 30 th , September 30 th and December 31 st of each year, with any remaining amount of principal becoming due and payable on the maturity date. All accrued and unpaid interest on ABR Borrowings shall be due and payable at the same time as the loan principal

50


 

Table of Contents

installments. All accrued and unpaid interest on Eurodollar Borrowings shall be due on the last day of each interest period elected by us for such Eurodollar Borrowings, except for interest periods of more than three months in which case all accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable every three months.

Subject to certain conditions stated in the term loan agreement, we may redeem the term loan at any time at our option without a significant premium or penalty, except for a repricing transaction, as defined in the term loan agreement, which is subject to a premium of 1.00% of the loan principal amount during the first six months of the loan term . We would be required to redeem the term loan at the principal amount then outstanding upon occurrence of certain events, including (i) net proceeds received from the sale or other disposition of our or the guarantors’ assets, subject to certain limitations, (ii) casualty and condemnation proceeds received by us or the guarantor, subject to certain exceptions, (iii) net proceeds received by us or the guarantor from the issuance of debt or disqualified capital stock after October 4, 2017. Commencing on December 31, 2018, we will be required to make principal payments equal to the excess cash flow amount, as defined in the term loan agreement. Such prepayments are equal to 50% of the preceding year excess cash flow amount reduced by voluntary prepayments of the term loan, subject to certain limitations .  

The term loan agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, covenants and events of default. If any of the events of default occur and are not waived or cured within applicable grace periods, any unpaid amounts under the term loan agreement will bear an annual interest rate at 2.00% above the rate otherwise applicable under the terms and conditions of such agreement. The term loan agreement does not contain financial maintenance covenants.

Shelf Registration Statement

On July 27, 2016, we filed a registration statement on Form S‑3 with the SEC to sell securities, including common stock, preferred stock, warrants, debt securities, depository shares, purchase contracts and purchase units in amounts to be determined at the time of an offering. Any such offering, if it does occur, may happen in one or more transactions. The specific terms of any securities to be sold will be described in supplemental filings with the SEC. This registration statement will expire on July 27, 2019.

Approximately 877,427 shares of common stock issued under our 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, for the purchases made between January 2013 and July 2016, at purchase prices ranging from $7.79 to $9.01 per share, were inadvertently not registered under federal securities laws. Under the applicable provisions of federal securities laws, plan participants who purchase unregistered shares of common stock may seek to rescind the transaction within one year following the date of purchase, which is the applicable federal statute of limitations. If the ESPP participants were to seek rescission, we would make a registered rescission offer to repurchase the shares issued under the ESPP during fiscal 2016 to the extent they continued to be held by the original purchasers. The rescission rights related to the shares held by their original purchasers expired by statute of limitations on July 31, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, we had no obligations to repurchase the shares from their holders if they sought to rescind their original purchases since these shares were no longer subject to rescission rights.

 

51


 

Table of Contents

Dividends

Our Board of Directors declared the following dividends during the fiscal years 2017 and 2016 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Dividend

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

per

 

Record

 

Payment

 

 

 

Declaration Date

 

Share

 

Date

 

Date

 

Total

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

November 9, 2016

 

$

0.10

 

December 2, 2016

 

December 23, 2016

 

$

6,952

January 31, 2017

 

 

0.10

 

March 3, 2017

 

March 24, 2017

 

 

6,962

April 27, 2017

 

 

0.10

 

June 2, 2017

 

June 23, 2017

 

 

6,972

August 1, 2017

 

 

0.10

 

September 8, 2017

 

September 29, 2017

 

 

6,980

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

November 4, 2015

 

$

0.10

 

December 4, 2015

 

December 22, 2015

 

$

6,844

February 3, 2016

 

 

0.10

 

March 4, 2016

 

March 24, 2016

 

 

6,862

April 27, 2016

 

 

0.10

 

June 3, 2016

 

June 24, 2016

 

 

6,863

July 27, 2016

 

 

0.10

 

September 2, 2016

 

September 23, 2016

 

 

6,876

 

On November 8, 2017, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.10 per share of our common stock. The total dividend of approximately $7.0 million will be paid on December 22, 2017 to shareholders of record at the close of business on December 1, 2017. Dividends are declared at the discretion of our Board of Directors and depend on actual cash flow from operations, our financial condition, capital requirements and any other factors our Board of Directors may consider relevant. We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future; however, the amount and timing of these dividends may be impacted by the cyclical nature of certain markets we serve. We may reduce, delay or cancel a quarterly cash dividend based on the severity of a cyclical downturn.

Share Repurchase Program

On September 29, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to $50 million worth of our common stock. The timing and amount of any shares repurchased are based on market and business conditions, legal requirements and other factors and may be commenced or suspended at any time at our discretion. There were no shares repurchased under this program during fiscal year 2017.

Contractual Obligations and Requirements

Our contractual obligations were as follows at September 30, 2017 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Less than

    

One to

    

Four to

    

 

 

 

 

Total

 

One Year

 

Three Years

 

Five Years

 

Thereafter

Contractual Cash Obligations:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Operating leases

 

$

20,862

 

$

3,739

 

$

4,973

 

$

3,084

 

$

9,066

Pension and other post retirement benefit plans

 

 

2,234

 

 

255

 

 

224

 

 

225

 

 

1,530

Other purchase commitments

 

 

131,876

 

 

120,438

 

 

6,925

 

 

866

 

 

3,647

Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

154,972

 

$

124,432

 

$

12,122

 

$

4,175

 

$

14,243

Other Commercial Commitments:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Letters of credit

 

$

3,511

 

$

1,769

 

$

1,742

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Total commitments

 

$

158,483

 

$

126,201

 

$

13,864

 

$

4,175

 

$

14,243

 

The letters of credit of approximately $3.5 million are related primarily to customer advances and other performance obligations at September 30, 2017. These arrangements guarantee the refund of advance payments received from our customers in the event that the product is not delivered or warranty obligations are not fulfilled in accordance with the contract terms. These obligations could be called by the beneficiaries at any time before the expiration date of the particular letter of credit if we fail to meet certain contractual requirements. None of these obligations were called during fiscal year 2017, and we currently do not anticipate any of these obligations to be called in the near future.

52


 

Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2017, the total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions and the accrual for the related interest was $1.7 million, all of which represents a potential future cash outlay. We are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of the cash settlement for this liability since the timing of future tax examinations by various tax jurisdictions and the related resolution is uncertain.

We utilize a third party to manage our manufacturing operations in Mexico. As a part of this arrangement, we make and guarantee the monthly payments for a lease of the Mexico facility which expires in February 2019. The remaining payments under the lease were approximately $1.0 million as of September 30, 2017.

On October 4, 2017, we entered into a $200.0 million term loan with the lenders. The term loan was issued at $197.6 million, or 98.8% of its par value, resulting in a discount of $2.4 million, or 1.2%, which represented loan origination fees paid at the closing. The loan proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. Please refer to the “Capital Resources” section above for further information on the term loan.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of September 30, 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K. 

 

Item 7A.     Quantitative and   Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including changes in interest rates affecting the return on our cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Exposure

Our cash and cash equivalents consist principally of money market securities which are short-term in nature. At September 30, 2017 and 2016, our short-term and long-term investments were $2.7 million and $6.1 million, respectively, and consisted mostly of highly rated corporate debt securities and municipal securities. At September 30, 2016, the unrealized loss position on marketable securities was less than $0.1 million, which is included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. There were no securities in unrealized loss position as of September 30, 2017. We sold a substantial portion of our marketable securities portfolio during fiscal year 2017 and utilized the sales proceeds for the acquisitions completed during the current fiscal year. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates would result in an annual change of approximately less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in interest income earned in fiscal years 2017 and 2016.

Currency Rate Exposure

We have transactions and balances denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Most of these transactions or balances are denominated in Euros, British Pounds and a variety of Asian currencies. Sales in currencies other than the U.S. dollar were 33% and 34%, respectively, of our total sales for fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. These sales were made primarily by our foreign subsidiaries, which have cost structures that substantially align with the currency of sale.

In the normal course of our business, we have liquid assets denominated in non-functional currencies which include cash, short-term advances between our legal entities and accounts receivable which are subject to foreign currency exposure. Such balances were approximately $51.6 million and $34.9 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017 and 2016, and related to the Euro, British Pound and a variety of Asian currencies. We mitigate the impact of potential currency translation losses on these short-term intercompany advances by the timely settlement of each transaction, generally within 30 days. We also utilize forward contracts to mitigate our exposures to currency movement. We incurred foreign currency losses of $2.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively, in fiscal years 2017 and 2016, which related to the currency fluctuation on these balances between the time the transaction occurred and the ultimate settlement of the transaction. A hypothetical 10% change in foreign exchange rates would result in a change of $0.5 million in our net income (loss) at each fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

53


 

Table of Contents

Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms  

55

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2017 and 2016  

57

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015  

58

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015  

59

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015  

60

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015  

61

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The supplementary quarterly financial information required by this Item 8 is included in Part II, Item 6, “Selected Financial Data”, and is incorporated herein by reference.  

 

 

54


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Brooks Automation, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive (loss) income, of changes in equity, and of cash flows for the years then ended present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Brooks Automation, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Pacific Bio-Material Management, Inc. from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2017, because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2017. We have also excluded Pacific Bio-Material Management, Inc. from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Pacific Bio-Material Management, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent 1.7% and 0.5%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended September 30, 2017.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

November 17, 2017

55


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Brooks Automation, Inc.

Chelmsford, Massachusetts

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2015 of Brooks Automation, Inc. (the Company”). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations and its cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

 

November 5, 2015, except for the effect of changes to disclosures for segment reporting, equity method investments and the adoption of ASU 2015-17 discussed in Note 18, Note 7 and Note 10 (no longer included), respectively, as to which the date is November 29, 2016.

56


 

Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

September 30, 

    

September 30, 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Assets

 

 

  

 

 

  

Current assets

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

101,622

 

$

85,086

Marketable securities

 

 

28

 

 

39

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

120,828

 

 

106,372

Inventories

 

 

106,395

 

 

92,572

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

23,138

 

 

15,265

Total current assets

 

 

352,011

 

 

299,334

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

58,462

 

 

54,885

Long-term marketable securities

 

 

2,642

 

 

6,096

Long-term deferred tax assets

 

 

1,692

 

 

1,982

Goodwill

 

 

233,638

 

 

202,138

Intangible assets, net

 

 

83,520

 

 

81,843

Equity method investments

 

 

28,593

 

 

27,273

Other assets

 

 

6,070

 

 

12,354

Total assets

 

$

766,628

 

$

685,905

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

 

  

 

 

  

Current liabilities

 

 

  

 

 

  

Accounts payable

 

$

49,100

 

$

41,128

Deferred revenue

 

 

24,292

 

 

14,966

Accrued warranty and retrofit costs

 

 

8,054

 

 

6,324

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

 

27,065

 

 

21,254

Accrued restructuring costs

 

 

1,708

 

 

5,939

Accrued income taxes payable

 

 

11,417

 

 

7,554

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

25,142

 

 

22,628

Total current liabilities

 

 

146,778

 

 

119,793

Long-term tax reserves

 

 

1,687

 

 

2,681

Long-term deferred tax liabilities

 

 

3,748

 

 

2,913

Long-term pension liabilities

 

 

1,979

 

 

2,557

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

4,792

 

 

4,271

Total liabilities

 

 

158,984

 

 

132,215

Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)

 

 

  

 

 

  

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

  

 

 

  

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value- 1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Common stock, $0.01 par value- 125,000,000 shares authorized, 83,294,848 shares issued and 69,832,979 shares outstanding at September 30, 2017, 82,220,270 shares issued and 68,758,401 shares outstanding at  September 30, 2016

 

 

833

 

 

821

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

1,874,918

 

 

1,855,703

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

15,213

 

 

15,166

Treasury stock, at cost- 13,461,869 shares

 

 

(200,956)

 

 

(200,956)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(1,082,364)

 

 

(1,117,044)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

607,644

 

 

553,690

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

766,628

 

$

685,905

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

57


 

Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenue

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Products

 

$

533,624

 

$

421,783

 

$

457,411

Services

 

 

159,261

 

 

138,540

 

 

95,297

Total revenue

 

 

692,885

 

 

560,323

 

 

552,708

Cost of revenue

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Products

 

 

323,812

 

 

267,974

 

 

298,348

Services

 

 

101,669

 

 

94,268

 

 

65,255

Total cost of revenue

 

 

425,481

 

 

362,242

 

 

363,603

Gross profit

 

 

267,404

 

 

198,081

 

 

189,105

Operating expenses

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Research and development

 

 

47,004

 

 

51,543

 

 

52,232

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

153,061

 

 

130,261

 

 

115,270

Restructuring charges

 

 

3,226

 

 

12,039

 

 

4,713

Total operating expenses

 

 

203,291

 

 

193,843

 

 

172,215

Operating income

 

 

64,113

 

 

4,238

 

 

16,890

Interest income

 

 

464

 

 

452

 

 

899

Interest expense

 

 

(408)

 

 

(157)

 

 

(395)

Gain on settlement of equity method investment

 

 

1,847

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

(645)

 

 

(579)

 

 

421

Income before income taxes and earnings (losses) of equity method investments

 

 

65,371

 

 

3,954

 

 

17,815

Income tax provision

 

 

12,140

 

 

75,810

 

 

3,430

Income (loss) before equity in earnings (losses) of equity method investments

 

 

53,231

 

 

(71,856)

 

 

14,385

Equity in earnings (losses) of equity method investments

 

 

9,381

 

 

2,380

 

 

(164)

Net income (loss)

 

$

62,612

 

$

(69,476)

 

$

14,221

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

$

0.90

 

$

(1.01)

 

$

0.21

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

 

0.89

 

 

(1.01)

 

 

0.21

Dividend declared per share

 

 

0.40

 

 

0.40

 

 

0.40

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

 

69,575

 

 

68,507

 

 

67,411

Diluted

 

 

70,485

 

 

68,507

 

 

68,549

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

58


 

Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

(In thousands)

Net income (loss)

 

$

62,612

 

$

(69,476)

 

$

14,221

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(221)

 

 

8,844

 

 

(9,557)

Unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities, net of tax effects of $0, $58 and $(83) for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 2

 

 

(106)

 

 

141

Actuarial gains (losses), net of tax effects of $(74), $161 and $115 for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

525

 

 

(322)

 

 

(605)

Pension settlement

 

 

(259)

 

 

 —

 

 

232

Pension curtailment

 

 

 —

 

 

852

 

 

 —

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

47

 

 

9,268

 

 

(9,789)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

62,659

 

$

(60,208)

 

$

4,432

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

59


 

Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

62,612

 

$

(69,476)

 

$

14,221

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

28,149

 

 

28,046

 

 

25,160

 

Gain on settlement of equity method investment

 

 

(1,847)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Impairment of other assets

 

 

 —

 

 

807

 

 

 —

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

17,278

 

 

11,737

 

 

12,159

 

Amortization of premium on marketable securities and deferred financing costs

 

 

252

 

 

339

 

 

1,193

 

(Earnings) losses of equity method investments

 

 

(9,381)

 

 

(2,380)

 

 

164

 

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

 

 

517

 

 

70,273

 

 

(2,173)

 

Loss on write-downs of assets held for sale

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,944

 

Pension settlement

 

 

(259)

 

 

 —

 

 

232

 

Other gains on disposals of assets

 

 

(406)

 

 

(41)

 

 

(85)

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(11,178)

 

 

(1,796)

 

 

(5,134)

 

Inventories

 

 

(12,792)

 

 

8,565

 

 

(5,919)

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(5,829)

 

 

(428)

 

 

(2,875)

 

Accounts payable

 

 

7,846

 

 

(5,143)

 

 

8,358

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

8,049

 

 

(3,290)

 

 

(6,779)

 

Accrued warranty and retrofit costs

 

 

1,602

 

 

290

 

 

(407)

 

Accrued compensation and tax withholdings

 

 

5,565

 

 

(3,234)

 

 

(1,148)

 

Accrued restructuring costs

 

 

(4,241)

 

 

3,860

 

 

(1,247)

 

Accrued pension costs

 

 

(32)

 

 

(811)

 

 

812

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

10,319

 

 

2,229

 

 

5,251

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

96,224

 

 

39,547

 

 

43,727

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(12,677)

 

 

(12,848)

 

 

(16,146)

 

Purchases of technology intangibles

 

 

(240)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Purchases of marketable securities

 

 

 —

 

 

(12,901)

 

 

(87,333)

 

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

 

 

3,590

 

 

139,388

 

 

104,008

 

Disbursement for a loan receivable

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,821)

 

 

 —

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

(44,791)

 

 

(125,248)

 

 

(14,450)

 

Proceeds from liquidation of a joint venture

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,778

 

Purchases of other investments

 

 

(170)

 

 

(250)

 

 

(5,500)

 

Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

 

 

100

 

 

2,806

 

 

 6

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(54,188)

 

 

(10,874)

 

 

(17,637)

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Proceeds from line of credit

 

 

 —

 

 

366

 

 

 —

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

2,040

 

 

1,888

 

 

1,807

 

Payment of deferred financing costs

 

 

(28)

 

 

(708)

 

 

 —

 

Repayment of debt assumed in business acquisition

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(8,829)

 

Common stock dividends paid

 

 

(27,932)

 

 

(27,503)

 

 

(26,992)

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(25,920)

 

 

(25,957)

 

 

(34,014)

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

420

 

 

1,648

 

 

(5,468)

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

16,536

 

 

4,364

 

 

(13,392)

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    

 

85,086

  

 

80,722

  

 

94,114

  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

101,622

  

$

85,086

  

$

80,722

  

Supplemental disclosures:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

200

 

$

114

 

$

395

 

Cash paid for income taxes, net

 

 

8,142

 

 

4,930

 

 

3,883

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Derecognition of a capital lease obligation and the related assets

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

7,804

 

Deferred financing costs included in accrued expenses

 

 

423

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Fair value of non-cash consideration for the acquisition of Cool Lab, LLC

 

 

10,348

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

60


 

Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

Stock at 

 

Additional

 

Other 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock 

 

Par 

 

Paid-In 

 

Comprehensive 

 

Accumulated

 

Treasury

 

Total

 

 

Shares

 

Value

 

Capital

 

Income

 

Deficit

 

Stock

 

Equity

 

 

(In thousands, except share data)

Balance September 30, 2014

 

80,375,777

 

 

804

 

 

1,834,619

 

 

15,687

 

 

(1,007,265)

 

 

(200,956)

 

$

642,889

Shares issued under restricted stock and purchase plans, net

 

717,275

 

 

 7

 

 

(421)

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(414)

Stock-based compensation

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

12,159

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

12,159

Common stock dividends declared, at $0.40 per share

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(27,021)

 

 

  

 

 

(27,021)

Net income

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

14,221

 

 

  

 

 

14,221

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(9,557)

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(9,557)

Changes in unrealized gains on marketable securities, net of tax effects of ($83)

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

141

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

141

Actuarial losses arising in the year, net of tax effects of $115

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(605)

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(605)

Recognition of pension settlement in earnings

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

232

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

232

Balance September 30, 2015

 

81,093,052

 

 

811

 

 

1,846,357

 

 

5,898

 

 

(1,020,065)

 

 

(200,956)

 

 

632,045

Shares issued under restricted stock and purchase plans, net

 

1,127,218

 

 

10

 

 

(2,391)

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(2,381)

Stock-based compensation

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

11,737

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

11,737

Common stock dividends declared, at $0.40 per share

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(27,503)

 

 

  

 

 

(27,503)

Net loss

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(69,476)

 

 

  

 

 

(69,476)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

8,844

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

8,844

Changes in unrealized losses on marketable securities, net of tax effects of $58

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(106)

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(106)

Actuarial losses arising in the year, net of tax effects of $161

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(322)

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(322)

Pension curtailment

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

852

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

852

Balance September 30, 2016

 

82,220,270

 

 

821

 

 

1,855,703

 

 

15,166

 

 

(1,117,044)

 

 

(200,956)

 

 

553,690

Shares issued under restricted stock and purchase plans, net

 

1,074,578

 

 

12

 

 

1,937

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

1,949

Stock-based compensation

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

17,278

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

17,278

Common stock dividends declared, at $0.40 per share

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(27,932)

 

 

  

 

 

(27,932)

Net income

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

62,612

 

 

  

 

 

62,612

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(221)

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(221)

Changes in unrealized losses on marketable securities, net of tax effects of $0

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 2

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 2

Actuarial gains arising in the year, net of tax effects of $(74)

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

525

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

525

Pension settlement

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(259)

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(259)

Balance September 30, 2017

 

83,294,848

 

$

833

 

$

1,874,918

 

$

15,213

 

$

(1,082,364)

 

$

(200,956)

 

$

607,644

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

61


 

Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1.    Nature of the Business

Brooks Automation, Inc. (“Brooks”, or the “Company”) is a leading global provider of automation and cryogenic solutions for multiple applications and markets. The Company primarily serves the semiconductor capital equipment market and the life sciences sample management market.

The Company’s semiconductor capital equipment market offerings include mission critical automated transport, vacuum, contamination controls solutions and services that are designed to improve throughput, yield and cost of ownership. The Company’s life science sample management market offerings include automation, consumables and instruments, sample storage and support services, as well as informatics that manage samples throughout the customers’ research discovery and development work flows. The Company’s technologies, engineering competencies and global service capabilities provide customers speed to market and ensure high uptime and rapid response, which equate to superior value in their mission-critical controlled environments.

 

 

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company applies equity method of accounting to investments that provide it with ability to exercise significant influence over the entities in which it lacks controlling financial interest and is not a primary beneficiary.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates are associated with recording accounts receivable, inventories, goodwill, intangible assets other than goodwill, long-lived assets, derivative financial instruments, deferred income taxes, warranty and pension obligations, revenue recognized in accordance with the percentage of completion method, and stock-based compensation expense. The Company assesses the estimates on an ongoing basis and records changes in estimates in the period they occur and become known. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting, in accordance with which assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the acquisition date. The fair value of the consideration paid, including contingent consideration, is assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values. Goodwill represents excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Significant judgments are used in determining fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as intangibles. Fair value and useful life determinations are based on, among other factors, estimates of future expected cash flows, royalty cost savings and appropriate discount rates used in computing present values. These judgments may materially impact the estimates used in allocating acquisition date fair values to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as the Company’s current and future operating results. Actual results may vary from these estimates which may result in adjustments to goodwill and acquisition date fair values of assets and liabilities during a measurement period or

62


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

upon a final determination of asset and liability fair values, whichever occurs first. Adjustments to fair values of assets and liabilities made after the end of the measurement period are recorded within the Company’s operating results.

Foreign Currency Translation

Certain transactions of the Company and its subsidiaries are denominated in currencies other than their functional currency. Foreign currency exchange gains (losses) generated from the settlement and remeasurement of these transactions are recognized in earnings and presented within “Other (expense) income, net” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Net foreign currency transaction and remeasurement (losses) gains totaled $(2.3) million, $(1.9) million and $0.5 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The determination of the functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries is based on their financial and operational environment and is the local currency of all of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. The subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities are translated into the reporting currency at period-end exchange rates, while revenue, expenses, gains and losses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period. Gains and losses from foreign currency translations are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and presented as a component of comprehensive income (loss) in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Derivative Financial Instruments

All derivatives, whether designated as a hedging relationship or not, are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. The accounting for changes in fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the Company must designate the hedging instrument as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation based on the exposure being hedged. Certain derivatives held by the Company are not designated as hedges but are used in managing exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates.

A fair value hedge is a derivative instrument designated for the purpose of hedging the exposure of changes in fair value of an asset or a liability resulting from a particular risk. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are both recognized in the results of operations and presented in the same caption in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

A cash flow hedge is a derivative instrument designated for the purpose of hedging the exposure to variability in future cash flows resulting from a particular risk. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and recognized in the results of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in the results of operations.

A hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation is achieved through a derivative instrument designated for the purpose of hedging the exposure of changes in value of investments in foreign subsidiaries. If the derivative is designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income as a part of the foreign currency translation adjustment. Ineffective portions of net investment hedges are recognized in the results of operations.

For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, changes in fair value are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as gains or losses consistent with the classification of the underlying risk.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash deposits and cash equivalents, marketable securities, derivative instruments and accounts receivable. All of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and derivative instruments are maintained by major financial institutions.

63


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company invests cash not used in operations in investment grade, high credit quality securities in accordance with the Company’s investment policy which provides guidelines and limits regarding investments type, concentration, credit quality and maturity terms aimed at maintaining liquidity and reducing risk of capital loss.

The Company regularly monitors the creditworthiness of its customers and believes that it has adequately provided for exposure to potential credit losses. The Company’s top ten largest customers accounted for approximately 39%, 34% and 38% of its consolidated revenue for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. One customer accounted for approximately 12% in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. No customers accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenue for fiscal years 2017 and 2016.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, derivative instruments, accounts receivable, loans receivable, convertible debt securities, a stock warrant, contingent consideration and accounts payable.

Marketable securities and derivative instruments are measured at fair value based on quoted market prices or observable inputs other than quoted market prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities.

Convertible debt securities were measured at fair value based on the probability-weighted expected return method utilizing various scenarios for the expected payout of the instrument covering the full range of the potential outcomes. Fair value of the asset securities was based upon the present value of the probability of each future outcome becoming available to the asset and the economic rights and preferences of each asset. Stock warrant was measured at fair value based on the Black-Scholes model which incorporated the constant price variation of the underlying asset, the time value of money, the warrant’s strike price and the time to the warrant’s expiration date. During fiscal year 2017, the Company settled the convertible debt securities and cancelled the stock warrant as a part of the non-cash consideration for the Company’s acquisition of Cool Lab, LLC. Please refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions”, Note 7, “Equity Method and Other Investments” and Note 19, “Fair Value Measurements” for further information on this transaction.

Loans receivable are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company considers the subordination features of the loans and the fair value of the collateral when measuring the loans’ fair value. The fair value of the loans receivable is determined based on valuation techniques, principally the discounted cash flow method, and could be different under different conditions or different assumptions, including the varying assumptions regarding future cash flows of the Borrower or discount rates.

Contingent consideration is measured at fair value based on the probability-weighted average discounted cash flow model utilizing potential outcomes related to achievement of certain specified targets and events. The fair value measurement of the contingent consideration is based on probabilities assigned to each potential outcome and the discount rate.

The carrying amounts of cash, cash equivalent, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to their short-term nature.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash. At September 30, 2017 and 2016, cash equivalents were less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Cash equivalents are reported at cost which approximates their fair value due to their short-term nature and varying interest rates.

Accounts Receivable, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Sales Returns

Trade accounts receivable do not bear interest and are recorded at the invoiced amount. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts representing its best estimate of probable credit losses related to its existing accounts receivable and their net realizable value. The Company determines the allowance based on a number of factors,

64


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

including an evaluation of customer credit worthiness, the age of the outstanding receivables, economic trends and historical experience. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly basis and adjusts the balance based on the Company’s estimates of the receivables’ recoverability in the period the changes in estimates occur and become known. Accounts receivable balances are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when the Company determines that the balances are not recoverable. Provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company determines the allowance for sales returns based on its best estimate of probable customer returns. Provisions for sales returns are recorded in "Revenue" in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out basis and include the cost of materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. The Company reports inventories at their net realizable value and provides reserves for excess, obsolete or damaged inventory based on changes in customer demand, technology and other economic factors.

Fixed Assets, Intangible Assets and Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed based on the straight-line method and charged to results of operations to allocate the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

 

 

Buildings

    

10 - 40 years

Computer equipment and software

 

3 - 7 years

Machinery and equipment

 

2 - 10 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

3 - 10 years

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining terms of the respective leases. Equipment used for demonstrations to customers is included in machinery and equipment and depreciated over its estimated useful life. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

The Company develops software for its internal use and capitalizes direct costs incurred to develop internal-use software during the application development stage after determining software technological requirements and obtaining management approval for funding projects probable of completion. Capitalization of the internal-use software development costs ceases upon substantially completing the project and placing the software into service based on its intended use. Training and data conversion costs, as well as costs incurred prior to the application development stage and during the post-implementation stage are expensed as incurred. As of September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company had cumulative capitalized direct costs of $4.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively, associated with development of software for its internal use which are included within "Property, plant and equipment, net" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. During fiscal year 2017, the Company capitalized direct costs of $ 1.1 million associated with development of software for its internal use.

Cost of disposed assets and the associated accumulated depreciation are derecognized upon their retirement or at the time of disposal, and the resulting gain or loss is included in the Company’s results of operations.

The Company identified finite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill as a result of acquisitions. Finite-lived intangible assets are valued based on estimated future cash flows and amortized over their estimated useful lives based on methods that approximate the pattern in which the economic benefits are expected to be realized.

Finite-lived intangibles assets and fixed assets are tested for impairment when indicators of impairment are present. For purposes of this test, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. If the Company determines that indicators of potential impairment are present, it assesses the recoverability of long-lived asset group by

65


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

comparing its undiscounted future cash flows to its carrying value. The future cash flow period is based on the future service life of the primary asset within the long-lived asset group. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset group exceeds its future cash flows, the Company determines fair values of the individual net assets within the long-lived asset group to assess potential impairment. If the aggregate fair values of the individual net assets of the group are less than their carrying values, an impairment loss is recognized for an amount in excess of the group’s aggregate carrying value over its fair value. The loss is allocated to the assets within the group based on their relative carrying values, with no asset reduced below its fair value.

Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives, as follows:

 

 

 

Patents

    

7 - 15 years

Completed technology

 

3 - 10 years

Customer relationships

 

3 - 11 years

 

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of a purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of the businesses acquired by the Company. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more often if impairment indicators are present at the reporting unit level. The Company has elected April 1st as its annual goodwill impairment assessment date. If the existence of events or circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that fair values of the reporting units are below their carrying values, the Company performs additional impairment tests during interim periods to evaluate goodwill for impairment.

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires significant judgment based on market and operational conditions at the time of the evaluation, including management’s best estimate of future business activity and the related estimates of future cash flows from the assets and the reporting units that include the associated goodwill. These periodic evaluations could cause management to conclude that impairment factors exist, requiring an adjustment of these assets to their then-current fair market values. Future business conditions and/or activity could differ materially from the projections made by management which could result in additional adjustments and impairment charges.

The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is either an operating segment or one level below it, which is referred to as a “component”. The level at which the impairment test is performed requires an assessment of whether the operations below an operating segment constitute a self-sustaining business, in which case testing is generally performed at this level.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2017, the Company adopted on a prospective basis the Accounting Standard Update 2017-04, Intangibles- Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) as a part of simplification initiative. The adoption of the guidance is expected to reduce the cost and complexity of evaluating goodwill for impairment and did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations during fiscal year 2017. In accordance with provisions of the guidance, the Company first assesses q ualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the Company determines, based on this assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, it performs a quantitative goodwill impairment test by comparing the reporting unit’s fair value with its carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, up to the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.

The Company determines fair values of its reporting units based on an income approach in accordance with the discounted cash flow method, or DCF Method. The DCF Method is based on projected future cash flows and terminal value estimates discounted to their present values. Terminal value represents a present value an investor would pay on the valuation date for the rights to the cash flows of the business for the years subsequent to the discrete cash flow projection period. The observable inputs used in the DCF Method include discount rates set above the Company’s weighted-average cost of capital. The Company derives discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainties inherent in the respective businesses and its internally developed projections of future cash flows. The

66


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Company considers the DCF Method to be the most appropriate valuation technique since it is based on management’s long-term financial projections. Due to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor equipment market, management’s projections as of the valuation date are considered more objective since market metrics of peer companies fluctuate during the cycle. In addition, the Company also compares aggregate values of its net corporate assets and reporting unit fair values to its overall market capitalization and uses certain market-based valuation techniques to test the reasonableness of the reporting unit fair values determined in accordance with the DCF Method.

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company records commitment fees and other costs directly associated with obtaining line of credit financing as deferred financing costs which are presented within "Other assets" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. At September 30, 2017 and 2016, deferred financing costs were $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Such costs are amortized over the term of the related financing arrangement and included in “Interest expense” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Amortization expense incurred during fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was not material and was included in interest expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Please refer to Note 9, “Line of Credit” for further information on this arrangement.

Warranty Obligations

The Company offers warranties on the sales of certain of its products and records warranty obligations for estimated future claims at the time revenue is recognized. Warranty obligations are estimated based on historical experience and management’s estimate of the level of future claims.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The cost and obligations of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans are calculated based on certain assumptions related to the estimated benefits that employees earn while working, the amount of which cannot be completely determined until the benefit payments cease. Key assumptions used in accounting for these employee benefit plans include the discount rate, expected return on plan assets and rate of increase in employee compensation levels. Assumptions are determined based on Company data and appropriate market indicators in consultation with third-party actuaries, and are evaluated each year as of the plans’ measurement date.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue from the following sources:

·

Products, including sales of tool automation and automated cold sample management systems, atmospheric and vacuum robots, contamination control solutions, cryogenic pumps and compressors, as well as consumables and spare parts.

·

Services, including repairs, upgrades, diagnostic support, installation, as well as biological sample and other support services.

The Company recognizes revenue for such products and services when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is considered realized and earned when all of the following revenue recognition criteria have been met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is probable. The Company recognizes shipping and handling fees billed to customers as revenue and includes the related costs in "Cost of revenue" in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Revenue is presented net of taxes assessed by governmental authorities on revenue-producing transactions. Revenue from software products generated during fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was insignificant.

67


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Products

Revenue from the sale of products is recognized upon their delivery to customers, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Delivery is considered complete when both of the following conditions have been met: (i) legal title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer upon product shipment or delivery; and (ii) the Company has reliably demonstrated that products have met their required specifications prior to shipment and, as a result, the Company possesses an enforceable claim right to amounts recognized as revenue. Revenue is recognized upon obtaining a customer technical acceptance if the Company was not able to demonstrate that products have met their required specifications prior to shipment and / or legal title and risk of loss did not transfer to the customer upon product shipment or delivery. Revenue from third-party sales for which the Company does not meet the criteria for gross revenue recognition is recognized on a net basis. All other revenue is recognized on a gross basis.

Customer allowances and rebates consist primarily of volume discounts and other incentive programs. Customer allowance and rebate amounts are estimated based on historical experience, contractual terms and expected level of sales during the qualifying incentive program period. The Company records customer allowances and rebates as a reduction of revenue at the time of product sale since they represent a reduction in purchase price.

Revenue from product sales that involve significant customization, which include primarily automated cold sample management systems, is recognized based on the percentage of completion method. The Company recognizes revenue as work progresses based on a percentage of actual labor hours incurred on the project to-date and total estimated labor hours expected to be incurred on the project. The Company develops profit estimates for long-term contracts based on total revenue expected to be generated from the project and total costs anticipated to be incurred. These estimates are based on a number of factors, including the degree of required product customization and the customer’s existing environment based on installation work, as well as the Company’s historical experience, project plans and an assessment of the risks and uncertainties inherent in the contract related to implementation delays or performance issues that may or may not be within the Company’s control. The Company estimates a loss on a contract by comparing total estimated contract revenue to the total estimated contract costs and recognizes a loss during the period in which it becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company reviews profit estimates for long-term contracts during each reporting period and revises them based on changes in circumstances.

The Company uses the completed contract method for certain arrangements that involve significant product customization and include contractual terms and customer rights disallowing the use of the percentage of completion method. The Company recognizes revenue for these arrangements upon completion or substantial completion of the project, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. The project is considered substantially complete when the Company receives acceptance and remaining tasks are perfunctory or inconsequential and in control of the Company. Generally, the terms of long-term contracts provide for progress billings based on completion of milestones or other defined phases of work. In certain instances, payments collected from customers in advance of recognizing the related revenue are recorded as deferred revenue.

Services

Service revenue is generally recognized ratably over the period of performance, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Payments due or received from the customers prior to rendering the associated services are recorded as deferred revenue. Revenue from repair services or upgrades of customer-owned equipment is recognized upon completion of the repair effort and the shipment of the repaired product back to the customer. If the repairs or the upgrades include installation, revenue is recognized when the installation is completed.

Multiple Element Arrangements

Certain customer arrangements related to the sale of automated cold sample management systems and contamination control solution products represent multiple element arrangements that include product, service and other elements. The Company allocates arrangement consideration to each deliverable that has a standalone value based upon the selling price hierarchy which requires the Company to use vendor-specific objective evidence (the "VSOE") of selling price if it exists, or a third-party evidence (the "TPE") of the selling price in the absence of VSOE. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists for a deliverable, the Company uses its best estimate of selling price (the "BESP")

68


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

for that deliverable. The Company has not been able to establish VSOE or TPE for the deliverables included in the multiple element arrangements and, as a result, primarily uses BESP to allocate the arrangement consideration. The Company determines BESP based on the cost plus a reasonable margin approach and considers entity-specific, as well as external market factors, when developing such estimates.

The Company recognizes revenue for each deliverable that has a standalone value in accordance with its revenue recognition policies. Revenue allocated to the delivered elements is recognized at the time of delivery, provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue allocated to the undelivered elements is deferred until the elements are delivered and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Certain multiple element arrangements include the sale of automated cold sample management systems and contamination control solution products with installation services. Revenue allocated to the automated cold sample management systems and contamination control solution products is recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies. Revenue allocated to the installation services is recognized based on the percentage-of-completion method or the completed contract method in which case it is deferred until the installation-related tasks have been completed.

Certain customer arrangements include contingent revenue provisions in which a portion of the selling price of a delivered element is contingent on meeting specified performance criteria or on delivery of other elements included in the arrangement. The amount of revenue recognized for these arrangements is limited to the lower of either: (i) the amount billed to the customer that is not contingent on obtaining a customer technical acceptance; or (ii) the value of the arrangement consideration allocated to the delivered elements.

Research and Development Expense

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of personnel expenses related to development of new products, as well as enhancements and engineering changes to existing products and development of hardware and software components.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The Company measures stock-based compensation cost at fair value on the grant date and recognizes the expense over the service period for the awards expected to vest. The fair value of restricted stock units is determined based on the number of shares granted and the closing price of the Company’s common stock quoted on NASDAQ on the date of grant.

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. The Company recognizes benefits from stock-based compensation in equity using the with-and-without approach for the utilization of tax attributes. The Company makes estimates of stock award forfeitures and a number of awards expected to vest which requires significant judgment. The Company considers many factors in developing forfeiture estimates, including award types, employee classes and historical experience. The Company assesses the likelihood of achieving the performance goals for stock-based awards that vest upon the satisfaction of these goals. Current estimates may differ from actual results and future changes in estimates.

The following table reflects stock-based compensation expense, excluding amounts related to discontinued operations, recorded during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Restricted stock

 

$

16,662

 

$

11,220

 

$

11,696

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

616

 

 

517

 

 

463

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

17,278

 

$

11,737

 

$

12,159

 

69


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Valuation Assumptions for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The fair value of shares issued under the employee stock purchase plan is estimated on the commencement date of each offering period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended  September 30,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.9

%  

0.4

%  

0.1

%

Volatility

 

34

%  

32

%  

31

%

Expected life

 

6 months

 

6 months

 

6 months

 

Dividend yield

 

3.4

%  

3.4

%  

3.4

%

 

The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve for notes with terms approximating the expected life of the shares granted. The expected stock price volatility is determined based on the Company’s historic stock prices over a period commensurate with the expected life of the shares granted. The expected life represents the weighted average period over which the shares are expected to be purchased. Dividend yields are projected based on the Company’s history of dividend declarations and management’s intention for future dividend declarations.

Restructuring Expenses

The Company records restructuring expenses associated with management-approved restructuring actions to streamline its business operations, improve profitability and competitiveness, consolidate duplicate infrastructure, as well as reduce headcount resulting from business acquisitions. Restructuring expenses include severance costs related to eliminating a specified number of employees, contract termination costs to vacate facilities and consolidate operations, as well as other costs directly associated with restructuring actions. The Company records severance and other employee termination costs associated with restructuring actions when it is probable that benefits will be paid and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. The rates used in determining restructuring liabilities related to severance costs are based on existing plans, historical experience and negotiated settlements.

Income Taxes

The Company records income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements contain certain deferred tax assets that were recorded as a result of operating losses, as well as other temporary differences between financial and tax accounting. A valuation allowance is established against deferred tax assets if, based upon the evaluation of positive and negative evidence and the extent to which that evidence is objectively verifiable, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the Company’s income tax provision, the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against those net deferred tax assets. The Company evaluates the weight of all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred income tax assets will not be realized.

The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves consideration of uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon an audit or an examination conducted by taxing authorities, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If the Company determines that a tax position will more likely than not be sustained, the second step requires the Company to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as the Company has to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. The Company re-evaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors, such as changes in facts or circumstances, tax law, new audit activity and effectively settled issues. Determining whether an

70


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

uncertain tax position is effectively settled requires judgment. A change in recognition or measurement may result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.

Earnings Per Share

Basic income (loss) per share is determined by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income (loss) per share is determined by dividing net income (loss) by diluted weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Diluted weighted average shares reflect the dilutive effect, if any, of potential common shares. To the extent their effect is dilutive, employee equity awards and other commitments to be settled in common stock are included in the calculation of diluted income per share based on the treasury stock method. Potential common shares are excluded from the calculation of dilutive weighted average shares outstanding if their effect would be anti-dilutive at the balance sheet date based on a treasury stock method or due to a net loss.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance related to goodwill impairment testing which eliminates the requirement to calculate the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit to measure goodwill impairment. In accordance with the provisions of the newly issued guidance, an entity should perform its goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019 and should be adopted prospectively. Early adoption of the newly issued guidance is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment assessment on April 1 st of each fiscal year. The Company adopted the guidance during the second quarter of fiscal year 2017. The adoption of the guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. Please refer to Note 6, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for further discussion.

In January 2017, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on business combinations to clarify the definition of a business when assessing whether a set of transferred assets and activities represents a business. Such a set of transferred assets and activities does not represent a business if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets. If the threshold is not met, entities need to evaluate whether the set of assets and activities meets the requirement that a business includes, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017 and should be adopted prospectively. Early adoption of the newly issued guidance is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its financial position and results of operations.

In June 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance for reporting credit losses. The new guidance introduces a new "expected loss" impairment model which applies to most financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain other instruments, including trade and other receivables, loans, held-to-maturity debt securities and other financial assets. Entities are required to estimate expected credit losses over the life of financial assets and record an allowance against the assets’ amortized cost basis to present them at the amount expected to be collected. Additionally, the guidance amends the impairment model for available for sale debt securities and requires entities to determine whether all or a portion of the unrealized loss on such debt security is a credit loss. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption of the newly issued guidance is permitted for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The standard should be applied as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. The Company expects to adopt the guidance during the first quarter of fiscal year 2021 and is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its financial position and results of operations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance to simplify accounting for share-based payment awards issued to employees. The amendment requires recognition of excess tax benefits or deficiencies within income tax expense or benefit and changes their presentation requirements on the statement of cash flows. Additionally, the entity can make an accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest,

71


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

consistent with the current accounting guidance, or account for forfeitures as they occur. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption of the newly issued guidance is permitted. The Company will adopt the guidance during the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its financial position and results of operations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance to simplify accounting for embedded derivatives. The amendment clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to the debt host contracts. An entity performing the assessment in accordance with this guidance is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with the four-step decision process set forth in the guidance. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company will adopt the guidance during the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, which is not expected to have a significant impact on its financial position and results of operations.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance for reporting lease transactions. In accordance with provisions of the newly issued guidance, a lessee should recognize at the inception of the arrangement a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability initially measured at the present value of lease payments over the lease term. For finance leases, interest on a lease liability should be recognized separately from the amortization of the right-of-use asset, while for operating leases, total lease costs are recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For leases with a term of twelve months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying assets to forgo recognition of right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities and record a lease expense on a straight-line basis. Entities should determine at the inception of the arrangement whether a contract represents a lease or contains a lease which is defined as a right to control the use of identified property for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Additionally, entities should separate the lease components from the non-lease components and allocate the contract consideration on a relative standalone price basis in accordance with provisions of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018 and should be adopted via a modified retrospective approach with certain optional practical expedients that entities may elect to apply. The Company expects to adopt the guidance during the first quarter of fiscal year 2020 and is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its financial position and results of operations.

In August 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to evaluation of relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the financial statements issuance date. The guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. The Company adopted the guidance during fiscal year 2017 which did not have an impact on its financial position and the results of operations.

In May 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance for reporting revenue recognition. The guidance provides for the recognition of revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. A five-step process set forth in the guidance may require more judgment and estimation within the revenue recognition process than the current GAAP, including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. In May 2016, the FASB issued an amendment to the revenue recognition guidance which released in May 2014. The amendment is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of applying the revenue recognition guidance and result in a more consistent application of the revenue recognition rules. The amendment clarifies the implementation guidance on collectability, non-cash consideration and the presentation of sales and other similar taxes, as well as transitional guidance related to completed contracts. In April 2016, the FASB issued another amendment to the revenue recognition guidance which clarifies the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing. Specifically, such amendment reduces the cost and complexity of identifying promised goods or services and improves the guidance for determining whether promises are separately identifiable. The amendment also provides implementation guidance on determining whether an entity’s promise to grant a license provides a customer with either a right to use the entity’s intellectual property (which is satisfied at a point in time) or a right to access the entity’s intellectual property (which is satisfied over time). The guidance and the related amendments were initially effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years,

72


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

beginning after December 15, 2016. In August 2015, the FASB issued an amendment deferring the effective date of the guidance by one year. The guidance should be adopted retrospectively either for each reporting period presented or via recognizing the cumulative effect at the date of the initial application. Early adoption is permitted only as of annual reporting periods, including the interim periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company expects to adopt the guidance during the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Company has initiated the evaluation of the potential impact of adopting the new guidance on its financial position and results of operations, but has not yet completed such assessment or determined the transition method that will be used to adopt the new guidance. The Company is currently reviewing its current accounting policies and practices and analyzing the impact of the guidance on its revenue contract portfolio by identifying potential differences that would result from applying the guidance to its revenue contracts.

3 .    Acquisitions

Acquisitions Completed in Fiscal Year 2017

Acquisition of Pacific Bio-Material Management, Inc. and Novare, LLC

On July 5, 2017, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Pacific Bio-Material Management, Inc. (“PBMMI”) and Novare, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of PBMMI (collectively, the “sellers”), pursuant to which the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the sellers’ business related to providing storage, transportation, management, and cold chain logistics of biological materials. The acquisition is expected to expand the Company’s existing capabilities with respect to sample management and integrated cold chain storage and transportation solutions within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. The Company paid to the sellers cash consideration of $34.3 million, net of cash acquired, which is subject to working capital adjustments. Such consideration included a debt repayment of $0.6 million which was assumed by the Company on behalf of the sellers and paid on the acquisition date.

The Company used a market participant approach to record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the PBMMI acquisition. The purchase price allocation is based on a preliminary valuation and subject to further adjustments within the measurement period as additional information becomes available related to the fair value of such assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The fair values of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets acquired and residual goodwill were preliminary as of September 30, 2017. The Company will refine such fair value estimates as new information becomes available during the measurement period. Any adjustments to the purchase price allocation will be made as soon as practicable but no later than one year from the acquisition date.

The preliminary amounts recorded were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fair Value of

 

 

Assets and

 

 

Liabilities

Accounts receivable (approximates contractual value)

 

$

2,800

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

267

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

2,887

Intangible assets

 

 

8,600

Goodwill

 

 

21,451

Accounts payable

 

 

(699)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(526)

Deferred revenue

 

 

(385)

Other liabilities

 

 

(103)

Total purchase price, net of cash acquired

 

$

34,292

 

Fair values of intangible assets acquired consisted of customer relationship intangible assets of $8.5 million and trademarks of $0.1 million. The Company used the income approach in accordance with the excess-earnings method to estimate the fair value of customer relationship intangible assets which is equal to the present value of the after-tax cash flows attributable to the intangible asset only. The intangible assets acquired are amortized over the total weighted average period of 11.0 years using methods that approximate the pattern in which the economic benefits are expected to be realized.

73


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

At the closing of the acquisition of PBMMI, a cash payment of $3.3 million was placed into escrow which was ascribed to the purchase price. The escrow balance of $3.3 million included $2.9 million related to satisfaction of the sellers' indemnification obligations with respect to their representations and warranties and other indemnities, as well as $0.4 million payable to the former owner of Novare as a compensation for a sale of his ownership interest. This escrow arrangement is administered by the Company on behalf of the sellers. The escrow balances were $2.9 million and $0.4 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2017.

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and has been assigned to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. Goodwill is primarily the result of expected synergies from combining the operations of PBMMI with the Company’s operations and is deductible for tax purposes.

The operating results of PBMMI have been reflected in the results of operations for the Brooks Life Science Systems segment from the date of the acquisition, which included approximately three months of activity during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, revenue and net income from PBMMI recognized in the Company’s results of operations were $3.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the net income included amortization expense $0. 3 million related to acquired intangible assets.

During fiscal year 2017, the Company incurred $0.3 million in non-recurring transaction costs with respect to the PBMMI acquisition which were recorded in "Selling, general and administrative" expenses within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company did not present a pro forma information summary for its consolidated results of operations for fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 as if the acquisition of PBMMI occurred on October 1, 2015 because such results were immaterial.

Acquisition of Cool Lab, LLC

On November 28, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of Cool Lab, LLC ("Cool Lab") from BioCision, LLC ("BioCision"). The Company held a 20% equity ownership interest in BioCision prior to the acquisition. Cool Lab was established as a subsidiary of BioCision on November 28, 2016 upon the transfer of certain assets related to cell cryopreservation solutions with net carrying values of $0.9 million. Cool Lab provides a range of patented and/or patent-pending offerings for sample cooling and freezing, controlled rate freezing, portable cryogenic transport and archival storage solutions for customers with temperature-sensitive workflow process. Cool Lab’s offerings assist in managing the temperature stability of therapeutics, biological samples, and related biomaterials in ultra-cold and cryogenic environments. The acquisition of Cool Lab is expected to allow the Company to extend its comprehensive sample management solutions across the cold chain of custody, which is consistent with the other offerings it brings to its life sciences customers. Please refer to Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments" for further information on the equity interest in BioCision held by the Company immediately before the acquisition date.

The aggregate purchase price of $15.2 million consisted of a cash payment of $4.8 million, a liability to the seller of $0.1 million and the settlement of certain preexisting relationships with Cool Lab and BioCision, disclosed as non-cash consideration of $10.3 million, which has been measured at fair value on the acquisition date.

The non-cash consideration of $10.3 million consisted of financial instruments of BioCision held by the Company prior to the acquisition of Cool Lab that were subsequently measured at fair value on the acquisition date and delineated as non-cash consideration paid for Cool Lab. Such non-cash consideration was comprised of: (i) the redeemable fair value of the Company’s existing 20% equity ownership interest in BioCision of $3.1 million, (ii) convertible debt securities of BioCision and warrants of $5.6 million to purchase BioCision’s preferred units, and (iii) term notes of BioCision of $1.6 million including accrued interest. Such pre-acquisition financial instruments had an aggregate carrying value of $8.6 million and were measured at an aggregated fair value of $10.3 million on the acquisition date. As a result of such measurement, the Company recognized a net gain of $1.6 million during fiscal year 2017. Please refer to Note 7, "Equity Method Investments" and Note 19, "Fair Value Measurements" for further information on the financial instruments included in the non-cash consideration and the valuation techniques and inputs used in fair value measurements.

74


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company used a market participant approach to record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Cool Lab acquisition. The purchase price allocation is based on a preliminary valuation and subject to further adjustments within the measurement period as additional information becomes available related to the fair value of such assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The fair values of intangible assets acquired and residual goodwill were preliminary as of September 30, 2017. The Company will refine such fair value estimates as new information becomes available during the measurement period. Any adjustments to the purchase price allocation will be made as soon as practicable but no later than one year from the acquisition date.

The preliminary amounts recorded were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fair Value of Assets
an
d  Liabilities

Inventory

 

$

1,283

Intangible assets

 

 

6,100

Goodwill

 

 

8,527

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(30)

Other liabilities

 

 

(686)

Total purchase price

 

$

15,194

 

Fair values of intangible assets acquired consisted of: (i) a customer relationship intangible asset of $3.6 million attributable to a certain customer, (ii) completed technology of $1.2 million and (iii) other customer relationship intangible assets of $1.3 million. The Company used the income approach in accordance with the excess-earnings method to estimate the fair value of customer relationship intangible assets. The Company used the income approach in accordance with the relief-from-royalty method to estimate the fair value of the completed technology which is equal to the present value of the after-tax royalty savings attributable to owning that intangible asset. The weighted average amortization periods for intangible assets acquired are 3 years for the customer relationship intangible asset attributable to a certain customer, 8 years for completed technology and 10 years for other customer relationship intangible assets. The intangible assets acquired are amortized over the total weighted average period of 5.4 years using methods that approximate the pattern in which the economic benefits are expected to be realized, including percentage of revenue expected to be generated from sales to a certain customer over the contract term.

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and has been assigned to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. Goodwill is primarily the result of expected synergies from combining the operations of Cool Lab with the Company’s operations and is deductible for tax purposes.

The Company recorded a liability of $0.7 million in the purchase price allocation that represented a pre-acquisition contingency incurred on the acquisition date. The obligation is related to a rebate that is due to a particular customer if the annual product sales volume metrics exceed threshold amounts under the provisions of the contract with this customer assumed by the Company. Fair value of such liability was determined based on a probability weighted discounted cash flow model. The carrying amount of the liability was $0.7 million at September 30, 2017. Additionally, the Company recognized a customer relationship intangible asset of $3.6 million related to this arrangement, as discussed above.

The operating results of Cool Lab have been reflected in the results of operations for the Brooks Life Science Systems segment from the date of the acquisition, which included approximately one month of activity during the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, revenue and net loss from Cool Lab recognized in the Company’s results of operations were $3. 7 million and $0.3 million, respectively. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the net loss included charges of $0.4 million related to the step-up in value of the acquired inventories and amortization expense $1.2 million related to acquired intangible assets.

During fiscal year 2017, the Company incurred $0.4 million in non-recurring transaction costs with respect to the Cool Lab acquisition which were recorded in "Selling, general and administrative" expenses within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

75


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company did not present a pro forma information summary for its consolidated results of operations for fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 as if the acquisition of Cool Lab occurred on October 1, 2015 because such results were immaterial.

Other

On August 22, 2017, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of RURO, Inc., (the “seller”), a U.S.-based provider of sample management software solutions across multiple end markets, including academic research, government, pharmaceutical, biotech, and healthcare. The acquired FreezerPro® web-based software platform together with an exclusive license to sell and distribute RURO’s BioBankPro ® software will allow the Company to complement its existing informatics offerings within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment and extend its informatics solutions to address laboratories, biobanks or enterprises that manage biological samples.

The aggregate purchase price of $5.5 million consisted of a cash payment of $5.2 million and a liability to the seller of $0.4 million. The Company allocated the purchase price of $5.5 million to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed related to the acquisition at their fair values as of the acquisition date, of which $0.1 million was ascribed to accounts receivable, $4.0 million to intangible assets, $1.6 million to goodwill assigned to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment and $0.2 million to deferred revenue. Fair values of intangible assets acquired of $4.0 million consisted of customer relationship intangible assets of $3.1 million and completed technology of $0.9 million. The purchase price allocation is based on a preliminary valuation and subject to further adjustments within the measurement period as additional information becomes available related to the fair value of such assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company will refine such fair value estimates as new information becomes available during the measurement period. Any adjustments to the purchase price allocation will be made as soon as practicable but no later than one year from the acquisition date.

At the closing of the acquisition, a cash payment of $0.5 million was placed into escrow which was ascribed to the purchase price. The escrow was related to satisfaction of the sellers' indemnification obligations with respect to their representations and warranties and other indemnities.

The operating results of the acquisition have been reflected in the results of operations for the Brooks Life Science Systems segment from the date of the acquisition, which included approximately one month of activity during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017. The Company did not present a pro forma information summary for its consolidated results of operations for fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 as if the acquisition occurred on October 1, 2015, as well as revenue or the results of operations related to the acquisition for fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 from the date of acquisition since s uch results are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial results during the period then ended.

Acquisitions Completed in Fiscal Year 2016

Acquisition of BioStorage Technologies, Inc.

On November 30, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of BioStorage Technologies, Inc., or BioStorage, an Indiana-based global provider of comprehensive sample management and integrated cold chain solutions for the biosciences industry. These solutions include collection, transportation, processing, storage, protection, retrieval and disposal of biological samples. These solutions combined with the Company’s existing offerings, particularly automation for sample storage and formatting, provide customers with fully integrated sample management cold chain solutions which will help them increase productivity, efficiencies and speed to market. This acquisition will allow the Company to access a broader customer base that is storing samples at ultra cold temperatures and simultaneously provide opportunities for BioStorage to use the Company’s capabilities to expand into new markets.

The Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of BioStorage. A cash payment of $130.7 million, net of the seller’s cash of $2.8 million, resulted in a net cash outflow of $128.0 million, including $125.2 million ascribed to the purchase price and $2.5 million for retention arrangements with certain employees based on the completion of a service retention period. The cash payment included a debt repayment of $3.2 million and transaction costs of $2.9 million paid by the Company on behalf of BioStorage.

76


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

On September 9, 2016, the Company reached a settlement with the sellers of BioStorage’s stock related to certain working capital adjustments. On September 13, 2016, the Company received $0.2 million of proceeds from the sellers as a result of such settlement, which was recorded as a decrease of $0.2 million in the purchase price and goodwill.

The Company recorded the following assets acquired and liabilities assumed related to BioStorage at their fair values as of the acquisition date, from a market participant’s perspective (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fair Value of

 

 

Assets and

 

 

Liabilities

Accounts receivable

 

$

16,942

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

321

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

14,345

Intangible assets

 

 

41,460

Goodwill

 

 

79,639

Other assets

 

 

53

Debt assumed

 

 

(385)

Accounts payable

 

 

(1,708)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(9,423)

Deferred revenue

 

 

(1,766)

Long-term deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(14,169)

Other liabilities

 

 

(61)

Total purchase price, net of cash acquired

 

$

125,248

 

At the closing of the acquisition of BioStorage, a cash payment of $5.4 million was placed into escrow which consisted of $2.9 million ascribed to the purchase price and $2.5 million related to retention arrangements with certain employees. The escrow balance was reduced by its full amount subsequent to the acquisition date, and there was no escrow balance outstanding as of September 30, 2017.

The fair value of customer relationship intangible assets of $36.6 million was estimated based on the income approach in accordance with the excess-earnings method. The weighted average amortization period for the customer relationships intangible assets acquired in the BioStorage acquisition is 11.0 years. The fair value of the trademark intangible assets acquired of $4.9 million was estimated based on the income approach in accordance with the relief-from-royalty method. The weighted average amortization period for the trademark intangible assets acquired in the BioStorage acquisition is 8.0 years. The intangible assets acquired are amortized over the total weighted average period of 10.6 years using an accelerated depreciation method which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are expected to be realized. Fair values of intangible assets and their estimated useful lives are determined based on estimates of future expected after-tax cash flows and royalty savings, customer attrition rates, discount rates, as well as assumptions about the period of time over which the Company will be deriving economic benefits from the acquired intangible assets.

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and has been assigned to the Company’s Brooks Life Science Systems segment. Goodwill is primarily the result of expected synergies from combining the operations of BioStorage with the Company’s operations and is not deductible for tax purposes.

The operating results of BioStorage have been reflected in the results of operations for the Brooks Life Science Systems segment from the date of the acquisition, which included one month of activity during the first quarter of fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. During fiscal year 2017, revenue and net income from BioStorage recognized in the Company’s results of operations were $62.8 million and $9.3 million, respectively. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, revenue and net income from BioStorage recognized in the Company’s results of operations were $44.6 million and $2.4 million, respectively. During fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the net income included amortization expense of $4.6 million and $2.9 million, respectively, related to acquired intangible assets.

77


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

During fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company incurred $0.3 million and $3.2 million, respectively, in non-recurring transaction costs with respect to the BioStorage acquisition which were recorded in "Selling, general and administrative" expenses within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The retention payment of $2.5 million was recorded within prepaid expenses and other current assets at the acquisition date and is recognized as a compensation expense over the service period or upon a triggering event in the underlying change in control agreements. During fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded $0.1 million and $2.4 million of the compensation-related expense with respect to this arrangement. The retention payment balance was $0.1 million at September 30, 2016. There was no balance related to the retention payment as of September 30, 2017.

The following unaudited proforma financial information represents a summary of the consolidated results of operations for the Company and BioStorage for fiscal year 2016 as if the acquisition of BioStorage occurred on October 1, 2014 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

    

2016

    

2015

Revenue

 

$

571,369

 

$

593,687

Net (loss) income

 

 

(63,396)

 

 

7,000

Basic (loss) income per share

 

$

(0.93)

 

$

0.10

Diluted (loss) income per share

 

$

(0.93)

 

$

0.10

Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net (loss) income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

68,507

 

 

67,411

Diluted

 

 

68,507

 

 

68,549

 

The unaudited pro forma information presented above reflects historical operating results of the Company and BioStorage and includes the impact of certain adjustments directly attributable to the business combination. The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition of BioStorage had taken place on October 1, 2014. During fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, the adjustments reflected in the unaudited pro forma information included aggregate amortization and depreciation expense of $0.6 million and $4.3 million, respectively, and tax effects of $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively. Additionally, the impact of transaction costs of $3.3 million and restructuring charges of $1.9 million was included in the proforma net income during fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 and excluded from the proforma net loss during fiscal year ended September 30, 2016.

Acquisitions Completed in Fiscal Year 2015

Acquisition of Contact Co., Ltd.

On August 14, 2015, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Contact Co., Ltd. (“Contact), a Japanese-based provider of automated cleaner products for wafer carrier devices used in the global semiconductor markets. The acquisition of Contact expanded the Company’s offerings of contamination control solutions within its Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment, strengthened its current capabilities and technology used in its contamination control solutions business and enhanced its long-term strategy of gaining share in its core semiconductor markets.

The aggregate purchase price of $6.8 million, net of cash acquired, consisted of a cash payment of $1.9 million, the assumption of the seller’s debt of $8.8 million, seller’s cash of $4.8 million and a contingent consideration of $0.8 million payable upon achievement of certain specified targets and events. The entire debt amount was fully repaid as of September 30, 2015.

78


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company recorded the following assets acquired and liabilities assumed related to Contact at their fair values as of the acquisition date, from a market participant’s perspective (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fair Value of 

 

 

Assets and 

 

 

Liabilities

Accounts receivable

 

$

42

Inventories

 

 

2,020

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

484

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

79

Completed technology

 

 

2,290

Goodwill

 

 

4,195

Other assets

 

 

1,410

Accounts payable

 

 

(1,089)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(1,823)

Long-term deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(774)

Total purchase price, net of cash acquired

 

$

6,834

 

Fair value of the contingent consideration of $0.8 million was determined based on a probability-weighted average discounted cash flow model and recorded in "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities" in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration at each reporting date and recognized a corresponding gain of $0.3 million on the fair value remeasurement during fiscal year 2016. Fair value of the contingent consideration was $0.5 million at September 30, 2016. During the first quarter of fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company settled the liability and remitted a cash payment of $0.5 million to the sellers.  Please refer to Note 19, “Fair Value Measurements” for further information on the fair value measurement of the contingent consideration.

At September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company had approximately $0.7 million in escrow related to potential working capital adjustments and the sellers’ satisfaction of general representations and warranties. At the closing of the acquisition of Contact, the escrow balance was $1.5 million which was reduced by approximately $0.8 million during fiscal year 2016 as a result of a payment made to the sellers upon termination of a certain third-party arrangement.

Fair value of the completed technology intangible assets was estimated based on the income approach in accordance with the excess-earnings method. The weighted average amortization period for the completed technology intangible assets acquired in the Contact acquisition is 5.0 years. The intangible assets acquired are amortized using an accelerated depreciation method which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are expected to be realized.

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and has been assigned to the Company’s Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment. Goodwill is primarily the result of expected synergies from combining the operations of Contact with the Company’s operations and is not deductible for tax purposes.

The operating results of Contact have been included in the results of operations for the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment from the date of the acquisition. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, revenue and net income from Contact recognized in the Company’s results of operations were $7.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, revenue and net loss from Contact recognized in the Company’s results of operations were $4.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The operating results of Contact for fiscal year 2015 were insignificant and have been included in the results of operations of Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment from the date of the acquisition. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the net income included charges of $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively, related to the step-up in value of the acquired inventories and amortization expense of acquired intangible assets. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, the net loss included charges of $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively, related to the step-up in value of the acquired inventories and amortization expense of acquired intangible assets.

79


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company incurred $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in non-recurring transaction costs with respect to the Contact acquisition during fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 which were recorded in "Selling, general and administrative" expenses within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. There were no such costs incurred during fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

The Company did not present a pro forma information summary for its consolidated results of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as if the acquisition of Contact occurred on October 1, 2013 because such results were insignificant.

Acquisition of FluidX Ltd.

On October 1, 2014, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of FluidX Ltd., or FluidX, a UK-based provider of biological sample storage tubes and complementary bench-top instruments. The Company paid, in cash, aggregate merger consideration of $15.5 million, net of cash acquired. The acquisition of FluidX provided the Company with the opportunity to enhance its existing capabilities with respect to biobanking solutions in the Brooks Life Science Systems segment.

The Company recorded the following amounts for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed related to FluidX at their fair values as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fair Values of 

 

 

Assets and 

 

 

Liabilities

Accounts receivable

 

$

1,980

Inventory

 

 

2,857

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

213

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

101

Completed technology

 

 

1,230

Trademarks and trade names

 

 

750

Customer relationships

 

 

4,810

Goodwill

 

 

8,247

Accounts payable

 

 

(2,079)

Deferred revenue

 

 

(72)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(992)

Long-term deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(1,540)

Total purchase price, net of cash acquired

 

$

15,505

 

The purchase price was allocated based on the fair value of the identified assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date from a market participant’s perspective.

On January 23, 2015, the Company reached a settlement with respect to certain working capital adjustments with the sellers of FluidX stock. On February 3, 2015, the Company made a payment to the sellers as a result of this settlement, which increased the purchase price by $0.1 million. Prior to September 30, 2016, the Company had $1.5 million in a general escrow account held by the unrelated third party. The balance was remitted to the sellers and fully released during fiscal year 2016. The Company finalized the purchase price allocation for FluidX acquisition within the measurement period. Adjustments to the initial purchase price allocation recorded during the measurement period were not material to the Company’s financial position.

Fair values of the trademarks and the completed technology acquired were estimated based on the income approach in accordance with the relief-from-royalty method. Fair value of customer relationships acquired was estimated based on the income approach in accordance with the excess-earnings method. The weighted average amortization periods for intangible assets acquired in the FluidX acquisition are 5.0 years for each of completed technology, trademarks, and customer relationships. The intangible assets acquired are amortized using an accelerated amortization method which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are expected to be realized.

80


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and has been assigned to the Company’s Brooks Life Science Systems segment. Goodwill is primarily the result of expected synergies from combining the operations of FluidX with the Company and is not deductible for tax purposes.

The operating results of FluidX have been included in the results of operations for the Brooks Life Science Systems segment from the date of the acquisition. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, revenue and net loss attributable to FluidX were $17.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, revenue and net loss attributable to FluidX were $15.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, revenue and net loss attributable to FluidX were $15.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The Company incurred charges of $1.0 million related to the step-up in value of the acquired inventories during fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, as well as amortization expense of $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively, related to the acquired intangible assets which was included in the net loss during fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and 2015.

During fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, the Company incurred $0.5 million in non-recurring transaction costs with respect to the FluidX acquisition which were recorded in "Selling, general and administrative" expenses within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company did not present a pro forma information summary for its consolidated results of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as if the acquisition of FluidX occurred on October 1, 2013 because such results were insignificant.

 

4.    Marketable Securities

The Company invests in marketable securities that are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Marketable securities reported as current assets represent investments that mature within one year from the balance sheet date. Long-term marketable securities represent investments with maturity dates greater than one year from the balance sheet date.

Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income until the security is sold or matures. Gains or losses realized from sales of marketable securities are computed based on the specific identification method and recognized as a component of "Other (expense) income, net" in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. During fiscal year 2017, the Company sold marketable securities with a fair value and amortized cost of $3.6 million each and recognized net losses of less than $0.1 million. The Company collected cash proceeds of approximately $3.5 million from the sale of marketable securities and reclassified unrealized net holding losses of less than $0.1 million from accumulated other comprehensive income into "Other (expense) income, net" in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations as a result of these transactions. During fiscal year 2016, the Company sold marketable securities with fair values of $127.6 million and amortized costs of $127.7 million and recognized net losses of approximately $0.1 million. Gross gains reported as a component of net losses recognized on the sale of marketable securities during fiscal year 2016 were insignificant. The Company collected cash proceeds of $127.0 million from the sale of marketable securities and reclassified unrealized net holding losses of approximately $0.1 million from accumulated other comprehensive income into "Other (expense) income, net" in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations as a result of these transactions.

81


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The following is a summary of the amortized cost and the fair value, including accrued interest receivable,  as well as unrealized holding gains (losses) on the short-term and long-term marketable securities as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Gross

    

Gross

    

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized 

 

Unrealized 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

September 30, 2017 :

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Corporate securities

 

$

2,642

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

2,642

Other debt securities

 

 

28

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

28

 

 

$

2,670

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

2,670

September 30, 2016 :

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Corporate securities

 

$

2,394

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

2,394

Other debt securities

 

 

39

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

39

Municipal securities

 

 

3,704

 

 

 1

 

 

(3)

 

 

3,702

 

 

$

6,137

 

$

 1

 

$

(3)

 

$

6,135

 

The fair values of the marketable securities by contractual maturities at September 30, 2017 are presented below (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fair Value

Due in one year or less

 

$

28

Due after ten years

 

 

2,642

Total marketable securities

 

$

2,670

 

Expected maturities could differ from contractual maturities because the security issuers may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.

The Company reviews the marketable securities for impairment at each reporting period to determine if any of the securities have experienced an other-than-temporary decline in fair value. The Company considers factors, such as the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than the cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, the Company’s intent to sell, or whether it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Company believes that an other-than-temporary decline in fair value has occurred, it writes down the investment to fair value and recognizes the credit loss in earnings and the non-credit loss in accumulated other comprehensive income. There were no marketable securities in unrealized loss position as of September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2016, aggregate fair value of the marketable securities in unrealized loss position was $2.5 million and was comprised entirely of municipal securities. Aggregate unrealized losses for these securities were insignificant as of September 30, 2016 and are presented in the table above. The securities in unrealized loss position as of September 30, 2016 were not considered other-than-temporarily impaired and, as such, the Company did not recognize impairment losses during the period then ended. The unrealized losses were attributable to changes in interest rates that impacted the value of the investments.

82


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

5.    Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment were as follows as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,

 

    

2017

    

2016

Buildings and land

 

$

46,641

 

$

45,772

Computer equipment and software

 

 

56,544

 

 

65,989

Machinery and equipment

 

 

61,173

 

 

54,896

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

4,376

 

 

5,704

Leasehold improvements

 

 

18,938

 

 

17,128

Capital projects in progress

 

 

3,013

 

 

5,428

 

 

 

190,685

 

 

194,917

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(132,223)

 

 

(140,032)

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

58,462

 

$

54,885

 

Depreciation expense was $11.0 million, $13.1 million and $12.3 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The Company recorded $0.7 million of additions to property, plant and equipment for which cash payments had not yet been made as of September 30, 2017.

As of September 30, 2015, the building and the underlying land with a carrying value of $4.8 million located in Oberdiessbach, Switzerland were presented as "Assets Held for Sale" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company determined fair value of the assets held for sale based on indication of value resulting from marketing the building and the land to prospective buyers. The Company recognized a loss of $1.9 million in fiscal year 2015 for the difference between the assets’ fair value of $2.9 million and the carrying value of $4.8 million. The loss of $1.9 million was recognized as a component of "Other (expense) income, net" in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. During fiscal year 2016, the Company sold the building and the underlying land to an unrelated third party for a total price of $2.8 million and remeasured the fair value of the assets. The corresponding impact of this remeasurement on the Company’s results of operations for fiscal year 2016 was insignificant.

6.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of net book value over the estimated fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of a reporting unit. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more often if impairment indicators are present at the reporting unit level. The Company elected April 1 st as its annual goodwill impairment assessment date. If the existence of events or circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that fair values of the reporting units are below their carrying values, the Company performs additional impairment tests during interim periods to evaluate goodwill for impairment.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2017, the Company adopted on a prospective basis the Accounting Standard Update 2017-04, Intangibles- Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment issued by the FASB. The adoption of the guidance is expected to reduce the cost and complexity of evaluating goodwill for impairment and did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations during fiscal year 2017. In accordance with provisions of the guidance, the Company initially assesses q ualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the Company determines, based on this assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, it performs a quantitative goodwill impairment test by comparing the reporting unit’s fair value with its carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, up to the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. No impairment loss is recognized if the fair value of the reporting exceeds its carrying value.

 

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of April 1, 2017 and determined that no adjustment to goodwill was necessary since the fair value of each reporting unit was significantly in excess of the carrying value of each reporting unit. The Company conducted a qualitative assessment for three reporting units within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and determined that it was not likely that their fair values were less than their

83


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

carrying values. As a result of the analysis, the Company did not perform the quantitative assessment for these reporting units and did not recognize impairment losses. The Company also performed the quantitative goodwill impairment test for the fourth reporting unit within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and for the Brooks Life Science Systems reporting unit. The Company determined that no adjustment to goodwill was necessary for these two reporting units since their fair values significantly exceeded their respective carrying values. If events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of any reporting unit below its carrying value, the Company will evaluate such reporting unit’s goodwill for impairment between annual tests.

The components of the Company’s goodwill by an operating segment at September 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Brooks

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Semiconductor

 

Brooks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solutions

 

Life Science

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group

 

Systems

 

Other

 

Total

Gross goodwill, at September 30, 2015

 

$

654,727

 

$

55,625

 

$

26,014

 

$

736,366

Accumulated goodwill impairments

 

 

(588,944)

 

 

 —

 

 

(26,014)

 

 

(614,958)

Goodwill, net of accumulated impairments, at September 30, 2015

 

 

65,783

 

 

55,625

 

 

 —

 

 

121,408

Acquisitions and adjustments

 

 

1,054

 

 

79,676

 

 

 —

 

 

80,730

Gross goodwill, at September 30, 2016

 

$

655,781

 

$

135,301

 

$

26,014

 

$

817,096

Accumulated goodwill impairments

 

 

(588,944)

 

 

 —

 

 

(26,014)

 

 

(614,958)

Goodwill, net of accumulated impairments, at September 30, 2016

 

 

66,837

 

 

135,301

 

 

 —

 

 

202,138

Acquisitions and adjustments

 

 

(19)

 

 

31,519

 

 

 —

 

 

31,500

Gross goodwill, at September 30, 2017

 

 

655,762

 

 

166,820

 

 

26,014

 

 

848,596

Accumulated goodwill impairments

 

 

(588,944)

 

 

 —

 

 

(26,014)

 

 

(614,958)

Goodwill, net of accumulated impairments, at September 30, 2017

 

$

66,818

 

$

166,820

 

$

 —

 

$

233,638

 

During fiscal year 2017, the Company recorded a goodwill increase of $31.5 million related to the acquisitions of Cool Lab, PBMMI and certain assets and liabilities of RURO, Inc. which represented the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired.

The components of the Company’s identifiable intangible assets as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Net Book

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Net Book

 

    

Cost

    

Amortization

    

Value

    

Cost

    

Amortization

    

Value

Patents

 

$

9,028

 

$

7,729

 

$

1,299

 

$

7,808

 

$

7,486

 

$

322

Completed technology

 

 

61,662

 

 

54,777

 

 

6,885

 

 

60,485

 

 

51,018

 

 

9,467

Trademarks and trade names

 

 

9,244

 

 

4,969

 

 

4,275

 

 

9,142

 

 

4,204

 

 

4,938

Customer relationships

 

 

130,655

 

 

59,594

 

 

71,061

 

 

114,263

 

 

47,147

 

 

67,116

 

 

$

210,589

 

$

127,069

 

$

83,520

 

$

191,698

 

$

109,855

 

$

81,843

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $17.1 million, $15.0 million and $12.9 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

84


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Estimated future amortization expense for the intangible assets as of September 30, 2017 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended September 30, 

    

 

  

2018

 

$

18,026

2019

 

 

17,076

2020

 

 

15,244

2021

 

 

9,730

2022

 

 

7,418

Thereafter

 

 

16,026

 

 

$

83,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.    Equity Method and Other Investments

The Company accounts for certain of its investments using the equity method of accounting and records its proportionate share of the investee’s earnings (losses) in its results of operations with a corresponding increase (decrease) in the carrying value of the investment.

ULVAC Cryogenics, Inc.

The Company and ULVAC Corporation of Chigasaki, Japan each own a 50% stake in the joint venture, ULVAC Cryogenics, Inc (“UCI”). UCI manufactures and sells cryogenic vacuum pumps, principally to ULVAC Corporation.

The carrying value of the investment in UCI was $28.6 million and $25.6 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017 and 2016. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded income of $9.8 million, $3.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively, representing its proportionate share of the UCI’s earnings. Management fee payments received by the Company from UCI were $1.1 million, $0.8 million, and $0.6 million during each fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred charges from UCI for products or services of $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The Company owed UCI $0.1 million at each of September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively in connection with accounts payable for unpaid products and services. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company received $5.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively, of cash dividends from UCI which reduced the carrying value of the Company’s investment.

BioCision, LLC

As of September 30, 2016, the Company held a 20% equity interest in BioCision, LLC, or BioCision, a privately-held company based in Larkspur, California, which was accounted for as an equity method investment. The carrying value of the investment in BioCision was $1.7 million at September 30, 2016. During fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded a loss associated with BioCision of $1.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively, representing its proportionate share of BioCision’s losses.

At September 30, 2016, the Company held a term loan receivable from BioCision and five-year convertible debt securities with a warrant agreement to purchase BioCision’s preferred units. The convertible debt securities and the warrant were purchased by the Company in fiscal year 2015 for a total purchase price of $5.0 million. The convertible debt securities were accruing interest at the annual rate of 9%, and all principal and accrued interest were due at maturity. The convertible debt securities and the warrant were recorded at fair value during each reporting period, and the remeasurement gains and losses were recognized as a component of "Other (expense) income, net" in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of the convertible debt securities and the warrant was $5.8 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively, at September 30, 2016. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, the Company recognized remeasurement gains of $0. 4 million related to these financial instruments. Please refer to Note 19, “Fair Value Measurements” for further information on the valuation techniques and inputs used in fair value measurements of the convertible debt securities and the warrant. The term loan with an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 million bore an annual interest rate of 10% and was provided to BioCision to support its working capital

85


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

requirements. At September 30, 2016, the term loan was recorded at its carrying value of $1.5 million and included in "Other assets" in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

On November 28, 2016, BioCision established Cool Lab as its subsidiary upon transferring certain assets related to cell cryopreservation solutions with net carrying values of $0.9 million, in which the Company acquired a 100% equity interest on that date for an aggregate purchase price of $15.2 million. The purchase price consisted of a cash payment of $4.8 million, a liability to the seller of $0.1 million, which has been satisfied, and non-cash consideration of $10.3 million measured at fair value on the acquisition date which was comprised of: (i) the redeemable fair value of the existing 20% equity ownership interest in BioCision of $3.1 million, (ii) the convertible debt securities of BioCision and warrants of $5.6 million to purchase BioCision’s preferred units, and (iii) the term notes of BioCision of $1.6 million including accrued interest.

The carrying value of the equity method investment in BioCision was $1.2 million on November 28, 2016 and reflected BioCision’s losses of $0.5 million recorded from October 1, 2016 through the acquisition date. Prior to closing the equity investment, the Company traditionally recorded the income and losses related to the equity method investment in BioCision one quarter in arrears. During fiscal year 2017, the Company recorded two additional months of activity in the carrying value of the investment as a result of its settlement. The Company deemed the amount of $0.2 million related to two additional months of activity to be insignificant. The equity method investment in BioCision was measured at fair value of $3.1 million at the acquisition date, and as a result the Company recognized a gain of $1.8 million upon the redemption of the equity method investment in its Consolidated Statements of Operations during fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. On November 28, 2016, convertible debt, warrant and the term loan with carrying values of $5.8 million, less than $0.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively, were measured at their fair values of $5.6 million, less than $0.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively. As a result of such measurement, the Company recognized an aggregate loss of $0.2 million upon the settlement of these financial instruments in "Other (expense) income, net" in its Consolidated Statements of Operations during the year ended September 30, 2017. Please refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions" and Note 19, "Fair Value Measurements" for further information on the acquisition transaction and the valuation techniques and inputs used in fair value measurements.

Yaskawa Brooks Automation, Inc.

During fiscal year 2015, the Company participated in a 50% joint venture with Yaskawa Electric Corporation, or Yaskawa, called Yaskawa Brooks Automation, Inc., or YBA, which came to closure in March 2015 and was liquidated on September 3, 2015. YBA exclusively marketed and sold Yaskawa’s semiconductor robotics products and the Company’s automation hardware products to semiconductor customers in Japan. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company and Yaskawa agreed in principle to dissolve the joint venture. On January 22, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with YBA to facilitate the acquisition of certain assets and liabilities by the Company’s subsidiary in Japan. In accordance with provisions of the joint venture’s agreement, on March 20, 2015, the Company purchased the net assets of YBA for cash consideration of approximately $1.8 million. The Company recorded the assets received and liabilities assumed from YBA at fair value as of the acquisition date. As a result of the transaction, the Company recorded $0.2 million of goodwill, representing the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired. The Company received a final dividend of $1.8 million upon liquidation of YBA and incurred liquidation costs of $0.2 million during fiscal year 2015. In connection with the planned dissolution, YBA assessed the recoverability of assets held by the joint venture and notified its equity partners of the asset impairment. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.7 million related to the write down of the carrying value of the equity investment in YBA to its fair value during fiscal year 2015.

During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015, the Company recorded a loss of $0.6 million, representing its proportionate share of the YBA’s losses. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015, revenue earned by the Company from YBA was $2.5 million. The Company incurred charges from YBA for products or services of $0.7 million during fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. There were no amounts receivable by the Company from YBA or owed by the Company to YBA at September 30, 2017 and 2016.

86


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Summarized Financial Information

Summarized financial information for the unconsolidated subsidiaries accounted for based on the equity method for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,

 

    

2017

    

2016

Balance Sheets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Current assets

 

$

74,645

 

$

59,507

Non-current assets

 

 

16,829

 

 

15,461

Current liabilities

 

 

29,622

 

 

25,320

Non-current liabilities

 

 

7,860

 

 

19,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Statements of Operations:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total revenue

 

$

104,667

 

$

74,659

 

$

48,047

Gross profit

 

 

41,241

 

 

27,355

 

 

16,327

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

26,340

 

 

6,731

 

 

(1,074)

Net income (loss)

 

 

19,451

 

 

2,374

 

 

(2,452)

 

Summarized financial information presented in the table above includes results for UCI for fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and for BioCision for fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015. Such summarized financial information does not include results for BioCision for fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 and YBA for fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 since such amounts are not significant. The Company currently records its share of UCI’s results of operations based on a three-month time lag. Accordingly, the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements include its share of income earned by UCI from the periods beginning and ending three months prior to the periods shown in the table. Consolidated Financial Statements of UCI as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the periods ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the related notes are filed as Exhibit 99.2 hereto and incorporated herein by reference in this Form 10-K. The Company has also traditionally recorded the losses related to the equity method investment in BioCision one quarter in arrears. Accordingly, the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 include its share of losses incurred by BioCision from the periods beginning and ending three months prior to the periods shown in the table.

8.    Supplementary Balance Sheet Information

The following is a summary of accounts receivable at September 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 

 

September 30, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

Accounts receivable

 

$

122,868

 

$

108,713

 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(1,959)

 

 

(2,241)

 

Less allowance for sales returns

 

 

(81)

 

 

(100)

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

120,828

 

$

106,372

 

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts activity for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

Reversals of

 

Write-

 

Balance at

 

 

Beginning of 

 

 

 

 

Bad Debt 

 

offs and

 

End of 

Description

    

Period

    

Provisions

    

Expense

    

Adjustments

    

Period

2017 Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

2,241

 

$

 —

 

$

(190)

 

$

(92)

 

$

1,959

2016 Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

1,019

 

 

202

 

 

 —

 

 

1,020

 

 

2,241

2015 Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

1,031

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(12)

 

 

1,019

 

87


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The allowance for sales returns activity for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

Write-

 

Balance at

 

 

Beginning of 

 

 

 

 

offs and

 

End of 

Description

    

Period

    

Provisions

    

Adjustments

    

Period

2017 Allowance for sales returns

 

$

101

 

$

(20)

 

$

 —

 

$

81

2016 Allowance for sales returns

 

 

115

 

 

(14)

 

 

 —

 

 

101

2015 Allowance for sales returns

 

 

133

 

 

(18)

 

 

 —

 

 

115

 

The following is a summary of inventories at September 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 

 

September 30, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

Inventories

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Raw materials and purchased parts

 

$

73,819

 

$

60,979

 

Work-in-process

 

 

10,548

 

 

16,090

 

Finished goods

 

 

22,028

 

 

15,503

 

Total inventories

 

$

106,395

 

$

92,572

 

 

The activity for excess and obsolete inventory reserves is as follows for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

Inventory

 

Balance at

 

 

Beginning of

 

 

 

 

Disposals and

 

End of 

Description

    

Period

    

 

Provisions

    

Adjustments

    

Period

2017 Reserves for excess and obsolete inventory

 

$

24,794

 

$

6,636

 

$

(7,888)

 

$

23,542

2016 Reserves for excess and obsolete inventory

 

 

23,768

 

 

7,293

 

 

(6,267)

 

 

24,794

2015 Reserves for excess and obsolete inventory

 

 

26,027

 

 

7,879

 

 

(10,138)

 

 

23,768

 

The activity for valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is as follows for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

Beginning of 

 

Charged to

 

Charged to

 

End of 

Description

    

Period

    

Provisions

    

Other Accounts

    

Period

2017 Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

 

$

104,802

 

$

(10,881)

 

$

(1,624)

 

$

92,297

2016 Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

 

 

18,797

 

 

77,531

 

 

8,474

 

 

104,802

2015 Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

 

 

18,354

 

 

(36)

 

 

479

 

 

18,797

 

The Company establishes reserves for estimated cost of product warranties based on historical information. Product warranty reserves are recorded at the time product revenue is recognized, and retrofit accruals are recorded at the time retrofit programs are established. The Company’s warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, utilization levels, material usage, service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure and supplier warranties on parts delivered to the Company.

88


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The following is a summary of product warranty and retrofit activity on a gross basis, excluding amounts related to discontinued operations, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amount

Balance at September 30, 2014

 

$

6,499

Adjustments for acquisitions and divestitures

 

 

81

Accruals for warranties during the year

 

 

9,917

Costs incurred during the year

 

 

(10,408)

Balance at September 30, 2015

 

 

6,089

Accruals for warranties during the year

 

 

9,975

Costs incurred during the year

 

 

(9,740)

Balance at September 30, 2016

 

 

6,324

Accruals for warranties during the year

 

 

10,413

Costs incurred during the year

 

 

(8,683)

Balance at September 30, 2017

 

$

8,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.    Line of Credit

On May 26, 2016, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the "Wells Fargo"). The credit agreement provides for a five-year senior secured revolving line of credit (the ‘‘line of credit") of $75.0 million. Availability under the line of credit is subject to a borrowing base which is redetermined from time to time based on certain percentage of certain eligible U.S. assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, real property, as well as machinery and equipment. The agreement includes sublimits of up to $25.0 million for letters of credit and $7.5 million of swing loans at the time there is more than one lender under the credit agreement. The line of credit expires on May 26, 2021 with all outstanding principal and interest due and payable on such date or an earlier date if declared due and payable on such earlier date pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement (by acceleration or otherwise). Subject to certain conditions of the credit agreement, the net cash proceeds from sales of certain collateral during the term of the arrangement are required to be used to prepay borrowings under the line of credit. The Company may also voluntarily prepay certain amounts under the line of credit without penalty or premium. There were no amounts outstanding under the line of credit as of September 30, 2017 and 2016.

Borrowings under the line of credit bear an annual interest rate equal to, at the Company’s option, the base rate or the LIBOR rate plus, in each case, an applicable margin determined based on the Company’s liquidity as of the first day of each fiscal quarter. LIBOR rate is reset at the beginning of each selected interest period based on the rate then in effect. The base rate is a fluctuating interest rate equal to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (ii) the one month LIBOR rate plus 1.00% and (iii) the prime lending rate announced by Wells Fargo. In addition to interest on any outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement, the Company is required to pay monthly fees of 0.25% per year related to unused portion of the revolver commitment amounts. The amount of such fees incurred during fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was insignificant. All outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement are guaranteed by the Company along with certain U.S. subsidiaries and secured by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of the Company’s and guarantor’s assets in the U.S., subject to certain exceptions. Additionally, the Company granted Wells Fargo a mortgage lien on certain company-owned real properties.

The line of credit contains certain customary representations and warranties, a financial covenant, affirmative and negative covenants, as well as events of default. In the event in which the Company’s liquidity is less than the greater of (i) 12.5% of the commitments under the line of credit, and (ii) $9.4 million, and continuing until the time such liquidity during a 60‑consecutive day period has been equal to or greater than the greater of (a) 12.5% of the commitments under the line of credit, and (b) $9.4 million, the Company is required to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.0 to 1.0 measured as of the last day of each fiscal month ending during such period. Liquidity is defined as a sum of (a) excess availability under the credit agreement; and (b) unrestricted cash and cash equivalents located in bank accounts in the United States that are subject to a control agreement in favor of Wells Fargo, limited to a maximum amount of 50% of liquidity. Negative covenants limit the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, liens, sell assets, consolidate or merge with or into other entities, pay non-cash dividends (and cash dividends if the Company fails to meet certain payment conditions), make certain investments, prepay, redeem or retire subordinated debt, and enter

89


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

into certain types of transactions with the Company’s affiliates. If any of the events of default occur and are not waived or cured within applicable grace periods, any unpaid amounts under the credit agreement, including principal and interest, may be declared immediately due and payable and the credit agreement may be terminated. The Company was in compliance with the line of credit covenants as of September 30, 2017 and 2016.

On October 4, 2017, the Company entered into a $200.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (the “term loan”) with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (collectively, the “lenders”). Coincident with the entry into the term loan agreement, the Company amended certain terms and conditions of the credit agreement and entered into an arrangement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Based on the amended terms of the credit agreement, the line of credit continues to provide for revolving credit financing of up to $75.0 million, subject to borrowing base availability. The line of credit matures on October 4, 2022 and expires no less than 90 days prior to the term loan expiration. Borrowing base availability under the amended line of credit excludes collateral related to fixed assets and is redetermined periodically based on certain percentage of certain eligible U.S. assets, including accounts receivable and inventory. The sublimits for letters of credit were reduced to $7.5 million under the amended terms of the credit agreement. All outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement are guaranteed by the Company and BioStorage Technologies, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary (“Guarantor”), and subordinated to the obligations under the term loan which are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantor, other than accounts receivable and inventory. Please refer to Note 21, “Subsequent Events”, for further information on the term loan transaction .  

 

10.    Income Taxes

The components of the income tax provision (benefit) from continuing operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Current income tax provision (benefit):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Federal

 

$

 —

 

$

(145)

 

$

10

State

 

 

473

 

 

(186)

 

 

56

Foreign

 

 

11,150

 

 

5,868

 

 

5,537

Total current income tax provision

 

 

11,623

 

 

5,537

 

 

5,603

Deferred income tax provision (benefit):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Federal

 

 

538

 

 

68,300

 

 

(1,773)

State

 

 

31

 

 

4,000

 

 

(104)

Foreign

 

 

(52)

 

 

(2,027)

 

 

(296)

Total deferred income tax provision (benefit)

 

 

517

 

 

70,273

 

 

(2,173)

Income tax provision

 

$

12,140

 

$

75,810

 

$

3,430

 

The components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of equity method investments for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Domestic

 

$

26,428

 

$

(8,186)

 

$

(1,321)

Foreign

 

 

38,943

 

 

12,140

 

 

19,136

 

 

$

65,371

 

$

3,954

 

$

17,815

 

The differences between the income tax provision (benefit) on income (loss) from continuing operations including income from equity in earnings (losses) of equity method investments and income taxes computed using the applicable

90


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

U.S. statutory federal tax rate of 35 percent for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Income tax provision computed at federal statutory rate

 

$

26,163

 

$

2,217

 

$

6,177

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

960

 

 

113

 

 

243

Foreign income taxed at different rates

 

 

(2,001)

 

 

(755)

 

 

(938)

Impact of equity investments

 

 

(2,499)

 

 

(1,666)

 

 

(1,069)

Change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance

 

 

(10,881)

 

 

77,531

 

 

(36)

Net increase (reduction) in uncertain tax positions

 

 

731

 

 

(1,543)

 

 

(1,207)

Nondeductible compensation

 

 

622

 

 

782

 

 

1,325

Tax credits

 

 

(1,412)

 

 

(1,786)

 

 

(1,741)

Travel and entertainment

 

 

266

 

 

274

 

 

314

Merger costs

 

 

 —

 

 

503

 

 

228

Other

 

 

191

 

 

140

 

 

134

Income tax provision

 

$

12,140

 

$

75,810

 

$

3,430

 

The Company has not provided deferred income taxes on the unremitted earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as these earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the U.S. As of September 30, 2017 these earnings amounted to approximately $100.0 million. It is not practicable to compute the estimated deferred tax liability on these earnings as they depend on numerous factors and vary based on the timing of future remittances and the future results of various foreign operations. There is considerable complexity for the company to make such calculations given the need to properly assess and calculate the withholding tax implications at each level of remittance while considering foreign tax credits, foreign tax pools and other factors that the company doesn’t currently consider because they are not relevant to the company’s current strategy under the current tax laws. Deferred taxes have also not been provided on unremitted earnings of a fifty percent-owned foreign corporate joint venture, Ulvac Cryogenics, Inc. as these earnings are also considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the U.S. The Company does, however, receive annual dividends from current year earnings of this joint venture and these dividends are included in taxable income for the year. Any earnings that are not distributed in the current year will then be considered indefinitely reinvested as the company does not expect to receive dividends from prior year earnings.

The significant components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

Accruals and reserves not currently deductible

 

$

18,747

 

$

16,382

Federal, state and foreign tax credits

 

 

25,413

 

 

24,183

Other assets

 

 

42

 

 

269

Equity compensation

 

 

7,615

 

 

4,447

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

49,777

 

 

73,097

Inventory reserves and valuation

 

 

9,847

 

 

11,342

Deferred tax assets

 

 

111,441

 

 

129,720

Depreciation and intangible amortization

 

 

(21,200)

 

 

(25,850)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(21,200)

 

 

(25,850)

Valuation allowance

 

 

(92,297)

 

 

(104,802)

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(2,056)

 

$

(932)

 

ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes , requires that all available evidence, both positive and negative, be considered in determining, based on the weight of that evidence, whether a valuation allowance is needed. The weight given to the potential effect of negative and positive evidence should be commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. The more negative evidence that exists, (a) the more positive evidence is necessary and (b) the more difficult it is to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for some portion or all of the deferred tax asset. A

91


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

cumulative loss in recent years is considered a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.

The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets by tax-paying component and assesses the need for a valuation allowance on an annual and quarterly basis. The Company evaluates the profitability of each tax-paying component on a historic cumulative basis and a forward looking basis in the course of performing this analysis. The Company evaluated all positive and negative evidence in concluding it was appropriate to establish a full valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets during fiscal year 2016.

As a result of this change in assessment, the Company recorded a tax provision of $79.3 million to establish the valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets during fiscal year 2016.

The Company will continue to maintain a full valuation allowance on its U.S. deferred tax assets until there is sufficient positive evidence outweighing the negative evidence to support the reversal of all or some portion of these allowances.  The Company has reached a point of cumulative profitability in the U.S. on a pre-tax income basis which is a starting point of positive evidence.  However, as noted in Note 21, “Subsequent Events,” to the consolidated financial statements, the U.S. Company entered into a term loan agreement to fund future growth opportunities.  The Company has determined that the level of historical U.S. core earnings would not be sufficient to offset the interest costs of the new debt.   The Company also continues to generate a significant portion of its revenue from the semiconductor industry and is subject to unpredictable swings in the business cycle.  This is carefully considered by the Company and considered to be negative evidence in evaluating the U.S. deferred tax assets.  After evaluating all the relevant positive and negative evidence mentioned above, the Company has concluded that it will maintain the valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets as of the end of fiscal year 2017.

As of September 30, 2017, the Company had federal, state and foreign net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $76.1 million, $96.0 million and $90.7 million, respectively. The federal net operating losses expire beginning in 2026 through 2035, with the majority of the loss expiring in 2029. The state net operating losses are generated in various jurisdictions with different carryover periods and expire starting in 2018 through 2035. Certain foreign net operating loss carryovers will begin to expire in 2018, while a significant portion has an unlimited carryover period. The net operating loss carry-forward does not include excess deductions related to stock compensation in the amount of $19.2 million which have not been recognized for financial statement purposes. Upon adoption of ASU 2016-09 in fiscal year 2018, these benefits will be recognized in the financial statements as a deferred tax asset with an offset to retained earnings.  Additionally, a valuation allowance will be recorded against the deferred tax assets with an offset to retained earnings.

As of September 30, 2017, the Company had federal research and development tax credit carry-forwards of $19.6 million. These credit carry-forwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2019 through 2037. The Company also has $10.9 million of state credits which begin to expire in 2018, while some of these credits have an unlimited carryover period.

The Company has performed studies to determine if there are any annual limitations on the federal net operating losses under the Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. As a result of these studies, the Company has determined that ownership changes have occurred primarily in connection with acquisitions when the Company has issued stock to the sellers, as well as ownership changes in the subsidiaries acquired by the Company. Certain limitations have been calculated, and the benefits of the net operating losses that will expire before utilization have not been recorded as deferred tax assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company maintains liabilities for uncertain tax positions. These liabilities involve judgment and estimation and are monitored based on the best information available. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the

92


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

consolidated liability for unrecognized income tax benefits during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

    

Total

Balance at October 1, 2014

 

$

4,262

Reductions from settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

(1,304)

Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations

 

 

(734)

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

 

 

(33)

Balance at September 30, 2015

 

 

2,191

Additions for tax positions in current year

 

 

4,165

Net reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations

 

 

(897)

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

 

 

(32)

Balance at September 30, 2016

 

 

5,427

Additions for tax positions in current year

 

 

1,869

Reduction for tax positions in prior year

 

 

(3,485)

Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations

 

 

(431)

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

 

 

(2)

Balance at September 30, 2017

 

$

3,378

 

Included in the ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 are $3.0 million of tax benefits that if recognized would impact the effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized benefits as a component of income tax provision (benefit), of which $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, was recognized for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The statute of limitations lapsed on several uncertain tax positions in the foreign jurisdictions during fiscal year 2017 that resulted in a $0.4 million reduction in gross unrecognized tax benefits that impacted the effective tax rate.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax and state, local and international income taxes in various jurisdictions. The amount of income taxes paid is subject to the Company’s interpretation of applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which it files.

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to income tax audits in various global jurisdictions in which it operates. The years subject to examination vary for the U.S. and international jurisdictions, with the earliest tax year being 2011. Based on the outcome of these examinations or the expiration of statutes of limitations for specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits could change from those recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company currently anticipates that it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits will be reduced by approximately $0.5 million in the next 12 months.

11.    Derivative Instruments

The Company has transactions and balances denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Most of these transactions or balances are denominated in Euros, British Pounds and a variety of Asian currencies. These transactions and balances, including short-term advances between the Company and its subsidiaries, subject the Company’s operations to exposure from exchange rate fluctuations. The impact of currency exchange rate movement can be positive or negative in any period. The Company mitigates the impact of potential currency transaction gains and losses on short-term intercompany advances through timely settlement of each transaction, generally within 30 days.

The Company also enters into foreign exchange contracts to reduce its exposure to currency fluctuations. Under forward contract arrangements, the Company typically agrees to purchase a fixed amount of U.S. dollars in exchange for a fixed amount of a foreign currency on specified dates with maturities of three months or less. These transactions do not qualify for hedge accounting. Net gains and losses related to these contracts are recorded as a component of "Other

93


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

(expense) income, net" in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and are as follows for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Realized (losses) gains on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

$

(545)

 

$

1,434

 

$

628

 

The Company had the following notional amounts outstanding under foreign currency contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting at September 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

Fair Value of

 

Fair Value of

Buy Currency

    

of Buy Currency

    

Sell Currency

    

Maturity

    

of Sell Currency

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

Japanese Yen

 

391,500

 

U.S. Dollar

 

October 2017

 

3,473

 

$

 1

 

$

 —

U.S. Dollar

 

1,074

 

British Pound

 

October 2017

 

800

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

Korean Won

 

3,230,100

 

U.S. Dollar

 

October 2017

 

2,833

 

 

 —

 

 

(8)

U.S. Dollar

 

6,294

 

Chinese Yuan

 

October 2017

 

41,800

 

 

 —

 

 

(2)

Euro

 

13,700

 

U.S. Dollar

 

October 2017

 

16,167

 

 

 —

 

 

(62)

British Pound

 

188

 

Norwegian Krone

 

October 2017

 

2,000

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Singapore Dollar

 

700

 

U.S. Dollar

 

October 2017

 

515

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

U.S. Dollar

 

226

 

Israeli Shekel

 

October 2017

 

800

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

U.S. Dollar

 

3,600

 

Swiss Franc

 

October 2017

 

3,500

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

Euro

 

19,200

 

British Pound

 

October 2017

 

16,888

 

 

 —

 

 

(74)

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

$

 4

 

$

(146)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

Fair Value of

 

Fair Value of

Buy Currency

    

of Buy Currency

    

Sell Currency

    

Maturity

    

of Sell Currency

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

British Pound

 

190

 

Swedish Krona

 

October 2016

 

2,100

 

$

 1

 

$

 —

Japanese Yen

 

124,000

 

U.S. Dollar

 

October 2016

 

1,229

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

U.S. Dollar

 

6,107

 

British Pound

 

October 2016

 

4,710

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

Euro

 

13,300

 

U.S. Dollar

 

October 2016

 

14,976

 

 

 —

 

 

(40)

U.S. Dollar

 

5,815

 

Chinese Yuan

 

October 2016

 

39,000

 

 

 —

 

 

(33)

Korean Won

 

2,488,000

 

U.S. Dollar

 

October 2016

 

2,255

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

Euro

 

7,482

 

British Pound

 

October 2016

 

6,500

 

 

 —

 

 

(23)

U.S. Dollar

 

311

 

Israeli Shekel

 

October 2016

 

1,169

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

Singapore Dollar

 

360

 

U.S. Dollar

 

October 2016

 

265

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

U.S. Dollar

 

210

 

Taiwanese Dollar

 

October 2016

 

6,600

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

British Pound

 

171

 

Norwegian Krone

 

October 2016

 

1,800

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 5

 

$

(96)

 

The fair values of the forward contracts described above are recorded in the Company’s accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as "Prepaid expenses and other current assets" and "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities".

Stock Warrants

The stock warrant was less than $0.1 million at September 30, 2016. The BioCision warrant agreement contained net share settlement provisions, which permitted the Company to pay the warrant exercise price using shares issuable under the warrant (“cashless exercise”). The value of the stock warrants fluctuated primarily in relation to the value of BioCision’s underlying securities, either providing an appreciation in value or potentially expiring with no value. Gains and losses on the revaluation of the stock warrant were recognized as a component of "Other (expense) income, net" in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. During fiscal year 2017, the Company canceled the stock

94


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

warrant as a portion of the non-cash consideration transferred for the acquisition of Cool Lab, which was measured at fair value on the acquisition date. There were no stock warrants held by the Company at September 30, 2017. Please refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions"; Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments" and Note 19 “Fair Value Measurements” for further information on the acquisition of Cool Lab and the stock warrant.

12.    Postretirement Benefits

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The Company has two active defined benefit pension plans (collectively, the “Plans”). The Plans cover substantially all of the Company’s employees in Switzerland and Taiwan. Retirement benefits are generally earned based on years of service and the level of compensation during active employment, but the level of benefits varies within the Plans. Eligibility is determined in accordance with local statutory requirements.

The Company uses September 30th as a measurement date to determine net periodic benefit costs, benefit obligations and the value of plan assets for all plans. The following tables set forth the funded status and amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

Benefit obligation at beginning of fiscal year

 

$

6,847

  

$

7,661

Service cost

 

 

270

  

 

548

Interest cost

 

 

27

  

 

71

Actuarial loss

 

 

(617)

  

 

106

Benefits paid

 

 

 —

  

 

(712)

Employee contributions

 

 

 —

  

 

156

Settlements paid

 

 

(2,526)

  

 

Curtailment gain

 

 

 —

  

 

(1,064)

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(29)

  

 

81

Benefit obligation at end of fiscal year

 

$

3,972

  

$

6,847

Fair value of assets at beginning of fiscal year

 

$

4,734

  

$

4,838

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

57

  

 

30

Disbursements

 

 

(51)

  

 

(837)

Employer contributions

 

 

153

  

 

296

Employee contributions

 

 

101

  

 

352

Settlements paid

 

 

(2,526)

  

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(32)

  

 

55

Fair value of assets at end of fiscal year

 

$

2,436

  

$

4,734

Accrued benefit obligation

 

$

1,536

  

$

2,113

 

The accumulated benefit obligation of the Plans is $3.4 million and $6.3 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017 and 2016. Both Plans have an accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation in excess of plans’ assets at September 30, 2017 and 2016.

The following table provides pension-related amounts and their classification within the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,

 

    

2017

    

2016

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

$

112

 

$

155

Long-term pension liability

 

 

1,424

 

 

1,958

 

 

$

1,536

 

$

2,113

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income at September 30, 2017 and 2016 includes unrecognized net actuarial gains (losses) of $0. 4 million and ($0.3) million, respectively, and cumulative unrecognized investment losses of less

95


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

than $0.1 million and ($0.9) million, respectively, during fiscal years 2017 and 2016. Unrecognized net actuarial gains (losses) and cumulative unrecognized investment losses within accumulated other comprehensive income were offset by a settlement gain of $0.3 million and a curtailment gain of $0.9 million at September 30, 2017 and 2016 which reduced accumulated other comprehensive income during fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

The components of the Company’s net pension cost for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Service cost

 

$

270

 

$

548

 

$

482

Interest cost

 

 

27

 

 

71

 

 

124

Amortization of losses

 

 

11

 

 

(159)

 

 

(210)

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(134)

 

 

 2

 

 

 2

Net periodic pension cost

 

$

174

 

$

462

 

$

398

Curtailment gain

 

 

 —

 

 

(227)

 

 

Settlement (gain) loss

 

 

(259)

 

 

 —

 

 

232

Total pension cost (gain)

 

$

(85)

 

$

235

 

$

630

 

The following changes in Plans’ assets and benefit obligations were recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

Net (gain) loss

 

$

(588)

 

$

165

Amortization of net loss

 

 

(11)

 

 

(2)

Curtailment gain

 

 

 —

 

 

(852)

Settlement gain

 

 

259

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(340)

 

 

(689)

Total recognized in net periodic pension cost and other comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

514

 

$

(227)

 

The settlement gain of $0.3 million realized during fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 was recorded as a reduction of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and the pension cost during the period then ended. The curtailment gain of $0.2 million and the settlement loss of $(0.2) million incurred during fiscal years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into the results of operations during each fiscal year. Additionally, a curtailment gain of $1.1 million was recognized as a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income and a corresponding reduction in pension liabilities during fiscal year ended September 30, 2016. Please refer to Note 13, "Stockholders’ Equity", for further information on these reclassifications and their impact on the accumulated other comprehensive income and other comprehensive income during each fiscal year.

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligation for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Discount rate

 

0.88

%  

0.40

%  

0.92

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

1.75

%  

1.75

%  

1.78

%

Expected rate of compensation increases

 

1.54

%  

1.31

%  

1.65

%

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

In selecting the appropriate discount rates for the Plans, the Company uses country-specific information, adjusted to reflect the duration of the particular plan. The expected return on plan assets is based on an evaluation of fixed income yield curves and equity return assumption studies applied to the Plans’ asset allocations.

96


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company bases its determination of pension expense on a market-related valuation of assets, which reduces year-to-year volatility. This market-related valuation recognizes investment gains or losses over a five-year period from the year in which they occur. Investment gains or losses represent the difference between the expected return calculated using the market-related value of assets and the actual return on assets. Since the market-related value of assets recognizes gains or losses over a five-year period, the future value of assets will be impacted as previously deferred gains or losses are recognized. At September 30, 2017, the Company had cumulative unrecognized investment losses of less than $0.1 million under the Plans which remain to be recognized in the calculation of the market-related values of assets. At September 30, 2017, the Company had cumulative unrecognized net actuarial gains of $0. 4 million which are amortized into net periodic benefit cost over the average remaining service period of active Plans’ participants.

Plan Assets

The fair value of plan assets for the Switzerland Plan and Taiwan Plan were $1.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017. The assets of the Switzerland Plan are invested in a collective fund with multiple employers through a Swiss insurance company, which is a customary practice for Swiss pension plans. The Company does not have any rights or an investment authority over the Plan’s assets which are invested primarily in highly rated debt securities.

The assets of the Taiwan Plan are invested with a trustee selected by the Taiwan government, and the Company has no investment authority over the Plan’s assets.

The allocation of the Plans’ assets at September 30, 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

    

September 30,

 

 

 

2017

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 6

%

Debt securities

 

62

 

Equity securities

 

13

 

Other

 

19

 

 

 

100

%

 

The fair values of pension assets by asset category and by level at September 30, 2017 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2017

 

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

Swiss Life collective foundation

 

$

 —

 

$

1,886

 

$

 —

 

$

1,886

Taiwan collective trust

 

 

 —

 

 

550

 

 

 —

 

 

550

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

2,436

 

$

 —

 

$

2,436

 

The fair values of pension assets by asset category and by level at September 30, 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2016

 

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

Swiss Life collective foundation

 

$

 —

 

$

4,208

 

$

 —

 

$

4,208

Taiwan collective trust

 

 

 —

 

 

526

 

 

 —

 

 

526

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

4,734

 

$

 —

 

$

4,734

 

Please refer to Note 19, "Fair Value Measurements" for a description of the levels of inputs used to determine fair value measurements.

97


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Benefit payments expected to be paid over the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

2018

    

$

51

2019

 

 

52

2020

 

 

53

2021

 

 

68

2022

 

 

78

Thereafter (through 2026)

 

 

295

 

The Company expects to contribute $0.1 million to the Plans in fiscal year 2018 to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Plans.

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan that meets the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All United States employees who meet minimum age and service requirements are eligible to participate in the plans. The plans allow employees to invest, on a pre-tax basis, a percentage of their annual salary and bonus subject to statutory limitations. The Company matches a portion of their contributions on a pre-tax basis up to a maximum amount of 4.5% of deferred pay. The expense recognized for the defined contribution plans was $3.6 million, $3.6 million and $3.0 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

13.    Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

Total number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance was 1,000,000 shares at September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Preferred stock has a par value of $0.01 per share and may be issued at the discretion of the Board of Directors without stockholder approval with such designations, rights and preferences as the Board of Directors may determine. There were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding at September 30, 2017 or 2016, respectively.

98


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The following is a summary of the components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, at September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (Losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

on Available-

 

Pension

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

for-Sale

 

Liability

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments

 

Securities

 

Adjustments

 

Total

Balance at September 30, 2014

 

$

16,102

 

$  

(38)

 

$

(377)

 

$

15,687

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

 

 

(9,426)

 

 

144

 

 

(605)

 

 

(9,887)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

(131)

 

 

(3)

 

 

232

 

 

98

Balance at September 30, 2015

 

 

6,545

 

 

103

 

 

(750)

 

 

5,898

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

8,844

 

 

(231)

 

 

(322)

 

 

8,291

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 —

 

 

125

 

 

852

 

 

977

Balance at September 30, 2016

 

 

15,389

 

 

(3)

 

 

(220)

 

 

15,166

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

 

 

(221)

 

 

(10)

 

 

514

 

 

283

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 —

 

 

12

 

 

(248)

 

 

(236)

Balance at September 30, 2017

 

$

15,168

 

$  

(1)

 

$

46

 

$

15,213

 

Unrealized net holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale marketable securities are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into results of operations at the time of the securities’ sale, as described in Note 4, "Marketable Securities.” Gains (losses) related to defined benefit pension plan settlements are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into results of operations at the time of the settlement, as described in Note 12, "Postretirement Benefits.” Defined benefit pension plan curtailments are recognized as reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income and corresponding reductions in pension liabilities and net pension cost, as described in Note 12, "Postretirement Benefits.”

Losses related to currency translation adjustments were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into results of operations upon liquidation of YBA joint venture during fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, as described in Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments".

14.    Equity Incentive Plans

The Company’s equity incentive plans are intended to attract and retain employees and provide an incentive for them to contribute to the Company’s long-term growth and achievement of its long-range performance goals. The equity incentive plans consist of plans under which employees may be granted options to purchase shares of the Company’s stock, restricted stock and other equity incentives. Restricted stock awards generally have a 3 year vesting period. At September 30, 2017, a total of 3,459, 828  shares were reserved and available for future grant under the equity incentive plans.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

The primary purpose of the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, (the “2015 Plan") is to attract and retain employees and provide an incentive for them to contribute to the Company’s long-term growth and achievement of its long-range performance goals. In accordance with the 2015 Plan provisions, the Company may grant (i) restricted stock and other stock-based awards, (ii) nonqualified stock options, and (iii) options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. All employees of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, independent

99


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to participate in the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan provides for the issuance of a maximum of 5,000,000 shares of common stock in addition to the stock option and restricted stock awards granted out of the 2000 Plan that were canceled or forfeited after February 5, 2015 upon expiration of the 2000 Plan on March 31, 2015.

Restricted Stock Activity

The following table summarizes restricted stock unit activity for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Average 

 

 

 

 

Grant-Date 

 

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

Outstanding at September 30, 2016

 

2,489,076

 

$

10.79

Granted

 

1,018,570

 

 

14.43

Vested

 

(918,738)

 

 

10.51

Forfeited

 

(114,897)

 

 

11.80

Outstanding at September 30, 2017

 

2,474,011

 

$

12.34

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $14.43, $10.84 and $11.89 per share, respectively. The fair value of restricted stock units vested during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $15.0 million, $14.3 million and $8.4 million, respectively. During fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company remitted $4.7 million, $4.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively, for withholding taxes on vested restricted stock units, of which $0.1 million, $4.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively, was paid by the Company. During fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company received $4.6 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in cash proceeds from employees to satisfy their tax obligations as a result of share issuances.

As of September 30, 2017, the future unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock units expected to vest is $ 20.3 million and is expected to be recognized over an estimated weighted average amortization period of 1. 6  years.

The Company grants restricted stock units which vest upon the satisfaction of certain performance conditions and / or service conditions. In addition, the Company issues shares to participating employees pursuant to an employee stock purchase plan. The Company also issues unrestricted stock awards to its directors in accordance with its director compensation program.

The Company grants restricted stock units that vest over a required service period and /or achievement of certain operating performance goals. Restricted stock units granted with performance goals may also have a required service period following the achievement of all or a portion of the goals. The following table reflects restricted stock units and stock awards granted during fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Time-Based

    

 

    

Performance-

 

 

Total Units

 

Units

 

Stock Grants

 

Based Units

Year ended September 30, 2017

 

1,018,570

  

386,713

  

43,519

  

588,338

Year ended September 30, 2016

 

1,690,582

  

744,250

  

86,082

  

860,250

Year ended September 30, 2015

 

1,513,281

  

597,250

  

69,281

  

846,750

 

Time-Based Grants

Restricted stock units granted with a required service period typically have three year vesting schedules in which one-third of awards vest at the first anniversary of the grant date, one-third vest at the second anniversary of the grant date and one-third vest at the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to the award holders meeting service requirements.

100


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Stock Grants

During fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company granted 43,519, 86,082 and 69,281 units, respectively, to the members of the Company’s Board of Directors, including compensation-related restricted stock units of 28,065, 55,380 and 49,267, respectively.

Compensation-related units granted during fiscal year 2017 are subject to a one-year vesting period starting from the grant date. The units will vest on the date which is one day before the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Compensation-related units granted during fiscal years 2016 and 2015 vested on the grant date upon their issuance.

Certain members of the Board of Directors previously elected to defer receiving their annual awards of restricted shares of the Company stock and quarterly dividends until a future date. During fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company granted 13,065, 25,560 and 13,318 units, respectively, related to such deferred annual restricted share awards, as well as 2,389, 5,142 and 6,876 units, related to deferred quarterly dividends. Annual restricted share awards granted during fiscal year 2017 are subject to a one-year vesting period starting from the grant date. The units will vest on the date which is one day before the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, but certain holders have elected to defer the receipt of the Company shares until they attain a certain age or cease to provide services to the Company in their capacity as Board members. Annual restricted share awards granted during fiscal years 2016 and 2015 vested on the grant date upon their issuance, but the settlement was deferred by certain holders, for the same conditions as described above for grants in fiscal year 2017. The amount of deferred dividends granted during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 was equal to the value of cash dividends that would be paid on the number of total deferred shares based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the dividend record date. Such units vested upon their issuance, but the settlement was deferred by certain holders for the same conditions, as described above.

Performance-Based Grants

Performance-based restricted stock units are earned based on the achievement of performance criteria established by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The criteria for performance-based awards are weighted and have threshold, target and maximum performance goals.

Performance-based awards granted in fiscal year 2017 allow participants to earn 100% of a targeted number of restricted stock units if the Company’s performance meets its target for each applicable financial metric, and up to a maximum of 200% of the restricted stock units if the Company’s performance for such metrics meets the maximum threshold. Performance below the minimum threshold for each financial metric results in award forfeitures. Performance goals will be measured over a three year period at the end of fiscal year 2019 to determine the number of units earned by recipients who continue to meet a service requirement. Units held by recipients who fail to meet the continued service requirement are forfeited. Earned units for recipients who continue to meet the service requirements vest on the date the Company’s Board of Directors determines the number of units earned, which will be approximately the third anniversary of the grant date.

Performance-based awards granted in fiscal year 2016 also include provisions that allow participants to earn threshold, target and maximum awards ranging from 0% of the award for performance below the minimum threshold, 100% of the award for performance at target, and up to a maximum of 200% of the award if the Company achieves the maximum performance goals.

Performance-based awards granted in fiscal year 2015 include provisions similar to fiscal years 2017 and 2016 awards that allow participants to earn threshold, target and maximum awards ranging from 0% of the award for performance below the minimum threshold, 100% of the award for performance at target, and up to a maximum of 200% of the award if the Company achieves the maximum performance goals.

Sixty percent of the performance-based units granted in fiscal year 2015 had certain performance goals that were measured at the end of fiscal year 2015 to determine the number of earned units eligible for subsequent vesting. The Company performed below the threshold levels relative to the performance criteria for these awards and as a result these awards were not eligible for subsequent vesting, which resulted in a forfeiture of 495,684 units.

101


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Forty percent of the performance-based units granted in fiscal year 2015 have certain performance goals which will be measured over a three year period at the end of fiscal year 2017 to determine the number of earned units eligible for vesting. Earned units vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to award holders satisfying the service requirements. 351,066 units, or 40.0%, of performance-based awards granted in fiscal year 2015 are eligible for vesting. The total number of performance-based units to be earned by the participants will be based on the achievement against the Company’s performance targets. The vesting of the units is subject to award holders satisfying the service requirements.

1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On February 22, 1996, the stockholders approved the 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, (the "1995 Plan"), which enables eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. Under the 1995 Plan, eligible employees may purchase up to an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares during six-month offering periods commencing on February 1 and August 1 of each year at a stock price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s stock at the beginning or the end of the semi-annual period, whichever is lower. On February 8, 2012, the stockholders approved an amendment to the 1995 Plan to increase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock available for issuance by 1,000,000 shares, from 3,000,000 to 4,000,000 shares. Participating employees may elect to have up to 10% of their base pay withheld and applied toward the purchase of such shares. The rights of participating employees under the 1995 Plan terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan at any time or upon termination of employment. As of September 30, 2017, 3,949,432 shares of common stock have been purchased under the 1995 Plan which was terminated on August 1, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, there were no shares available for future purchases under the 1995 Plan since 50,568 shares remaining in the plan expired upon its termination. During fiscal years 2017 and 2016, the Company issued 162,360 and 235,727 shares, respectively, under the 1995 Plan for $ 2.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On February 8, 2017, the stockholders approved the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, (the "2017 Plan"), which enables eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The 2017 Plan replaced the 1995 Plan which was terminated on August 1, 2017 upon the expiration of the offering period on July 31, 2017. The 2017 Plan allows for purchases by employees of up to 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. If the rights of participating employees granted under the 2017 Plan terminate without having been exercised, the shares of common stock not purchased under such rights become available for issuance under the 2017 Plan. As of September 30, 2017, 1,250,000 shares of common stock remain available for purchase under the 2017 Plan. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, there were no shares issued or purchased under the 2017 Plan.

15.    Restructuring and Other Charges

Fiscal Year 2017 Activities

During fiscal year 2017, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $3.2 million related to severance, of which $2.6 million were attributable to the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment, $0.4 million were attributable to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment and $0.3 million were attributable to the company-wide restructuring action.

The restructuring charges of $2.6 million attributable to the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment consisted of $1.6 million of charges related to the actions initiated during fiscal year 2017 and $1.0 million of charges related to the actions initiated prior to fiscal year 2017. The restructuring action initiated during fiscal year 2017 was related to streamlining field service operations in order to optimize the cost structure and improve productivity. Total severance costs expected to be incurred in connection with this action are $1.6 million which were recognized entirely during fiscal year 2017. This restructuring action has been completed as of September 30, 2017. Accrued restructuring costs related to this action were $0.5 million at September 30, 2017 and are expected to be paid within the next twelve months from cash flows generated from operating activities. The $1.0 million of restructuring charges related to actions initiated prior to fiscal year 2017 consisted of $0.8 million attributable to the consolidation of the Jena, Germany repair facility into the Chelmsford, Massachusetts repair operation and $0.2 million related to the integration of Contact Co., Ltd. ("Contact") after its acquisition by the Company. Prior to fiscal year 2017, the Company initiated a restructuring action within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment to consolidate the Company’s Jena,

102


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Germany repair facility into the Chelmsford, Massachusetts repair operation to streamline the service repair operations and reduce the overhead cost structure. Total severance costs incurred in connection with this action were $2.6 million, of which $1.8 million were recognized prior to fiscal year 2017 and $0.8 million were recognized during fiscal year 2017. This restructuring action was substantially completed as of September 30, 2017. Accrued restructuring costs related to this action were $1.0 million at September 30, 2017 and are expected to be paid within the next twelve months from cash flows generated from operating activities.

Restructuring charges of $0.3 million were related to the company-wide restructuring action initiated in fiscal year 2016. This restructuring action has been completed as of September 30, 2017 and is not expected to result in any additional restructuring charges in future periods. There were no accrued restructuring costs related to this action at September 30, 2017. The restructuring action was taken to streamline business operations, improve competitiveness and overall profitability and is expected to benefit both segments. Total severance costs incurred in connection with this action were $6.1 million, of which $5.8 million were recognized during fiscal year 2016. Severance costs incurred in connection with this action were attributable to the reduction of several positions across the company, including senior management positions.

Fiscal Year 2016 Activities

The Company recorded restructuring charges of $12.0 million during fiscal year 2016 related to severance costs which consisted primarily of $10.8 million of charges related to restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2016 and $1.3 million of charges related to restructuring actions initiated in prior periods.

Restructuring Actions Initiated During Fiscal Year 2016

The Company’s restructuring actions initiated during fiscal year 2016 resulted in total charges of $10.8 million, which consisted of: (i) $3.1 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment, (ii) $1.8 million of costs attributable to the restructuring action within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment to consolidate our Jena, Germany repair facility into our Chelmsford, Massachusetts repair operation, as described above, and (iii) $5.8 million of costs related to the company-wide restructuring action, as described above.

Restructuring initiatives within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment are primarily related to streamlining the segment’s management structure, integrating acquisitions and improving profitability. During fiscal year 2016, the Company initiated several actions within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment related to integrating BioStorage, streamlining management structure and closing the segment’s Spokane, Washington facility in March 2016 and Oberdiessbach, Switzerland facility in July 2016 upon selling the building and temporarily leasing a smaller size office space until December 2016. This restructuring initiative within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment included additional actions completed during the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 which resulted in restructuring charges of $0.2 million during fiscal year 2017. These actions were finalized by the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 and are not expected to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods. Total severance costs incurred in connection with these initiatives were $3.3 million, of which $3.1 million were recognized during fiscal year 2016 and $0.2 million during fiscal year 2017. Accrued restructuring costs related to these actions were $0.5 million at September 30, 2016 and were paid entirely during fiscal year 2017.

Restructuring Actions Initiated Prior to Fiscal Year 2016

The Company’s restructuring actions initiated in prior periods resulted in $1.2 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions segment and less than $0.1 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. These restructuring actions were primarily related to the integration of Contact, as well as the closure and transfer of the Mistelgau, Germany manufacturing operations to a contract manufacturer. Accrued restructuring costs related to these actions were $0.2 million at September 30, 2016 and were paid entirely during fiscal year 2017.

Fiscal Year 2015 Activities

The Company recorded restructuring charges of $4.7 million in fiscal year 2015, which included severance costs of $3.4 million and facility-related costs of $1.3 million.

103


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Severance costs of $3.4 million consisted of $2.2 million of charges attributable to the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions segment and $1.3 million of costs attributable to the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. Restructuring actions within the Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment were related to the integration of Dynamic Micro Systems Semiconductor Equipment GmbH (the "DMS") with the Company’s operations and the transition of manufacturing of certain products from the Company’s facility in Mistelgau, Germany to a third party contract manufacturer. Restructuring actions within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment were related to the closure of the Poway, California facility and transition of product sub-assembly manufacturing operations to the third party contract manufacturers. These restructuring plans were substantially completed on December 31, 2015.

Facility exit costs of $1.3 million were attributable to Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment were related to the outsourcing of manufacturing certain of the Company’s line of Polycold cryochillers and compressors within the United States to a third party contract manufacturer. The facility exit costs represented future lease payments and expected operating costs to be paid until the termination of the facility lease. The Company terminated the lease on October 27, 2015 and fully paid the related restructuring liability during the first quarter of fiscal year 2016.

The following is a summary of activity related to the Company’s restructuring and other charges, excluding amounts related to the discontinued operations, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Activity -Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

    

Balance

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balance

 

 

September 30, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 

 

 

2016

 

Expenses

 

Payments

 

2017

Total restructuring liabilities related to workforce termination benefits

 

$

5,939

 

$

3,226

 

$

(7,457)

 

$

1,708

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Activity -Year Ended September 30, 2016

 

    

Balance

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balance

 

 

September 30, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 

 

 

2015

 

Expenses

 

Payments

 

2016

Facility and other contract termination costs

 

$

433

 

$

25

 

$

(458)

 

$

 —

Workforce-related termination benefits

 

 

1,640

 

 

12,014

 

 

(7,715)

 

 

5,939

Total restructuring liabilities

 

$

2,073

 

$

12,039

 

$

(8,173)

 

$

5,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Activity - Year Ended September 30, 2015

 

    

Balance

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balance

 

 

September 30, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 

 

 

2014

 

Expenses

 

Payments

 

2015

Facility and other contract termination costs

 

$

71

 

$

1,204

 

$

(842)

 

$

433

Workforce-related termination benefits

 

 

3,404

 

 

3,213

 

 

(4,977)

 

 

1,640

Total restructuring liabilities related to workforce termination benefits

 

$

3,475

 

$

4,417

 

$

(5,819)

 

$

2,073

 

Accrued restructuring costs of $ 1.7 million as of September 30, 2017 are expected to be paid during fiscal year 2018.

104


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

16.    Earnings per Share

The calculations of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are as follows for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Net income (loss)

 

$

62,612

 

$

(69,476)

 

$

14,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing basic earnings (losses) per share

 

 

69,575

 

 

68,507

 

 

67,411

Dilutive common stock options and restricted stock units

 

 

910

 

 

 —

 

 

1,138

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing diluted earnings (losses) per share

 

 

70,485

 

 

68,507

 

 

68,549

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

$

0.90

 

$

(1.01)

 

$

0.21

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

 

0.89

 

 

(1.01)

 

 

0.21

 

Restricted stock units of 9,500 during fiscal year 2017 were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive based on the treasury stock method. Restricted stock units of 859,000 during fiscal year 2016 were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as a result of a net loss incurred during the period. Approximately 120,000 shares of unvested restricted stock units were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 as their effect would be anti-dilutive based on the treasury stock method.

On November 8, 2017, the Company’s compensation committee and Board of Directors authorized and approved the annual grant of approximately 468,700 restricted stock units with a grant date of November 8, 2017.

17.    Significant Customers

The Company had one customer that accounted for more than 10% of its consolidated revenue at 12% during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015. No customers accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenue during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. At September 30 2016, one customer’s receivable balance represented approximately 11% of the Company’s total receivables. No customers accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total receivables during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017.

18.    Segment and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and to assess performance. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the Company’s chief operating decision maker.

The Company has two operating and reportable segments consisting of (i) Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment and (ii) Brooks Life Science Systems segment. Prior to fiscal year 2016, the Company had three operating and reportable segments that consisted of Brooks Product Solutions segment, Brooks Global Services segment and Brooks Life Science Systems segment. During fiscal year 2016, the Company reorganized its reporting structure into two operating and reportable segments. The Company’s reportable segment information for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 has been reclassified to reflect the current segment structure and to conform to the presentation of information for fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. The accounting policies of the operating segments remained unchanged as a result of the realignment.

105


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Brooks Semiconductor Solutions Group segment provides a variety of products, services and solutions that enable improved throughput and yield in controlled operating environments, as well as an extensive range of support services. The solutions include atmospheric and vacuum robots, tool automation systems that provide precision handling and clean wafer environments, contamination control of wafer carrier front opening unified pods, as well as cryogenic pumps and compressors that provide vacuum pumping and thermal management solutions used to create and control critical process vacuum applications. The support services include repair services, diagnostic support services, and installation services in support of the products, which enable our customers to maximize process tool uptime and productivity. This segment also provides end-user customers with spare parts and productivity enhancement upgrades to maximize tool productivity.

The Brooks Life Science Systems segment provides comprehensive life cycle sample management solutions for life science and bioscience customers to advance scientific research and support drug development. The segment’s product offerings include automated cold sample management systems for compound and biological sample storage, equipment for sample preparation and handling, consumables, and informatics that manage samples throughout our customers’ research discovery and development work flows. The segment’s service offerings include sample storage and support services provided to a wide range of life science customers, including pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, biobanks and research institutes.

The Company evaluates the performance and future opportunities of its segments and allocates resources to them based on their revenue, operating income (loss) and returns on invested assets. Operating income (loss) for each segment includes selling, general and administrative expenses directly attributable to the segment. Amortization of acquired intangible assets (excluding completed technology), restructuring and other charges, pension settlement, in-process research and development, as well as other unallocated corporate expenses are excluded from the segments’ operating income (loss). The Company’s indirect overhead costs, which include various general and administrative expenses, are allocated among the segments based upon several cost drivers associated with the respective administrative function, including segment revenue, headcount, or benefits that each segment derives from a specific administrative function. Segment assets exclude cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, deferred tax assets, assets held for sale and equity method investments.

106


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The following is the summary of the financial information for the Company’s operating and reportable segments for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Brooks

    

Brooks

    

 

 

 

 

Semiconductor

 

Life Science

 

 

 

 

 

Solutions Group

 

Systems

 

Total

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Revenue

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Products

 

$

466,871

 

$

66,753

 

$

533,624

Services

 

 

77,305

 

 

81,956

 

 

159,261

Segment revenue

 

$

544,176

 

$

148,709

 

$

692,885

Gross profit

 

$

212,652

 

$

54,752

 

$

267,404

Segment operating income

 

 

86,716

 

 

4,695

 

 

91,411

Depreciation expense

 

 

5,052

 

 

4,694

 

 

9,746

Assets

 

 

325,408

 

 

306,666

 

 

632,074

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Revenue

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Products

 

$

375,237

 

$

46,546

 

$

421,783

Services

 

 

76,973

 

 

61,567

 

 

138,540

Segment revenue

 

$

452,210

 

$

108,113

 

$

560,323

Gross profit

 

$

159,018

 

$

39,063

 

$

198,081

Segment operating income (loss)

 

 

37,926

 

 

(6,451)

 

 

31,476

Depreciation expense

 

 

4,788

 

 

3,496

 

 

8,284

Assets

 

 

317,717

 

 

247,735

 

 

565,452

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2015

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Revenue

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Products

 

$

406,579

 

$

50,832

 

$

457,411

Services

 

 

78,058

 

 

17,239

 

 

95,297

Segment revenue

 

$

484,637

 

$

68,071

 

$

552,708

Gross profit

 

$

171,379

 

$

17,726

 

$

189,105

Segment operating income (loss)

 

 

49,695

 

 

(19,580)

 

 

30,115

Depreciation expense

 

 

4,312

 

 

1,295

 

 

5,607

Assets

 

 

317,069

 

 

110,910

 

 

427,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s operating and reportable segments’ operating income and segment assets to the corresponding amounts presented in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the Year Ended

 

 

September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Segment operating income

 

$

91,411

 

$

31,476

 

$

30,115

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

 

13,929

 

 

10,799

 

 

7,656

Restructuring charges

 

 

3,226

 

 

12,039

 

 

4,713

Other unallocated corporate expenses

 

 

10,143

 

 

4,400

 

 

856

Total operating income

 

$

64,113

 

$

4,238

 

$

16,890

 

107


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

September 30, 

    

September 30, 

 

 

2017

 

2016

Segment assets

    

$

632,074

    

$

565,452

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

 

104,292

 

 

91,221

Deferred tax assets

 

 

1,692

 

 

1,982

Equity method investments

 

 

28,570

 

 

27,250

Total assets

 

$

766,628

 

$

685,905

 

Revenue from external customers is attributed to geographic areas based on locations in which customer orders are placed. Net revenue by geographic area for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

North America

 

$

242,331

 

$

209,727

 

$

199,103

Asia / Pacific/ Other

 

 

327,864

 

 

247,241

 

 

231,840

Europe:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

United Kingdom

 

$

42,138

 

$

36,611

 

$

32,160

Rest of Europe

 

$

80,552

 

$

66,744

 

$

89,605

 

 

$

692,885

 

$

560,323

 

$

552,708

 

The majority of the Company’s net revenue in North America is generated in the United States which amounted to $240.6 million, $208.3 million and $197.4 million, respectively, during fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Property, plant and equipment by geographic area as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

North America

 

$

52,235

 

$

49,505

Asia / Pacific / Other

 

 

676

 

 

952

Europe

 

 

5,551

 

 

4,428

 

 

$

58,462

 

$

54,885

 

Property, plant and equipment located in the United States amounted to $52.0 million and $49.3 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017 and 2016.

19.    Fair Value Measurements

The fair value measurement guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The following levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 Inputs: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset and liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2 Inputs: Observable inputs other than prices included in Level 1, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities and reflect an entity’s own assumptions in pricing assets or liabilities since they are supported by little or no market activity.

108


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

 

    

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

 

 

    

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for 

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

September 30, 

 

Identical Assets 

 

Observable Inputs 

 

Inputs 

Description

 

2017

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

Assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cash equivalents

 

$

45

 

$

42

 

$

 3

 

$

 —

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

2,670

 

 

 —

 

 

2,670

 

 

 —

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 4

 

 

 —

 

 

 4

 

 

 —

Total Assets

 

$

2,719

 

$

42

 

$

2,677

 

$

 —

Liabilities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

146

 

 

 —

 

 

146

 

 

 —

Total Liabilities

 

$

146

 

$

 —

 

$

146

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

 

    

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

 

 

    

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for 

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

September 30,

 

Identical Assets 

 

Observable Inputs 

 

Inputs 

Description

 

2016

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

Assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cash equivalents

 

$

143

 

$

98

 

$

45

 

$

 —

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

6,135

 

 

 —

 

 

6,135

 

 

 —

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 5

 

 

 —

 

 

 5

 

 

 —

Convertible debt securities

 

 

5,774

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,774

Stock warrant

 

 

45

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

45

Total Assets

 

$

12,102

 

$

98

 

$

6,185

 

$

5,819

Liabilities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Contingent consideration

 

$

500

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

500

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

96

 

 

 —

 

 

96

 

 

 —

Total Liabilities

 

$

596

 

$

 —

 

$

96

 

$

500

 

The convertible debt securities and the stock warrant are included in "Other assets" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2016. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company settled the convertible debt securities and the stock warrant as a part of the non-cash consideration for the Company’s acquisition of Cool Lab completed on November 28, 2016. The convertible debt securities and the stock warrant were measured at fair value on the acquisition date as a portion of the consideration transferred to the seller. A loss of $0.2 million on settlement of these financial instruments was recorded in the "Other (expense) income, net" in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Please refer to Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments" for further information on the convertible debt securities and the stock warrant and Note 3, "Acquisitions" for the acquisition of Cool Lab.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents of less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017 and 2016 consist of money market funds and are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices in active markets. Cash equivalents of less than $0.1 million as of each of September 30, 2017 and 2016 consist primarily of Bank Certificate of Deposits and are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are not actively traded.

109


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Available-For-Sale Securities

Available-for-sale securities of $2.7 million and $6.1 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017 and 2016 consist of Municipal Securities, Bank Certificate of Deposits, U.S Corporate Securities and Other Debt Securities. The securities are valued using matrix pricing and benchmarking and classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are not actively traded. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique used to value securities by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted prices.

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Foreign exchange contract assets and liabilities amounted to less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017. Foreign exchange contract assets and liabilities amounted to less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, at September 30, 2016. Foreign exchange contract assets and liabilities are measured and reported at fair value based on observable market inputs and classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy due to a lack of an active market for these contracts.

Convertible Debt Securities

At September 30, 2016, convertible debt securities of $5.8 million were measured at fair value and classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company settled the convertible debt securities as a part of the non-cash consideration for the Company’s acquisition of Cool Lab. The convertible debt securities were measured at fair value of $5.6 million on the acquisition date which was determined based on the probability weighted average discounted cash flow (the "DCF") approach and a Monte Carlo simulation model. The DCF approach was utilized for the instrument’s variable conversion price scenarios for which fair value was determined based on probability weighted average method utilizing various outcomes for the instrument’s expected payout. The fair value for each outcome was computed based on the present value of cash flows associated with the expected payout discounted at the risk-adjusted discount rate. The key inputs used in the DCF approach included a risk-adjusted discount rate of 23% and the time of the instrument’s payout, which ranged between 1.5 years and 3.2 years. The Monte Carlo simulation model was utilized for the instrument’s fixed conversion price scenarios. The fair value of the instrument was computed for the period from the valuation date through the expected payoff date based on multiple scenarios. The key inputs used in the Monte-Carlo approach consisted of: (i) risk free rate, which was used for the scenarios in which the instrument’s conversion value was greater than its fixed payoff value, and ranged between 0.96% and 1.39%, (ii) risk-adjusted discount rate of 23%, which was used for the scenarios in which the instrument’s conversion value was less than its fixed payoff value, (iii) expected payoff period, which ranged between 1.50 years and 3.06 years, (iv) underlying stock price estimated at $1.76, and (v) underlying stock volatility of 55%, which was calculated based on security-specific volatility. A loss of $0.2 million on the settlement of convertible debt securities with a fair value of $5.6 million and a carrying value of $5.8 million on November 28, 2016 was recognized within "Other (expense) income, net" in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations during fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. Please refer to Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments" for further information on the convertible debt securities and Note 3, "Acquisitions" for the acquisition of Cool Lab.

Stock Warrants

Stock warrant valued at less than $0.1 million at September 30, 2016 was classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and measured at fair value based on the Black-Scholes model. The Black-Scholes model applied to the warrant incorporated the constant price variation of the underlying asset, the time value of money, the warrant’s strike price and the time until the warrant’s expiration date. The fair value of the warrant was determined utilizing a five year equity volatility percentage based on an average equity volatility derived from comparable public companies.

During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company canceled the stock warrant as part of the non-cash consideration for the Company’s acquisition of Cool Lab and measured the stock warrant at fair value of less than $0.1 million on the acquisition date. The fair value of the warrant was determined based on the option pricing approach that treats various classes of securities in a company’s capital structure as call options on the total equity value of the company.

110


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Contingent Consideration

Contingent consideration liability of $0.5 million at September 30, 2016 was classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and measured at fair value based on the probability-weighted average discounted cash flow model utilizing potential outcomes related to achievement of certain specified targets and events. The fair value measurement of the contingent consideration is based on probabilities assigned to each potential outcome and the discount rate. During fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company settled the liability and remitted a cash payment of $0.5 million to the sellers of Contact as a remaining part of the acquisition purchase price. Please refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” for further information on the contingent consideration liability.

The carrying amounts of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to their short-term nature.

The following table presents the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible

 

Stock

 

Contingent

 

 

 

 

    

Debt Securities

    

Warrant

    

Consideration

    

Total

Balance at September 30, 2016

 

$

5,774

 

$

45

 

$

500

    

$

6,319

Change in fair value

 

 

(194)

 

 

(37)

 

 

 —

    

 

(231)

Settlements

 

 

(5,580)

 

 

(8)

 

 

(500)

    

 

(6,088)

Balance at September 30, 2017

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

The Company holds certain assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to initial recognition.

A loan receivable of $1.5 million at September 30, 2016 was recorded at carrying value and included in "Other assets" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company settled the loan as part of the non-cash consideration for the Company’s acquisition of Cool Lab and remeasured it at fair value of $1.6 million on the acquisition date. Fair value of the loan was classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and determined based on the market approach utilizing a loan settlement value, including its principal and accrued interest, in a similar transaction in a non-observable market. The carrying value of the loan was $1.6 million on the acquisition date and included the loan’s principal and accrued interest. Please refer to Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments" for further information on the loan and Note 3, "Acquisitions" for the acquisition of Cool Lab.

The equity method investment in BioCision of $1.7 million at September 30, 2016 was recorded at carrying value in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company redeemed the equity method investment in BioCision as part of the non-cash consideration for the Company’s acquisition of Cool Lab. Fair value of the equity method investment in BioCision of $3.1 million was classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and measured based on the option pricing approach which treats various classes of securities in a company’s capital structure as call options on the total equity value of the company. The key inputs used in the option pricing approach consisted of: (i) total equity value of BioCision estimated at $6.5 million; (ii) equity volatility estimated at 80%; (iii) time to liquidity event estimated at 1.5 years; and (iv) risk free rate of 0.96%. Please refer to Note 7, "Equity Method and Other Investments" for further information on the convertible debt securities and Note 3, "Acquisitions" for the acquisition of Cool Lab.

Certain non-financial assets, including goodwill, finite-lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets, are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis in accordance with the income approach when there is an indication of impairment. Please refer to Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further information on the valuation techniques used in developing these measurements.

111


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

20.    Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases Commitments

The Company leases manufacturing and office facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases with lease expiration dates through 2025. Rent expense under the operating leases, excluding costs recorded as a component of restructuring charges, was $4.4 million, $4.9 million and $6.5 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

The Company leases approximately 85,000 square feet of space in Indianapolis, Indiana to accommodate its sample storage, sales and support functions. The initial lease term expired in July 2017. The new lease for such space commenced on August 1, 2017 and expires on September 30, 2023. Additionally, the Company executed another new lease agreement for an additional 13,000 square feet of space within the aforementioned facility which commences on March 1, 2019 and expires on September 30, 2023. The new leases may be extended at the Company’s option for three additional terms of five years each, subject to the terms and conditions of the lease.

In addition to the Indianapolis facility, the Company leases approximately 45,000 square feet of space in each of its Fremont, California and Manchester, UK to accommodate its manufacturing, research and development, and sales and support functions. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company extended the lease term for its Fremont, California facility until August 31, 2025 which may be further extended at the Company’s option for two additional terms of five years each, subject to the terms and conditions of the lease. The initial term for the Manchester, UK facility expires in December 2019 and may be extended at the Company’s option for five years subject to the terms and conditions of the lease.

Future minimum lease commitments on non-cancelable operating leases and scheduled sublease payments as of September 30, 2017 are as follows (in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Scheduled

    

 

 

 

Gross

 

Sublease

 

Net

Year Ended September 30,

 

Payments

 

Payments

 

Payments

2018

 

$

3,739

 

$

54

 

$

3,685

2019

 

 

3,182

 

 

 9

 

 

3,173

2020

 

 

1,791

 

 

 —

 

 

1,791

2021

 

 

1,535

 

 

 —

 

 

1,535

2022

 

 

1,549

 

 

 —

 

 

1,549

Thereafter

 

 

9,066

 

 

 —

 

 

9,066

 

 

$

20,862

 

$

63

 

$

20,799

 

The Company utilizes a third party to manage its manufacturing operations in Mexico. As a part of this arrangement, the Company makes and guarantees the monthly payments for a lease of its Mexico facility which expires in February 2019. The remaining payments under the lease were approximately $ 1.0 million at September 30, 2017.

Letters of Credit

At September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $3.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, of letters of credit outstanding related primarily to customer advances and other performance obligations. These arrangements guarantee the refund of advance payments received from the Company’s customers in the event that the product is not delivered or warranty obligations are not fulfilled in accordance with the contract terms. These obligations could be called by the beneficiaries at any time before the expiration date of the particular letter of credit if the Company fails to meet certain contractual requirements. None of these obligations were called during fiscal years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, and the Company currently does not anticipate any of these obligations to be called in the near future.

112


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Purchase Commitments

The Company has non-cancelable contracts and purchase orders for inventory of $122.0 million and $101.4 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017 and 2016.

Contingencies

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, the Company discovered that it inadvertently failed to register on Form S‑8 with the Securities and Exchange Commission certain shares of common stock previously authorized for issuance by the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders under the Company’s 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (the “ESPP”). As a result, certain purchasers of common stock under the ESPP had the right to rescind their purchases for an amount equal to the purchase price paid for the shares, plus interest from the date of purchase. The rescission rights were limited to the shares purchased in the last twelve months, which is the applicable federal statute of limitations, and still held by the original purchasers. These shares have been treated as issued and outstanding for financial reporting purposes.

In fiscal year 2016, the Company sold shares of its common stock under the ESPP in two separate transactions. On January 29, 2016, the Company sold 118,548 shares to ESPP participants at a price of $8.00 per share and on July 29, 2016, the Company sold 117,179 shares to ESPP participants at a price of $8.02 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.9 million. No commissions or other fees were paid in connection with the issuance of those shares. On February 8, 2017, the Company filed a Form S-8 registration statement with the SEC to cover the 1,000,000 shares of common stock that had been authorized for issuance by our Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders but not otherwise registered on a Form S-8. All the shares subject to rescission rights expired by statute of limitations on July 31, 2017.

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings, both asserted and unasserted, that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings or in certain instances provide reasonable ranges of potential losses. However, as of the date of this report, the Company believes that none of these claims will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations. In the event of unexpected subsequent developments and given the inherent unpredictability of these legal proceedings, there can be no assurance that the Company’s assessment of any claim will reflect the ultimate outcome, and an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations in particular quarterly or annual periods.

21.    Subsequent Events

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

On October 4, 2017, the Company entered into the $200.0 million term loan with the lenders. The term loan was issued at $197.6 million, or 98.8% of its par value, resulting in a discount of $2.4 million, or 1.2%, which represented loan origination fees paid at the closing. The loan proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. The loan principal amount may be increased by an aggregate amount equal to $75.0 million plus any voluntary repayments of the term loans plus an amount such that the secured leverage ratio of the Company is less than 3.00 to 1.00.  Deferred financing costs directly associated with obtaining the term loan were $0.4 million at September 30, 2017 and are presented within "Other assets" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Under the terms of the loan agreement, the Company may elect for the loan to bear an interest rate as Eurodollar Borrowings or as Alternate Base Rate, or ABR Borrowings. Interest applicable to Eurodollar Borrowings is based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus applicable margin of 2.50%. The Adjusted LIBO Rate is the rate appearing on Bloomberg screen LIBOR01 which gets reset at the beginning of each selected interest period based on LIBOR rate then in effect. Interest applicable to Alternate Base Rate Borrowings is based on the Alternate Base Rate plus applicable margin of 1.50%. Alternate Base Rate is determined based on the highest of: (a) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, (b) prime rate plus 1.00%, or (c) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%.

113


 

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The Company’s obligations under the term loan are guaranteed by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, BioStorage Technologies, Inc. (the “guarantor”), subject to the terms and conditions of the term loan agreement. The Company and the guarantor granted the lenders a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company and the guarantor to secure the repayment of the term loan.

The term loan matures and becomes fully payable on October 4, 2024. The principal is payable in installments equal to 0.25% of the initial principal amount of the term loans on March 31 st , June 30 th , September 30 th and December 31 st of each year, with any remaining amount of principal becoming due and payable on the maturity date. All accrued and unpaid interest on ABR Borrowings shall be due and payable at the same time as the loan principal installments. All accrued and unpaid interest on Eurodollar Borrowings shall be due on the last day of each interest period elected by the Company for such Eurodollar Borrowings, except for interest periods of more than three months in which case all accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable every three months.

Subject to certain conditions stated in the term loan agreement, the Company may redeem the term loan at any time at its option without a significant premium or penalty, except for a repricing transaction, as defined in the term loan agreement, which is subject to a premium of 1.00% of the loan principal amount during the first six months of the loan term . The Company would be required to redeem the term loan at the principal amount then outstanding upon occurrence of certain events, including (i) net proceeds received from the sale or other disposition of the Company’s or guarantor’ assets, subject to certain limitations, (ii) casualty and condemnation proceeds received by the Company or the guarantor, subject to certain exceptions, (iii) net proceeds received by the Company or the guarantor from the issuance of debt or disqualified capital stock after October 4, 2017. Commencing on December 31, 2018, the Company will be required to make principal payments equal to the excess cash flow amount, as defined in the term loan agreement. Such prepayments are equal to 50% of the preceding year excess cash flow amount reduced by voluntary prepayments of the term loan, subject to certain limitations.

The term loan agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, covenants and events of default. If any of the events of default occur and are not waived or cured within applicable grace periods, any unpaid amounts under the term loan agreement will bear an annual interest rate at 2.00% above the rate otherwise applicable under the terms and conditions of such agreement. The term loan agreement does not contain financial maintenance covenants.

Acquisition

On October 5, 2017, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of 4titude Limited (“4titude”), a U.K.-based manufacturer of scientific consumables for biological sample materials used in a variety of genomic and DNA analytical applications. Total cash payment made by the Company was $65.5 million, net of cash acquired, and is subject to working capital adjustments. The acquisition is expected to expand the Company’s existing offerings of consumables and instruments within the Brooks Life Science Systems segment. The Company expects to report the results of operations for this acquisition within the results of Brooks Life Science Systems segment starting from the acquisition date. The Company has not presented a purchase price allocation related to fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as pro-forma information summary for its consolidated results of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 as if the acquisition occurred on October 1, 2015 because the initial accounting for the acquisition was incomplete on the financial statements issuance date.

Dividend

On November 8, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.10 per share payable on December 22, 2017 to common stockholders of record as of December 1, 2017. Dividends are declared at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and depend on the Company’s actual cash flow from operations, its financial condition and capital requirements, as well as any other factors the Company’s Board of Directors may consider relevant. Future dividend declarations, as well as the record and payment dates for such dividends, will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

 

 

114


 

Table of Contents

Item 9.     Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Financial Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a‑15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon this evaluation, our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2017, the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f) under the Exchange Act, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of our chief executive and chief financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that:

·

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of our assets;

·

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and directors; and

·

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2017. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment, our management concluded that, as of September 30, 2017, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

We excluded Pacific Bio-Material Management, Inc. from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2017 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during fiscal year 2017. The total assets and total revenues of Pacific Bio-Material Management, Inc. represent 1.7% and 0.5%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended September 30, 2017.

115


 

Table of Contents

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2017 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal fourth quarter ended September 30, 2017, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.     Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item 10 is contained in our definitive proxy statement for our 2018 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed by us within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year, or the 2018 Proxy Statement, under the caption "Proposal No. 1‑Election of Directors," "Other Matters-Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Compliance," "Other Matters-Standards of Conduct," "Other Matters-Stockholder Proposals and Recommendations for Directors" and "Corporate Governance" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.     Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 is contained under the caption "Corporate Governance and Director Compensation" and "Executive Officers" in the 2018 Proxy Statement to be filed by us within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item 12 is contained under the caption "General Information-Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" in the 2018 Proxy Statement to be filed by us within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 is contained under the caption "Related Party Transactions" and "Corporate Governance and Director Compensation" in the 2018 Proxy Statement to be filed by us within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.     Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 is contained under the caption "Independent Auditor Fees and Other Matters" in the 2018 Proxy Statement to be filed by us within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year and is incorporated herein by reference.

116


 

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

·

Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the related notes are included under Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10‑K.

·

Consolidated Financial Statements of ULVAC Cryogenics, Inc. as of as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the periods ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the related notes are filed as Exhibit 99.2 hereto and incorporated herein by reference in this Form 10‑K pursuant to Rule 3‑09 of Regulation S-X.

·

Other financial statement schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is given in the supplementary Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

(b) Exhibits

 

 

 

Exhibit
No.

    

Description

 

 

 

3.01

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.01 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S‑3 (Reg. No. 333‑189582), filed on June 25, 2013).

 

 

 

3.02

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.01 of the Company’s current report on Form 8‑K, filed on February 11, 2008).

 

 

 

3.03

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, dated August 1, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.02 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 4, 2017

 

 

 

4.01

 

Specimen Certificate for shares of the Company’s common stock (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S‑3 (Reg. No. 333‑88320), filed on May 15, 2002).

 

 

 

10.01

 

Basic agreement between the Company and Ulvac Corporation dated August 17, 1981 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the registration statement on Form S‑2 (Reg. No. 2‑84880) filed by Helix Technology Corporation).

 

 

 

10.02

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers of the Company.  

 

 

 

10.03

 

Employment Agreement, effective as of April 5, 2010, by and between Brooks Automation, Inc. and Stephen S. Schwartz (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2010, filed on May 6, 2010).

 

 

 

10.04

 

Separation Agreement dated April 5, 2016 between Brooks Automation, Inc. and Mark D. Morelli (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10‑Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2016, filed on July 28, 2016).

 

 

 

10.05

 

Offer letter dated September 5, 2013 between the Company and Lindon G. Robertson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s 2013 10‑K, filed on November 22, 2013).

 

 

 

10.06

 

Letter Agreement dated June 4, 2015 between Brooks Automation, Inc. and Lindon G. Robertson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8‑K, filed on June 9, 2015).

117


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

10.07

 

Offer Letter dated September 27, 2014, as revised, between the Company and Maurice Tenney, III (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2015, filed on February 3, 2016).

 

 

 

10.08

 

Amended Offer Letter dated June 4, 2015, between the Company and Maurice Tenney, III (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2015, filed on February 3, 2016).

 

 

 

10.09

 

Offer Letter dated June 12, 2014 between the Company and David C. Gray (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2014, filed on February 5, 2015).

 

 

 

10.10

 

Letter Agreement dated November 1, 2016 between the Company and David E. Jarzynka (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2017).

 

 

 

10.11

 

Form of Non-competition Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8‑K, filed on June 9, 2015).

 

 

 

10.12

 

Form of Change in Control Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8‑K, filed on June 9, 2015).

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

 

Second Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, restated as of May 7, 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on May9, 2013).

 

 

 

10.14

 

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on February 13, 2017).

 

 

 

10.15

 

2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8‑K, filed on February 5, 2015).

 

 

 

10.16

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, as filed on November 28, 2011 (the “2011 10‑K”)) .

 

 

 

10.17

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10.18

 

Executive Performance-Based Variable Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s current report on Form 8‑K, filed on January 29, 2016).

 

 

 

10.19

 

Non-Employee Directors Stock Grant/Restricted Stock Unit Election Form under the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the 2010 10-K).  

 

 

 

10.20

 

Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Deferral Election Form under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10.21

 

Brooks Automation, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended.

 

 

 

118


 

Table of Contents

10.22

 

Credit Agreement by and among Brooks Automation, Inc., BioStorage Technologies, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and the Lenders parties thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 filed on July 28, 2016).

 

 

 

10.23

 

Guaranty and Security Agreement by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and the Grantors and members of the Lender Group parties thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 filed on July 28, 2016).

 

 

 

10.24

 

Consent and First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated October 4, 2017, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Brooks Automation, Inc. and BioStorage Technologies Inc.  

 

 

 

10.25

 

Credit Agreement dated October 4, 2017 by and among Brooks Automation, Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and the lenders party thereto.  

 

 

 

10.26

 

Guarantee and Security Agreement dated October 4, 2017 by and among Brooks Automation, Inc., BioStorage Technologies, Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent for the lenders.

 

 

 

10.27

 

Sales and Purchase Agreement dated October 5, 2017 by and among Brooks Automation Limited and the shareholders of 4titude Ltd.

 

 

 

21.01

 

Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

 

 

23.01

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

 

23.02

 

Consent of BDO USA, LLP

 

23.03

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata LLC

 

 

 

31.01

 

Certification of the Company’s Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

31.02

 

Certification of the Company’s Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32

 

Certification of the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

99.1

 

Report of Independent Auditors of ULVAC Cryogenics, Inc.

 

 

 

99.2

 

Consolidated Financial Statements of ULVAC Cryogenics, Inc. as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the periods ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 .

 

 

 

101

 

The following material from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K, for the year ended September 30, 2017, formatted in XBRL (Xtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss); (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity; and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

119


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/    STEPHEN S. SCHWARTZ

 

 

 

Stephen S. Schwartz
Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Date: November 17, 2017

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

    

Title

    

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ STEPHEN S. SCHWARTZ

 

Director and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

November 17, 2017

Stephen S. Schwartz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ LINDON G. ROBERTSON

 

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

November 17, 2017

Lindon G. Robertson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ DAVID PIETRANTONI

 

Vice President - Finance and

Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

November 17, 2017

David Pietrantoni

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ A. CLINTON ALLEN

 

Director

 

November 17, 2017

A. Clinton Allen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ ROBYN C. DAVIS

 

Director

 

November 17, 2017

Robyn C. Davis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ JOSEPH R. MARTIN

 

Director

 

November 17, 2017

Joseph R. Martin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ JOHN K. MCGILLICUDDY

 

Director

 

November 17, 2017

John K. McGillicuddy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ KRISHNA G. PALEPU

 

Director

 

November 17, 2017

Krishna G. Palepu

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ KIRK P. POND

 

Director

 

November 17, 2017

Kirk P. Pond

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ ALFRED WOOLLACOTT III

 

Director

 

November 17, 2017

Alfred Woollacott III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ MARK S. WRIGHTON

 

Director

 

November 17, 2017

Mark S. Wrighton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ ELLEN M. ZANE

 

Director

 

November 17, 2017

Ellen M. Zane

 

 

 

120


Exhibit 10.02

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement, made and entered into as of this _____ day of _______,  ______, ("Agreement"), by and between Brooks Automation, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ___________________. (the "Indemnitee").

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons are reluctant to serve corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation; and

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

 

1.01 " Board " shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

1.02 " Corporate Status " describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request or on behalf of the Company.

 

1.03 " Court " means the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, the court in which the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee shall have been brought or is pending, or another court having subject matter jurisdiction and personal jurisdiction over the parties.

 

1.04 " Disinterested Director " means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

1.05 " Enterprise " shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary.

 

1.06 " Expenses " shall include, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys' fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, facsimile transmission charges, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.


 

 

1.07 " Good Faith " shall mean Indemnitee having acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, in the case of an Enterprise which is an employee benefit plan, the best interests of the participants or beneficiaries of said plan, as the case may be, and, with respect to any Proceeding which is criminal in nature, having had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful.

 

1.08 " Improper Personal Benefit " shall include, but not be limited to, the personal gain in fact by reason of a person's Corporate Status of a financial profit, monies or other advantage not also accruing to the benefit of the Company or to the stockholders generally and which is unrelated to his usual compensation including, but not limited to, (i) in exchange for the exercise of influence over the Company's affairs, (ii) as a result of the diversion of corporate opportunity, or (iii) pursuant to the use or communication of confidential or inside information for the purpose of generating a profit from trading in the Company's securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Improper Personal Benefit" shall not include any benefit, directly or indirectly, related to actions taken in order to evaluate, discourage, resist, prevent or negotiate any transaction with or proposal from any person or entity seeking control of, or a controlling interest in, the Company.

 

1.09 " Independent Counsel " means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and may include law firms or members thereof that are regularly retained by the Company but not any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Independent Counsel" shall not include any person who, under the standards of professional conduct then prevailing and applicable to such counsel, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement.

 

1.10 " Officer " means the president, vice presidents, treasurer, assistant treasurer(s), secretary, assistant secretary and such other executive officers as are appointed by the board of directors of the Company or Enterprise, as the case may be.

 

1.11 " Proceeding " includes any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (including any internal corporate investigation), administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than one initiated by Indemnitee.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a "Proceeding" shall not be deemed to have been initiated by Indemnitee where Indemnitee seeks, pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement, to enforce Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Term of Agreement

 

This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of:  (i) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary of the Company or of any other Enterprise; or (ii) the final termination of all pending Proceedings in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement relating thereto.

 

-2-


 

ARTICLE III

 

Services by Indemnitee, Notice of Proceedings

 

3.01 Services .  Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as a Director or Officer of the Company for so long as he is duly elected or appointed.  Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law).

 

3.02 Notice of Proceeding .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder, but the omission so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from its obligations hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Indemnification

 

4.01 In General .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in connection with any Proceeding, The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses, to Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement.

 

4.02 Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 4.02 if, by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company.  Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in Good Faith and such Indemnitee has not been adjudged during the course of such Proceeding to have derived an Improper Personal Benefit from the transaction or occurrence forming the basis of such Proceeding.

 

4.03 Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .

 

(a) Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 4.03 if, by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses, judgments, penalties, and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in Good Faith and such Indemnitee has not been adjudged during the course of such Proceeding to have derived an Improper Personal Benefit from the transaction or occurrence forming the basis of such Proceeding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company if applicable law prohibits such indemnification; provided, however, that, if applicable law so permits, indemnification shall nevertheless be made by the Company in such event if and only to the extent that the Court which is considering the matter shall so determine.

 

4.04 Indemnification of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, a party to or is otherwise involved in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, to the maximum extent permitted

-3-


 

by law, against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the maximum extent permitted by law, against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section 4.04 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

4.05 Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in connection therewith.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Advancement of Expenses

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in Article VI, the Company (acting through the Chief Executive Officer) shall advance all reasonable Expenses which, by reason of Indemnitee's Corporate Status, were incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.  Any advance and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Article V shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Article V shall not require approval of the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Company, or of any other person or body.  The Secretary of the Company shall promptly advise the Board in writing of the request for advancement of Expenses, of the amount and other details of the advance and of the undertaking to make repayment pursuant to this Article V. 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Procedures for Determination of Entitlement

to Indemnification and Defense of Claims

 

6.01 Initial Request .  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement (other than advancement of Expenses pursuant to Article V), Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.  The Secretary of the Company shall promptly advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

6.02 Method of Determination .  A determination (if required by applicable law in the specific case) with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification shall be made (a) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors, or (b) in the event that a quorum of the Board consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (c) by the holders of a majority of the votes of the outstanding stock at the time entitled to vote on matters

-4-


 

other than the election or removal of directors, voting as a single class, including the stock of the Indemnitee.

 

6.03 Selection, Payment, Discharge, of Independent Counsel .  In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6.02 of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be selected, paid, and discharged in the following manner:

 

(a) The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.

 

(b) Following the initial selection described in clause (a) of this Section 6.03, Indemnitee may, within seven (7) days after such written notice of selection has been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection.  Such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of "Independent Counsel" as defined in Section 1.09 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is made, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until a court has determined that such objection is without merit.

 

(c) Either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a Court if the parties have been unable to agree on the selection of Independent Counsel within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6.01 of this Agreement.  Such petition may request a determination whether an objection to the party's selection is without merit and/or seek the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate.  A person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6.03 of this Agreement.

 

(d) The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees of Independent Counsel and expenses incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to this Agreement, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6.03, regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

(e) Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 8.02 of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

6.04 Cooperation .  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall

-5-


 

be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

6.05 Defense of Claim .  With respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee shall have requested indemnification in accordance with Section 6.01:

 

(a) The Company will be entitled to participate in the defense at its own expense.

 

(b) Except as otherwise provided below, the Company jointly with any other indemnifying party will be entitled to assume the defense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee.  After notice from the Company to the Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of a suit, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of the Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below.  The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his own counsel in such Proceeding but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have concluded reasonably that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action and such conclusion is confirmed in writing by the Company's outside counsel regularly employed by it in connection with corporate matters or (iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.  The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company or as to which the Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion provided for in (ii) above and such conclusion shall have been so confirmed by the Company's said outside counsel.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Article of any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding or claim effected without its written consent.  The Company shall not settle any Proceeding or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty, limitation or disqualification of the Indemnitee for any purpose without the Indemnitee's written consent.  Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.

 

6.06 Payment .  If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification not covered by defense of the claim afforded under Section 6.05 above, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings

 

7.01 Burden of Proof .  In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has

-6-


 

submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 6.01 of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

 

7.02 Effect of Other Proceedings .  The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in Good Faith.

 

7.03 Reliance as Safe Harbor .  For purposes of any determination of Good Faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in Good Faith if Indemnitee's action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the Officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise.  The provisions of this Section 7.03 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

7.04 Actions of Others .  The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, Officer, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Remedies of Indemnitee

 

8.01 Application .  This Article VIII shall apply in the event of a Dispute.  For purposes of this Article, "Dispute", shall mean any of the following events:

 

(a) a determination is made pursuant to Article VI of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement;

 

(b) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Article V of this Agreement;

 

(c) the determination of entitlement to be made pursuant to Section 6.02 of this Agreement has not been made within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification;

 

(d) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 4.05 of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor; or

 

(e) notice of election by the Company to assume defense of a claim as provided for in Section 6.05 or payment of indemnification, as the case may be, is not given or made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Article VI of this Agreement.

 

8.02 Adjudication .  In the event of a Dispute, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate Court of Indemnitee's entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee's option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American

-7-


 

Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8.02.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee's right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

8.03 De Novo Review .  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Article VI of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article VIII shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any such proceeding or arbitration, the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

8.04 Company Bound .  If a determination shall have been made or deemed to have been made pursuant to Article VI of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or any omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee's statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

8.05 Procedures Valid .  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article VIII that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8.06 Expenses of Adjudication .  In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Article VIII, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce Indemnitee's rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 1.06 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such adjudication or arbitration, but only if Indemnitee prevails therein.  If it shall be determined in such adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of Expenses sought, the expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Non-Exclusivity, Insurance, Subrogation

 

9.01 Non-Exclusivity .  The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, any agreement, a vote of shareholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration, rescission or replacement of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be effective as to Indemnitee with respect to any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee's Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration, rescission or replacement.

 

9.02 Insurance .  The Company may maintain an insurance policy or policies against liability arising out of this Agreement or otherwise.

 

-8-


 

9.03 Subrogation .  In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

9.04 No Duplicative Payment .  The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE X

 

General Provisions

 

10.01 Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee's legal representatives, heirs, executors and administrators.

 

10.02 Severability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

 

(a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and

 

(b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

10.03 No Adequate Remedy .  The parties declare that it is impossible to measure in money the damages which will accrue to either party by reason of a failure to perform any of the obligations under this Agreement.  Therefore, if either party shall institute any action or proceeding to enforce the provisions hereof, such party against whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives the claim or defense that the other party has an adequate remedy at law, and such party shall not urge in any such action or proceeding the claim or defense that the other party has an adequate remedy at law.

 

10.04 Headings .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

10.05 Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

10.06 Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and

-9-


 

receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) sent by prepaid commercial overnight courier, or (iii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

If to Indemnitee, to: As shown with Indemnitee's Signature below.

 

If to the Company, to: Brooks Automation, Inc.

15 Elizabeth Drive

Chelmsford,  MA    01824

Attention:  President

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

10.07 Governing Law .  The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-10-


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

 

 

 

By: 

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

-11-


Exhibit 10.17

PICTURE 3

NAME

DATE

 

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

 

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Stock Unit – Award Notice

This award notice sets forth the terms of the award (the “Award”), described below, of restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”) under the Brooks Automation, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to the Participant identified below.  The Award is subject to the terms of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference.  Any initially capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Plan.  The term “vest” as used in this notice with respect to any RSU means the lapsing of the restrictions described herein with respect to the right to payment under the Award.

1.

Name of Participant .  The Participant to whom the Award has been granted is NAME.

2.

Type and Amount of Award .  Subject to such adjustments as are required or permitted under Section 4(b) of the Plan, the Award shall consist of (number) RSUs.

3.

Grant Date .  The Award was granted to the Participant on DATE (the “Grant Date”).

4.

Nature of Award .  The Award consists of the conditional right to receive, on the terms and subject to the restrictions set forth herein and in the Plan, one share of Common Stock for each RSU forming part of the Award.

5.

Forfeiture Risk .  If the Participant ceases to be an employee or consultant for any reason, any then outstanding and unvested RSUs shall be automatically and immediately forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect to have the Award, in whole or in part, continue to vest during any period in which the Participant serves as a consultant to the Company upon termination of employment.  However, a change in the Participant’s employment status from full-time to part-time shall not affect the Award, which shall continue to vest in accordance with the terms described herein.  In addition, if the Participant is employed by a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and such subsidiary is subsequently sold or transferred to another Person (as defined below) who is not also wholly owned by the Company, then the Participant’s employment with the Company for purposes of this Section 5 shall be deemed to cease immediately upon such sale or transfer.

6.

Vesting of Award .  The Award (unless earlier forfeited) shall vest as follows unless earlier forfeited in accordance with Section 5 above:

(a)

Time Restriction – One-third of the total RSUs will vest on DATE; one-third on DATE; and the final one-third on DATE.


 

(b)

If there is a Qualifying Termination (as defined below) of the Participant’s employment by the Company or one of its subsidiaries that occurs within the one-year period following a Change in Control (as defined below), any RSUs that were unvested but outstanding immediately prior to the Qualifying Termination shall be treated as having vested immediately prior to the Qualifying Termination.

(c)

For purposes hereof, the following definitions shall apply:

(1)

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(2)

“Cause” means (i) the Participant’s willful failure to perform, or serious negligence in the performance of, the Participant’s duties and responsibilities for the Company or any of its subsidiaries that remains uncured, or continues, beyond the fifteenth (15th) day following the date on which the Company gives the Participant notice specifying in reasonable detail the nature of the failure or negligence; (ii) fraud, embezzlement or other dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or customers; (iii) conviction of, or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere with respect to, a felony or to any crime (whether or not a felony) that involves moral turpitude; or (iv) breach of fiduciary duty or violation of any covenant of confidentiality, assignment of rights to intellectual property, non-competition  or non-solicitation of customers or employees; provided, that if at the time of termination of employment the Participant is party to an employment agreement or similar agreement with the Company or any of its subsidiaries that includes a definition of “Cause”, the definition contained in such employment agreement or similar agreement shall apply for purposes of this Section 6 in lieu of the definition set forth above in this clause (2).

 

(3)

“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the events described in subsections (A), (B), (C) or (D) below:

 

(A)

Any Person acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d 3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of thirty-five (35%) percent or more of either (x) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (y) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); provided, that for purposes of this subsection (3)(A) the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control:  (I) any acquisition directly from the Company, (II) any acquisition by the Company, (III) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Employer, or (IV) any Business Combination (but except as provided in subsection (3)(C) below a Business Combination may nevertheless constitute a Change in Control under subsection (3)(C)); and provided further, that an acquisition by a Person of thirty-five percent (35%) percent or more but less than fifty (50%) percent of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or of the combined voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities shall not constitute a Change in Control under this subsection (3)(A) if within fifteen (15) days of the Board’s being advised that such ownership

2

 


 

level has been reached, a majority of the "Incumbent Directors" (as hereinafter defined) then in office adopt a resolution approving the acquisition of that level of securities ownership by such Person; or

(B)

Individuals who, as of the Grant Date, constituted the Board (the "Incumbent Directors") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the Grant Date and whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors shall be treated as an Incumbent Director unless he or she assumed office as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors; or

(C)

There is consummated a reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Company, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a "Business Combination"), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (x) the Persons who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and of the combined voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to the Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and of the combined voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (y) unless in connection with such Business Combination a majority of the Incumbent Directors then in office determine that this clause (3)(C)(y) does not apply to such Business Combination, no Person (excluding any entity resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Employer or of such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, thirty-five (35%) percent or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (z) at least a majority of the members of the Board resulting from such Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(D)

The stockholders of the Company approve a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

3

 


 

provided, that if any payment or benefit payable hereunder upon or following a Change in Control would be required to comply with the limitations of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and the guidance thereunder in order to avoid an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payment or benefit shall be made only if such Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or control of the Company, or a change in ownership of the Company’s assets, described in IRS Notice 2005-1, the proposed regulations under Section 409A of the Code, or any successor guidance. 

(4)

“Employer” means the Company and its subsidiaries.

(5)

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(6)

“Person” means any individual, entity or other person, including a group within the meaning of Sections 13(d) or 14(d) (2) of the Exchange Act.

(7)

“Qualifying Termination” means a termination by the Company or by a subsidiary of the Company of the Participant’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, other than a termination for Cause.

7.

Delivery of Shares .  Subject to Section 11 below, the remaining provisions of this Section 7, and Section 10 of the Plan, the Company shall deliver to the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant's death, to the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate or to the person or persons to whom the RSUs pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution) one share of Common Stock for each RSU that vests.  Delivery shall be made not later than thirty (30) days following the date of vesting. 

8.

Dividends, etc.  The Participant shall not be entitled to any rights as a shareholder, including rights to vote or rights to dividends or other distributions, with respect to any RSU, except as to shares of Common Stock actually delivered under Section 7 above.

9.

Adjustments for Stock Splits, etc .  If there is any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, stock distribution or other reclassification of the Common Stock, any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Employee is entitled by reason of his ownership of the RSUs shall be immediately subject to the risk of forfeiture and transfer restrictions described herein in the same manner and to the same extent, if any, as such RSUs.

10.

Nontransferability .  The Award is not transferable except as death in accordance with Section 7 above.

11.

No Special Employment Rights .  The grant of the Award shall not be construed as limiting in any way the right of the Company and its Affiliates, subject to applicable law, to terminate the Participant’s employment.  Any loss of profit or potential profit under the Award shall not be an element of damages in any claim relating to termination of the Participant’s employment.  The grant of the Award shall not entitle the Participant to the grant of any other awards under the Plan.

4

 


 

12.

Certain Tax Matters .  The Award consists of an unfunded and unsecured conditional promise by the Company to deliver cash or property in the future.  The Award is intended to qualify for the "short-term deferral" exemption from coverage under Section 409A.  The Company may hold back shares otherwise deliverable under the Award to satisfy any taxes required to be withheld in connection with the vesting of, or any payment under, the Award, but reserves the right to take such other or additional steps as it deems necessary to satisfy its tax withholding obligations, including imposing as a condition to the delivery of any shares hereunder the payment by the Participant, or other person to whom such shares are to be delivered, of cash sufficient to satisfy such obligations.

13.

Clawback.  The Award is subject to clawback and forfeiture in accordance with any Clawback Policy of the Company in effect.

5

 


Exhibit 10.20

Non-Employee Directors

Stock Grant/RSU Election Form

 

PICTURE 1

 

Name (Last, First, Middle Initial)

 

This form allows you to elect between shares of Brooks stock or Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) that may be awarded to you during calendar year  _______ under the Brooks Automation, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (‘Plan”) as compensation for your service as a member of the Board of Directors of Brooks Automation, Inc. (the “Company”). Please be sure to sign this form in all cases. 

 

 

 

A.

Stock Grant or RSU Election ( please check only one box.)

 

☐ I wish to receive shares of Brooks stock that may be awarded to me during the calendar year _____.

☐ I wish to receive Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded to me during the calendar year _____.

(Please complete section B only if you have chosen to receive RSUs.)

B.

ELECTION TO DEFER RSUs

 

☐ I elect to defer receipt of payment of RSUs that may be awarded to me during the calendar year ____.

 

Time of Payment

I elect to receive payment of my RSUs covered by this election at the following time ( check one box only ):

☐ The earlier of my attainment of age 65 or my separation from service from the Company.

☐ The later of my attainment of age 65 or my separation from service from the Company.

☐ The following specified date: ________________.

Any RSUs covered by this election will be paid in a single lump sum share payment as soon as reasonably practicable following the relevant payment event, but in no case will such payment be made more than 90 days after the relevant event.  Unless otherwise provided by the Plan, payment will be in the form of shares and the RSU award shall be subject to any applicable tax withholding.  “Separation from service” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, but generally means when you cease to serve as a director of the Company.

 

Death

In the event of my death prior to the time elected for payment, then notwithstanding my election above, my RSUs covered by this election shall be paid to the following beneficiary in a lump sum:

Name:

Address:

 

Change in Control

In the event of  a “change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company” as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5), then notwithstanding my election above, my RSUs covered by this election shall be paid upon the consummation of such transaction.


 

Non-Employee Directors

Stock Grant/RSU Election Form

 

Specified Employee Status ( this provision applies only if you later become an employee of the Company )

If my RSUs covered by this election are payable due to my separation from service from the Company and I am a “specified employee” of the Company as defined by Section 409A (and as applied according to procedures of the Company) at the time of my separation, then I understand that any payment to me will be delayed until the first day of the 7 th month following my separation from service.

C.

SIGNATURES

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

Signature of Participant Date

ACCEPTED:

For the Committee                                             Date

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.21

Brooks Automation, Inc.

Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan

Master Plan Document

 

 

As Amended Through May 6, 2008

 

 


 

Brooks Automation, Inc.

Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan

Master Plan Document

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

1

1.1

“Account”

1

1.2

“Administrator”

1

1.3

“Account Balance”

1

1.4

“Annual Installment Method”

1

1.5

“Base Salary”

1

1.6

“Beneficiary”

2

1.7

“Beneficiary Designation Form”

2

1.8

“Benefit Distribution Date”

2

1.9

“Board”

2

1.10

“Variable Compensation”

2

1.11

“Change in Control”

2

1.12

“Code”

3

1.13

“Commissions”

3

1.14

“Company”

4

1.15

“Company Credit Account”

4

1.16

“Company Credits”

4

1.17

“Deferral Account”

4

1.18

“Director”

4

1.19

“Director Fees”

4

1.20

“Election Form”

4

1.21

“Elective Deferral”

4

1.22

“Employee”

4

1.23

“Employer”

4

1.24

“ERISA”

4

1.25

“Participant”

4

1.26

“Plan”

5

i


 

Brooks Automation, Inc.

Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan

Master Plan Document

 

1.27

“Plan Agreement”

5

1.28

“Plan Year”

5

1.29

“Retirement”

5

1.30

“Scheduled Distribution”

5

1.31

“Section 409A”

5

1.32

“SERP Account”

5

1.33

“SERP Credits”

5

1.34

“SERP Feature”

5

1.35

“Separation from Service”

5

1.36

“Trust”

6

1.37

“Unforeseeable Emergency”

6

1.38

“Years of Service”

6

ARTICLE 2

Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility

7

2.1

Selection by Administrator

7

2.2

Enrollment and Eligibility Requirements; Commencement of Participation

7

2.3

Termination of a Participant’s Eligibility

7

ARTICLE 3

Account Credits

7

3.1

Elective Deferrals:  Maximum Requirements

7

3.2

Elective Deferrals: Effect of Election Form

8

3.3

Elective Deferrals: Withholding and Crediting of Deferral Amounts

8

3.4

Company Credits

8

3.5

SERP Credits

9

3.6

Vesting

9

3.7

Hypothetical Investment Returns

10

3.8

FICA and Other Taxes

10

ARTICLE 4

Scheduled Distribution of Deferral Account; Unforeseeable Emergencies

11

4.1

Scheduled Distribution of Deferral Account

11

4.2

Postponing Scheduled Distributions

11

4.3

Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Scheduled Distributions

11

ii


 

Brooks Automation, Inc.

Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan

Master Plan Document

 

4.4

Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Emergencies

12

ARTICLE 5

Change in Control Benefit

12

5.1

Change in Control Benefit

12

5.2

Payment of Change in Control Benefit

12

ARTICLE 6

Separation from Service (Other Than By Reason of Death)

13

6.1

SERP Account

13

6.2

Accounts Other Than SERP Accounts

13

ARTICLE 7

Distributions On Account of Death

14

ARTICLE 8

Distribution of Small Accounts

14

ARTICLE 9

Beneficiary Designation

14

9.1

Beneficiary

14

9.2

Beneficiary Designation and Change

15

9.3

Acknowledgment

15

9.4

No Beneficiary Designation

15

9.5

Doubt as to Beneficiary

15

9.6

Discharge of Obligations

15

ARTICLE 10

Amendment and Termination

15

10.1

Termination or Freeze of Plan

15

10.2

Amendment

16

10.3

Plan Agreement

16

ARTICLE 11

Administration

16

11.1

In General

16

11.2

Administration Upon Change In Control

16

11.3

Agents

17

11.4

Binding Effect of Decisions

17

11.5

Indemnity of Administrator

17

11.6

Employer Information

17

ARTICLE 12

Other Benefits and Agreements

17

ARTICLE 13

Claims Procedures

18

iii


 

Brooks Automation, Inc.

Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan

Master Plan Document

 

ARTICLE 14

Miscellaneous

18

14.1

Status of Participants and Beneficiaries as General Creditors

18

14.2

Non-assignability

18

14.3

Not a Contract of Employment

18

14.4

Captions

18

14.5

Governing Law

18

14.6

Notice

18

14.7

Successors

19

14.8

Invalidity

19

14.9

Incompetents

19

14.10

Distribution in the Event of Income Inclusion Under 409A

19

14.11

Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments

20

14.12

Effect of Restatement

20

14.13

Compliance With Section 409A Generally

20

 

 

iv


 

Brooks Automation, Inc.

Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan

Master Plan Document

 

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(As Amended Through May 6, 2008)

Purpose

The purpose of the Plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated Employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of Brooks Automation, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, if any, that sponsor the Plan.

The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded “top hat” plan described in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and shall be operated and construed accordingly.  The Plan is also intended to provide for the effective deferral of income for tax purposes in accordance with its terms, consistent inter alia with the requirements of Code Section 409A, and shall be operated and construed accordingly.  Without limiting the generality of the Company’s authority under Article 11, the Company may at any time and from time to time amend or modify the Plan, including retroactively, to comply with the terms of Code Section 409A or other applicable law.  In order to transition to the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, the Administrator may make available to Participants certain transition relief provided under Notice 2007-86, as described more fully in Appendix A of this Plan.

The Plan was implemented effective June 20, 2006, restated effective January 1, 2008 to comply with Code Section 409A and further amended on May 6, 2008.

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

For the purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

1.1      “Accoun t” the sum of the bookkeeping accounts and sub-accounts maintained by the Administrator under the Plan with respect to a Participant to reflect the Employers’ Plan-based obligations to the Participant.

1.2      “Administrato r” as defined in Article 11.

1.3      “Account Balanc e” the balance of the Account (or, when the term is used with respect to any constituent account or sub-account, the balance of such account or sub-account).

1.4      “Annual Installment Method” an annual installment method for the payment of a vested Account Balance under which each installment equals the amount obtained by dividing the

 


 

 

remaining vested Account Balance (as determined by the Administrator in its discretion) by the number of remaining annual installments due the Participant.

1.5      “Base Salary” the annual cash compensation relating to services performed by a Participant during any calendar year, excluding distributions in respect of nonqualified deferred compensation plans, variable compensation, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards and other fees, and automobile and other allowances (whether or not includible in the Employee’s gross income).  Base Salary shall be calculated before reduction for deferrals under qualified or nonqualified plans, as determined by the Administrator.

1.6      “Beneficiary” any individual, trust, estate or other entity designated in accordance with Article 9 to receive Plan benefits, if any, remaining to be paid upon the death of a Participant.

1.7      “Beneficiary Designation Form” a form prescribed by or acceptable to the Administrator for the designation of Beneficiaries.

1.8      “Benefit Distribution Date” the date on which, or as soon as practicable after which, a Participant’s vested Account Balance or applicable portion thereof will be distributed (if distributable as a lump sum) or commence to be distributed (if distributed in installments) in accordance with Article 4, 5, 6 or 7, as the case may be.

1.9      “Board” the board of directors of the Company.

1.10      “Variable Compensation” compensation, if any, earned under an Employer’s annual bonus or cash incentive plan(s) and such other amounts as the Administrator may specify from time to time.

1.11      “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of a “change in the ownership,” a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of a corporation, as determined in accordance with this Section.

In order for an event described below to constitute a Change in Control with respect to a Participant, except as otherwise provided in part (b)(ii) of this Section, the applicable event must relate to the corporation for which the Participant is providing services, the corporation that is liable for payment of the Participant’s Account Balance (or all corporations liable for payment if more than one), as identified by the Committee in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii)(A)(2), or such other corporation identified by the Committee in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii)(A)(3).

In determining whether an event shall be considered a “change in the ownership,” a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of a corporation, the following provisions shall apply:

(a)        A “change in the ownership” of the applicable corporation shall occur on the date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of such corporation that, together with stock held by such person

2


 

 

or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).  If a person or group is considered either to own more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation, or to have effective control of such corporation within the meaning of part (b) of this Section, and such person or group acquires additional stock of such corporation, the acquisition of additional stock by such person or group shall not be considered to cause a “change in the ownership” of such corporation.

(b )          A “change in the effective control” of the applicable corporation shall occur on either of the following dates:

(i)         The date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of such corporation possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of such corporation, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).  If a person or group is considered to possess 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of a corporation, and such person or group acquires additional stock of such corporation, the acquisition of additional stock by such person or group shall not be considered to cause a “change in the effective control” of such corporation; or

(ii)        The date on which a majority of the members of the applicable corporation’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of such corporation’s board of directors before the date of the appointment or election, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).  In determining whether the event described in the preceding sentence has occurred, the applicable corporation to which the event must relate shall only include a corporation identified in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii) for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder.

(c)       A “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the applicable corporation shall occur on the date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the corporation immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).  A transfer of, assets shall not be treated as a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” when such transfer is made to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the transferor corporation, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(B).

3


 

 

1.12      “Code” the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.

1.13      “Commissions” cash commissions (as determined by the Administrator), if any, earned by a Participant from an Employer for services rendered during a Plan Year.

1.14      “Company” Brooks Automation, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business that assumes the Plan.

1.15      “Company Credit Account” the portion of a Participant’s Account that reflects Company Credits plus or minus notional investment adjustments with respect thereto, less all related distributions.

1.16      “Company Credits” amounts determined in accordance with Section 3.4.

1.17      “Deferral Account” the portion of a Participant’s Account that reflects Elective Deferrals under the Plan plus or minus notional investment adjustments with respect thereto, less all related distributions.

1.18      “Director” a duly elected or appointed non-employee, independent member of the Company’s Board of Directors (as the term “independent” is defined by standards established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Stock Market), including any person duly elected or appointed to serve as a non-employee Director Emeritus of the Company.

1.19      “Director Fees” any and all cash amounts paid to any Director as compensation for his or her service as a Director, including without limitation (a) the amount of any retainer paid for service as a Director or as a member or chairman of any standing or special committee of the board of directors, (b) fees paid for attending meetings of the board or any board committee and (c) cash compensation for services rendered as a member of a special committee of the board; but not to include amounts paid or reimbursed for expenses such as travel, meals, lodging, communication expenses and educational expenses related to board service.

1.20      “Election Form” a form prescribed by or acceptable to the Administrator for the making of permitted elections (other than Beneficiary designations) under the Plan.

1.21      “Elective Deferral” a deferral of Base Salary, Variable Compensation, Commissions or Director Fees made under the Plan at the election of the Participant.

1.22      “Employee” an individual employed by an Employer.

1.23      “Employer” any or all, as the context requires, of the Company and its subsidiaries; provided , that only subsidiaries that are part of the same “controlled group” as the Company (determined under the rules of Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code) shall be taken into account.

1.24      “ERISA” the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and in effect from time to time.

4


 

 

1.25      “Participant” any Director, or any Employee (i) who is selected by the Administrator to participate in the Plan, (ii) whose executed Plan Agreement, Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form are accepted by the Administrator, and (iii) whose Plan Agreement has not terminated.

1.26      “Plan” the Brooks Automation, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan as from time to time amended and in effect.

1.27      “Plan Agreement” shall mean a written agreement in the form prescribed by or acceptable to the Administrator that evidences a Participant’s agreement to the terms of the Plan and which may establish additional terms or conditions of Plan participation for a Participant.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the most recent Plan Agreement accepted with respect to a Participant shall supersede any prior Plan Agreements for such Participant. Plan Agreements may vary among Participants and may provide additional benefits not set forth in the Plan or limit the benefits otherwise provided under the Plan.  If there is any discrepancy between the terms of the Plan Agreement and the Plan, the Plan Agreement will rule, but only if and to the extent that so treating it would not jeopardize the qualification of the Participant’s Plan deferral(s) under Section 409A.

1.28      “Plan Year” the calendar year.

1.29      “Retirement” (along with correlative term such as “Retire(s)” or “Retired”): separation from service with all Employers, other than by reason of death, on or after the attainment of age fifty-five (55) with five (5) Years of Service.

1.30      “Scheduled Distribution” a distribution described in Section 4.1.

1.31      “Section 409A” Section 409A of the Code.

1.32      “SERP Account” as defined in Section 3.5.

1.33      “SERP Credits” the credits described in Section 3.5.

1.34      “SERP Feature” a non-elective deferral feature available to that subset of otherwise eligible Employees, if any, whom the Administrator selects to benefit from the SERP Credit provisions of Section 3.5, and related provisions of the Plan.

1.35      “Separation from Service” separation from service with all Employers, voluntarily or involuntarily, other than by reason of death.  Whether a leave of absence or other change in work status constitutes a separation from service shall be determined by the Administrator in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.  In determining whether a Participant has experienced a Separation from Service, the following provisions shall apply:

(a)         For a Participant who provides services to an Employer as an Employee, except as otherwise provided in part (c) of this Section, a Separation from Service shall occur when such Participant has experienced a termination of employment with such Employer.  A Participant shall be considered to have experienced a termination of

5


 

 

employment when the facts and circumstances indicate that the Participant and his or her Employer reasonably anticipate that either (i) no further services will be performed for the Employer after a certain date, or (ii) that the level of bona fide services the Participant will perform for the Employer after such date (whether as an Employee or as an independent contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed by such Participant (whether as an Employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of services to the Employer if the Participant has been providing services to the Employer less than 36 months).

If a Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence, the employment relationship between the Participant and the Employer shall be treated as continuing intact, provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 6 months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Employer under an applicable statute or by contract.  If the period of a military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence exceeds 6 months and the Participant does not retain a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be considered to be terminated for purposes of this Plan as of the first day immediately following the end of such 6-month period.  In applying the provisions of this paragraph, a leave of absence shall be considered a bona fide leave of absence only if there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Employer.

If a Participant provides services for an Employer as both an Employee and as a Director, to the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h)(5) the services provided by such Participant as a Director shall not be taken into account in determining whether the Participant has experienced a Separation from Service as an Employee, and the services provided by such Participant as an Employee shall not be taken into account in determining whether the Participant has experienced a Separation from Service as a Director.

1.36      “Trust” a trust (if any) established by the Company.

1.37      “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from (a) an illness or accident or the need to pay medical or prescription drug expenses of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) thereof), (b) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, (c) prevention of eviction or foreclosure of the Participant’s primary residence, (d) payment of funeral expenses for the Participant’s spouse or dependents, (e) such other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all as determined by the Committee based on the relevant facts and circumstances.

1.38      “Years of Service” shall mean the total number of full years in which a Participant has been employed by one or more Employers.  For purposes of this definition, a year of employment shall be a 365 day period (or 366 day period in the case of a leap year) that,

6


 

 

for the first year of employment, commences on the Employee’s date of hiring and that, for any subsequent year, commences on an anniversary of that hiring date.  A partial year of employment shall not be treated as a Year of Service.  Years of Service shall also include periods of service with an acquired company prior to the date of acquisition.  For purposes of determining a Participant’s vested interest in his or her SERP Account, if any, Years of Service or portions thereof prior to January 1, 2006 shall not be taken into account.

ARTICLE 2

Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility

2.1       Selection by Administrator .  Eligibility for the Plan shall be limited to Directors and to a select group of management or highly compensated Employees who are selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion.  The Administrator shall separately select those management or highly compensated Employees, if any, who are eligible for the SERP Feature.

2.2        Enrollment and Eligibility Requirements; Commencement of Participation .

(a)        To participate in the Plan, a Participant must complete and execute (to the satisfaction of the Administrator) and return to the Administrator a Plan Agreement, an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form.  Except as herein provided or as otherwise permitted by the Administrator consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, any voluntary deferral under the Plan must be accomplished by the submission of the necessary forms prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which the relevant services are to be provided or by such earlier date as the Administrator may establish.

(b)        A Participant who first becomes eligible to participate in this Plan after the first day of a Plan Year and who wishes to participate in elective deferrals for the remainder of such Plan Year must submit the necessary forms within thirty (30) days after he or she first becomes eligible to participate or by such earlier deadline as the Administrator may establish.  A mid-year deferral election accomplished pursuant to this subsection (b) shall be effective only with respect to services performed after the election takes effect.

(c)        An Employee who is selected to participate in the SERP Feature must complete such forms (including, if so required by the Administrator, an additional Plan Agreement, Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form) as the Administrator may determine, regardless of whether the Employee is already a Participant under the non-SERP provisions of the Plan.

2.3        Termination of a Participant’s Eligibility .  The Administrator may at any time terminate or curtail an individual’s participation in the Plan as to future deferrals, subject only to the caveat that any such termination or curtailment shall be accomplished consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

ARTICLE  3

Account Credits

7


 

 

3.1        Elective Deferrals:  Maximum Requirements .  For any Plan Year, a Participant’s Elective Deferrals, if any, shall be subject to the following percentage maximums:

 

 

Deferral

Maximum Percentage

Base Salary

90%

Bonus

100%

Commissions

100%

Director Fees

100%

 

If a Participant first becomes eligible to make Elective Deferrals during a Plan Year, the foregoing maximum percentages shall be applied to the future compensation affected by the Participant’s mid-year election.  For compensation that is earned based upon a specified performance period, “future compensation” shall be deemed for this purpose not to exceed the total amount of such compensation earned for the performance period, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining in the service period after the Participant’s deferral election takes effect, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the performance period.

3.2        Elective Deferrals: Effect of Election Form .  Insofar as it relates to an Elective Deferral, an Election Form shall take effect not later than (i) the first day of the Plan Year next following the signature date of such form, or (ii) in the case of an Election Form relating to initial mid-year eligibility, a date specified by the Administrator that is not later than thirty (30) days following the date of such initial eligibility but not earlier than the date the employee submits the election.  Once it takes effect, the Election Form shall apply as follows:  (A) to Base Salary, Commissions (other than Commissions described in clause (B)), Directors Fees, and Variable Compensation (other than variable compensation described in clause (B)) earned with respect to services performed on or after the effective date, and (B) in the case of Variable Compensation and Commissions that qualify as “performance-based compensation” (as determined in accordance with Section 409A) based on services performed over a period of at least twelve (12) months, to any such compensation payable with respect to a performance period ending at least six (6) months after the effective date of the election.  The Administrator shall prescribe such additional rules and limitations as it determines to be appropriate so that elective deferrals under the Plan comply with Section 409A.

3.3        Elective Deferrals: Withholding and Crediting of Deferral Amounts Elective Deferrals shall be credited to a Participant’s Account on or as soon as practicable after the relevant payroll date on which the compensation, but for deferral, would have been paid.

3.4        Company Credits .  The Administrator may provide in a Plan Agreement, or on a discretionary basis outside of any Plan Agreement, for additional, non-elective credits (each, a “Company Credit”) to the Participant’s Account in accordance with this Section 3.4.  Additional credits pursuant to this Section 3.4 may include, but are not necessarily limited to, credits intended to make up (in whole or in part) for matching contributions that could not be made under a tax-qualified defined contribution plan in which the Participant is a member; provided , that any such additional credit made hereunder shall be consistent

8


 

 

with the requirements of Section 401(k)(4)(A) of the Code.  Company Credit shall be credited to the Participant’s Account at such times and in such amounts as the Administrator determines (consistent with the Plan Agreement, in the case of Company Credits provided for under a Plan Agreement).  Company Credits, if any, need not be made with respect to all Participants and may vary as to amount and other terms from Participant to Participant.

If not otherwise specified in the Participant’s employment or other agreement entered into between the Participant and the Employer, the amount (or the method or formula for determining the amount) of a Participant’s Company Credits shall be set forth in writing in one or more documents, which shall be deemed to be incorporated into this Plan in accordance with Section 1.26, no later than the date on which such Company Credit is credited to the applicable Account of the Participant.

3.5        SERP Credits .  In the case of a Participant who has been selected by the Administrator to participate in the SERP Feature, the Administrator shall establish a separate sub-account (the “SERP Account”) and shall credit thereto such amounts or percentages of compensation as are specified in the Plan Agreement relating to the Participant’s participation in the SERP Feature.  Credits to a Participant’s SERP Feature, where provided for by the applicable Plan Agreement, shall be made in accordance with the provisions of that Agreement regardless of whether the Participant is otherwise participating in the Plan.

3.6         Vesting .  

(a)

A Participant shall at all times be one hundred percent (100%) vested in his or her Deferral Account.

 

(b)

A Participant shall be vested in his or her Company Credit Account and/or SERP Account, if any, in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) set forth in his or her Plan Agreement(s).  If not addressed in such agreements, a Participant shall vest as follows:

 

Company Credit Account (if any)

 

 

Years of Service

Vested Percentage

Less than 1 year

0%

1 year or more, but fewer than 2

33%

2 years or more, but fewer than 3

66%

3 years or more

100%

 

SERP Account (if any)

 

 

Years of Service

Vested Percentage

Fewer than 5 years

0%

5 years or more, but fewer than 6

50%

6 years or more, but fewer than 7

60%

7 years or more, but fewer than 8

70%

9


 

 

8 years or more, but fewer than 9

80%

9 years or more, but fewer than 10

90%

10 years or more

100%

 

(c)

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the relevant Plan Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control or upon a Participant’s Retirement or death while employed by an Employer, the unvested portion, if any, of a Participant’s Company Credit Account (other than his or her SERP Account, if any) shall immediately become one hundred percent (100%) vested; provided ; that except as otherwise provided in the Plan Agreement, if and to the extent the additional vesting described in this subsection (c) would, but for this proviso, cause the deductibility limitations of Section 280G of the Code to apply, vesting shall be accelerated only to such extent, if any, as will not result in the application of such deduction limitations.  The Administrator shall make all determinations necessary or appropriate to implement the foregoing limitation but if so requested by an affected Participant in writing shall, within ninety (90) days of receiving such request, obtain at the Company’s expense and provide to the Participant a copy of an opinion from a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Participant (the “Accounting Firm”), with supporting computations, as to whether any limitation in the vested percentage hereunder is necessary to avoid the limits of Section 280G of the Code.

 

3.7        Hypothetical Investment Returns .  Each Participant’s Account shall be periodically adjusted (in such manner as the Administrator determines) to reflect hypothetical returns with respect to the Account, as follows:

(a)

Measurement Funds.  The Administrator shall select and may from time to time change (including as to existing Accounts that are deemed invested in an affected fund) a menu of investment funds (the “Measurement Funds”) to be used to determine hypothetical investment experience under the Plan.  The Participant may elect to have his or her Account invested on a hypothetical basis in one or more of the Measurement Funds, for the purpose of crediting or debiting additional amounts to his or her Account Balance, and may from time to time elect to reallocate such hypothetical investments.  Any such election by the Participants shall be accomplished and given effect in accordance with such rules as the Administrator may prescribe.  If a Participant does not elect a Measurement Fund, the Participant’s Account Balance shall be treated as having been invested in such default Measurement Fund(s) as the Administrator may specify.

 

(b)

No Actual Investment.  The provisions of this Section 3 7 shall not be construed to require the Administrator or any Employer to segregate, set aside, or invest any assets for the payment of benefits under the Plan.  However, the Administrator in its discretion may provide for a “rabbi trust” or similar vehicle to facilitate the payment of benefits under the Plan so long as the existence, terms and funding of any such trust or other vehicle do not cause the Plan to fail to be unfunded for tax or ERISA purposes or to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A.

 

10


 

 

3.8        FICA and Other Taxes .  The Administrator may require that a Participant’s cash or other compensation be reduced to satisfy any FICA tax or other tax due with respect to the deferral or vesting of any amount under the Plan or may require as part of a Plan Agreement or otherwise that the Participant make other arrangements for the payment of such taxes (which other arrangements may include, if the Administrator so determines, but shall not be limited to, a reduction in the Participant’s Account Balance).  Any distribution under the Plan shall be reduced by any required tax and other withholdings.

ARTICLE 4

Scheduled Distribution of Deferral Account; Unforeseeable Emergencies

4.1        Scheduled Distribution of Deferral Account .  Subject to such limitations (consistent with Section 409A) as the Administrator may prescribe, a Participant may specify in connection with the applicable annual or other deferral election pertaining to Elective Deferrals to have the portion of his or her Account attributable to such Elective Deferrals and related adjustments under Article 3 to be paid (a “Scheduled Distribution”) in a lump sum during a sixty (60) day period commencing immediately after the first day of any Plan Year designated by the Participant (the “Scheduled Distribution Date”).  The Scheduled Distribution Date designated by the Participant must be at least three (3) Plan Years after the end of the Plan Year to which the Participant’s deferral election relates.  By way of example, if a Scheduled Distribution is elected for Elective Deferral amounts earned in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2006, the earliest Scheduled Distribution Date would be January 1, 2010, and the Scheduled Distribution would be payable during the sixty (60) day period commencing January 2, 2010.

4.2        Postponing Scheduled Distributions .  A Participant may elect to postpone a Scheduled Distribution described in Section 4.1 above, and have such amount paid out during a sixty (60) day period commencing immediately after an allowable alternative Scheduled Distribution Date designated by the Participant in accordance with this Section 4.2.  In order to make this election, the Participant must submit a new Scheduled Distribution Election Form to the Administrator in accordance with the following:

(a)      The new Scheduled Distribution Election Form must be submitted to and accepted by the Administrator (which has complete discretion as to whether to accept any new election) at least twelve (12) months prior to the Participant’s previously designated Scheduled Distribution Date;

(b)       The new Scheduled Distribution Date must be the first day of a Plan Year and must be at least five years after the previously designated Scheduled Distribution Date; and

(c)       The new election shall not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after it is accepted by the Administrator.

4.3        Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Scheduled Distributions .   Except as the Administrator otherwise determines to be necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, a Deferral Account that become payable under Article 5, 6, or 7 as of a date

11


 

 

that precedes a Scheduled Distribution Date under this Article 4 shall be paid in accordance with Article 5, 6, or 7, as the case may be, and not in accordance with this Article 4.

4.4        Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Emergencies .

(a)        If the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Participant may petition the Administrator to cease deferrals under this Plan and/or receive a partial or full payout from the Plan, subject to the provisions set forth below.

(b)        The payout, if any, from the Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Participant’s vested Account Balance, calculated as of the close of business on or around the date on which the amount becomes payable, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, or (ii) the amount necessary to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency, plus amounts necessary to pay Federal, state; or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may not receive a payout from the Plan to the extent that the Unforeseeable Emergency is or may be relieved (A) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (B) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship or (C) by cessation of deferrals under this Plan.  The portion, if any, of a Participant’s Account Balance attributable to his or her SERP Account shall not be taken into account in applying the provisions of this Section 4.4.

(c)        If the Administrator approves a Participant’s petition for payout, the Participant shall receive a payout from the Plan within sixty (60) days of the date of such approval, and/or the Participant’s deferrals under the Plan shall be terminated as of the date of such approval.

(d)        A Participant’s deferral elections under this Plan shall also be terminated to the extent the Administrator determines that termination is required pursuant to applicable regulations to obtain a hardship distribution from an Employer’s 401(k) plan and is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

ARTICLE 5

Change in Control Benefit

5.1        Change in Control Benefit .  A Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, shall have an opportunity to irrevocably elect to receive his or her vested Account Balance in the form of a lump sum payment in the event that a Change in Control occurs prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service, Disability or death (the “Change in Control Benefit”).  The Benefit Distribution Date for the Change in Control Benefit, if any, shall be the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

If a Participant elects not to receive a Change in Control Benefit, or fails to make an election in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, the Participant’s Account Balance shall be paid in accordance with the other applicable provisions of the Plan.

12


 

 

5.2        Payment of Change in Control Benefit .  The Change in Control Benefit, if any, shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date, as determined by the Committee, and paid to the Participant no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

ARTICLE 6

Separation from Service (Other Than By Reason of Death)

6.1        SERP Account .  A Participant who participates in the SERP Feature and who separates from the service of the Employer shall be entitled to receive his or her vested SERP Account, if any, on (or, if payable in installments under the Annual Installment Method, commencing on) the later of (a) the date that is six months and one day after the date of separation from service), and (b) the date the Participant attains his or her 65 th birthday.  Any election by the Participant to receive payment of the SERP Account, if any, under the Annual Installment Method must be made (except as hereinafter provided) in connection with the Participant’s commencement of participation in the SERP Feature and must specify the number of annual installments (not to exceed fifteen).  A Participant who has elected or is deemed to have elected a lump sum payment of his or her vested SERP Account may subsequently elect installments instead, and a Participant who has elected installments may subsequently elect a lump sum instead; provided , that (i) the new election must be made at least twelve (12) months before the original Benefit Distribution Date, (ii) if the vested SERP Account becomes payable upon reaching age 65, as described in clause (b) above, the new election shall not take effect for twelve (12) months, and (iii) the new Benefit Distribution Date shall be the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Benefit Distribution Date that would otherwise have been applicable.

6.2        Accounts Other Than SERP Accounts .  That portion, if any, of a Participant’s vested Account Balance that is not attributable to his or her SERP Account (if any) shall be distributed upon the Participant’s separation from the service of the Employer as follows:

(a)        If the separation is a Retirement, the applicable vested Account Balance shall be distributed on (or, if payable in installments under the Annual Installment Method, commencing on) the date that is six months and one day after the date of Retirement.  Any election by the Participant to receive payment upon Retirement under the Annual Installment Method must be made (except as hereinafter provided) in connection with the Participant’s commencement of participation and must specify the number of annual installments (not to exceed fifteen).  A Participant who has elected or is deemed to have elected a lump sum payment of his or her vested Account Balance upon Retirement may subsequently elect installments instead, and a Participant who has elected installments may subsequently elect a lump sum instead; provided, that the new election shall not take effect for twelve (12) months and the new Benefit Distribution Date shall be the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Benefit Distribution Date that would otherwise have been applicable.

(b)        If the separation is not a Retirement, the applicable vested Account Balance shall be distributed on (or, if payable in installments under the Annual Installment

13


 

 

Method, commencing on) the date that is six months and one day after the date of separation.  Any election by the Participant to receive payment upon Retirement under the Annual Installment Method must be made (except as hereinafter provided) in connection with the Participant’s commencement of participation and must specify the number of annual installments (not to exceed five).  A Participant who has elected or is deemed to have elected a lump sum payment of his or her vested Account Balance upon Retirement may subsequently elect installments instead, and a Participant who has elected installments may subsequently elect a lump sum instead; provided, that (i) the new election shall not take effect for twelve (12) months, (ii) the new election must be made at least twelve (12) months before the new Benefit Distribution Date, and (iii) the new Benefit Distribution Date shall be the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Benefit Distribution Date that would otherwise have been applicable.

ARTICLE 7

Distributions On Account of Death

The Beneficiary(ies) of a Participant who dies prior to the distribution of his or her entire vested Account Balance shall receive the remaining vested balance of. the Account within (or, if payable in installments under the Annual Installment Method, commencing within) the sixty-day period immediately following the date of death, or by such earlier date as is required to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.  The death benefit so payable to any Beneficiary shall be paid in a single lump sum unless the Participant elected, in connection with his or her participation, to have it paid under the Annual Installment Method.  Any election of the Annual Installment Method must specify the number of annual installments (not to exceed three).  A death benefit election may not further delay installments that were in pay status under the Annual Installment Method as of the date of death.  A Participant who has elected or is deemed to have elected a lump sum payment of his or her vested Account Balance upon death may, during his or her remaining lifetime, subsequently elect installments instead, and a Participant who has elected installments may, during his or her remaining lifetime, elect a lump sum instead; provided , that the new election shall not take effect for twelve (12) months and the new Benefit Distribution Date shall be the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Benefit Distribution Date that would otherwise have been applicable.

ARTICLE 8

Distribution of Small Accounts

If, at the time an Account becomes payable under Article 4, 5, 6 or 7 thereof, the vested balance of such Account is $15,000 or less, payment shall be made in a single lump sum payment (or, if payable under Article 7 to more than one Beneficiaries, in lump sum payments) notwithstanding any election to have payment made under the Annual Installment Method.

ARTICLE 9

Beneficiary Designation

9.1        Beneficiary .  Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a beneficiary upon the death of a Participant.  The Beneficiary designated under

14


 

 

this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates.

9.2        Beneficiary Designation and Change .  A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and returning it to the Administrator.  A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  Upon the acceptance by the Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed by the Participant shall be canceled.  The Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Administrator prior to his or her death.

9.3        Acknowledgment .  No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Administrator.

9.4        No Beneficiary Designation .  If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse.  If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.

9.5        Doubt as to Beneficiary .  If the Administrator has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, it shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to declare that the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse.  If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.

9.6        Discharge of Obligations .  The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge all Employers and the Administrator from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to the Participant, and that Participant’s Plan Agreement shall terminate upon such full payment of benefits.

ARTICLE 10

Amendment and Termination

10.1      Termination or Freeze of Plan .  Although each Employer anticipates that it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that any Employer will continue the Plan or that the Company will not terminate the Plan at any time in the future.

(a)        Plan Freeze.  The Company reserves the right to freeze all or part of the Plan with respect to some or all of the Participants by written action of the Board.  In the event of a Plan freeze, no new Participants (or similarly situated Participants, as the case may be) will be admitted into the Plan, no new deferral elections shall be permitted for the affected Participants and such Participants shall no longer be eligible to receive new Company contributions (if any) for the period of service after the date

15


 

 

of the freeze.  However, after the Plan freeze, the Account Balances of such Participants shall continue to vest in accordance with Article 3, and additional amounts shall continue to be credited or debited to such Participants’ Account Balances pursuant to Section 3.7.  The Measurement Funds available to Participants following the freeze of the Plan shall be comparable in number and type to those Measurement Funds available to Participants in the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Plan freeze is effective.  In addition, following a Plan freeze, Participant Account Balances shall remain in the Plan and shall not be distributed until such amounts become eligible for distribution in accordance with the other applicable provisions of the Plan.

(b)        Plan Termination.  The Company may terminate the Plan and distribute all Account Balances of the Participants by written action of the Board, subject to and in accordance with any rules established by the Company deemed necessary to comply with the applicable requirements and limitations of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3 (j)(4)(ix).

10.2      Amendment .  The Company may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part by written action of the Board; provided, that no amendment or modification shall be effective if it would cause a Participant’s Account Balance, determined immediately after the amendment takes effect, to be lower than it was immediately before the amendment took effect.

10.3      Plan Agreement .  Despite the provisions of this Article 10, if a Participant’s Plan Agreement contains benefits or limitations that are not in this Plan document, the Employer may only amend or terminate such provisions with the written consent of the Participant.

ARTICLE 11

Administration

11.1      In General .  The term “Administrator” as used in the Plan shall mean the person(s), board or committee principally charged with administrative responsibility under the Plan, as described in Section 11.2, and its or their delegates to the extent of the applicable delegation.  The Administrator shall have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan, (ii) determine all issues of eligibility for participation in or benefits under the Plan, and (iii) subject to the terms of any procedures established pursuant to Article 13, decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Plan that may arise in connection with the Plan.  No individual who has or to whom administrative responsibility is delegated hereunder, or who is a member of a board or committee that has or to which is delegated administrative responsibility hereunder, shall vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself.  When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or the Company.

11.2      Administration Upon Change In Control .  Prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Board or a committee of the Board shall (together with its delegates) have the

16


 

 

responsibility to administer the Plan.  Upon and after a Change in Control, the Administrator shall have no power to direct (or to appoint an investment manager to direct) the investment of any assets that may have been set aside in trust to assist in the payment of benefits under the Plan.  Upon and after a Change in Control the Company shall:  (1) pay all reasonable administrative expenses and fees of the Administrator; (2) indemnify the Administrator against any costs, expenses and liabilities including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and expenses arising in connection with the performance of the Administrator hereunder, except with respect to matters resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrator or its employees or agents; and (3) supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan, any trust established in connection with the Plan, the Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Account Balances of the Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, death or other separation from service of the Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

11.3      Agents .  In the administration of this Plan, the Administrator may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to any Employer.

11.4      Binding Effect of Decisions .  The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

11.5      Indemnity of Administrator .  All Employers shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator (including any Employee to whom administrative duties are delegated) against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct.

11.6      Employer Information .  To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Company and each Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, death or separation from service of its Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 12

Other Benefits and Agreements

The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for directors or employees of the Participant’s Employer.  The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.

17


 

 

ARTICLE 13

Claims Procedures

The Administrator shall adopt and may from time to time amend procedures for the administration of claims and for the appeal of denied claims under the Plan, all in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE 14

Miscellaneous

14.1      Status of Participants and Beneficiaries as General Creditors .  Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of any Employer.  Their rights to benefits, if any, under the Plan shall be solely those of unsecured general creditors of the Employer and shall be limited to those contractual rights expressly set forth in the Plan and/or Plan Agreements applicable to them.

14.2      Non-assignability .  No Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, non-assignable and non-transferable.  No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.

14.3      Not a Contract of Employment .  The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between any Employer and the Participant.  Nothing in the Plan nor in any Plan Agreement shall limit in any way the Employer’s rights to terminate any Participant.  The loss of benefits or potential benefits under the Plan by reason of the termination of a Participant’s service with the Employer shall not constitute an element of damages in any claim brought by the Participant or his or her Beneficiary(ies) against the Employer.

14.4      Captions .  The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

14.5      Governing Law .  Except as preempted by ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

14.6      Notice .  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Administrator under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

18


 

 

Brooks Automation, Inc.

Attn:  Senior Vice President, Human

Resources

15 Elizabeth Drive

Chelmsford, MA 01824

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant as set forth in the records of the Company.

14.7      Successors .  The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and other Employer and their successors and assigns, and on the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiaries.  By executing and delivering a Plan Agreement, a Participant agrees on his or her own behalf and on behalf of all Beneficiaries to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the Plan Agreement.

14.8      Invalidity .  In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

14.9      Incompetents .  If the Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Administrator may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person.  The Administrator may require such documents and other information as it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the foregoing provisions.  Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment.

14.10    Distribution in the Event of Income Inclusion Under 409A .  If any portion of a Participant’s Account Balance under this Plan is required to be included in income by the Participant or as subject to Social Security and/or Medicare taxes prior to receipt owing to a failure of this Plan to meet the requirements of Section 409A, the Participant may petition the Administrator for a distribution of that portion of his or her Account Balance that is required to be included in his or her income or that becomes subject to Social Security and/or Medicare taxes.  Upon the grant of such a petition, which grant shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Participant’s Employer shall distribute to the Participant immediately available funds in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the portion of his or her Account Balance required to be included in income or as subject to Social Security and/or Medicare taxes as a result of the failure of the Plan to meet the requirements of Section 409A, or (ii) the unpaid vested Account Balance.

19


 

 

14.11    Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments .  If an Employer reasonably anticipates that the Employer’s deduction with respect to any distribution from this Plan would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(7)(i), payment shall be delayed as deemed necessary to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Plan is deductible.  Any amounts for which distribution is delayed pursuant to this Section shall continue to be credited/debited with additional amounts in accordance with Section 3.7.  The delayed amounts (and any amounts credited thereon) shall be distributed to the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death) at the earliest date the Employer reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m).  In the event that such date is determined to be after a Participant’s Separation from Service and the Participant to whom the payment relates is determined to be a Specified Employee, then to the extent deemed necessary to comply with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(2), the delayed payment shall not be made before the end of the six-month period following such Participant’s Separation from Service.

14.12    Effect of Restatement .  The provisions of the Plan as set forth herein represent the amendment and restatement of the Plan effective as of May 6, 2008.

14.13    Compliance With Section 409A Generally .  The Administrator may deviate from the express terms of the Plan or any Plan Agreement if it determines such deviation to be necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.  The Administrator may also, notwithstanding the otherwise applicable restrictions on elections and payment under the Plan, establish opportunities for Participants and Beneficiaries to make any special elections permitted under the transition rules under Section 409A.  If this Plan falls to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any liability for any tax, penalty or interest imposed on the Executive by Section 409A of the Code, and a participant shall have no recourse against the Company or any of its affiliates for payment of any such tax, penalty or interest imposed by Section 409A of the Code.

 

 

20


 

Brooks Automation, Inc.

Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan

Master Plan Document

 

APPENDIX A

LIMITED TRANSITION RELIEF FOR DISTRIBUTION ELECTIONS MADE
AVAILABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NOTICE 2007-86

The capitalized terms below shall have the same meaning as provided in Article 1 of the Plan.

Opportunity to Make New (or Revise Existing) Distribution Elections .  Notwithstanding the required deadline for the submission of an initial distribution election under Articles 4, 5 and 6 of the Plan, the Committee may, to the extent permitted by Notice 2007-86, provide a limited period in which Participants may make new distribution elections, or revise existing distribution elections, with respect to amounts subject to the terms of the Plan, by submitting an Election Form on or before the deadline established by the Committee, which in no event shall be later than December 31, 2008.  Any distribution election(s) made by a Participant, and accepted by the Committee, in accordance with this Appendix A shall not be treated as a change in either the form or timing of a Participant’s benefit payment for purposes of Code Section 409A or the Plan.  If any distribution election submitted by a Participant in accordance with this Appendix A either (a) relates to an amount that would otherwise be paid to the Participant in 2008, or (b) would cause an amount to be paid to the Participant in 2008, such election shall not be effective.

 


Exhibit 10.24

CONSENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT 

THIS CONSENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of this 4 th  day of October, 2017 by and among  BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Brooks ”),   BIOSTORAGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation  (“ BioStorage ”, and together with Brooks, each a “ Borrower ” and jointly and severally, collectively, the “ Borrowers ”),   Wells Fargo Bank, National Association , a national banking association (“ Wells Fargo ”), as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), Wells Fargo, as sole lead arranger (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Sole Lead Arranger ”), Wells Fargo, as sole book runner (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Sole Book Runner ”), Wells Fargo, as a Lender, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. , a national banking association (“ JPM ”), as a Lender.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Agent are parties to a certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2016  (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, collectively, the “ Credit Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Lenders made certain financial accommodations to the Borrowers.

WHEREAS, JPM desires to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, and the Agent is so willing to grant such request.

WHEREAS, the Borrowers intend to enter into a term loan facility to be provided by Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent  (in such capacities, “ MSSF ”), and certain institutions, as lenders, in the maximum principal amount of $200,000,000 (subject to increases of principal to the extent not prohibited by the Intercreditor Agreement), which shall be secured by a Lien on the Collateral (the “ MSSF Term Loan ”).

WHEREAS, the Borrowers must obtain the consent of the Agent and the Lenders in order to consummate the MSSF Term Loan, and have requested such consent herein.

WHEREAS, the Agent and the Lender are willing to consent to the MSSF Term Loan, subject to the terms and conditions as provided herein.

WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders have agreed to modify and amend certain terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, all as provided herein.     

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders agree as follows:

 

1


 

1. Capitalized Terms .  All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning herein as in the Credit Agreement.

2. Addition of JPM as Lender .  Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 13.1 thereof, simultaneous with the execution by JPM of this Amendment and the Assignment and Acceptance attached hereto as Exhibit A ,  JPM shall become party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as a Lender with a Commitment in the amount shown for JPM on Schedule C-1 to the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby).

3. Consent to the MSSF Term Loan .  Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement to the contrary, but subject to the terms and conditions hereof:

(i) the Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the Borrowers entering into the MSSF Term Loan, including, without limitation, the incurrence of the Indebtedness thereby and the granting of the Liens to secure such Indebtedness; and

(ii) the Agent and the Lenders hereby agree to and do hereby permit any act or action required to consummate, and agree to and hereby do waive compliance with any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document that would prohibit or restrict the incurrence of the MSSF Term Loan.

4. Amendments to Credit Agreement .  The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a)

Section 2.3(b)  (Making of Swing Loans) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

  “(b) Making of Swing Loans.    From and after the First Amendment Effective Date, in the case of a request for a Revolving Loan and so long as either (i) the aggregate amount of Swing Loans made since the last Settlement Date, minus all payments or other amounts applied to Swing Loans since the last Settlement Date, plus the amount of the requested Swing Loan does not exceed $7,500,000, or (ii) Swing Lender, in its sole discretion, agrees to make a Swing Loan notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, Swing Lender shall make a Revolving Loan (any such Revolving Loan made by Swing Lender pursuant to this  Section 2.3(b)  being referred to as a “ Swing Loan ” and all such Revolving Loans being referred to as “ Swing Loans ”) available to Borrowers on the Funding Date applicable thereto by transferring immediately available funds in the amount of such requested Borrowing to the Designated Account. Each Swing Loan shall be deemed to be a Revolving Loan hereunder and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions (including  Section 3 ) applicable to other Revolving Loans, except that all payments (including interest) on any Swing Loan shall be payable to Swing Lender solely for its own account.  Subject to the provisions of  Section 2.3(d)(ii) , Swing Lender shall not make and shall not be obligated to make any

 

2


 

Swing Loan if Swing Lender has actual knowledge that (i) one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3  will not be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing, or (ii) the requested Borrowing would exceed the Excess Availability on such Funding Date.  Swing Lender shall not otherwise be required to determine whether the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3  have been satisfied on the Funding Date applicable thereto prior to making any Swing Loan.  The Swing Loans shall be secured by Agent’s Liens, constitute Revolving Loans and Obligations, and bear interest at the rate applicable from time to time to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans.”

(b)

Section 2.3(c)(i)  (Making of Revolving Loans) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(i) In the event that Swing Lender is not obligated to make a Swing Loan pursuant to Section 2.3(b), then after receipt of a request for a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3(a) , Agent shall notify the Lenders by telecopy, telephone, email, or other electronic form of transmission, of the requested Borrowing; such notification to be sent on the Business Day that is 1 Business Day prior to the requested Funding Date.  If Agent has notified the Lenders of a requested Borrowing on the Business Day that is 1 Business Day prior to the Funding Date, then each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the requested Borrowing available to Agent in immediately available funds, to Agent’s Account, not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day that is the requested Funding Date.  After Agent’s receipt of the proceeds of such Revolving Loans from the Lenders, Agent shall make the proceeds thereof available to Borrowers on the applicable Funding Date by transferring immediately available funds equal to such proceeds received by Agent to the Designated Account; provided , that, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d)(ii) , no Lender shall have an obligation to make any Revolving Loan, if (1) one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section  3  will not be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing unless such condition has been waived, or (2) the requested Borrowing would exceed the Excess Availability on such Funding Date.”

(c)

Section 2.4(e)(ii) (Dispositions) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following provision at the end  thereof:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the MSSF Term Loan (or any Refinancing thereof) is outstanding, the obligations of the Loan Parties to pay over any Net Cash Proceeds shall be as follows: (i) Net Cash Proceeds of any Collateral that constitutes ABL Priority Collateral shall be applied to the Indebtedness as provided for above and in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, and (ii) Net Cash Proceeds of any Collateral that constitutes Term Loan Priority Collateral shall be applied to the MSSF Term Loan in accordance

 

3


 

with the MSSF Loan Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.  At such time as the MSSF Term Loan (or any Refinancing thereof) is no longer  outstanding, Net Cash Proceeds of any Collateral shall be applied to the Indebtedness as provided for above.”

(d)

Section 2.10(c) (Field Examination and Other Fees)  of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(c) Field Examination and Other Fees .  Borrowers shall pay to Agent, field examination, appraisal, and valuation fees and charges, as and when incurred or chargeable, as follows (i) a fee of $1,000 per day, per examiner, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including travel, meals, and lodging) for each field examination of any Borrower performed by personnel employed by Agent, and (ii) the fees or charges paid or incurred by Agent (but, in any event, no less than a charge of $1,000 per day, per Person, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including travel, meals, and lodging)) if it elects to employ the services of one or more third Persons to perform field examinations of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, to establish electronic collateral reporting systems, to appraise the Collateral, or any portion thereof, or to assess any Loan Party’s' business valuation; provided , that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (a) Borrowers shall not be obligated to reimburse Agent for more than one (1) field examination during any calendar year, or more than one (1) appraisal of the Collateral during any calendar year, if Excess Availability is at all times greater than or equal to the greater of (x) 15% of the Maximum Revolver Amount and (y) $11,250,000 during such calendar year, and (b) Borrowers shall not be obligated to reimburse Agent for more than two (2) field examinations during any calendar year, or more than two (2) appraisals of the Collateral during any calendar year, if Excess Availability is at any time less than the greater of (x) 15% of the Maximum Revolver Amount and (y) $11,250,000 during such calendar year.”

(e)

Section 2.11(b)(i) (Letters of Credit) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(i) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed $7,500,000, or”

(f)

Section 3.2 (Conditions Precedent to all Extensions of Credit) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (1) deleting the word “and” from the end of subsection (a), (2) replacing the period at the end of subsection (b) with a reference to “; and” and (3) adding the following new subsection (c) at the end thereof:

“(c) after giving effect to the making of any such Revolving Loan or extension of  credit, the Revolver Usage shall not be in violation of the terms and conditions of Section 2.1(a) .”

 

4


 

(g)

Section 2.11(g) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(g) The liability of Issuing Bank (or any other Letter of Credit Related Person) under, in connection with or arising out of any Letter of Credit (or pre-advice), regardless of the form or legal grounds of the action or proceeding, shall be limited to direct (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, special, indirect, consequential, punitive or exemplary) damages suffered by Borrowers that are caused directly by Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in (i) honoring a presentation under a Letter of Credit that on its face does not at least substantially comply with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, (ii) failing to honor a presentation under a Letter of Credit that strictly complies with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit or (iii) retaining Drawing Documents presented under a Letter of Credit.  Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have acted with due diligence and reasonable care if Issuing Bank’s conduct is in accordance with Standard Letter of Credit Practice or in accordance with this Agreement.  Borrowers’ aggregate remedies against Issuing Bank and any Letter of Credit Related Person for wrongfully honoring a presentation under any Letter of Credit or wrongfully retaining honored Drawing Documents shall in no event exceed the aggregate amount paid by Borrowers to Issuing Bank in respect of the honored presentation in connection with such Letter of Credit under Section 2.11(d) , plus interest at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder.  Borrowers shall take action to avoid and mitigate the amount of any damages claimed against Issuing Bank or any other Letter of Credit Related Person, including by enforcing its rights against the beneficiaries of the Letters of Credit.  Any claim by Borrowers under or in connection with any Letter of Credit shall be reduced by an amount equal to the sum of (x) the amount (if any) saved by Borrowers as a result of the breach or alleged wrongful conduct complained of; and (y) the amount (if any) of the loss that would have been avoided had Borrowers taken all reasonable steps to mitigate any loss, and in case of a claim of wrongful dishonor, by specifically and timely authorizing Issuing Bank to effect a cure.”

(h)

Section 4.23(b) (Eligible Inventory, Eligible Equipment) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(b) RESERVED.”

(i)

The following shall be added as the new Section 4.30 of the Credit Agreement:

“4.30 MSSF  Loan Documents .  As of the First Amendment Effective Date, the Loan Parties have delivered to Agent a complete and correct copy of the MSSF Loan Documents.  No Loan Party is in default in the performance or compliance with any provisions thereof.  The Loan Parties have each duly taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the

 

5


 

MSSF Loan Documents and the consummation of transactions contemplated thereby.”

(j)

Section 5.1 ( Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“5.1 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates

Borrowers (a) will deliver to Agent, who shall deliver to each Lender, each of the financial statements, reports, and other items set forth on Schedule 5.1 no later than the times specified therein, (b) agree that no Subsidiary of a Loan Party will have a fiscal year different from that of Administrative Borrower, (c) agree to maintain a system of accounting that enables Borrowers to produce financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and (d) agree that they will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, (i) keep a reporting system that shows all additions, sales, claims, returns, and allowances with respect to their and their Subsidiaries’ sales, and (ii) maintain their billing systems and practices substantially as in effect as of the Closing Date and shall only make material modifications thereto with notice to, and with the consent of, Agent. Contemporaneously with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1 , Borrowers will provide Agent with copies of (a) each Material Contract entered into since the delivery of the previous Compliance Certificate, and (b) each material amendment or modification of any Material Contract entered into since the delivery of the previous Compliance Certificate.”

(k)

Section 5.2 (Reporting) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“5.2 Reporting

Borrowers (a) will deliver to Agent, who shall deliver to each Lender, each of the reports set forth on Schedule 5.2 at the times specified therein; provided that upon the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Period, Agent may accelerate any such time period specified in Schedule 5.2 , and (b) agree to use commercially reasonable efforts in cooperation with Agent to facilitate and implement a system of electronic collateral reporting in order to provide electronic reporting of each of the items set forth on such Schedule.”

(l)

Section 5.16 (Bank Products) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

 

6


 

“5.16 Bank Products .  On or before the date that is 120 days after the First Amendment Effective Date, the Loan Parties shall establish either their primary (i) United States or (ii) international depository and treasury management relationships with Wells Fargo or one or more of its Affiliates, provided that products and services will be competitively priced, and will maintain such depository and treasury management relationships at all times during the term of the Agreement.”

(m)

Section 6.6(a)  (Prepayments and Amendments) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (1) deleting the word “or” from the end of subclause (i), (2) replacing the period at the end of subclause (ii) with a reference to “; or” and (3) adding the following new subclause (iii) at the end thereof:

“(iii) make any payments (whether voluntary or mandatory, or a prepayment, redemption, retirement, defeasance or acquisition) with respect to the MSSF Term Loan,   except (1) regularly scheduled payments of principal, interest, fees, costs and expenses, as required by the MSSF Loan Agreement, (2) excess cash flow payments required by Section 2.08(c) of the MSSF Loan Agreement (collectively, the “ MSSF ECF Payments ”); provided that if before and after giving effect to such MSSF ECF Payments, a Default or Event of Default shall exist, the Loan Parties shall be prohibited from utilizing the proceeds from any Revolving Loans to make any MSSF ECF Payments,  and (3) any other payments not prohibited by the Intercreditor Agreement.”

(n)

Section 6.6(b) (Prepayments and Amendments) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (1) deleting the word “or” from the end of subclause (ii), (2) replacing the period at the end of subclause (iii) with a reference to “; or” and (3) adding the following new subclause (iv) at the end thereof:

“(iv) the MSSF Loan Documents, except to the extent not prohibited by the Intercreditor Agreement, and provided that the Loan Parties shall promptly notify the Agent of any proposed amendments, modifications or changes to the MSSF Loan Documents as to which the Agent’s consent is not required pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, and shall  provide the Agent with complete copies of such amendments, modifications or changes to the MSSF Loan Documents reasonably contemporaneously with the execution and delivery thereof.”

(o)

Section 7(a) (Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  During any Financial Covenant Triggering Period, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 measured at a month-end on a trailing twelve month basis commencing with the month-end immediately preceding the month in which the Financial Covenant Triggering Period began, and thereafter, as of the end of each month thereafter on

 

7


 

a trailing twelve month basis until the Financial Covenant Triggering Period has ended.”

(p)

The following shall be added as the new Section 8.13 of the Credit Agreement:

“8.13 MSSF Term Loan .  Any “Event of Default” occurs under and as defined in the MSSF Loan Documents.”

(q)

Section 14.1(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(c) No amendment, waiver, modification, elimination, or consent shall amend, without written consent of (i) Agent, (ii) Borrowers and (iii) Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) having or holding more than 80% of aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, modify, or eliminate the definition of Borrowing Base or any of the defined terms (including the definitions of Eligible Accounts, Eligible Finished Goods Inventory, Eligible Raw Material Inventory and Eligible Inventory) that are used in such definition to the extent that any such change results in more credit being made available to Borrowers based upon the Borrowing Base, but not otherwise, or the definition of Maximum Revolver Amount, or change Section 2.1(c) ;”

(r)

Schedule 1.1 (Definitions) to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

a)

The definition of “Borrowing Base” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

““ Borrowing Base ” means, as of any date of determination, the result of:

(a) 85% of the amount of Eligible Accounts, less the amount, if any, of the Dilution Reserve,

plus

(b) (i)  the lesser of (A) the product of 65% multiplied by the value (calculated at the lower of cost or market on a basis consistent with Borrowers’ historical accounting practices) of Eligible Finished Goods Inventory at such time, and (B) the product of 85% multiplied by the Net Recovery Percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal ordered and obtained by Agent multiplied by the value (calculated at the lower of cost or market on a basis consistent with Borrowers’ historical accounting practices) of Eligible Finished Goods Inventory (such determination may be made as to different categories of Eligible Finished

 

8


 

Goods Inventory based upon the Net Recovery Percentage applicable to such categories) at such time, plus

(ii)  the lesser of (A) the product of 65% multiplied by the value (calculated at the lower of cost or market on a basis consistent with Borrowers’ historical accounting practices) of Eligible Raw Material Inventory at such time, and (B) the product of 85% multiplied by the Net Recovery Percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal ordered and obtained by Agent multiplied by the value (calculated at the lower of cost or market on a basis consistent with Borrowers’ historical accounting practices) of Eligible Raw Material Inventory (such determination may be made as to different categories of Eligible Raw Material Inventory based upon the Net Recovery Percentage applicable to such categories) at such time, plus

(iii) the lesser of (A) the product of 65% multiplied by the value (calculated at the lower of cost or market on a basis consistent with Borrowers’ historical accounting practices) of Eligible Work in Process Inventory at such time, and (B) the product of 85% multiplied by the Net Recovery Percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal ordered and obtained by Agent multiplied by the value (calculated at the lower of cost or market on a basis consistent with Borrowers’ historical accounting practices) of Eligible Work in Process Inventory (such determination may be made as to different categories of Eligible Work in Process Inventory based upon the Net Recovery Percentage applicable to such categories) at such time,

provided that the sum of the amount of the foregoing subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) shall not, in the aggregate, exceed the Inventory Sublimit, 

minus

(c) the aggregate amount of all Reserves, if any, established by Agent under Section 2.1(c) of the Agreement.”

b)

The definition of “Continuing Director” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

““ Continuing Director ” means (a) any member of the Board of Directors who was a director (or comparable manager) of Administrative Borrower on the Closing Date, and (b) any

 

9


 

individual who becomes a member of the Board of Directors after the Closing Date if such individual was approved, appointed or nominated for election to the Board of Directors by either the Permitted Holders or a majority of the Continuing Directors.”

c)

Subclause (a) of the definition of “Eligible Accounts” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(a) Accounts that the Account Debtor has failed to pay within 90 days of original invoice date, or Accounts with selling terms of more than 90 days;   provided that,  with regard to Accounts that the Account Debtor has failed to pay within 91 days but no more than 120 days of original invoice date, or Accounts with selling terms of more than 90 days but no more than 120 days, Agent may elect, in its Permitted Discretion, to include up to $4,000,000 of such Accounts as Eligible Accounts if all other terms and conditions of the definition of Eligible Accounts are satisfied,”

d)

Subclause (f) of the definition of “Eligible Accounts” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(f) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor either (i) does not maintain its chief executive office in the United States, Canada or the United Kingdom, or (ii) is not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof,  Canada or the United Kingdom, or (iii) is the government of any foreign country or sovereign state, or of any state, province, municipality, or other political subdivision thereof, or of any department, agency, public corporation, or other instrumentality thereof, unless (A) the Account is supported by an irrevocable letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to Agent (as to form, substance, and issuer or domestic confirming bank) that has been delivered to Agent and is directly drawable by Agent, or (B) the Account is covered by credit insurance in form, substance, and amount, and by an insurer, reasonably satisfactory to Agent,”

e)

Subclause (i) of the definition of “Eligible Accounts” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(i) Accounts with respect to an Account Debtor whose total obligations owing to Borrowers exceed 15%, unless the Agent agrees to a higher percentage; provided   however , such percentage shall be increased to 20% with respect to Accounts owing from Applied Materials, Inc. (any such percentages, as applied to a particular Account Debtor, being subject to reduction by Agent in

 

10


 

its Permitted Discretion if the creditworthiness of such Account Debtor deteriorates) of all Eligible Accounts, to the extent of the obligations owing by such Account Debtor in excess of such percentage; provided that, in each case, the amount of Eligible Accounts that are excluded because they exceed the foregoing percentage shall be determined by Agent based on all of the otherwise Eligible Accounts prior to giving effect to any eliminations based upon the foregoing concentration limit,”

f)

The definition of “Eligible Equipment” shall be deleted in its entirety.

g)

The definition of “Fixed Asset Availability” shall be deleted in its entirety.

h)

The definition of “Fixed Asset Reserve” shall be deleted in its entirety.

i)

The definition of “Hedge Provider” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

““ Hedge Provider ” means Wells Fargo, any Lender, or any of their Affiliates.”

j)

The definition of “Issuing Bank” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

““ Issuing Bank ”  means Wells Fargo, and, solely with respect to the Letters of Credit set forth on Schedule L-1  in effect on the First Amendment Effective Date, JPM;   provided that JPM shall have no right to issue any Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.11 .”

k)

The definition of “Maturity Date” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

““ Maturity Date ” means the earlier to occur of (i) October 4, 2022 and (ii) such date that is 90 days prior to the maturity, expiration and/or termination of the MSSF Term Loan.”

l)

The definition of “Net Orderly Liquidation Value”  shall be deleted in its entirety.

m)

The definition of “Permitted Acquisition” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

““ Permitted Acquisition ” means:

 

11


 

(1) with regard to any individual Acquisition with (i) aggregate consideration of greater than $15,000,000, or (ii) the assets being acquired or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired has negative Acquisition EBITDA in excess of <$2,500,000> during the 12 consecutive month period most recently concluded prior to the date of the proposed Acquisition:

(a)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition and the proposed Acquisition is consensual,

(b)  no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result of such Acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under clauses (f) or (g) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result of such Acquisition other than Permitted Liens,

(c)  Borrowers have provided Agent with its due diligence package relative to the proposed Acquisition, including forecasted balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and cash flow statements of the Person or assets to be acquired, all prepared on a basis consistent with such Person’s (or assets’) historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions for the 1 year period following the date of the proposed Acquisition, on a quarter by quarter basis), in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) reasonably satisfactory to Agent,

(d) Borrowers shall have provided Agent with written confirmation, supported by reasonably detailed calculations that (i) after giving effect to the payments associated with such Permitted Acquisition, Excess Availability shall be no less than $15,000,000, and (ii) after giving effect to the payments associated with such Permitted Acquisition,  solely if Excess Availability is less than $25,000,000, on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such proposed Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case, determined as if the combination had been accomplished at the beginning of the relevant period; such eliminations and inclusions to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Borrowers and Agent) created by adding the historical combined financial statements of Borrowers (including the combined financial statements of any other Person

 

12


 

or assets that were the subject of a prior Permitted Acquisition during the relevant period) to the historical consolidated financial statements of the Person to be acquired (or the historical financial statements related to the assets to be acquired) pursuant to the proposed Acquisition, Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (A) would have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition, and (B) are projected to have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 for each of the four (4) fiscal quarters in the period ended one year after the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition,

(e)  Borrowers have provided Agent with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least 10 days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition and, not later than 5 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition, which agreement and documents must be reasonably acceptable to Agent,

(f)  the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ total assets), or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or a business reasonably related thereto, and

(g)  the subject assets or Equity Interests, as applicable, are being acquired directly by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party, and, in connection therewith, the applicable Loan Party shall have complied with Section 5.11 or 5.12 of the Agreement, as applicable, of the Agreement and, in the case of an acquisition of Equity Interests, the applicable Loan Party shall have demonstrated to Agent that the new Loan Parties have received consideration sufficient to make the joinder documents binding and enforceable against such new Loan Parties;

provided that if any such proposed Acquisition pursuant to this subclause (1) satisfies each condition hereunder other than satisfying subclause (d) above, Agent nonetheless agrees to either issue or withhold Agent’s consent, in its sole discretion and at its sole option, to such Acquisition:

(A) within one week of receipt of the due diligence information required by subclause (c) above if the Borrowers have provided

 

13


 

Agent with written confirmation, supported by reasonably detailed calculations, that after giving effect to the payments associated with such proposed Acquisition either (y) Excess Availability shall be no less than $20,000,000, or (z) (i) Excess Availability shall be no less than $10,000,000 and (ii) Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (1) would have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.20 to 1.00 for the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition, and (2) are projected to have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.20 to 1.00 for each of the four (4) fiscal quarters in the period ended one year after the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition, or

(B) within three weeks of receipt of the due diligence information required by subclause (c) above if the Borrowers cannot otherwise satisfy the terms and conditions of subclause (A) immediately above.

(2) with regard to any individual Acquisition with aggregate consideration of less than or equal to $15,000,000:

(a)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition and the proposed Acquisition is consensual,

(b)  no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result of such Acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under clauses (f) or (g) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result of such Acquisition other than Permitted Liens,

(c)  (i) after giving effect to the payments associated with such Permitted Acquisition, Excess Availability shall be no less than $10,000,000, and (ii) the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to Agent including a reasonably detailed calculation of the foregoing,

(d)  Borrowers have provided Agent with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least 10 days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition and, not later than 5 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material

 

14


 

documents relative to the proposed Acquisition, which agreement and documents must be reasonably acceptable to Agent,

(e)  the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ total assets), or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or a business reasonably related thereto, and

(f)  the subject assets or Equity Interests, as applicable, are being acquired directly by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party, and, in connection therewith, the applicable Loan Party shall have complied with Section 5.11 or 5.12 of the Agreement, as applicable, of the Agreement and, in the case of an acquisition of Equity Interests, the applicable Loan Party shall have demonstrated to Agent that the new Loan Parties have received consideration sufficient to make the joinder documents binding and enforceable against such new Loan Parties.”

n)

Subclause (p) of the definition of “Permitted Dispositions” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“(p) sales or dispositions of any Real Property Collateral, including, without limitation, sale-leaseback transactions,”

o)

The definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” is hereby amended by (1) deleting the word “and” from the end of subclause (v), (2) replacing the period at the end of subclause (w) with a reference to “; and” and (3) adding the following new subclause (x) at the end thereof:

“(x) the MSSF Term Loan (or any Refinancing thereof).”

p)

The definition of “Permitted Intercompany Advances” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

““ Permitted Intercompany Advances ” means loans made by (a) a Loan Party to another Loan Party; (b) a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party to another Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party; (c) a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party to a Loan Party, so long as the parties thereto are party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement; and (d) a Loan Party to a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party from cash proceeds not derived from Revolving Loans,   provided that, a Loan Party may utilize the proceeds from any Revolving Loans to make

 

15


 

such loans to a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party if the amount of the proposed loan when aggregated with (y) any other Permitted Investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiaries made after the First Amendment Effective Date and (z) the amount of all Permitted Intercompany Advances by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party made after the First Amendment Effective Date is less than or equal to $200,000,000;   provided   further that if the foregoing $200,000,000 limitation has not been exceeded, in order for Loan Parties to utilize the proceeds from any Revolving Loans to make such loans to   a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party, (i) Borrowers must satisfy the First Amendment Payment Conditions, as determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion, with regard to each such loan, and (ii) the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to Agent including a reasonably detailed calculation of such First Amendment Payment Conditions.”

q)

The definition of “Permitted Investments” is hereby amended by (1) deleting “and” at the end of subclause (o), and (2) deleting subclause (q) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(p) provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiaries which are made from cash proceeds not derived from Revolving Loans;  provided   further that, Borrowers may utilize the proceeds from any Revolving Loans to make such Investments if the amount of the proposed Investment when aggregated with (y) any other Investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiaries made after the First Amendment Effective Date and (z) the amount of all Permitted Intercompany Advances made by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party after the First Amendment Effective Date is less than or equal to $200,000,000;   provided   further that if the foregoing $200,000,000 limitation has not been exceeded, in order for Borrowers to utilize the proceeds from any Revolving Loans to make such Investments, (i) Borrowers must satisfy the First Amendment Payment Conditions, as determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion, with regard to each such Investment, and (ii) the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to Agent including a reasonably detailed calculation of such First Amendment Payment Conditions,  and

(q) provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any other Investments made after the Closing Date which are not otherwise addressed in the

 

16


 

preceding subclauses (a) through (p), so long as (i) Borrowers have satisfied the Payment Conditions, as determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion, with regard to each Permitted Investment, and (ii) the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to Agent including a reasonably detailed calculation of such Payment Conditions.”

r)

The definition of “Permitted Liens” is hereby amended by (1) deleting the word “and” from the end of subclause (s), (2) replacing the period at the end of subclause (t) with a reference to “; and” and (3) adding the following new subclause (u) at the end thereof:

“(u) Liens securing the MSSF Term Loan (or any Refinancing thereof) to the extent such Liens are permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement.”

s)

The definition of “Real Property Documents” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

““ Real Property Documents ”:   with respect to any Real Property Collateral subject to a Mortgage, the following, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and received by Agent (or, with respect to clause (d) below, Agent shall provide a copy to each Lender) for review at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Mortgage:  (a) a mortgagee title policy (or pro forma binder therefor) covering Agent’s interest under the Mortgage, by an insurer acceptable to Agent, Agent hereby approving First American Title Insurance Company, which must be fully paid on such effective date; (b) such assignments of leases, estoppel letters, attornment agreements, consents, waivers and releases as Agent may reasonably require with respect to other Persons having an interest in the Real Property relating to Mortgages that are required to be delivered to Agent after the Closing Date, in forms that are commercially reasonable, mutually acceptable to Borrower and Agent and subject to approval by any such other applicable Persons; (c) a current, as-built survey of the Real Property, containing a metes-and-bounds property description and certified by a licensed surveyor acceptable to Agent, Agent hereby approving Feldman Land Surveyors solely with regard to surveys required to be delivered to Agent on or prior to the Closing Date; (d) a life-of-loan flood hazard determination and, if the Real Property is located in a special flood hazard area, an acknowledged notice to borrower and flood insurance by an insurer acceptable to Agent in a minimum amount as to comply with applicable law,

 

17


 

including, without limitation, the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended; (e) a current appraisal of the Real Property, prepared by an appraiser, and in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, including, without limitation, any appraisal required to comply with FIRREA; (f) an environmental assessment, prepared by environmental engineers acceptable to Agent; and (g) such other documents, instruments or agreements as Agent may reasonably require with respect to any environmental risks regarding the Real Property.”

t)

The definition of “Sanctioned Person” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

““ Sanctioned Person ”  means (a) any Person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals maintained by OFAC or any other sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State or the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or other relevant sanctions authority, (b) any Person subject to economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes or other restrictive measures imposed, administered, enacted or enforced from time to time under the United Nations Act of Canada, the Special Economic Measures Act of Canada, the Export and Import Permits Act of Canada or any other applicable law and all successors thereto and regulations thereunder or (c) any Person wholly owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).”

u)

The definition of “Third Party Equipment” shall be deleted in its entirety.

v)

The definition of “Triggering Event” is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

““ Triggering Event means the date on which (a) an Event of Default occurs, or (b) Revolver Usage is at any time greater than $30,000,000, or (c) Excess Availability is less than the greater of (i) 50% of the Borrowing Base and (ii) $25,000,000.”

(s)

Schedule 1.1 (Definitions) to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new definitions in their applicable alphabetical order:

a)

““ ABL Priority Collateral ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Intercreditor Agreement.”

 

18


 

b)

““ Bank Product Obligations ”  means (a) all obligations, liabilities, reimbursement obligations, fees, or expenses owing by each Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any Bank Product Provider pursuant to or evidenced by a Bank Product Agreement and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, (b) all Hedge Obligations, and (c) all amounts that Agent or any Lender is obligated to pay to a Bank Product Provider as a result of Agent or such Lender purchasing participations from, or executing guarantees or indemnities or reimbursement obligations to, a Bank Product Provider with respect to the Bank Products provided by such Bank Product Provider to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided , in order for any item described in clauses (a) (b), or (c) above, as applicable, to constitute “Bank Product Obligations”, if the applicable Bank Product Provider is any Person other than Wells Fargo or its Affiliates, then the applicable Bank Product must have been provided on or after the Closing Date and Agent shall have received a Bank Product Provider Agreement within 10 days after the date of the provision of the applicable Bank Product to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries.”

c)

““ First Amendment ” means that certain Consent and First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date by and among the Borrowers, the Agent, and the Lenders.”

d)

““ First Amendment Effective Date ” means October 4, 2017.”

e)

““ First Amendment Payment Conditions ” means the following conditions with respect to any applicable payments:

(a) before and after giving effect to such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(b)  after giving effect to such payment, Excess Availability shall be no less than $30,000,000, and the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to Agent including a reasonably detailed calculation of the foregoing.”

f)

““ Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date by and between Agent and MSSF and acknowledged by the Loan Parties.”

g)

““ Inventory Sublimit ” means $37,500,000.

 

19


 

h)

““ JPM ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association.”

i)

““ MSSF ”  means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.”

j)

““ MSSF ECF Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(a) .

k)

““ MSSF Loan Agreement ”  means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date by and between MSSF, in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent, certain other lenders party thereto, and the Loan Parties, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time to the extent not prohibited by the Intercreditor Agreement.”

l)

““ MSSF Loan Documents ” means the “Loan Documents” as defined in the MSSF Loan Agreement.”

m)

““ MSSF Term Loan ”  means that certain term loan in the maximum principal amount of $200,000,000 (subject to increases of principal to the extent not prohibited by the Intercreditor Agreement) made by MSSF, in its capacity as agent, certain other lenders party thereto, and the Loan Parties, pursuant to the Terms and Conditions of the MSSF Loan Documents.”

n)

““ Refinancing ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Intercreditor Agreement.”

o)

““ Term Loan Priority Collateral ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Intercreditor Agreement.”

(t)

Schedule C-1 (Commitments) to the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:

“Schedule C-1 Commitments”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lender

 

Revolver Commitment

 

Total Commitment

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

$50,000,000.00

$50,000,000.00

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

$25,000,000.00

$25,000,000.00

All Lenders

$75,000,000.00

$75,000,000.00

 

 

20


 

(u)

Schedule 4.14 (Permitted Indebtedness) to the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted in its stead:  

“Schedule 4.14

Permitted Indebtedness

None.”

(v)

A new Schedule L-1 (First Amendment Effective Date Letters of Credit) to the Credit Agreement is hereby attached to the Credit Agreement, in the applicable alphanumerical order, in the form of Schedule L-1 attached hereto.

5. Ratification of Loan Documents .   Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and of each of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect.  Each Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all of the representations, warranties and covenants contained therein.  Each Borrower, as debtor, grantor, pledgor, guarantor, assignor, or in any other similar capacity in which such Borrower grants liens or security interests in its property or otherwise acts as accommodation party or guarantor, as the case may be, hereby (i) ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations, contingent or otherwise, under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party (after giving effect hereto) and (ii) to the extent such Borrower granted liens on or security interests in any of its property pursuant to any such Loan Document as security for or otherwise guaranteed the Obligations under or with respect to the Loan Documents, ratifies and reaffirms such guarantee and grant of security interests and liens and confirms and agrees that such security interests and liens hereafter secure all of the Obligations as amended hereby. Further, each Borrower warrants and represents that no Default or Event of Default exists or will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the Agent or any Lender of any Default or Event of Default which may nonetheless exist as of the date hereof.

6. Breach .  Without limiting the provisions of the Loan Documents, a breach of any agreement, covenant, warranty, representation or certification of the Borrowers under this Amendment and/or the failure of the Borrowers to perform their obligations under this Amendment shall constitute an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.

7. Waiver .  The Borrowers acknowledge, confirm and agree that they have no claims, counterclaims, offsets, defenses or causes of action against the Agent or any Lender with respect to amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement or otherwise.  To the extent such claims, counterclaims, offsets, defenses and/or causes of actions should exist, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, each of the Borrowers hereby WAIVES the same and RELEASES the Agent and the Lenders from any and all liability in connection therewith.

8. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall not be effective until each of the following conditions precedent has been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Agent:

 

21


 

(a)

This Amendment shall have been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties hereto, and shall be in full force and effect and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

(b)

All actions on the part of the Borrowers necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers of this Amendment and all other documentation, instruments, and agreements to be executed in connection herewith shall have been duly and effectively taken and evidence thereof satisfactory to the Agent shall have been provided to the Agent.

(c)

The Agent shall have received from the Borrowers an amendment fee in the amount of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) (the “ Amendment Fee ”).  The Amendment Fee shall be fully and irrevocably earned by the Agent upon execution of this Amendment, and is non-refundable to the Borrowers.

(d)

The Borrowers shall have delivered to the Agent true and complete copies of the MSSF Loan Documents.

(e)

The Agent and MSSF shall have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement, and the Borrowers shall have executed an acknowledgment of same.

(f)

The Borrowers shall have made all required payments relating to the deletion of the Fixed Asset Availability from the Borrowing Base so as to maintain compliance with Section 2.1(a) of the Credit Agreement.

(g)

No Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(h)

The Borrowers shall have paid to the Agent all costs and expenses of the Agent, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amendment.

(i)

JPM shall have received all fees payable to JPM from Wells Fargo in connection with entering into this Amendment and becoming a Lender under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(j)

The Borrowers shall have executed and delivered to the Agent such additional documents, instruments, and agreements as the Agent may reasonably request.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a)

This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.    Each counterpart may be delivered in original, facsimile or electronic (e.g., “.tif” or “.pdf”) form.

 

22


 

(b)

This Amendment expresses the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.  No prior negotiations or discussions shall limit, modify, or otherwise affect the provisions hereof.

(c)

Any determination that any provision of this Amendment or any application hereof is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect and in any instance shall not affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other instance, or the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provisions of this Amendment.

(d)

The Borrowers warrant and represent that the Borrowers have consulted with independent legal counsel of the Borrowers’ selection in connection with this Amendment, and the Borrowers are not relying on any representations or warranties of the Borrowers or its counsel in entering into this Amendment.

(e)

THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AMENDMENT AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK  (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW).

(f)

This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for all purposes.

[ SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW ]

 

 

23


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as a sealed instrument by their respective duly authorized officers.

 

 

 

 

BORROWERS:

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

 

 

 

By:  /s/ Lindon G. Robertson

Name:  Lindon G. Robertson

Title:  EVP & CFO

 

 

 

 

BIOSTORAGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:  /s/ Lindon G. Robertson

Name:  Lindon G. Robertson

Title:  EVP & CFO

 

 

[CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

 

24


 

 

 

AGENT, Lender and

ISSUING BANK:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

By:  /s/ Jonathan Boynton

Name:  Jonathan Boynton

Title:  VP, Relationship Mgr.

 

 

 

 

 

[CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

 

 

25


 

 

LENDER and ISSUING BANK:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

By:  /s/ John Lee

Name:  John Lee

Title:  Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

26


Exhibit 10.25

CUSIP: 11434CAB2

ISIN: US11434CAB28

 

 

$200,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

October 4, 2017,

among

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.,

The Lenders Party Hereto,

and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

and
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 

 

 

 


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

 

Page

Section 1.01

Defined Terms

1

Section 1.02

Terms Generally

38

Section 1.03

Accounting Terms; GAAP

38

Section 1.04

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

39

Section 1.05

Pro Forma Calculations; Covenant Calculations

39

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

THE CREDITS

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Commitments

40

Section 2.02

Loans and Borrowings

40

Section 2.03

Requests for Borrowings

41

Section 2.04

Funding of Borrowings

41

Section 2.05

Interest Elections

42

Section 2.06

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

43

Section 2.07

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

43

Section 2.08

Prepayment of Loans

44

Section 2.09

Fees

46

Section 2.10

Interest

46

Section 2.11

Alternate Rate of Interest

47

Section 2.12

Increased Costs

47

Section 2.13

Break Funding Payments

48

Section 2.14

Taxes

49

Section 2.15

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

52

Section 2.16

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

54

Section 2.17

Incremental Term Loan Commitments

54

Section 2.18

Defaulting Lenders

57

Section 2.19

Extensions of Loans

58

Section 2.20

Refinancing Amendments

60

Section 2.21

Illegality.

61

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Organization

62

Section 3.02

Authorization; Enforceability

62

Section 3.03

Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts

62

-i-


 

 

Section 3.04

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Change

63

Section 3.05

Properties

63

Section 3.06

Litigation and Environmental Matters

63

Section 3.07

Compliance with Laws

64

Section 3.08

Intellectual Property

64

Section 3.09

Investment Company Status

64

Section 3.10

Taxes

64

Section 3.11

ERISA

64

Section 3.12

Labor Matters

64

Section 3.13

Insurance

65

Section 3.14

Solvency

65

Section 3.15

Subsidiaries

65

Section 3.16

Disclosure

65

Section 3.17

Federal Reserve Regulations

66

Section 3.18

Use of Proceeds

66

Section 3.19

Anti-Corruption Laws; Anti-Money Laundering Laws; Sanctions

66

Section 3.20

Security Documents

66

Section 3.21

Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Effective Date

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Financial Statements and Other Information

69

Section 5.02

Notices of Material Events

70

Section 5.03

Information Regarding Collateral

71

Section 5.04

Existence; Conduct of Business

71

Section 5.05

Payment of Taxes

71

Section 5.06

Maintenance of Properties

71

Section 5.07

Insurance

71

Section 5.08

Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights

72

Section 5.09

Compliance with Laws

73

Section 5.10

Use of Proceeds

73

Section 5.11

Further Assurances

73

Section 5.12

Maintenance of Ratings

75

Section 5.13

Annual Lender Calls

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-ii-


 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Indebtedness

75

Section 6.02

Liens

77

Section 6.03

Fundamental Changes

79

Section 6.04

Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions

80

Section 6.05

Asset Sales.

82

Section 6.06

Restricted Payments; Certain Payments in Respect of Indebtedness

84

Section 6.07

Transactions with Affiliates

85

Section 6.08

Restrictive Agreements

86

Section 6.09

Change in Fiscal Year

86

Section 6.10

Limitation on Amendments

87

Section 6.11

Use of Proceeds

87

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Events of Default

87

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

THE AGENTS

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Appointment

89

Section 8.02

Exculpatory Provisions

90

Section 8.03

Reliance by Agents

90

Section 8.04

Delegation of Duties

91

Section 8.05

Indemnification

91

Section 8.06

Withholding Tax

91

Section 8.07

Successor Administrative Agent

92

Section 8.08

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders

92

Section 8.09

Credit Bidding

92

Section 8.10

Security Documents and Collateral Agent

93

Section 8.11

No Liability of Lead Arrangers

94

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Notices

95

Section 9.02

Waivers; Amendments

96

Section 9.03

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

99

-iii-


 

 

Section 9.04

Successors and Assigns

101

Section 9.05

Survival

105

Section 9.06

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

106

Section 9.07

Severability

106

Section 9.08

Right of Setoff

106

Section 9.09

Governing Law; Consent to Service of Process

107

Section 9.10

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

107

Section 9.11

Headings

108

Section 9.12

Confidentiality

108

Section 9.13

Material Non-Public Information

109

Section 9.14

Interest Rate Limitation

109

Section 9.15

Release of Liens and Guarantees

109

Section 9.16

Platform; Borrower Materials

110

Section 9.17

USA PATRIOT Act

110

Section 9.18

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

111

Section 9.19

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

111

 

 

-iv-


 

 

 

 

SCHEDULES:

 

 

 

Schedule 1.01A

Commitments

Schedule 1.01B

Principal Office

Schedule 1.01C

Auction Procedures

Schedule 1.01D

Initial Mortgaged Properties

Schedule 2.15

Payment Instructions

 

 

EXHIBITS:

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit C

Form of Guaranty and Security Agreement

Exhibit D

Form of Perfection Certificate

Exhibit E

Form of Interest Election Request

Exhibit F-1

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit F-2

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit F-3

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit F-4

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit G

Form of Solvency Certificate

 

 

-v-


 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 4, 2017 (as amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”), among Brooks Automation, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders (such term and each other capitalized term used and not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in Article 1 ) and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT:

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend credit in the form of Initial Term B Loan Commitments on the Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount of $200,000,000.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I


Definitions

Section 1.01 Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

ABL Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, among the ABL Agent, as agent for the ABL Claimholders (each as defined therein) and the Administrative Agent, as agent for the Term Loan Claimholders (as defined therein).

ABR ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Acquisition-Related Incremental Term Loan Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(a) .

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

Administrative Agent ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affected Loans ”  has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21 .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agent Parties ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d)(ii) .

1

 


 

 

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and “ Agent ” means any one of them.

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

All-in Yield ” means, as to any Indebtedness, the effective interest rate with respect thereto as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower and consistent with generally accepted financial practices, taking into account the interest rate, margin, original issue discount, upfront fees and “LIBOR floors” or “base rate floors”; provided that (i) original issue discount and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a four-year life to maturity of such Indebtedness, (ii) customary arrangement, structuring, ticking, underwriting, amendment or commitment fees paid solely to the applicable arrangers or agents with respect to such Indebtedness and, if applicable, consent fees for an amendment paid generally to consenting Lenders, shall each be excluded and (iii) for the purpose of Section 2.17 , if the “LIBOR floor” for the Incremental Term Loans exceeds 0 basis points, such excess shall be equated to interest rate margins for the purpose of this definition.

Allocation Date ” mean the date on which the Lead Arrangers have syndicated the Initial Term B Loan Commitments to the Initial Term B Lenders and provided each Initial Term B Lender with its respective allocation thereto (which date may have occurred prior to the Effective Date).

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for an Interest Period of one month commencing on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively; provided that, if determined pursuant to the foregoing, the Alternate Base Rate is below zero, the Alternate Base Rate will be deemed to be zero.

Amendment ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 4.01(k) .

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all laws, rules and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including without limitation the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act.

Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” means the applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries operate, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Authority.

Applicable Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(h) .

Applicable Margin ” means, for any day, (i) with respect to any Initial Term B Loan, 2.50% per annum in the case of any Eurodollar Loan and 1.50% per annum in the case of any ABR Loan and (ii) with respect to any Incremental Term Loan, Extended Term Loan or Refinancing Term Loan, the “Applicable Margin” set forth in the Incremental Term Loan Amendment, Extension Amendment or Refinancing Amendment (as applicable) relating thereto.

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment.  If Commitments have terminated or expired,

-2-


 

 

the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04) , and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Auction Procedures ” means the auction procedures with respect to Dutch Auctions set forth in Schedule 1.01C hereto.

Available Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount not less than zero, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication: 

(a) $25,000,000, plus  

(b) the Available ECF Amount at such time, plus

(c) the aggregate amount of  net cash proceeds received by the Borrower from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower after the Effective Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) (other than Disqualified Stock), plus

(d) the amounts received in cash or Permitted Investments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any distribution, dividend, profit, return of capital, repayment of loans or upon the Disposition of any Investment, or otherwise received from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (including the amounts received in cash or Permitted Investments from any Disposition or issuance of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary), in each case to the extent received in respect of an Investment (including the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) made in reliance on the Available Amount and, in each case, not to exceed the original amount of such Investment, plus

(e) the fair market value of the Investments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries made in any Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.04(w) at the time it is redesignated as or merged into a Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, not to exceed the lesser of (i) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of such Investments made in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation or merger and (ii) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of such Investments in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Investments were made),  minus

(f) the aggregate amount of any Investment made pursuant to Section 6.04(w) , any Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.06(a)(vi) , or any prepayment made pursuant to Section 6.06(b)(vi) after the Effective Date and on or prior to such time.

Available ECF Amount ” means, on any date, an amount not less than zero determined on a cumulative basis equal to Excess Cash Flow for each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2018 and ending with the fiscal year of the Borrower most recently ended prior to the date of determination for which financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) to the extent such

-3-


 

 

Excess Cash Flow has not been applied or required to be applied to prepay Initial Term B Loans pursuant to Section 2.08(c) (without regard to any credit against such obligation).

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Code ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America.

Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, unless such ownership interest results in or provides such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) in the case of any corporation or company, the board of directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board, (b) in the case of any exempted or limited liability company, the board of managers, board of directors, manager or managing member of such Person or the functional equivalent of the foregoing, (c) in the case of any partnership, the board of directors, board of managers, manager or managing member of a general partner of such Person or the functional equivalent of the foregoing and (d) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.16 .

Borrowing ” means Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03 which shall be, in the case of any such written request, substantially in the form of Exhibit B or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent).

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day”

-4-


 

 

shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or tangible personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; provided   that all obligations of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP immediately prior to the Effective Date (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as operating lease obligations that would not otherwise be required to be reflected on such Person’s balance sheet (and not as Capital Lease Obligations) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP or change in the application of GAAP following the date that would otherwise require such obligations to be reflected on such Person’s balance sheet or characterized as Capital Lease Obligations.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof).

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of section 957(a) of the Code.

CFC Holdco ” means a Subsidiary that has no material assets other than Equity Interests (including, for this purpose, any debt or other instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of one or more other CFC Holdcos or Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

Change in Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the Effective Date), of Equity Interests representing more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower; (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the Board of Directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated, appointed or approved for consideration by shareholders for election by the current Board of Directors of the Borrower nor (ii) nominated, appointed or approved for consideration by shareholders for election by directors so nominated, appointed or approved; or (c) a Change in Control or similar event, however denominated, under any Material Indebtedness.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of any of the following:  (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.12(b) , by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided ,   however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar

-5-


 

 

authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Charges ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.14 .

Class ,” when used in reference to (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Initial Term B Loans or Other Term Loans and (b) any Commitment refers to whether such Commitment is a Term Loan Commitment to make Initial Term B Loans or Other Term Loans.  Other Term Loans that have different terms and conditions (together with the Commitments in respect thereof) from the Initial Term B Loans, or from Other Term Loans, as applicable, shall be construed to be in separate and distinct Classes.

Class Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(h) .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means any and all “Collateral,” “Pledged Collateral,” “Mortgaged Property,” “Trust Property,” or similar term as defined in any applicable Security Document and all other property of any Loan Party that is subject to any Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to any Security Document; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein or in any Security Document or other Loan Document, the “Collateral” shall exclude any Excluded Property.

Collateral Agent ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. or any successor thereto in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, that the following requirements shall be satisfied (to the extent such requirements are stated to be applicable at the time):

(i) on the Effective Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received (A) from the Borrower and each Guarantor, a counterpart of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, (B) from the Borrower and each Guarantor, a counterpart of the Perfection Certificate and (C) from each Guarantor, a counterpart of the Guarantee Agreement, in each case, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person;

(ii) on the Effective Date, (A)(x) all outstanding Equity Interests directly owned by the Loan Parties, other than Excluded Property, and (y) all Indebtedness owing to any Loan Party, other than Excluded Property, shall have been pledged or assigned for security purposes to the extent required under the Security Documents and (B) the Collateral Agent shall have received certificates or other instruments (if any) representing such Equity Interests and any notes or other instruments required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Security Documents, together with stock powers, note powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto (as applicable) endorsed in blank;

(iii) in the case of any Person that becomes a Guarantor after the Effective Date, subject to Section 5.11 , the Collateral Agent shall have received (A) a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement and (B) supplements to the Guaranty and Security Agreement and any other Security Documents, if applicable, in the form specified therefor or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, in each case, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Guarantor;

(iv) after the Effective Date, subject to Section 5.11 , all outstanding Equity Interests of any Person (other than Excluded Property) that are directly held or acquired by a Loan Party

-6-


 

 

after the Effective Date and all Indebtedness owing to any Loan Party (other than Excluded Property) that are directly acquired by a Loan Party after the Effective Date shall have been pledged pursuant to the Security Documents and the Collateral Agent shall have received certificates or other instruments (if any) representing such Equity Interests and any notes or other instruments required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Security Documents, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto (as applicable) endorsed in blank;

(v) except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or any Security Document, all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, intellectual property security agreements and filings with the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and all other actions reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (including those required by applicable Requirements of Law) to be delivered, filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents (in each case, including any supplements thereto) and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Security Documents, shall have been delivered, filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or the recording substantially concurrently with, or promptly following, the execution and delivery of each such Security Document;

(vi) on the Effective Date, evidence of the insurance (if any) required by the terms of Section 5.07 hereof shall have been received by the Collateral Agent;

(vii) after the Effective Date, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) such other Security Documents as may be required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.11 or the Security Documents, and (ii) upon reasonable request by the Collateral Agent, evidence of compliance with any other requirements of Section 5.11 ;   provided , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no actions required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction to create or perfect any security interest in assets located or titled outside the U.S., including any Intellectual Property registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction, shall be required or requested to be delivered, filed, registered or recorded (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction); and

(viii) the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of a Mortgage, together with the other deliverables described in Section 5.11(b) with respect to each Material Real Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property within the time periods set forth in Section 4.01(f) or Section 5.11 (as applicable).

The foregoing definition shall not require, and the Loan Documents shall not contain any requirements as to, the creation, perfection or maintenance of pledges of, or security interests in, mortgages on, or the obtaining of mortgage policies, surveys, abstracts or appraisals or taking other actions with respect to, any Excluded Property. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Security Documents or any other Loan Document, (i) the Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time or waiver of requirement for the creation or perfection of security interests in or the execution and delivery of any Mortgage and the obtaining of title insurance, surveys or opinions of counsel with respect to, or obtaining of insurance with respect to, particular assets (including extensions beyond the Effective Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower, that perfection or obtaining of such items cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (ii) there shall be no control, lockbox or similar arrangements nor any control

-7-


 

 

agreements relating to the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ bank accounts (including deposit, securities or commodities accounts), in each case other than those under the Existing Credit Agreement, (iii) there shall be no landlord, mortgagee or bailee waivers required, and (iv) no actions required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required to be taken to create or perfect any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States (including any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary and any non U.S. Intellectual Property) or to perfect or make enforceable any security interests in such assets.

Commitment ” means a Term Loan Commitment.

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et   seq .), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Communications ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d)(ii) .

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated Cash Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (i) the interest expense (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations) of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (ii) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense of the Borrower for such period in accordance with GAAP and (iii) all cash dividends paid or payable during such period in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests of the Borrower; provided that such dividends shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the effective combined tax rate of the Borrower (expressed as a decimal) for such period (as estimated by a Responsible Officer in good faith).

Consolidated Current Assets ” means, as at any date of determination, the consolidated current assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, excluding cash and cash equivalents.

Consolidated Current Liabilities ” means, as at any date of determination, the consolidated current liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that may property be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, excluding, without duplication, the current portion of any long-term Indebtedness.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any Test Period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, for such Test Period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ”  means, for any Test Period, an amount determined for Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to Consolidated Net Income, for such Test Period:

(a) increased by (without duplication) in each case only to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in determining such Consolidated Net Income (other than with respect to clause (ix) below) and without duplication:

(i) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such Test Period; plus

-8-


 

 

(ii) interest expense for such Test Period; plus

(iii) any provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital (including federal, state and local taxes, franchise taxes, excise taxes and similar taxes, including any penalties or interest with respect thereto) for such Test Period; plus

(iv) any fees, commissions, costs, expenses or other charges or any amortization related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment not prohibited hereunder, acquisition (including earn-out provisions), Disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence, prepayment, amendment, modification, restructuring or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement or occurring prior to the Effective Date (whether or not successful) for such Test Period, including (A) such fees, costs, expenses or charges related to the Facilities and the other Transactions and (B) any amendment or other modification to the terms of any such transactions; plus

(v) the amount of any cash restructuring charge and related charges, business optimization expenses, or reserve or related items incurred during such Test Period; plus

(vi) any other non-cash losses, charges and expenses (including non-cash compensation charges) reducing Consolidated Net Income for such Test Period except to the extent reserved for a cash expense or charge in any future period; plus

(vii) any net loss from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations (excluding held for sale discontinued operations until actually disposed of); plus

(viii) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights during such Test Period; plus

(ix) the amount of expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such Test Period) related to mergers and other business combinations, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings, cost saving and other similar initiatives which are, in each case, factually supportable and reasonably identifiable, in each case net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such Test Period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expense and cost-saving synergies are expected to be realized (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) within twenty four (24) months after such transaction or initiative has been consummated, (y) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expense and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (ix) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period and (z) the aggregate add-backs pursuant to this clause (ix) (plus any adjustments made in respect of anticipated synergies and cost savings pursuant to clause (y) of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”) shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis but prior to giving effect to any add back under this clause (ix) or such adjustments made pursuant to clause (y) of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”); plus

(x) expenses relating to changes in GAAP; plus

-9-


 

 

(b) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(i) any net gain or loss resulting in such Test Period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency hedges or remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from currency exchange risk), plus or minus , as applicable;

(ii) any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, plus or minus , as applicable; and

(iii) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring losses, charges or expenses;

all as determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein) the following:  (a) gains or losses attributable to property sales not in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), (b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and any gains or losses attributable to write-ups or write-downs of assets, (c) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, provided   that the income of such Person will be included to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash (or converted to cash) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Consolidated Total Assets ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, as of the date of determination, Consolidated Current Assets minus Consolidated Current Liabilities.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “ Controlled ” has a meaning correlative thereto.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent in writing or has made a public statement to the effect

-10-


 

 

that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event or (ii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of (A) an Undisclosed Administration or (B) the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of the courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means, with respect to any Person, the sale, transfer, license or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property of such Person.

Disqualified Institution ” means (a) any Person identified in writing upon three (3) Business Days’ notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent that is at the time a competitor of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any Affiliate of any Person described in clause (a) to the extent such Affiliate is clearly identifiable solely on the basis of the similarity of such Affiliate’s name to any Person described in clause (a) (but excluding any Affiliate of such Person that is a bona fide debt fund or investment vehicle that is primarily engaged, or that advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds or similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which such Person does not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity), in each case, solely to the extent the list of Disqualified Institutions described in clause (a) is made available to all Lenders (either by the Borrower or by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s express authorization) on the Platform; it being understood that to the extent the Borrower provides such list (or any supplement thereto) to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent is authorized to and shall post such list (and any such supplement thereto) on the Platform; provided that no supplement to the list of Disqualified Institutions described in clause (a) shall apply retroactively to disqualify any Persons that have previously acquired an assignment or participation interest in the Loans.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interests of such Person that, by their terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which they are convertible or for which they are exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) mature (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or are mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) are redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provide for scheduled, mandatory payments of dividends in cash, or (d) are or become convertible into or exchangeable, either mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof, for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), (A) prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date in effect at the time of issuance thereof and (B) except as a result of a change of control or asset sale or similar event so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the

-11-


 

 

occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event or similar event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments ( provided , that only the portion of the Equity Interests that so mature or are mandatorily redeemable, are so convertible or exchangeable or are so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock).  Notwithstanding the foregoing:  (i) any Equity Interests issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because they may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employees’ termination, death or disability and (ii) any class of Equity Interests of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Qualified Equity Interests shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiaries ” means all Subsidiaries that are organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Dutch Auction ” means an auction conducted by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in order to purchase Term Loans as contemplated by Section 9.04(e) , as applicable, in accordance with the Auction Procedures.

ECF Percentage ” means, as of the date of determination, (a) if the Secured Leverage Ratio (determined without giving effect to the proviso in the definition of “Unrestricted Cash”) as of the last day of the applicable fiscal year of the Borrower is greater than 1.75:1.00, 50%, (b) if the Secured Leverage Ratio (determined without giving effect to the proviso in the definition of “Unrestricted Cash”) as of the last day of the applicable fiscal year of the Borrower is less than or equal to 1.75:1.00 but greater than 1.00:1.00, 25% and (c) otherwise, 0%.

ECP ” means an “eligible contract participant” as defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and the applicable rules issued by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or the SEC.

EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any degree) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02 ), which is October 4, 2017.

-12-


 

 

Electronic Signature ” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a natural person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.

Electronic System ” means any electronic system, including e-mail, e-fax, Intralinks®, ClearPar®, Debt Domain, Syndtrak and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by the Administrative Agent and any of its Related Parties or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.

Engagement Letter ” means the engagement letter, dated as of September 12, 2017, between the Borrower and the Lead Arrangers.

Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, or injunctions issued or promulgated by any Governmental Authority, governing pollution, protection of the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials or human health or safety matters.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental investigation or remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated), other than the Borrower, that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(m) or (o) of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of any unpaid “minimum required contribution” (as defined in Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or with respect to a Multiemployer Plan, any failure to make a required contribution; (c) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (e) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (f) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (g) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal (including under Section 4062(e) of ERISA) from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (h) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any

-13-


 

 

ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or is in “endangered” or “critical” or “critical and declining” status, within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person) from time to time.

Eurodollar ,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01 .

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any fiscal year of the Borrower, the excess of:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization and non-cash compensation expense arising from equity awards) to the extent deducted in arriving at the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting);

(iv) cash receipts in respect of Swap Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(v) the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent it exceeds the amount of cash taxes (including penalties and interest) paid or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period; minus

(b) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and non-cash gains to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (x) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions made in cash during such period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of an incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness (other than extensions of credit under any revolving credit facility or similar facility or other short term Indebtedness);

-14-


 

 

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of Capital Lease Obligations, (B) prepayments of Loans pursuant to Section 2.08(b) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to such Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase and (C) the amount of scheduled amortization payments in respect of the Term Loans, but excluding (X) all other prepayments of Term Loans and (Y) all prepayments in respect of any revolving credit facility available to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except, in the case of this clause (Y), to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) made during such period, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of an incurrence of Indebtedness (other than extensions of credit under any revolving credit facility or similar facility or other short term Indebtedness);

(iv) the amount of cash taxes (including penalties and interest) paid or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period;

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting);

(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness;

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (x) below in prior periods, the amount of Investments made under clauses (g), (m), (r), (w) (solely with respect to clause (a) of the definition of “Available Amount”), (x) and (y) of Section 6.04 , except to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of an incurrence of Indebtedness (other than extensions of credit under any other revolving credit facility or similar facility or other short term Indebtedness);

(viii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Agreements during such period to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

(ix) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness except to the extent that such amounts were financed with the proceeds of an incurrence of Indebtedness (other than extensions of credit under any other revolving credit facility or similar facility or other short term Indebtedness);

(x) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, at the option of the Borrower, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Investments permitted by Section 6.04 , Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period except to the extent intended to be financed with the proceeds of an incurrence of other Indebtedness (other than extensions of credit under any other revolving credit facility or similar facility or other short term Indebtedness); provided that to the extent the aggregate amount utilized to finance such Investments permitted by Section 6.04 , Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions during such period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters is less than

-15-


 

 

the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall, shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ;  

(xi) the aggregate amount of all cash Restricted Payments of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries made during such period; and

(xii) cash payments during such period in respect of non-cash items expensed in a prior period but not reducing Excess Cash Flow as calculated for such prior period.

Excluded Property ” means (i) any leasehold interest in real property and any fee owned real property (other than Material Real Property), (ii) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, except to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement, (iii) letter of credit rights, except the extent perfection can be accomplished by filing of a UCC financing statement, and commercial tort claims in an amount reasonably estimated by the Borrower to be less than $10,000,000, (iv) pledges and security interests prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation including the requirement to obtain consent of any governmental authority after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition, (v) Equity Interests in any Person other than Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, to the extent not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition, (vi) any lease, permit, license or agreement, any property subject to a purchase money security interest, Capital Lease Obligations or similar arrangement permitted under this Agreement, and any deposit or cash collateral account securing Liens of a type described in Section 6.02(j) and paragraphs (c) and (d) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances, in each case, to the extent the grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, permit, license or agreement,  purchase money or similar arrangement, or agreement governing such deposit or cash collateral account or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition, (vii) those assets as to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree that the cost of obtaining such security interest or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby, (viii) (a) voting Equity Interests in excess of 65% of the voting Equity Interests of any first tier CFC or CFC Holdco or (b) any of the assets of a CFC (including any of the Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of a CFC), (ix) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted by the terms thereof after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, (x) any U.S. trademark application filed on the basis of an intent-to-use such trademark prior to the filing with and acceptance by the United States Patent and Trademark Office of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act (15 U.S.C. §1051, et   seq .), to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application under applicable federal law, (xi) (a) payroll and other employee wage and benefit accounts, (b) sales tax accounts, (c) escrow accounts for the benefit of unaffiliated third parties and (d) fiduciary or trust accounts for the benefit of unaffiliated third parties, and, in the case of clauses (a) through (d), the funds or other property held in or maintained in any such account, in each case, other than to the extent perfection may be accomplished by filing of a UCC

-16-


 

 

financing statement and other than proceeds of Collateral, (xii) any acquired property (including property acquired through acquisition or merger of another entity), if at the time of such acquisition the granting of a security interest therein or the pledge thereof is prohibited by contract or other agreement binding on such acquired property (in each case, not created in contemplation thereof) to the extent and for so long as such contract or other agreement prohibits such security interest or pledge after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition, (xiii) Equity Interests issued by, or assets of, Unrestricted Subsidiaries, Immaterial Subsidiaries, not for profit subsidiaries and Captive Insurance Subsidiaries, (xiv) Margin Stock, and (xv) assets to the extent the granting of a security interest in such assets would result in a material adverse tax consequence to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower).

Excluded Subsidiary ” means any of the following:

(a) each Immaterial Subsidiary,

(b) each Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary),

(c) each Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited but only for so long as such Domestic Subsidiary is prohibited from guaranteeing or granting Lien to secure the Secured Obligations by any applicable law, rule or regulation or that would require consent, approval, license or authorization of a Governmental Authority to Guarantee or grant Liens to secure the Obligations (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received),

(d) each Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited but only for so long as such Domestic Subsidiary by any applicable contractual requirement from guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Secured Obligations existing on the Effective Date or existing at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such prohibition did not arise as part of such acquisition (and for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect),

(e) any Foreign Subsidiary,

(f) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a CFC Holdco or (ii) that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a CFC Holdco or of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC,

(g) any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree that the cost (or material adverse Tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee of or granting Liens to secure the Secured Obligations would be excessive in relation to the benefit to be afforded thereby,

(h) each Unrestricted Subsidiary,

(i) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, and

(j) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any Specified Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee by such Loan Party of, or the gran t   by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Specified Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the

-17-


 

 

Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (a) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an ECP at the time the Guarantee of such Loan Party or the grant of such security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Specified Swap Obligation or (b) in the case of a Specified Swap Obligation subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), because such Loan Party is a “financial entity,” as defined in Section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), at the time such Guarantee of such Loan Party becomes or would become effective with respect to such related Specified Swap Obligation.  If a Specified Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Specified Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Obligation is guaranteed by such Loan Party or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient:  (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by such Recipient’s net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office located in or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment, pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the applicable Commitment, or, in the case of an applicable interest in a Loan not funded pursuant to a prior Commitment, such Lender acquires such interest in such Loan;   provided that this clause (b)(i) shall not apply to an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.16(b) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.14 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired such applicable interest in such Loan or Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.14(f) and (d) any Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing Class Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(h) .

Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2016, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, among the Borrower, Biostorage Technologies, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents and lenders party thereto.

Extended Term Loan ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(a) .

Extending Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(a) .

Extension ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(a) .

Extension Amendment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(b) .

Extension Election ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(a) .

Facility ” means the respective facility and commitments utilized in making Loans hereunder, it being understood that, as of the Effective Date there is one Facility ( i.e . , the Initial Term B Facility) and thereafter, the term “Facility” may include any other Class of Commitments and the extensions of credit thereunder.

-18-


 

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the Effective Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to the foregoing (or any amended or successor version described above), and any intergovernmental agreements entered into in connection with the foregoing and any law, regulations, or official rules adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreement .

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

Fiscal Quarter ” means the fiscal quarter of the Borrower, ending on the last day of each March, June, September and December of each year.

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (v) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

Foreign Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, applied on a consistent basis, subject to the provisions of Section 1.03 .

Governmental Acts ” means any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state, local, provincial or otherwise, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other

-19-


 

 

obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation;   provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

Guarantee Agreement ” means a guarantee agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C , made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Guarantors ” means each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes party to a Guarantee Agreement as a Guarantor, and the permitted successors and assigns of each such Person (except to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary or successor or assign thereof is relieved from its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement). 

Guaranty and Security Agreement ” means the Guaranty and Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C dated as of the Effective Date among the Borrower, each Guarantor and the Collateral Agent.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Immaterial Subsidiaries ” means all Subsidiaries other than the Material Subsidiaries.

Incremental Equivalent Debt ” means Indebtedness issued, incurred or otherwise obtained by any Loan Party in respect of one or more series of senior unsecured notes, senior secured first lien or junior lien notes or subordinated notes (in each case issued in a public offering, Rule 144A or other private placement in lieu of the foregoing (and any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor)) or junior lien or unsecured (but not senior secured first lien) loans that, in each case, if secured, will be secured by Liens on the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) or a junior priority basis with the Liens on Collateral securing the Secured Obligations, and that are issued or made in lieu of Incremental Term Loans;   provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Incremental Equivalent Debt at the time of issuance or incurrence shall not exceed the amount that would be permitted to be incurred as Incremental Term Loans under Section 2.17(a) at such time (with any Incremental Equivalent Debt being deemed to constitute Indebtedness that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Facilities for the purposes of calculating the Secured Leverage Ratio set forth in Section 2.17(a) even if not so secured), (ii) such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall not be subject to any Guarantee by any Person other than a Loan Party, (iii) in the case of Incremental Equivalent Debt that is secured, the obligations in respect thereof shall not be secured by any Lien on any asset of any Person other than any asset constituting Collateral, (iv) if such Incremental Equivalent Debt is secured, such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be subject to an applicable Intercreditor Agreement and if such Incremental Equivalent Debt is payment subordinated, shall be subject to a subordination agreement on terms that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (v) at the time of incurrence, such Incremental Equivalent Debt has a final maturity date equal to or later than the Latest Maturity Date then in effect with respect to, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or longer than, the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Class of outstanding Term Loans with the then Latest Maturity Date or Weighted Average Life to Maturity, as the case may be.

Incremental Term Loan Amendment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(a) .

-20-


 

 

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ” means the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.17 , to make Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower.

Incremental Term Loan Lender ” means a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.

Incremental Term Loans ” means any additional term loans made pursuant to Section 2.17 .

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) current accounts and trade payables payable incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any bona-fide earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid after being due and payable), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by such Person, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all Disqualified Stock in such Person, valued, as of the date of determination, at the greater of (i) the maximum aggregate amount that would be payable upon maturity, redemption, repayment or repurchase thereof (or of Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness into which such Disqualified Stock convertible or exchangeable) and (ii) the maximum liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock (excluding accrued dividends that have not increased the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock);   provided that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include (i) deferred or prepaid revenue,  (ii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the seller, or (iii) financing, construction or other similar liabilities arising pursuant to EITF 97-10 (ASC 840) or any successor accounting pronouncement and not reflecting any obligation to any other Person.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.  The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) above shall (unless such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person) be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (B) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.  For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall exclude intercompany liabilities arising from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations and intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business.

Indemnified Taxes ” means all (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b) .

Initial Term B Borrowing ” means any Borrowing comprised of Initial Term B Loans.

Initial Term B Facility ” means the Initial Term B Loan Commitments and the Initial Term B Loans made hereunder.

-21-


 

 

Initial Term B Facility Maturity Date ” means the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date.

Initial Term B Lender ” means a Lender with an Initial Term B Loan Commitment or an outstanding Initial Term B Loan.

Initial Term B Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Term Loan Lender, the commitment of such Term Loan Lender to make Initial Term B Loans hereunder.  The amount of each Term Loan Lender’s Initial Term B Loan Commitment as of the Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 1.01A .  The aggregate amount of the Initial Term B Loan Commitments as of the Effective Date is $200,000,000.

Initial Term B Loans ” means the term loans made by the Term Loan Lenders to the Borrower on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.01 .

Intellectual Property ” means the following:  (a) copyrights, mask works (including integrated circuit designs) and rights in works of authorship, registrations and applications for registration thereof, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, slogans, domain names, logos, trade dress and registrations and applications of registrations thereof, (c) patents, as well as any reissued and reexamined patents and extensions corresponding to the patents and any patent applications, as well as any related continuation, continuation in part and divisional applications and patents issuing therefrom, and all inventions, discoveries and designs claimed or described therein, (d) trade secrets, and other confidential information, including ideas, designs, concepts, compilations of information, databases and rights in data, methods, techniques, procedures, processes and other know-how, whether or not patentable and (e) all other intellectual property or industrial property.

Intercompany Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;   provided that the occurrence of any event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute a new incurrence of Indebtedness other than Intercompany Indebtedness by the issuer thereof.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, a Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable.

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.05 .

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, (i) the last day of each March, June, September and December and (ii) the applicable Maturity Date and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, (i) the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and (ii) the applicable Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter (or, to the extent agreed to by all Lenders with Commitments or Loans under the applicable Class, twelve months, a period shorter than one month, or any other period as is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), as the Borrower may elect;   provided , that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding

-22-


 

 

Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.  For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Investment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04 .  

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Joint Venture ” means a corporation, partnership or other Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) jointly owned by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and one or more Persons that are not Affiliates of the Borrower for the purpose of engaging in any business in which the Borrower would be permitted to engage under Section 6.03(b) .

Junior Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.06(b) .

Junior Debt Prepayment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.06(b) .

Latest Maturity Date ” means, at any date of determination, the latest Term Facility Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, in each case then in effect on such date of determination.

LCA Election ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.05(b) .

LCA Test Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.05(b) .  

Lead Arrangers ” means the Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners listed on the cover page.

Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 1.01A and any other Person (excluding Disqualified Institutions) that shall have become a Lender hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, Incremental Term Loan Amendment, Extension Amendment or Refinancing Amendment, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

LIBO Rate ” means:

(a) with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowings for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Bloomberg screen LIBOR01 (or any successor to or substitute for such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that in the event such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period; and

-23-


 

 

(b) for any rate calculation with respect to a ABR Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to the LIBO Rate described in paragraph (a) above, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time, determined two Business Days prior to such date for dollar deposits with a term of one month commencing that day;

provided that to the extent that any such rate is below zero, the LIBO Rate described in paragraph (a) above will be deemed to be zero; provided ,   further that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided ,   further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge in the nature of a security interest or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities;   provided that “Lien” shall not include any non-exclusive licenses or covenants not to assert under Intellectual Property that do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) secure any Indebtedness. 

Limited Condition Acquisition ” means any acquisition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests or assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person (a) that is permitted by this Agreement and (b) the consummation of which is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing or in connection with which any fee or expense would be payable by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries to the seller or target in the event financing to consummate the acquisition is not obtained as contemplated by the definitive acquisition agreement.

Limited Condition Acquisition Agreement ” means, with respect to any Limited Condition Acquisition, the definitive acquisition documentation in respect thereof.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, each Refinancing Amendment, each Incremental Term Loan Amendment, each Extension Amendment, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, any other Intercreditor Agreement to the extent then in effect, the Notes and any other document designated in writing by the Administrative Agent with Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) as a Loan Document.

Loan Parties ” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Long-Term Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness that, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes (or, when incurred, constituted) a long-term liability.

Margin Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, property or financial condition of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) the validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents, taken as a whole, or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders thereunder, taken as a whole.

-24-


 

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $25,000,000.  For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

Material Real Property ” means (i) the real property identified on Schedule 1.01D, and (ii) any other real estate owned (but not leased) by the Borrower or any Guarantor located in the United States having a value in excess of $3,000,000 (estimated in good faith by the Borrower).

Material Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that when combined with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries either (a) generates in the aggregate 5% or more of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower or (b) holds in the aggregate assets that constitute 5% or more of all consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements of the Borrower are available;   provided that, if the Consolidated EBITDA or consolidated assets of all Restricted Subsidiaries that would otherwise be excluded from being a “Material Subsidiary” pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above exceeds the applicable thresholds set forth in clause (a) or (b) above, then the Borrower shall designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries to be “Material Subsidiaries” to the extent necessary so that the Consolidated EBITDA and consolidated assets of all Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries do not exceed the applicable thresholds set forth in clause (a) or (b) above.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.14 .

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgage ” means a mortgage or deed of trust encumbering a Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

Mortgage Policy ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11 .

Mortgaged Property ” means any Material Real Property for which a Mortgage is delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(f) or 5.11.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Proceeds ” means, with respect to any event, the cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such event net of (a) all Taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable) by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to third parties in connection with such event and the amount of any reserves established by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, that are directly attributable to such event ( provided that any determination by the Borrower that Taxes estimated to be payable are not payable and any reduction at any time in the amount of any such reserves (other than as a result of payments made in respect thereof) shall be deemed to constitute the receipt by the Borrower at such time of Net Proceeds in the amount of the estimated Taxes not payable or such reduction, as applicable), (b) all brokerage commissions and fees, attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, underwriting discounts and other fees and out-of-pocket expenses (including survey costs, title insurance premiums and related search and recording charges) paid by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to third parties in connection with such event, (c) in the case of a Disposition of an asset, (w) any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any Disposition to secure any indemnification obligations or

-25-


 

 

adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such Disposition, (x) the amount of all payments that are permitted hereunder and are made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or to establish an escrow for the future repayment thereof) as a result of such event to repay Indebtedness (other than the Initial Term B Loans) secured by such asset or otherwise subject to mandatory prepayment as a result of such event, (y) the pro rata portion of net cash proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (y)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a result thereof and (z) the amount of any liabilities directly associated with such asset and retained by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

New Class Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(h) .

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(d) .

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Notes ” means any promissory notes issued pursuant to Section 2.07(e) .

Obligations ” means (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrower or the applicable Loan Parties of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (ii) all other monetary obligations, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Loan Parties to the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (b) the due and punctual payment and performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties, monetary or otherwise, under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

OFAC ” means Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Order ” means an order, writ, judgment, award, injunction, decree, ruling or decision of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator.

Organizational Documents ” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in

-26-


 

 

any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Incremental Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(b)(i) .

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.16(b) ).

Other Term Facilities ” means the Other Term Loan Commitments and the Other Term Loans made thereunder.

Other Term Loan Commitments ” means, collectively, (a) Incremental Term Loan Commitments and (b) commitments to make Refinancing Term Loans.

Other Term Loans ” means, collectively, (a) Other Incremental Term Loans, (b) Extended Term Loans and (c) Refinancing Term Loans.

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c) .

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c) .

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Perfection Certificate ” means the Perfection Certificate with respect to the Loan Parties in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , or such other form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(g) .

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.05 ;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP;

(c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, health, disability, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds, reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit, and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

-27-


 

 

(e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (j) of Article VII ;

(f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(g) any obligations or duties affecting any of the property of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries to any municipality or public authority with respect to any franchise, grant, license or permit which do not materially impair the use of such property for the purposes for which it is held;

(h) with respect to any Mortgaged Property, the exceptions included on the applicable Mortgage Policy;

(i) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases; and

(j) Liens arising out of consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

Permitted Foreign Investments ” means any of the following, to the extent held in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; (i) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 364 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by any office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States of America, (ii) euros and Sterling, (iii) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (g) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” of foreign obligors, which investments are reasonably appropriate in connection with any business conducted by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) and which investments or obligors (or the parent companies of such obligors) have the ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from S&P and Moody’s and (iv) other short term investments utilized by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in such country in investments analogous to the investments described in clauses (a) through (g) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” below and in this paragraph and which are reasonably appropriate in connection with any business conducted by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in such country (as determined by the Borrower in good faith).

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 24 months with an aggregate portfolio weighted-average maturity of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, short-term credit ratings of at least A-1 and P-1 by S&P and Moody’s, respectively, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition;

-28-


 

 

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 365 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

(e) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s or invest solely in the assets described in clauses (a) through (d) above

(f) municipal (tax-exempt) investments with a maximum maturity of 24 months with an aggregate portfolio weighted-average maturity of 12 months or less (for securities where the interest rate is adjusted periodically (e.g. floating rate securities), the interest rate reset date will be used to determine the maturity date);

(g) variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any state agency, municipality or domestic corporation rated A-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and maturing within 24 months with an aggregate portfolio weighted-average maturity of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition (the interest rate reset date will be used to determine the maturity date); and

(h) investments made pursuant to and in accordance with the Borrower’s investment policy as approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors, as in effect on the Effective Date and as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time with the approval of the Borrower’s Board of Directors.

Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement ” means, with respect to any Liens on Collateral that are intended to be equal and ratable with the Liens securing the Secured Obligations, one or more intercreditor agreements, each of which shall be on terms which are consistent with market terms governing security arrangements for the sharing of liens on a pari passu basis at the time such intercreditor agreement is proposed to be established, as determined by the Borrower and the Collateral Agent in the exercise of reasonable judgment.

Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement ” means, with respect to any Liens on Collateral that are intended to be junior to any Liens securing the Secured Obligations, one or more intercreditor agreements, each of which shall be on terms which are consistent with market terms governing security arrangements for the sharing of liens on a junior basis at the time such intercreditor agreement is proposed to be established, as determined by the Borrower and the Collateral Agent in the exercise of reasonable judgment.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, exchanges, replacements or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees, premiums, penalties and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, exchanges, replacements or extension, (b) Indebtedness (other than purchase money Indebtedness and

-29-


 

 

Capital Lease Obligations) resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, exchanges, replacements or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged, replaced or extended, (c) immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, the Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, exchange, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders, taken as a whole, as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged, replaced or extended, (e) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged, replaced or extended is secured, (i) the Indebtedness resulting from such modification refinancing, refunding, renewal, extension, replacement or extension shall only be secured on the same basis (including relative priority) as the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged, replaced or extended and shall be subject to the applicable Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) no Lien relating thereto shall be expanded to cover any additional property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (f) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is not recourse to any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Loan Party) that is not an obligor of the Indebtedness being so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged, replaced or extended.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may constitute a portion of an issuance of Indebtedness in excess of the amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that such excess amount is otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Platform ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.16 .

Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

Prepayment Event ”  means :

(a) any Disposition of any asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any sale or issuance to a Person other than the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Equity Interests in any Subsidiary, other than (i) Dispositions described in clause (a), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (k), (l) or (m) of Section 6.05 , and (ii) other Dispositions resulting in Net Proceeds not exceeding $5,000,000 for any individual transaction or series of related transactions;

(b) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary resulting in Net Proceeds of $5,000,000 or more with respect to such event; or

(c) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness, other than any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Section 6.01 (other than Refinancing Term Loans and Refinancing Notes).

-30-


 

 

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the “Money Rates” or successor section of The Wall Street Journal as being the “Prime Lending Rate” or, if more than one rate is published as the “Prime Lending Rate”, then the highest of such rates (each change in the Prime Rate to be effective as of the date of publication in The Wall Street Journal of a “Prime Lending Rate” that is different from that published on the preceding Business Day); provided that in the event that The Wall Street Journal shall, for any reason, fail or cease to publish the “Prime Lending Rate”, the Administrative Agent shall choose a reasonably comparable index or source to use as the basis for the “Prime Lending Rate”.

Principal Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s “Principal Office” as set forth on Schedule 1.01B , or such other office or office of a third party or sub-agent, as appropriate, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate in writing to the Borrower and each Lender.

Pro Forma Basis   means, as to any Person, for all Specified Transactions that occur subsequent to the commencement of an applicable measurement period except as set forth in Section 1.05(a) , all calculations of the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense and the Total Leverage Ratio will give pro forma effect to such Specified Transactions as if such Specified Transactions occurred on the first day of such measurement period.  Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a Financial Officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.  Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate.  Whenever any calculation is made on a Pro Forma Basis hereunder, such calculation shall be made in good faith by a Financial Officer; provided that no such calculation shall include cost savings or synergies unless  such cost savings and synergies are (i) either (x) in compliance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or (y) based on actions taken or to be taken within 24 months of the relevant transaction or otherwise consistent with clause (a)(ix) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” and (ii) in an amount for any Test Period, when aggregated with the amount of any increase to Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period pursuant to clause (a)(ix) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA,” that does not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis but prior to giving effect to any increase pursuant to this clause (y) or clause (a)(ix) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”).

Pro Rata Extension Offers ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(a) .

Proceeding ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b) .

Proposed Change ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(d) .

Public Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.16 .

Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest other than Disqualified Stock.

Recipient ” means (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) any Lender, as applicable.

Refinancing Amendment ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.20(c) .

Refinancing Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a) .

Refinancing Notes ” means any secured or unsecured notes or loans issued by the Borrower or any Guarantor (whether under an indenture, a credit agreement or otherwise (other than this Agreement))

-31-


 

 

and the Indebtedness represented thereby; provided that (a) 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Refinancing Notes are used to permanently repay Term Loans and/or replace Commitments substantially simultaneously with the issuance thereof; (b) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Refinancing Notes does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the aggregate portion of the Term Loans so repaid and/or Commitments so replaced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premiums) thereon and underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, fees, commissions and expenses); (c) the final maturity date of such Refinancing Notes is on or after the Latest Maturity Date; (d) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinancing Notes is greater than or equal to the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans so repaid; (e) the terms of such Refinancing Notes do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Term Facility Maturity Date of the Term Loans so reduced (other than (x) in the case of Refinancing Notes in the form of notes, customary offers to repurchase or mandatory prepayment provisions upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default and (y) in the case of Refinancing Notes in the form of loans, customary amortization and mandatory and voluntary prepayment provisions which are, when taken as a whole, consistent in all material respects with, or not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties than, those applicable to the Term Loans repaid and/or Commitments replaced, as the case may be, with such Indebtedness to provide that any such mandatory prepayments as a result of asset sales, events of loss, or excess cash flow, shall be allocated on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not a greater than pro rata basis) with the other Term Loans outstanding pursuant to this Agreement); (f) there shall be no obligor with respect thereto that is not a Loan Party; (g) if such Refinancing Notes are secured, the security agreements relating to such assets shall not extend to any assets not constituting Collateral and shall be no more favorable to the secured party or party, taken as a whole (determined by the Borrower in good faith) than the Security Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and such Refinancing Notes shall be subject to the provisions of a Permitted Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or a Permitted Junior Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; and (h) all other terms applicable to such Refinancing Notes other than provisions relating to pricing, rate floors, discounts, fees, interest rate margins, optional prepayment, optional redemption and any other pricing terms (which pricing, rate floors, discounts, fees, interest rate margins, optional prepayment, optional redemption and other pricing terms shall not be subject to the provisions set forth in this clause (h)) taken as a whole shall (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) be substantially similar to, or not materially more favorable to the investors in respect of such Refinancing Notes than, the terms, taken as a whole (determined by the Borrower in good faith), applicable to the Term Loans so reduced (except (i) to the extent such covenants and other terms apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date in effect at the time such Refinancing Notes are issued or are otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (ii) to the extent Lenders under the corresponding Term Loans also receive the benefit of such more favorable terms and (iii) that any such Refinancing Notes may contain any financial maintenance covenants, so long as any such covenant shall not be tighter than (or in addition to) those applicable to the Term Loans then outstanding (unless such covenants are also added for the benefit of the Lenders holding the Term Loans then outstanding, which shall not require consent of the Lenders holding the Term Loans then outstanding and which the Administrative Agent shall add upon the issuance of such Refinancing Notes)).

Refinancing Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a) .

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(b)(F)(iv) .

Registered Equivalent Notes ” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

-32-


 

 

Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Repricing Event ” means (a) any prepayment or repayment of any Initial Term B Loan with the proceeds of any Indebtedness in the form of term loans, or any conversion of any Initial Term B Loan into any new or replacement tranche of term loans, in each case having an All-in Yield lower than the All-in Yield (excluding for this purpose, upfront fees and original discount on the Initial Term B Loans) of such Initial Term B Loan at the time of such prepayment or repayment or conversion , but excluding any prepayment, repayment or conversion in connection with a Change in Control or Transformative Acquisition, and (b) any amendment or other modification of this Agreement that, directly or indirectly, reduces the All-in Yield of any Initial Term B Loan , but excluding any amendment or modification in connection with a Change in Control or Transformative Acquisition .

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Loans or unfunded Commitments representing greater than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Loans or unused Commitments, as applicable, at such time.  The Loans and unused Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time.

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule, regulation, statute, order, ordinance, decree, judgment, consent decree, writ, injunction, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted, promulgated or imposed or entered into or agreed by any Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, or other similar officer of the Borrower.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business.

Sanctioned Country ” means a country, region or territory that at any time is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions (as of the Effective Date, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

-33-


 

 

Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union Member State, Canada or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, (b) any Person located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clause (a) or (b).

Sanctions ” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC, the U.S. State Department, the U.S. Department of Commerce or the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union Member State, Canada or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America.

Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the greater of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness under clauses (a), (b), (g) or (j) of the definition thereof of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, that is secured by Liens on property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (after giving effect to any incurrence or repayment of any such Indebtedness on such date) minus Unrestricted Cash and (ii) $0 to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period ending on such date.

Secured Obligations ” means, collectively, the Obligations, including all interest and other monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, each sub-agent appointed pursuant to Article VIII hereof by the Administrative Agent with respect to matters relating to the Loan Documents or by the Collateral Agent with respect to matters relating to any Security Document and each other Person to which any of the Secured Obligations is owed.

Security Documents ” means the Guaranty and Security Agreement, Mortgage, and each other security document or pledge agreement delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.11 to secure any of the Secured Obligations, and all UCC or other financing statements, intellectual property security agreements or instruments of perfection required by this Agreement or any security agreement to be filed with respect to the security interests in personal property created pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement and any other document or instrument utilized to pledge as collateral for the Secured Obligations any property of whatever kind or nature.

Specified Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

Specified Transaction ” means (i) any Disposition and any asset acquisition, Investment (or series of related Investments), in each case, in excess of $20,000,000 (or any similar transaction or transactions), any dividend, distribution or other similar payment, (ii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) any incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum

-34-


 

 

reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board).  Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D.  Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation.  The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which Equity Interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies or commodities.

Target Person ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the last paragraph of Section 6.04 .

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Facility ” means each of the Initial Term B Facility and any Other Term Facility.

Term Facility Maturity Date ” means, as the context may require, (a) with respect to the Initial Term B Facility, the Initial Term B Facility Maturity Date and (b) with respect to any other Class of Term Loans, the maturity dates specified therefor in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Amendment, Extension Amendment or Refinancing Amendment.

Term Loan ” means the Initial Term B Loans and/or the Other Term Loans.

Term Loan Borrowing ” means any Initial Term B Borrowing or any Borrowing of Other Term Loans.

Term Loan Commitment ” means the commitment of a Term Loan Lender to make Term Loans, including Initial Term B Loans and/or Other Term Loans, in each case, as set forth on Schedule 1.01A or the applicable Incremental Term Loan Amendment or Refinancing Amendment.

Term Loan Lender ” means a Lender having a Term Loan Commitment or that holds Term Loans.

-35-


 

 

Test Period ” means each period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters of the Borrower then last ended (in each case taken as one accounting period).

Total Credit Exposure ” means, as to any Term Loan Lender at any time, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Term Loan Lender’s Term Loans outstanding at such time.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the greater of (i) the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness under clauses (a), (b), (g) or (j) of the definition thereof of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as of such date (after giving effect to any incurrence or prepayment of Indebtedness on such date) minus Unrestricted Cash and (ii) $0 to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period ending on such date.

Transactions ” means the Amendment and the entering into the Facility as of the Effective Date.

Transformative Acquisition ” means any acquisition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not permitted by the terms of this Agreement immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition.

Type ,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

Undisclosed Administration ” means, in relation to a Lender or its direct or indirect parent company, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian, or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender or such parent company is subject to home jurisdiction, if applicable law requires that such appointment not be disclosed.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

Unrestricted Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, such cash or Permitted Investments that (a) does not appear (and is not required to appear) as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower (unless such appearance is related to the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations or Liens with respect to the Existing Credit Agreement or any Permitted Refinancing thereof (so long as such Permitted Refinancing maintains the Collateral Agent’s Lien priority with respect to the Collateral as in effect immediately prior thereto)), (b) is not subject to any Lien in favor of any Person other than (i) the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (ii) Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement and any Permitted Refinancing thereof (so long as such Permitted Refinancing maintains the Collateral Agent’s Lien priority with respect to the Collateral as in effect immediately prior thereto), and (iii) Liens permitted under Section 6.02(k) and (c) is otherwise generally available for use by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash for purposes of this Agreement shall not exceed $100,000,000.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (1) any Subsidiary of the Borrower which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Borrower, as provided below); and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Borrower may designate:  (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any Subsidiary acquired or formed after the Effective Date) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that: (i) such designation shall be deemed an Investment

-36-


 

 

by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Borrower’s (or its Restricted Subsidiaries’) Investments therein, which shall be required to be permitted on such date in accordance with Section 6.04 (and not as an Investment permitted thereby in a Restricted Subsidiary); (ii) the Borrower could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Total Leverage Ratio test set forth in clause (iv) of Section 6.01(i) ; and (iii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing; and (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that: (i) immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing; and (ii) the Borrower could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Total Leverage Ratio test set forth in clause (iv) of Section 6.01(i) .  Any such designation by the Borrower will be notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall promptly provide to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the applicable foregoing provisions.  The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness and Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time. 

USA PATRIOT Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17 .

U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(f)(ii)(b)(3) .

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower all the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and Equity Interests held by other Persons to the extent such Equity Interests are required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries) is owned by the Borrower or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

Write-down and Conversion Powers ” means: 

(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation: 

(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a Person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a

-37-


 

 

bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a Person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that Person or any other Person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

Section 1.02 Terms Generally .  The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”  Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

Section 1.03 Accounting Terms; GAAP .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Effective Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith; provided,  further, that if GAAP requires the Borrower subsequent to the Effective Date to cause operating leases to be treated as capitalized leases or otherwise to be reflected on such Person’s balance sheet, then such change shall not be given effect hereunder, and those types of leases which were treated as operating leases as of the Effective Date shall continue to be treated as operating leases that would not otherwise be required to be reflected on such Person’s balance sheet.  Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value,” as defined therein and (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such

-38-


 

 

Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.

 

Section 1.04 Classification of Loans and Borrowings .  For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Term Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Term Loan”).  Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Term Loan Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Term Loan Borrowing”).

 

Section 1.05 Pro Forma Calculations; Covenant Calculations .

 

(a) For purposes of any calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, Consolidated EBITDA or Total Leverage Ratio, in the event that any Specified Transaction has occurred during the Test Period for which the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, Consolidated EBITDA or Total Leverage Ratio is being calculated or following the end of such Test Period and on or prior to the date of determination, such calculation shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, when calculating any applicable ratio or determining other compliance with this Agreement (including the determination of compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom) in connection with a Specified Transaction undertaken in connection with the consummation of a Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination of such ratio and determination of whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom or other applicable covenant shall, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an “ LCA Election ”), be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into (the “ LCA Test Date ”) and if, after such ratios and other provisions are measured on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other Specified Transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness) as if they occurred at the beginning of the four consecutive fiscal quarter period being used to calculate such financial ratio ending prior to the LCA Test Date, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratios and provisions, such provisions shall be deemed to have been complied with.  For the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any of such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower or the target of such Limited Condition Acquisition) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios and other provisions will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder and (y) such ratios and other provisions shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or related Specified Transactions.  If the Borrower has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Acquisition, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket availability with respect to any other Specified Transaction on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

-39-


 

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, at any time Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is less than $0, there shall be no availability under any Secured Leverage Ratio or the Total Leverage Ratio test when determining if the Borrower may take any action permitted hereunder (including any incurrence of Indebtedness).

ARTICLE II

The Credits 

Section 2.01 Commitments .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (i) each Initial Term B Lender severally agrees to make an Initial Term B Loan to the Borrower in dollars on the Effective Date in a single drawing and in an amount not to exceed such Initial Term B Lender’s Initial Term B Loan Commitment, and (ii) each Incremental Term Loan Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment agrees to make Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower in dollars on the relevant borrowing date or during the relevant availability period in an amount equal to such Lender’s applicable Incremental Term Loan Commitment.  All such Term Loans shall be made on the applicable date by making immediately available funds available to the Administrative Agent’s designated account or to such other account or accounts as may be designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, not later than the time specified by the Administrative Agent.  Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

 

Section 2.02 Loans and Borrowings Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans under the same Facility and of the same Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments under such Facility.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required hereunder.

 

(a) Subject to Section 2.11 , each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith.  Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan (and in the case of an Affiliate, the provisions of Sections 2.11 ,   2.12 ,   2.13 ,   2.14 ,   2.16 and 2.18 shall apply to such Affiliate to the same extent as to such Lender);   provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000.  At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000.  Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time;   provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Eurodollar Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the applicable Term Facility Maturity Date.

-40-


 

 

Section 2.03 Requests for Borrowings .  To request a Borrowing (other than a continuation or conversion, which is governed by Section 2.05 ), the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (or, by e-mail in accordance with Section 9.01 ):  (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing.  Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by e-mail, hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request substantially in the form of Exhibit B and signed by the Borrower.  Each such telephonic, electronic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

 

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) the Class of such Borrowing;

(iv) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(v) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(vi) the location and number of the Borrower’s account or such other account or accounts designated in writing by the Borrower to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.04(a) .

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing.  If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.  Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03 , the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

Section 2.04 Funding of Borrowings .

 

(a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, at the Principal Office of the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent or to such other account or accounts as may be designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 2.04 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent,

-41-


 

 

then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans.  If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

Section 2.05 Interest Elections .

 

(a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request.  Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.05 .  The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. 

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.05 , the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone (or, by e-mail in accordance with Section 9.01 ) by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election.  Each such telephonic (or electronic) Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in substantially the form of Exhibit E and signed by the Borrower. 

(c) Each telephonic, electronic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

-42-


 

 

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month’s duration.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.06 Termination and Reduction of Commitments .  On the Effective Date (after giving effect to the funding of the Initial Term B Loans to be made on such date), the Initial Term B Loan Commitments of each Lender as of the Effective Date will terminate.

 

Section 2.07 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .

 

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the applicable Lenders the then unpaid principal amount of each Borrowing no later than the applicable Term Facility Maturity Date.  Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.08(i) , the Borrower shall repay the Initial Term B Loans on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 to occur during the term of this Agreement (commencing on the last day of the first full Fiscal Quarter ending after the date of the initial Borrowing of the Initial Term B Loans) or, if any such date is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, in an aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Initial Term B Loans equal to 0.25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term B Loans with the balance of all Initial Term B Loans incurred on the Effective Date payable on the Initial Term B Facility Maturity Date.  In the event that any Other Term Loans are made, the Borrower shall repay such Other Term Loans on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the related Incremental Term Loan Amendment, Extension Amendment or Refinancing Amendment.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima   facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

-43-


 

 

(e) Any Lender may request by written notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note.  In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender (promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a promissory note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent.  Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein and its registered assigns.

Section 2.08 Prepayment of Loans .

 

(a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay (without premium or penalty except with respect to Initial Term B Loans as provided in Section 2.08(f) , if applicable) any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section 2.08 , in a minimum amount equal to $1,000,000 or any integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit prepayment in an amount less than the denominations specified above if the amount of such prepayment constitutes the remaining outstanding balance of the Borrowing being prepaid.

(b) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall, on the day such Net Proceeds are received (or, in the case of a Prepayment Event described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” within five (5) Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary), prepay the Initial Term B Loans in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds; provided that, in the case of any event described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may cause the Net Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof) to be invested within 365 days after receipt by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including to consummate any Permitted Acquisition (or any other acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of) any Person) permitted hereunder), in which case no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of the Net Proceeds from such event (or such portion of such Net Proceeds so invested) except to the extent of any such Net Proceeds that have not been so invested by the end of such 365-day period (or within a period of 180 days thereafter if by the end of such initial 365-day period the Borrower or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries shall have entered into an agreement or binding commitment to invest such Net Proceeds), at which time a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds that have not been so invested (and no prepayment shall be required to the extent the aggregate amount of such Net Proceeds that are not reinvested in accordance with this Section 2.08(b) does not exceed $10,000,000 in any fiscal year of Borrower); provided ,   further , that the Borrower may use a portion of such Net Proceeds to prepay or repurchase any other Indebtedness that is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Loans to the extent such other Indebtedness and the Liens securing the same are permitted hereunder and the documentation governing such other Indebtedness requires such a prepayment or repurchase thereof with the proceeds of such Prepayment Event, in each case in an amount not to exceed the product of (x) the amount of such Net Proceeds and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such other Indebtedness and the denominator of which is the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Initial Term B Loans and such other Indebtedness.  

(c) In the event that the Borrower has Excess Cash Flow for any fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2018, the Borrower shall, within five (5)

-44-


 

 

Business Days after the date financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) for such fiscal year, prepay an aggregate principal amount of Initial Term B Loans in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year over (y) the aggregate amount of (i) prepayments of Loans pursuant to Section 2.08(a) during such fiscal year and (ii) purchases of Loans pursuant to Section 9.04(e) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such fiscal year (determined by the actual cash purchase price paid by such Person for any such purchase and not the par value of the Loans purchased by such Person) (in each case other than with the proceeds of Indebtedness).

(d) [Reserved].

(e) Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment of Borrowings under this Section 2.08 , the Borrower shall, subject to the next sentence, specify the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid in the notice of such prepayment delivered pursuant to paragraph (i) of this Section 2.08 .  Mandatory prepayments shall be applied without premium or penalty.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Initial Term B Lender may elect, by notice to the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by hand delivery or facsimile) at least one Business Day (or such shorter period as may be established by the Administrative Agent) prior to the required prepayment date, to decline all or any portion of any prepayment of its Loans pursuant to this Section 2.08 (other than an optional prepayment pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 2.08 or a prepayment pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Prepayment Event,” which may not be declined), in which case the aggregate amount of the payment that would have been applied to prepay Loans but was so declined may be retained by the Borrower.

(f) In the event any Initial Term B Loans are subject to a Repricing Event prior to the date that is six months after the Effective Date, then each Lender whose Initial Term B Loans are prepaid or repaid in whole or in part, or which is required to assign any of its Initial Term B Loans pursuant to Section 2.16 , in each case in connection with such Repricing Event or which holds an Initial Term B Loan the All-in Yield (excluding for this purpose upfront fees and original issue discount on the Initial Term B Loans) of which is reduced as a result of a Repricing Event shall be paid an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Initial Term B Loans so prepaid, repaid, assigned or repriced.

(g) [Reserved].

(h) [Reserved].

(i) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (or by e-mail in accordance with Section 9.01 and in any event as confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment of a Borrowing hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of such prepayment (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may agree), and (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment.  Each such notice shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid.  If a notice of optional prepayment is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or consummation of any other transaction, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.  Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each prepayment of a Term Loan Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.08(a) shall be applied to the remaining scheduled payments of the applicable Term Loans included in the prepaid Term Loan Borrowing in such order as directed by the Borrower, but absent such direction, in direct order of maturity.  Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.10 and in the case of any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to

-45-


 

 

this Section 2.08 on any day prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall, promptly after receipt of a written request by any applicable Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required pursuant to Section 2.13 Each prepayment of Initial Term B Loans  pursuant to Sections 2.08(b) and (c) shall be applied to the remaining scheduled amortization payments of the Initial Term B Loans  in direct order of maturity.

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that the payment of any amounts attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries that are required to be prepaid pursuant to Section 2.08(b) or (c) would result in material adverse tax consequences or are prohibited or delayed by any Requirement of Law (including financial assistance and corporate benefit restrictions and fiduciary and statutory duties of the relevant directors) from being repatriated to the Borrower, then the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to prepay such amounts as required under Section 2.08(b) and (c) for so long as such material tax consequences exist or the applicable Requirement of Law will not permit repatriation to the Borrower, as applicable.

Section 2.09 Fees .

 

(a) On the Effective Date, the Borrower agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Initial Term B Lender, 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term B Loan Commitment of such Initial Term B Lender.

(b) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(c) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, in the case of commitment fees to the Lenders.  Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

Section 2.10 Interest .

 

(a) The Initial Term B Loans comprising each ABR Term Loan Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for ABR Initial Term B Loans. 

(b) The Initial Term B Loans comprising each Eurodollar Term Loan Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Initial Term B Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.10 or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Initial Term B Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.10 .

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.10 shall be

-46-


 

 

payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).  The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.11 Alternate Rate of Interest .  If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

 

(i) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

(ii) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or electronic means as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist (which notice shall be promptly given by the Administrative Agent when such circumstances no longer exist), (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.

Section 2.12 Increased Costs .

 

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate);

(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes” and (C) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

-47-


 

 

(iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or to such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, within 10 days following request of such Lender or such other Recipient, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such other Recipient (accompanied by a certificate in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 2.12 ), as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered; provided that such Person shall only be entitled to seek such additional amounts if such Person is generally seeking the payment of similar additional amounts from similarly situated borrowers in comparable credit facilities to the extent it is entitled to do so.

(b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered within 10 days following request of such Lender (accompanied by a certificate in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 2.12 ); provided that such Person shall only be entitled to seek such additional amounts if such Person is generally seeking the payment of similar additional amounts from similarly situated borrowers in comparable credit facilities to the extent it is entitled to do so.

(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for and computation of the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.12 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided ,   further , that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.13 Break Funding Payments In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.08(h) and is revoked

-48-


 

 

in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16 , then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event (but not lost profits) within 10 days following request of such Lender (accompanied by a certificate described below in this Section 2.13 ).  In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market.  A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for and computation of any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

Section 2.14 Taxes .

 

(a) Payments Free of Taxes .  All payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Requirements of Law.  If any applicable Requirements of Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding for Indemnified Taxes has been made (including such deductions and withholdings for Indemnified Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.14 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties.  The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.

(c) Indemnification by the Loan Parties.  The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.14) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) [Reserved].

-49-


 

 

(e) Evidence of Payments.  As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.14, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(f) Status of Lenders.

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), an executed copy of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally eligible to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax;

(2) an executed copy of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) an executed copy of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable; or

-50-


 

 

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (e.g., where the Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of such direct and indirect partner(s);

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally eligible to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or about the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (d), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Effective Date.

Each Lender agrees that if any documentation it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 2.14(f) expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such documentation or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to deliver to the Loan Parties and to any successor Administrative Agent any documentation provided by such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.14(f) .

(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds .  If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any of the Loan Parties or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.14 , it shall pay to the indemnifying Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such

-51-


 

 

Loan Party under this Section 2.14 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the indemnifying Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender agrees to repay the amount paid over to indemnifying Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying Loan Party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.  This Section 2.14 shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying Loan Party or any other Person.

(h) Survival.  Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.14 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

(i) Defined Terms.  For purposes of this Section 2.14, the term “Requirements of Law” includes FATCA.

Section 2.15 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .

 

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or of amounts payable under Section 2.12 ,   2.13 or 2.14 , or otherwise) prior to the time expressly required hereunder for such payment or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim at the Principal Office of the Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders.  Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day solely for purposes of calculating interest thereon.  All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the applicable account specified in Schedule 2.15 or, in any such case, to such other account as the Administrative Agent shall from time to time specify in a notice delivered to the Borrower, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.12 ,   2.13 ,   2.14 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.  If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.  All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

-52-


 

 

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans, resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).  The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.  For purposes of subclause (b) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes,” a Lender that acquires a participation pursuant to this Section 2.15(c) shall be treated as having acquired such participation on the earlier date(s) on which such Lender acquired the applicable interest(s) in the Commitment(s) and/or Loan(s) to which such participation relates.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due.  In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04 ,   2.15(d) or 9.03(c) , then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

(f) Any proceeds of any Collateral securing the Secured Obligations in connection with any enforcement or any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding shall be applied, subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable Intercreditor Agreement, ratably first , to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense reimbursements including amounts then due to the Agents from the Loan Parties, second , to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Lenders from the Loan Parties, third , to pay interest and commitment fees then due and payable hereunder ratably, fourth , to prepay principal on the Loans, ratably (with amounts applied to any such Term Loans applied to installments of the Term Loans ratably in accordance with the then outstanding amounts thereof), fifth , to the payment of any other Secured Obligation due to any Secured Party, sixth , as provided for under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable Intercreditor Agreement and seventh , after all of the Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and owing) have been paid in

-53-


 

 

full (including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code), to the Borrower.

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 2.15(f) , amounts received from any Loan Party shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party. 

Section 2.16 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

 

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14 , then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.14 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment within 10 days following request of such Lender (accompanied by reasonable back-up documentation relating thereto).

(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14 , and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with paragraph (a) above, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender or any Lender refuses to make an Extension Election pursuant to Section 2.19 , then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04 ), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments made pursuant to Sections 2.12 and 2.14 ) and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of the applicable Loans or Commitments, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including, if applicable, the prepayment fee pursuant to Section 2.08(f) ), from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.12 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.14 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (iv) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.  A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

Section 2.17 Incremental Term Loan Commitments .

 

-54-


 

 

(a) At any time prior to the Latest Maturity Date, the Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent (which the Administrative Agent shall promptly furnish to each Lender), request that one or more Persons (which may include the then-existing Lenders;   provided that no Lender shall be obligated to provide such Incremental Term Loan Commitments and may elect or decline in its sole discretion to provide Incremental Term Loan Commitments) establish Incremental Term Loans under this paragraph (a) , it being understood that (x) if such Incremental Term Loan Commitment is to be provided by a Person that is not already a Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have consented to such Person being a Lender hereunder to the extent such consent would be required pursuant to Section 9.04(b) in the event of an assignment to such Person (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and (y) the Borrower may agree to accept less than the amount of any proposed Incremental Term Loan Commitment;   provided that the minimum aggregate principal amount accepted shall equal the lesser of (i) $10,000,000 or (ii) the aggregate Incremental Term Loan Commitments proposed to be provided in response to the Borrower’s request.  The minimum aggregate principal amount of any Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall be $10,000,000, (or such lesser amount as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent).  In no event shall the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Loan Commitments pursuant to this paragraph (a) (when taken together with any Incremental Equivalent Debt incurred prior to such date) exceed an amount equal to the sum of (i) $75,000,000, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans and any Incremental Equivalent Debt, other than prepayments from proceeds of long-term Indebtedness and (iii) any additional amount so long as on the date of incurrence of such Incremental Term Loan Commitment (subject to the terms of Section 2.17(b) below), in the case of this clause (iii), the Secured Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis (assuming the full amount available thereunder is drawn and without netting the cash proceeds thereof) with any Incremental Equivalent Debt under Section 6.01(h) being deemed to constitute Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Facilities for the purposes of calculating the Secured Leverage Ratio even if unsecured.  The Borrower shall be deemed to have utilized the amounts under clause (ii) prior to using the amounts under clause (i) or (iii) and the Borrower shall be deemed to have utilized the amounts under clause (iii) (to the extent compliant therewith) prior to utilization of the amounts under clause (i).  The Borrower may arrange for one or more banks or other financial institutions, which may include any Lenders, to provide Incremental Term Loans or increase their applicable existing Term Loans in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitment.  Incremental Term Loans may be made hereunder pursuant to an amendment, supplement or amendment and restatement (an “ Incremental Term Loan Amendment ”) of this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by Loan Parties, each Lender participating in such tranche, each Person joining this Agreement as Lender by participation in such tranche, if any, and the Administrative Agent.  Each Incremental Term Loan Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.17 .

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Term Loans shall become effective under this Section 2.17 unless on the proposed date of the effectiveness of such Incremental Term Loan Commitment (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate dated such date and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower that, subject to the proviso set forth below, that the conditions set forth in Section 4.01(h)(ii)(A) and (h)(ii)(B) , (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received documents from the Borrower consistent with those delivered on the Effective Date as to the organizational power and authority of the Borrower to borrow hereunder after giving effect to such Incremental Term Loan Commitment and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received customary legal opinions or other certificates reasonably requested by it in connection with any such transaction; provided that, with respect to any Incremental Term Loan Commitment incurred for the primary purpose of financing a Limited Condition Acquisition (“ Acquisition-Related Incremental Term Loan Commitments ”), clause (i) of this sentence shall be deemed to have been satisfied so long as (1) as of the

-55-


 

 

date of effectiveness of the related Limited Condition Acquisition Agreement, no Event of Default or Default is in existence or would result from entry into such Limited Condition Acquisition Agreement, (2) as of the date of the initial borrowing pursuant to such Acquisition-Related Incremental Term Loan Commitment, no Event of Default under clause (a) ,   (b) ,   (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 is in existence immediately before or immediately after giving effect (including on a Pro Forma Basis) to such borrowing and to any concurrent transactions and any substantially concurrent use of proceeds thereof, (3) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects if qualified by materiality) as of the date of effectiveness of the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition Agreement and (4) as of the date of the initial borrowing pursuant to such Acquisition-Related Incremental Term Loan Commitment, customary “Sungard” representations and warranties (with such representations and warranties to be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects if qualified by materiality) immediately prior to, and immediately after giving effect to, the incurrence of such Acquisition-Related Incremental Term Loan Commitment.  Nothing contained in this Section 2.17 shall constitute, or otherwise be deemed to be, a commitment on the part of any Lender to provide Incremental Term Loans at any time.

(b) The Loan Parties and each Incremental Term Loan Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Term Loan Amendment and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Incremental Term Loan Lender.  Each Incremental Term Loan Amendment shall specify the terms of the applicable Incremental Term Loans; provided that:

(i) any commitments to make Incremental Term Loans in the form of additional Initial Term B Loans shall have the same terms as the Initial Term B Loans, and shall form part of the same Class of Initial Term B Loans,

(ii) [reserved],

(iii) any commitments to make Term Loans with pricing, maturity, amortization and/or other terms different from the Initial Term B Loans (“ Other Incremental Term Loans ”) shall be subject to compliance with clauses (iv) through (viii) below,  

(iv) the Other Incremental Term Loans incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.17 shall be secured by Liens that rank equal in priority with the Liens securing the existing Loans,

(v) the final maturity date of any such Other Incremental Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date applicable to Term Loans in effect at the date of incurrence of such Other Incremental Term Loans, and, except as to pricing, amortization, final maturity date and ranking as to security (which shall, subject to the other clauses of this proviso, be determined by the Borrower and the Incremental Term Loan Lenders in their sole discretion), the Other Incremental Term Loans shall have terms, to the extent not consistent with the Initial Term B Loans, that are not more favorable, taken as a whole, to the lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans than the terms of the Initial Term B Loans,

(vi) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any such Other Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the then outstanding Term Loans with the longest remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity,

(vii) there shall be no borrower (other than the Borrower) or guarantor (other than the Guarantors) in respect of any Incremental Term Loan Commitments,

-56-


 

 

(viii) Other Incremental Term Loans shall not be secured by any asset of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries other than the Collateral, and

(ix) the interest rate margins and (subject to clause (v) above) amortization schedule applicable to the Loans made pursuant to the Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Term Loan Lenders;   provided that in the event that the All-in Yield for any Incremental Term Loan incurred by the Borrower under any Incremental Term Loan Commitment on or prior to the 12 month anniversary of the Effective Date is higher than the All-in Yield for the outstanding Initial Term B Loans hereunder immediately prior to the incurrence of the applicable Incremental Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the effective interest rate margin for the Initial Term B Loans at the time such Incremental Term Loans are incurred shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the All-in Yield for the Initial Term B Loans is equal to the All-in Yield for such Incremental Term Loans minus 50 basis points.

Each party hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Loan Amendment, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments evidenced thereby as provided for in Section 9.02 .  Any amendment to this Agreement or any other Loan Document that is necessary to effect the provisions of this Section 2.17 and any such Collateral and other documentation shall be deemed “Loan Documents” hereunder and may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.  Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that all Incremental Term Loans (other than Other Incremental Term Loans), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of the outstanding applicable Class of Term Loans on a pro rata basis.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.17 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.15 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.

Section 2.18 Defaulting Lenders .

 

(a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments .  Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders.”

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall .  Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or Section 2.08(f) or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows:  first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to

-57-


 

 

be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement; fourth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fifth , so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and sixth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder.  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(b) [Reserved] .

(c) [Reserved] .

(d) Defaulting Lender Cure .  If the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans of the applicable Class to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments of such Class, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided ,   further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

Section 2.19 Extensions of Loans .

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers made from time to time by the Borrower to all Lenders of any Class of Term Loans on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding Term Loans of such Class), and on the same terms to each such Lender (“ Pro Rata Extension Offers ”), the Borrower is hereby permitted to consummate transactions with individual Lenders that agree to such transactions from time to time to extend the maturity date of such Lender’s Loans of such Class and to otherwise modify the terms of such Lender’s Loans of such Class pursuant to the terms of the relevant Pro Rata Extension Offer (including, without limitation, increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Lender’s Loans and/or modifying the amortization schedule in respect of such Lender’s Loans); provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide an Extension (as defined below), may elect to or decline in its sole discretion to provide an Extension.  For the avoidance of doubt, the reference to “on the same terms” in the preceding sentence shall mean that all of the Term Loans of such Class are offered to be extended for the same amount of time and that

-58-


 

 

the interest rate changes and fees payable with respect to such extension are the same.  Any such extension (an “ Extension ”) agreed to between the Borrower and any such Lender (an “ Extending Lender ”) will be established under this Agreement by implementing an Other Term Loan for such Lender if such Lender is extending an existing Term Loan (such extended Term Loan, an “ Extended Term Loan ”).  Each Pro Rata Extension Offer shall specify the date on which the Borrower proposes that the Extended Term Loan shall be made (the “ Extension Election ”), which shall be a date not earlier than five (5) Business Days after the date on which notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

(b) The Borrower and each Extending Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an amendment to this Agreement (an “ Extension Amendment ”) and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Extended Term Loans.  Each Extension Amendment shall specify the terms of the applicable Extended Term Loans; provided , that (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the offering document in respect of a Pro Rata Extension Offer is delivered to the Lenders, (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects if qualified by materiality) as of the date of effectiveness of the Extension Amendment, (iii) except as to interest rates, fees and any other pricing terms, and amortization, final maturity date and participation in prepayments and commitment reductions (which shall, subject to clauses (iv) and (v) of this proviso, be determined by the Borrower and set forth in the Pro Rata Extension Offer), the Extended Term Loans shall have (x) the same terms as the existing Class of Term Loans from which they are extended or (y) such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iv) the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans shall be no earlier than the latest Term Facility Maturity Date in effect on the date of incurrence and (v) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Class of Term Loans to which such offer relates.  Upon the effectiveness of any Extension Amendment, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans evidenced thereby as provided for in Section 9.02 .  Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.  In connection with any Extension Amendment, the Administrative Agent shall have received customary legal opinions or other certificates reasonably requested by it in connection with any such transaction.

(c) Upon the effectiveness of any such Extension, the applicable Extending Lender’s Term Loan will be automatically designated an Extended Term Loan. 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including without limitation this Section 2.19 ), (i) no Extended Term Loan is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, (ii) any Extending Lender may extend all or any portion of its Term Loans pursuant to one or more Pro Rata Extension Offers (subject to applicable proration in the case of over participation) (including the extension of any Extended Term Loan), (iii) there shall be no condition to any Extension of any Loan at any time or from time to time other than notice to the Administrative Agent of such Extension and the terms of the Extended Term Loan implemented thereby, (iv) all Extended Term Loans and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations of the relevant Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that rank equally and ratably in right of security with all other Obligations of the Class being extended and (v) there shall be no borrower (other than the Borrower) and no guarantors (other than the Guarantors) in respect of any such Extended Term Loans.

(e) Each Extension shall be consummated pursuant to procedures set forth in the associated Pro Rata Extension Offer; provided , that the Borrower shall cooperate with the Administrative Agent

-59-


 

 

prior to making any Pro Rata Extension Offer to establish reasonable procedures with respect to mechanical provisions relating to such Extension, including, without limitation, timing, rounding and other adjustments.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.19 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.15 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.

Section 2.20 Refinancing Amendments .

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent establish one or more additional tranches of term loans under this Agreement (such loans, “ Refinancing Term Loans ”) or Refinancing Notes pursuant to procedures reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, all Net Proceeds of which are used to refinance in whole or in part any Class of Term Loans.  Each such notice shall specify the date (each, a “ Refinancing Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Notes shall be made, which shall be a date not earlier than five (5) Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion);   provided , that: 

(i) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to the borrowing of such Refinancing Term Loans on the Refinancing Effective Date each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01(h)(ii)(A) and (h)(ii)(B) shall be satisfied;

(ii) the final maturity date of the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Notes shall be no earlier than the Term Facility Maturity Date of the refinanced Term Loans;

(iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinancing Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then-remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the refinanced Term Loans;

(iv) the aggregate principal amount of the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Notes shall not exceed the outstanding principal amount of the refinanced Term Loans plus amounts used to pay fees, premiums, costs and expenses (including original issue discount) and accrued interest associated therewith;

(v) all other terms applicable to such Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Notes (other than provisions relating to original issue discount, upfront fees, interest rates and any other pricing terms and optional prepayment or mandatory prepayment or redemption terms, which shall be as agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Refinancing Term Loans) taken as a whole shall (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) be substantially similar to, or not materially less favorable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than, the terms, taken as a whole, applicable to the Initial Term B Loans (except to the extent such covenants and other terms apply solely to any period after the then applicable Latest Maturity Date or are otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent);   provided that any such Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Notes may contain any financial maintenance covenants,  so long as any such covenant shall not be more restrictive to the Borrower than (or in addition to) those applicable to the Term Loans then outstanding (unless such covenants are also added for the benefit of the Lenders, which shall not require consent of the Lenders holding the Term Loans then outstanding and which the Administrative Agent shall add to this Agreement effective on such Refinancing Effective Date);

-60-


 

 

(vi) there shall be no borrower (other than the Borrower) and no guarantors (other than the Guarantors) in respect of such Refinancing Term Loans and Refinancing Notes;

(vii) Refinancing Term Loans and Refinancing Notes shall not be secured by any asset of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries other than the Collateral; and

(viii) Refinancing Term Loans and Refinancing Notes may participate on a pro rata basis or on a less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any mandatory prepayments hereunder, as specified in the applicable Refinancing Amendment.

(b) The Borrower may approach any Lender or any other Person that would be a permitted assignee pursuant to Section 9.04 to provide all or a portion of the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Notes;   provided , that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Notes may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a Refinancing Term Loan or Refinancing Notes.  Any Refinancing Term Loans made on any Refinancing Effective Date shall be designated an additional Class of Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement;   provided ,   further , that any Refinancing Term Loans may, to the extent provided in the applicable Refinancing Amendment governing such Refinancing Term Loans, be designated as an increase in any previously established Class of Term Loans made to the Borrower.

(c) The Borrower and each Lender providing the applicable Refinancing Term Loans shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an amendment to this Agreement (a “ Refinancing Amendment ”) and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence such Refinancing Term Loans.  For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, a Lender providing a Refinancing Term Loan will be deemed to have an Other Term Loan having the terms of such Refinancing Term Loan.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including without limitation this Section 2.20 ), (i) no Refinancing Term Loan is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, (ii) there shall be no condition to any incurrence of any Refinancing Term Loan at any time or from time to time other than those set forth in clause (a) above and (iii) all Refinancing Term Loans and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that rank equally and ratably in right of security with the other Secured Obligations. In connection with any Refinancing Amendment, the Administrative Agent shall have received customary legal opinions or other certificates reasonably requested by it in connection with any such transaction.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.20 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.15 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.

Section 2.21 Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if any Change in Law occurring after the Effective Date shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (“ Affected Loans ”), (a) such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Affected Loans, continue Affected Loans as such and convert an ABR Loan to an Affected Loan shall forthwith be cancelled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain such Affected Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make an ABR Loan when an Affected Loan is requested and (c) such Lender’s Eurodollar Loans then outstanding as Affected Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Affected Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of an Affected Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 2.13.

-61-


 

 

ARTICLE III


Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

Section 3.01 Organization .  Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation, and (ii) has the requisite power and authority to conduct its business as it is presently being conducted, except in the case of clause (i) (other than with respect to any Loan Party), where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are qualified and licensed in all jurisdictions where they are required to be so qualified or licensed to operate their business and where the failure to so qualify or be licensed, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability .  The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Loan Party is a party are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational and, if required, stockholder action.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, constitutes, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower or such Loan Party (as the case may be), enforceable against the Borrower or such other Loan Party, as the case may be, in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

Section 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts .  The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents by each Loan Party party thereto (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are (or will so be) in full force and effect, (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents and (iii) those the failure to obtain or make which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate (i) any applicable law or regulation or (ii) any applicable Order of any Governmental Authority, except to the extent such violation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (c) will not violate the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Loan Party, (d) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument evidencing Indebtedness binding upon the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to a Loan Document) except to the extent such violation, default or right, as the case may be, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except Liens created under the Loan Documents.

 

-62-


 

 

Section 3.04 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Change .

 

(a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders (i) its consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent certified public accountants, and (ii) its consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows as of and for the Fiscal Quarter and the portion of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017.  Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.

(b) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the period of 12 consecutive months ended as of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements are available, prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred on such date, in the case of such balance sheet, or at the beginning of such period, in the case of such statements of operations. Such pro forma consolidated balance sheet and pro forma statements of operations present fairly, in all material respects, the pro forma financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the period of 12 consecutive months ended as of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements are available, as if the Transactions had occurred on such date or at the beginning of such period, as the case may be.

(c) Since the Effective Date, there has been no event, circumstance or condition that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse change in the business, assets, property or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 3.05 Properties .  Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all its real and tangible personal property material to its business, except (i) for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes or (ii) as individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters .

 

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has

-63-


 

 

become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

Section 3.07 Compliance with Laws .  Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

 

Section 3.08 Intellectual Property .  The Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use all Intellectual Property reasonably necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted, except for those the failure to own or be licensed to use which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  (a) The operation of the Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ respective businesses, including the use of Intellectual Property, by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, does not infringe on or violate the rights of any Person, (b) no Intellectual Property of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is being infringed upon or violated by any Person in any material respect, and (c) no claim is pending or threatened in writing challenging the ownership, use or the validity of any Intellectual Property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except for infringements, violations and claims referred to in the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c) that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.09 Investment Company Status .  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Section 3.10 Taxes .  Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it (including in its capacity as a withholding agent), except (a) any Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves (to the extent required by GAAP) or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.11 ERISA .  No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA.  The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan and under all Plans in the aggregate (based on the assumption used for purposes of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair value of the assets of such Plan by an amount that, if required to be paid as of such date by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.12 Labor Matters

-64-


 

 

.  On the Effective Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other Requirements of Law dealing with such matters in any manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  All payments due from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against any of them, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries except to the extent non-payment or failure to accrue would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.13 Insurance .  The properties of the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries are insured with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) are financially sound and reputable (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business), in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary operates.

 

Section 3.14 Solvency .  Immediately following the making of each Loan made on the Effective Date and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, (a) the fair value of the assets of the Borrower (on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries) will exceed its debts and liabilities, subordinate, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of the Borrower (on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries) will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its debts and other liabilities, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) the Borrower (on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries) will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinate, contingent or otherwise as they become absolute and matured; and (d) the Borrower (on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries) will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct its business as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Effective Date.

 

Section 3.15 Subsidiaries Schedule 3.15 hereto sets forth, as of the Effective Date, (a) the name, type of organization and jurisdiction of organization of each direct Subsidiary of each Loan Party, (b) the percentage of each class of Equity Interests owned by each Loan Party in each of its direct Subsidiaries and (c) each joint venture in which any Loan Party owns any Equity Interests, and identifies each such direct Subsidiary of a Loan Party that is a Domestic Subsidiary, a Guarantor and a Foreign Subsidiary, in each case as of the Effective Date.

 

Section 3.16 Disclosure .  None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information (other than projections, financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information, and other information of

-65-


 

 

a general economic or industry specific nature) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any Loan Document or delivered hereunder, when furnished and taken as a whole (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) and when taken together with all filings made by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries with the SEC, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any Loan Document or delivered hereunder, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that such projections are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts and are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Borrower’s control, and that no assurance can be given that the projections will be realized and actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).

 

Section 3.17 Federal Reserve Regulations .  No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner that would result in a violation of Regulation U or Regulation X.  Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

 

Section 3.18 Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Loans on the Effective Date shall be used as described in the first sentence of Section 5.10 .

 

Section 3.19 Anti-Corruption Laws; Anti-Money Laundering Laws; Sanctions .  The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance of compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, its and its Subsidiaries’ respective agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and applicable Sanctions.  None of (a) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or, any of their respective directors, officers or, to the knowledge of Borrower, employees, or (b) to the knowledge of the Borrower, any agent of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the Facilities established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.  No Borrowing or proceeds of any Loan will be used in a manner that violates any Anti-Corruption Law, Anti-Money Laundering Laws or applicable Sanctions.

 

Section 3.20 Security Documents .

 

(a) Each Security Document is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on and security interest in the Collateral described therein to the extent described therein.  As of the Effective Date, in the case of the Pledged Collateral described in the Guaranty and Security Agreement, when certificates or promissory notes, as applicable, representing such Pledged Collateral and required to be delivered under the applicable

-66-


 

 

Security Document are delivered to the Collateral Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral described in the Guaranty and Security Agreement when financing statements are filed in the applicable filing offices, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have a fully perfected Lien (subject to all Permitted Encumbrances or as otherwise permitted by Section 6.02 ) on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be created under the UCC, as security for the Secured Obligations to the extent perfection in such collateral can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or possession, in each case prior and superior in right to the Lien of any other Person (except Permitted Encumbrances or as otherwise permitted by Section 6.02 ).

(b) When the Guaranty and Security Agreement or a short form thereof is filed and recorded in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and/or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, and, with respect to Collateral in which a security interest cannot be perfected by such filings, upon the proper filing of the financing statements referred to in clause (a) above, the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties thereunder in the United States registered trademarks and United States issued patents, United States trademark and patent applications and United States registered copyrights and exclusive licenses of United States registered copyrights, in each case prior and superior in right to the Lien of any other Person, except for Permitted Encumbrances or as otherwise permitted by Section 6.02 (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks and issued patents, trademark and patent applications and registered copyrights and exclusive licenses of registered copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Effective Date or any U.S. intent-to-use trademark applications that are no longer after the Effective Date, deemed Excluded Property).

Section 3.21 Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries .  As of the Effective Date, Cool Lab, LLC is an Immaterial Subsidiary.

 

ARTICLE IV


Conditions

Section 4.01 Effective Date .  The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans under this Agreement on the Effective Date shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02) :

 

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrower either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of the Borrower, each other Loan Party and each Lender, (ii) a counterpart of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement signed on behalf of the Borrower and each other Loan Party or (iii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or email transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that the Borrower, each other Loan Party and each Lender has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo P.C., counsel for the Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.  The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

-67-


 

 

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of (i) each Organizational Document of each Loan Party certified, to the extent applicable, as of a recent date by the applicable Governmental Authority, (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the Responsible Officers of each Loan Party executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors and/or similar governing bodies of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of Loan Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Effective Date by its secretary, an assistant secretary or a Responsible Officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment, and (iv) a good standing certificate (to the extent such concept exists) from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement and the Engagement Letter on or prior to the Effective Date, to the extent invoiced at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received promissory notes for each of the Lenders who requested such notes at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Effective Date.

(f) The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied; provided the Borrower shall cause the Mortgage and deliverables described in Section 5.11(b) with respect to the Material Real Property described on Schedule 1.01D to be delivered and the Guarantee and Collateral Requirement satisfied with respect thereto within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a request for a Borrowing as required by Section 2.03 .

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a solvency certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G and signed by a Financial Officer confirming the solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions to occur on the Effective Date and (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that each of the following conditions has been satisfied: (A) the representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects to the extent that any representation and warranty is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) on and as of the date of such Loan, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and (B) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Loan, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Effective Date, all documentation and other information required with respect to the Loan Parties by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act to the extent reasonably requested in writing by the Administrative Agent at least ten (10) days prior to the Effective Date.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received the financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a) and (b) .  

(k) Substantially concurrently with the initial extension of credit on the Effective Date, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a fully executed amendment to, or amendment and restatement of, the Existing Credit Agreement containing, among other things, modifications

-68-


 

 

satisfactory to Administrative Agent permitting thereunder the incurrence of the Facilities and the granting of Liens and Guarantees pursuant to the Loan Documents (the “ Amendment ”).

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.02 ).

ARTICLE V


Affirmative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 5.01 Financial Statements and Other Information .  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender:

 

(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2017, the audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such year, all reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than any exception, qualification or explanatory paragraph with respect to or resulting from an upcoming maturity date under this Agreement occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered)) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 2017), the consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such Fiscal Quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, of the Borrower and the consolidated Subsidiaries, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and is continuing on such date and, if a Default has occurred and is continuing on such date, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, and (ii) if the Borrower has any Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the related fiscal period, setting forth in a reasonably detailed schedule, a comparison of the consolidated results under clause (a) or (b) above with the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries;

-69-


 

 

(d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be;

(e) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in writing;

(f) within 90 days following the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2018, a forecasted budget in reasonable detail of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal year; and

(g) promptly following any request thereof, all information and/or documentation relating to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries necessary to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act or for the Administrative Agent or any Lenders to confirm compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act in connection with this Agreement.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at www.brooks.com (or any other address notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time), (ii) solely with respect to the obligations in paragraphs (a), (b) and (d) of this Section 5.01 , on which the Borrower files or furnishes its Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as applicable, with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system or any successor electronic delivery procedures, in each case, within the time periods specified in such paragraphs or (iii) on which such documents are delivered to the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall post such documents on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay for all start-up and on-going maintenance costs associated with such Internet or intranet website pursuant to Section 9.03 .  The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

Section 5.02 Notices of Material Events .  Promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender, written notice of the following:

 

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

-70-


 

 

Each notice delivered under this Section 5.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.03 Information Regarding Collateral .  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (a) in any Loan Party’s legal name, (b) in any Loan Party’s type of organization, (c) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or (d) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number (if any).  The Borrower agrees to promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after request therefor or such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall agree) furnish the Collateral Agent all information requested by the Collateral Agent and required in order to make all filings under the UCC or other applicable U.S. laws and take (or to cause the applicable Loan Party to take) all necessary action to ensure that the Collateral Agent does continue following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral of such Loan Party, subject to the limitations and exceptions contained in the Loan Documents.  The Borrower also agrees promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed, to the extent not covered by insurance.

 

Section 5.04 Existence; Conduct of Business .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;  provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 or any transaction permitted under Section 6.05 .

 

Section 5.05 Payment of Taxes .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay its Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and (b) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP.

 

Section 5.06 Maintenance of Properties Except as permitted under Section 6.03 and Section 6.05 the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all tangible property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted and (b) with respect to Intellectual Property rights owned by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, maintain, renew, protect and defend such Intellectual Property, except, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.07 Insurance .

 

(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) maintain, insurance with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of the

-71-


 

 

management of the Borrower) are financially sound and reputable (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business), in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary operates, and (b) on the Effective Date, except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, cause the Collateral Agent to be listed as loss payee on property and casualty policies with respect to tangible personal property and assets constituting Collateral located in the United States of America and as an additional insured on all general liability policies maintained by any Loan Party.

(b) In connection with the covenants set forth in this Section 5.07 , it is understood and agreed that:  (i) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and their respective agents or employees shall not be liable for any loss or damage insured by the insurance policies required to be maintained under this Section 5.07 , it being understood that the Loan Parties shall look solely to their insurance companies or any other parties other than the aforesaid parties for the recovery of such loss or damage; and (ii) the amount and type of insurance that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has in effect as of the Effective Date and the certificates listing the Collateral Agent as loss payee or additional insured, as the case may be, satisfy for all purposes the requirements of this Section 5.07 .

(c) If any portion of any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrower shall, or shall cause the applicable Loan Party to, (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance, including, if requested by the Administrative Agent, evidence of annual renewals of such insurance.

Section 5.08 Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in a manner to allow financial statements of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to be prepared in all material respects in conformity with GAAP in respect of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent (acting on its own behalf or on behalf of the Lenders), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants (provided an authorized representative of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be allowed to be present), all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as reasonably requested;  provided that, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.08 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than one time during any calendar year and such time shall be at the reasonable expense of the Borrower;  provided,  further, that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.  The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent accountants.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.08 , none of the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-

-72-


 

 

financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by law   or any binding agreement between the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and a Person that is not the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any other binding agreement not entered into in contemplation of preventing such disclosure, inspection or examination or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product;  provided that the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to secure the requisite consent to disclose such documents or information and will notify the Administrative Agent that such information is being withheld in reliance on this sentence.

 

Section 5.09 Compliance with Laws .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all Requirements of Laws (including Environmental Laws) and Orders applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The Borrower will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and applicable Sanctions.

 

Section 5.10 Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Loans will be used (i) to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions and (ii) for working capital and general corporate purposes and for any other purpose not prohibited by the Loan Documents, including the potential acquisition (and related fees and expenses) identified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers as of the Effective Date.  No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, Regulation U and Regulation X. 

 

Section 5.11 Further Assurances .

 

(a) The Borrower will cause any Person that becomes a Domestic Subsidiary after the Effective Date (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) and any Subsidiary that ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary after the Effective Date (i) to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, within thirty (30) days after such Person first becomes a Domestic Subsidiary or such Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, as applicable (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion), a supplement to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, in the form prescribed therein, guaranteeing the Secured Obligations and cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied with respect to such Subsidiary and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party and (ii) concurrently with the delivery of such supplement and Security Documents, will deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent evidence of action of such Person’s Board of Directors or other governing body authorizing the execution, delivery and performance thereof.  The Loan Parties will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, intellectual property security agreements and other documents), that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request (including, without limitation, those required by applicable law), to create, perfect and maintain the Liens and security interests for the benefit of the Secured Parties contemplated by the Loan Documents and to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and provide to the Collateral Agent, from time to time upon reasonable request, evidence

-73-


 

 

reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents, in each case subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in the Loan Documents.

(b) After the Effective Date, in the event any Loan Party acquires any Material Real Property, or an entity that becomes a Loan Party after the Effective Date owns Material Real Property at the time it becomes a Loan Party, Borrower shall promptly provide notice to the Administrative Agent describing such Material Real Property and within 60 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree) of such acquisition or the date such entity becomes a Loan Party, as applicable, and with respect to the Material Real Property described on Schedule 1.01D, within the time period set forth in Section 4.01(f), the applicable Loan Party shall execute and/or deliver, or cause to be executed and/or delivered, to the Administrative Agent, a Mortgage, together with

(i) evidence that counterparts of such Mortgage has been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary in order to create, except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder, including subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02, a valid and subsisting perfected Lien on such Material Real Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

(ii) a fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policy or the equivalent or other form available in the applicable jurisdiction (a “ Mortgage Policy ”) in form and substance, with endorsements available in the applicable jurisdiction (it being agreed that zoning reports from a nationally recognized zoning company shall be acceptable in lieu of zoning endorsements to title policies in any jurisdiction where there is a material difference in the cost of zoning reports and zoning endorsements) and in amounts, reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent (not to exceed the fair market value of the real properties covered thereby), issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, insuring such Mortgage to be valid subsisting Lien on the property described therein, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 6.02 or such other Liens reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that do not have a material adverse impact on the use or value of the Mortgaged Properties;

(iii) a customary opinion of counsel for the applicable Loan Party in states in which such Material Real Property is located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of such Mortgage and any related fixture filings and the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Mortgage, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

(iv) an American Land Title/American Congress on Surveying and Mapping surveys (or, if reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, zip or express maps) for such Material Real Property or existing surveys together with no change affidavits, in each case certified to the Collateral Agent if deemed necessary by the Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion, sufficient for the title insurance company issuing a Mortgage Policy to remove the standard survey exception and issue standard survey-related endorsements and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

(v) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination with respect to such Mortgaged Property and evidence of flood insurance (if applicable); and

-74-


 

 

(vi) as promptly as practicable after the reasonable request therefor by the Collateral Agent, environmental assessment reports and reliance letters (if any) that have been prepared in connection with such acquisition, designation or formation of any Material Domestic Subsidiary or acquisition of any Material Real Property; provided that there shall be no obligation to deliver to the Collateral Agent any environmental assessment report whose disclosure to the Collateral Agent would require the consent of a Person other than the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, where, despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Borrower to obtain such consent, such consent cannot be obtained.

Section 5.12 Maintenance of Ratings .  The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) cause the Initial Term B Loans to be continuously rated (but not any specific rating) by S&P and Moody’s and (b) maintain a public corporate rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and a public corporate family rating (but not any specific rating) from Moody’s.

 

Section 5.13 Annual Lender Calls .  Following delivery (or, if later, required delivery) of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) , at the written request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall host a conference call with the Lenders to review the financial information presented therein at a time and date selected by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that the Administrative Agent may not request, and the Borrower is not required to host, more than one such conference call per Fiscal Year.

 

ARTICLE VI


Negative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 6.01 Indebtedness .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

(b) obligations in respect of performance, bid, customs, government, appeal and surety bonds, performance and completion guaranties and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 6.01 hereto and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(d) Intercompany Indebtedness (to the extent permitted by Section 6.04) ;

(e) Guarantees by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted under this Section 6.01 ;   provided that in

-75-


 

 

no event shall any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party guarantee Indebtedness of a Loan Party pursuant to this clause (e);

(f) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations, and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness (other than Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) is incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (f) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, the greater of $75,000,000 and 10% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time;

(g) (i) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date; provided that (x) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (g) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, the greater of $100,000,000 and 10% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time and (ii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(h) any Refinancing Notes and Incremental Equivalent Debt and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(i) other Indebtedness of any Loan Party so long as (i) no portion of such Indebtedness has a scheduled maturity date prior to a date that is later than the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance thereof, (ii) the covenants and events of default, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive than the terms of this Agreement (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), (iii) such Indebtedness is not subject to any mandatory redemption, repurchase or sinking fund obligation (other than (x) customary offers to repurchase required upon the consummation of an asset sale, change of control, or other fundamental change) prior to the date that is later than the Latest Maturity Date and (iv) at the time of the incurrence thereof on a Pro Forma Basis for the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds therefrom (but without netting the cash proceeds thereof), the Total Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.75 to 1 in each case, as of the last day of, and for, the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 4.01(j) ;

(j) Indebtedness incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (j) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, the greater of $125,000,000 and 17.5% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time;

(k) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary against insufficient funds and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(l) (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of earn-outs, indemnification, incentive, non-compete, consulting or other similar arrangements and other contingent obligations in respect of any Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investments permitted by Section 6.04 (both before and after any liability associated therewith becomes fixed) and (ii) Indebtedness

-76-


 

 

incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from agreements providing for indemnification related to sales of goods or adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations in any case incurred in connection with the Disposition of any business, assets or Subsidiary;

(m) Indebtedness incurred under the Existing Credit Agreement and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(n) Indebtedness owing to any insurance company in connection with the financing of any insurance premiums permitted by such insurance company in the ordinary course of business;

(o) obligations in respect of Swap Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(p) other Indebtedness; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (p) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, $200,000,000; and

(q) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (p) above.  

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01 , in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (q) above, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses.

Section 6.02 Liens .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, except:

 

(a) Liens created under the Loan Documents and Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(h) ;

(b) Permitted Encumbrances;

(c) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 6.02 hereto; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions in respect thereof and assets fixed or appurtenant thereto) and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the Effective Date;

(d) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or becomes a Subsidiary after the Effective Date prior to the time such Person is so merged or consolidated or becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions in respect thereof and assets fixed or appurtenant thereto) and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

-77-


 

 

(e) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including Liens deemed to exist in respect of assets subject to Capital Lease Obligations; provided that (i) such Liens secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(f) , (ii) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such Liens shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions in respect thereof and assets fixed or appurtenant thereto); provided that individual financings provided by a lender may be cross collateralized to other financings provided by such lender or its affiliates;

(f) Liens securing Intercompany Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(d) (other than Liens on Collateral securing Intercompany Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Guarantor owing to a non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary);

(g) any Lien with respect to the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness referred to in clauses (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 6.02 ;

(h) Liens on insurance policies and proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(i) (i) Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(j) , and (ii) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(j) Liens in favor of a seller solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder;

(k) Liens that are contractual, statutory, or common law rights of set-off relating to (i) the establishment of depository relations or securities accounts in the ordinary course of business with banks or financial institutions not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(l) (i) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 or Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection and (ii) other Liens securing cash management obligations (that do not constitute Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business; and

(m) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(n) and attaching only to the proceeds of the applicable insurance policy;

(n) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others that do not (A) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (B) secure any Indebtedness;

(o) any interest or title of a lessor under leases (other than leases constituting Capital Lease Obligations) entered into by any of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

-78-


 

 

(p) additional Liens incurred by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as at the time of incurrence of the obligations secured thereby the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness and other obligations secured thereby do not exceed $75,000,000 at any time;

(q) additional Liens securing Indebtedness if, at the time of and immediately after the creation, incurrence or assumption of each such Lien and the related Indebtedness, the Secured Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis does not exceed 3.00:1.00, as of the last day of, and for, the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 4.01(j) ;   provided that (i) any such Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral shall be subject to the applicable Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) at the time of incurrence, such Indebtedness shall have a final maturity date equal to or later than the Latest Maturity Date then in effect with respect to, and shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or longer than, the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Class of outstanding Term Loans with the then Latest Maturity Date or Weighted Average Life to Maturity, as the case may be, (iii) such Indebtedness shall not be secured by any asset of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries other than the Collateral and (iv) any Indebtedness for borrowed money in the form of term loans secured by such Liens on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Term Loan Facility shall be subject to the requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ix) as if such term loans were Incremental Term Loans; and

(r) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(m) and subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and/or other applicable Intercreditor Agreements.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.02 , if any Lien (or a portion thereof) would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances,” the Borrower may divide and classify such Lien (or a portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later divide and reclassify any such Lien so long as the Lien (as so divided and/or reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

Section 6.03 Fundamental Changes .

 

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or Dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i) any Person may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving Person;

(ii) any Person may merge or consolidate with or into any Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction; provided that (A) if any party to such merger or consolidation is a Loan Party the surviving Person must also be a Loan Party and must succeed to all the obligations of such Loan Party under the Loan Documents or simultaneously with such merger, the continuing or surviving Person shall become a Loan Party and (B) if any party to such merger or consolidation is a Restricted Subsidiary the surviving Person shall also be a Restricted Subsidiary unless designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of such term;

-79-


 

 

(iii) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(iv) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 ;   provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, which shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 5.11 , to the extent required thereby;   provided   further that if such Restricted Subsidiary was a Loan Party the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Loan Party;

(v) none of the foregoing shall prohibit any Disposition permitted by Section 6.05 ; and

(vi) any Restricted Subsidiary may effect a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or amalgamation to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to  Section 6.05 .

(b) The Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by them on the Effective Date and other business activities which are extensions thereof or otherwise incidental, complementary, reasonably related or ancillary to any of the foregoing.

Section 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, purchase or acquire any Equity Interests in or evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of or make any loans or advances to, Guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person (other than inventory acquired in the ordinary course of business) constituting a business unit division, product line or line of business or all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person (all of the foregoing being collectively called “Investments” and, each individually an “ Investment ”), except:

 

(a) Permitted Investments and Permitted Foreign Investments;

(b) Investments existing on, or contractually committed on, the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.04 hereto;

(c) Investments existing on the Effective Date in Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) Investments in Persons that, immediately prior to such Investments, are Loan Parties;

(e) Investments by (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party not to exceed the greater of $175,000,000 and 25% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period after giving effect to the making of such Investment on a Pro Forma Basis;

(f) Investments held by any Person acquired in any Permitted Acquisition at the time of such Permitted Acquisition (and not acquired in contemplation of the Permitted Acquisition);

-80-


 

 

(g) Investments constituting an acquisition of the Equity Interests in a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all of the assets (or all or substantially all of the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business) of any Person; provided that (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a result thereof, (ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall, upon giving effect to such acquisition, be in compliance with Section 5.11 and Section 6.03(b) and (iii) the aggregate amount of all acquisition consideration paid by Loan Parties in connection with Investments and acquisitions made in reliance on this clause (g) attributable to the acquisition of acquired entities that do not become Guarantors shall not exceed at the time any such Investment is made the greater of $175,0000,000 and 20% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period after giving effect to the making of such Investment on a Pro Forma Basis (each, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”).

(h) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 ;   provided that a Loan Party shall not Guarantee any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to this paragraph (h);

(i) Investments (a) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business and (b) of noncash consideration received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition of assets otherwise permitted by Section 6.05 ;

(j) accounts receivable and extensions of trade credit arising in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Investments held by any Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted by this Section 6.04 ;

(l) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary for travel arising in the ordinary course of business;

(m) loans to officers, directors, consultants and employees of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(n) promissory notes and other noncash consideration received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Disposition permitted hereunder;

(o) advances in the form of prepayments of expenses, so long as such expenses were incurred in the ordinary course of business and are paid in accordance with customary trade terms of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(p) Guarantees by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower incurred in the ordinary course of business and not constituting Indebtedness;

(q) Investments consisting of Indebtedness, Liens, fundamental changes, Dispositions and Restricted Payments permitted (other than by reference to this Section 6.04(q) ) under Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.05 and 6.08 , respectively;

(r) other Investments so long as on the date such Investment is made, (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 4.01(j) at the time such Investment is made on a Pro Forma Basis is no greater than 3.00 to 1.00;

-81-


 

 

(s) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(t) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or with Net Proceeds of any issuance of Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower;

(u) (i) intercompany advances arising from their cash management, tax and accounting operations and (ii) intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Investments represented by Swap Agreements permitted under Section 6.01(o) ;  

(w) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, other Investments in an amount not to exceed the Available Amount;

(x) other Investments; provided that at the time any such Investment is made the aggregate amount of Investments made in reliance on this clause (x) shall not exceed $150,000,000; and

(y) Investments in Joint Ventures, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $150,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time after giving effect to the making of such Investment on a Pro Forma Basis.

For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, less any return of capital, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.  For the avoidance of doubt, the acquisition by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of their respective businesses shall not be considered an Investment.  To the extent an Investment is permitted to be made by a Loan Party directly in any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person who is not a Loan Party (each such Restricted Subsidiary or other Person, a “ Target Person ”) under any provision of this Section 6.04 , such Investment may be made by advance, contribution or distribution by a Loan Party to a Restricted Subsidiary (and further advanced, contributed or distributed to another Restricted Subsidiary) for purposes of making the relevant Investment in (or effecting an acquisition of) the Target Person without constituting an Investment for purposes of Section 6.04 (it being understood that such Investment must satisfy the requirements of, and shall count towards any thresholds in, a provision of this Section 6.04 as if made by the applicable Loan Party directly in the Target Person).  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.04 , if any Investment (or a portion thereof) would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above, the Borrower may divide and classify such Investment (or a portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant.

Section 6.05 Asset Sales.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to make any Dispositions, except:

 

(a) (i) Dispositions of inventory, used, obsolete, worn-out or surplus tangible property, (ii) leases, subleases or sales of real property, (iii) leases, subleases, sales, assignments, licenses or sublicenses of personal property (including licenses of Intellectual Property), and (iv) lapse, abandonment or other Disposition of Intellectual Property, that is in the reasonable business judgment of the Borrower, no longer used or useful in the conduct of its business or otherwise uneconomical to prosecute or maintain, in each case with respect to all of the foregoing in the ordinary course of business;

-82-


 

 

(b) Dispositions of any assets; provided that any Disposition of assets pursuant to this clause (b) shall be for fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) and for at least 75% cash and/or Permitted Investments;

(c) Dispositions from (i) a Loan Party to another Loan Party or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that in the case of this clause (ii) the consideration paid shall be no more than fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith);

(d) Dispositions from any Loan Party to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; provided that (i) such Dispositions are in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or any Loan Party than could be obtained on an arm’s length basis from unrelated third parties and (ii) the aggregate consideration received for all such Dispositions shall not exceed the greater of $175,000,000 and 25% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period after giving effect to the making of such Investment on a Pro Forma Basis;

(e) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(f) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof (excluding factoring arrangements);

(g) Dispositions of property subject to casualty or condemnation events;

(h) Dispositions of Investments in Joint Ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the Joint Venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(i) the unwinding of Swap Agreements permitted hereunder;

(j) Dispositions of other assets (other than transfers of less than 100% of the Equity Interests in any Subsidiary); provided that the aggregate book value of assets Disposed of pursuant to this Section 6.05(j) during any fiscal year of Borrower shall not exceed $20,000,000;

(k) [reserved];

(l) Dispositions permitted by Section 6.03 , Investments permitted by Section 6.04 (other than Section 6.04(q) ), Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.08 and Liens permitted by Section 6.02 , in each case, other than by reference to this Section 6.05(l)

(m) compromise, settlement, release or surrender of a contract, tort or other litigation claim, arbitration or other disputes;

(n) Dispositions of cash, Permitted Investments and Permitted Foreign Investments, in each case, in the ordinary course and for the fair market value thereof; and

(o) Other Dispositions, provided that the consideration for each such Disposition does not to exceed $5,000,000.

To the extent any Collateral is disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 6.05 to any Person that is not a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the

-83-


 

 

Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall, and shall be authorized to, take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effectuate the foregoing.

Section 6.06 Restricted Payments; Certain Payments in Respect of Indebtedness .

 

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that (i) Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments ratably with respect to their Equity Interests, (ii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in compliance with Section 6.01 , (iii) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result thereof, the Borrower may make any Restricted Payment if, on the date such Restricted Payment is to be made, after giving effect to such Restricted Payment the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 4.01(j) on a Pro Forma Basis would not be greater than 2.00 to 1.00, (iv) the Borrower may make dividend payments in respect of the dividend declared by the Board of Directors of the Borrower on August 1, 2017, (v) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments, not exceeding $10,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year, pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans or agreements for directors, officers or employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (vi) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make other Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the Available Amount;   provided that, at the time each Restricted Payment is made (other than in reliance on clause (a) of the definition of “Available Amount”), the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 4.01(j) on a Pro Forma Basis is no greater than 3.00 to 1.00, (vii) the Borrower may repurchase its Equity Interests in an amount not to exceed $15,000,000 in any fiscal year, any unutilized portion of which may be carried forward to the immediately succeeding fiscal year; provided that at the time of and immediately after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; provided   further that in any given fiscal year any such repurchases shall be deemed first, to reduce the $15,000,000 available for such fiscal year and, second, after such amount is reduced to $0, to reduce any carryover from the prior fiscal year, (viii) [Reserved], (ix) [Reserved], (x) [Reserved], (xi) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, a substantially contemporaneous issuance of Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than issuances to a Restricted Subsidiary, the proceeds of any issuance to the extent included in the Available Amount or applied pursuant to Section 6.04(t) ); (xii) the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other payments or distributions solely in Qualified Equity Interests of such Person, and (xiii) the Borrower may (A) purchase or pay cash in lieu of fractional shares of its Equity Interests arising out of stock dividends, splits, or business combinations or in connection with issuance of Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower pursuant to mergers, consolidations or other acquisitions permitted by this Agreement, (B) pay cash in lieu of fractional shares upon the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exercisable for Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower, and (C) make payments in connection with the retention of Qualified Equity Interests in payment of withholding taxes in connection with equity-based compensation plans to the extent that net share settlement arrangements are deemed to be repurchases.  

(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make directly or indirectly, any voluntary prepayment or other voluntary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of the principal of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Intercompany Indebtedness) or Indebtedness secured by Liens on the

-84-


 

 

Collateral ranking junior to the Liens securing the Secured Obligations, in each case in a principal amount in excess of $5,000,000 (“ Junior Debt ”), or any voluntary prepayment or other voluntary distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the voluntary purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, cancellation or termination of principal of any Junior Debt (each, a “ Junior Debt Prepayment ”), except (i) scheduled and other mandatory payments of interest and principal in respect of any Junior Debt, (ii) the conversion of any Junior Debt to Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith, (iii) refinancings and replacements of Junior Debt with proceeds of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01 or with Net Proceeds of Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower, (iv) [Reserved], (v) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result thereof, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary may make any Junior Debt Prepayment if, on the date such Junior Debt Prepayment is to be made, after giving effect thereto the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 4.01(j) on a Pro Forma Basis would not be greater than 2.00 to 1.00, and (vi) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result thereof, other Junior Debt Prepayments in an amount not to exceed the Available Amount;   provided that, at the time each Junior Debt Prepayment is made (other than in reliance on clause (a) of the definition of “Available Amount”), the Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 4.01(j) on a Pro Forma Basis is no greater than 3.00 to 1.00.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of Section 6.06 will not prohibit the payment of any Restricted Payment or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption, purchase, defeasance, distribution or other payment within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement, provided that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Events of Default under Section 7.01(a) ,   (b) ,   (h) and (i) and shall have occurred and be continuing.

Section 6.07 Transactions with Affiliates .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate, (c) issuances of Equity Interests of the Borrower not prohibited by this Agreement, (d) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.06 and any Investment permitted by Section 6.04 , (e) transactions involving aggregate payments of less than $1,000,000, and (f) any agreement or arrangement in effect on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.07 hereto, or any amendment thereto (so long as such amendment is not materially more adverse to the interest of the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Effective Date).  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.07 shall not apply to employment, bonus, retention and severance arrangements, and similar agreements, with, and payments of compensation or benefits to or for the benefit of, current or former employees, consultants, officers or directors of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.  For purposes of this Section 6.07 , such transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the standard set forth in clause (a) of this Section 6.07 if such transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, in a resolution certifying that such transaction is on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated

-85-


 

 

third parties.  “Disinterested Director” shall mean, with respect to any Person and transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of such Person who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction.

 

Section 6.08 Restrictive Agreements .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits or restricts (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Secured Obligations, or (b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to declare or make dividends or distributions (whether in cash, securities or other property) ratably to holders of Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) the foregoing shall not apply to prohibitions, restrictions and conditions imposed by any Requirement of Law, Permitted Encumbrances, any subordinated Indebtedness, the documents governing any Liens permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.02(j), the documents governing any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(c) ,   (f) or (g) or by any Loan Document, (B) the foregoing shall not apply to prohibitions, restrictions and conditions existing on the Effective Date identified on Schedule 6.08 hereto (but shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (C) the foregoing shall not apply to customary prohibitions, restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the Disposition of any assets pending such Disposition, provided such prohibitions, restrictions and conditions apply only to the assets or Restricted Subsidiary that is to be Disposed of and such Disposition is permitted hereunder, (D) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions either (1) apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (2) do not impair the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and are not materially more burdensome taken as a whole than that those contained under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or (3) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto, (E) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment, subletting or encumbrance thereof, customary net worth provisions or similar financial maintenance provisions contained therein and other customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses and other contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (F) the foregoing shall not apply to prohibitions, restrictions and conditions that are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such restrictions were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (G) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures permitted by Section 6.04 and applicable solely to such Joint Venture and entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (H) customary restrictions under any arrangement with any Governmental Authority imposed on any Foreign Subsidiary in connection with governmental grants, financial aid, tax holidays or similar benefits or economic interests .

 

Section 6.09 Change in Fiscal Year .  The Borrower will not change the end of its fiscal year to a date other than September 30 unless the Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent prior written notice.  Promptly after receiving such notice, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement (which shall not require the consent of any other party hereto) that, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, as nearly as practicable, preserves the rights of the parties hereto that would have happened had no such change in fiscal year occurred.

 

-86-


 

 

Section 6.10 Limitation on Amendments .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

(a) amend its charter or by-laws or other similar constitutive documents in any manner materially adverse to the rights of the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or their ability to enforce the same, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 6.03 ; or

(b) except as otherwise permitted under any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, amend, supplement, waive or otherwise modify any of the provisions of Junior Debt in a manner that is materially adverse to the Lenders.

Section 6.11 Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will not request any Borrowing and the Borrower shall not use, and shall ensure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, businesses or transaction would be prohibited by Sanctions if conducted by a corporation incorporated in the United States or any European Union Member State, or (c) in any manner that would directly result in the violation by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Sanctions or Anti-Money Laundering Laws applicable thereto.

 

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default and Remedies 

Section 7.01 Events of Default .  If any of the following events ( “Events of Default”) shall occur:

 

(a) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Section 7.01 ) payable under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made or confirmed by or on behalf of any Loan Party in or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement, Loan Document or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (or if such representation or warranty is qualified  by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) when made or deemed made or confirmed;

(d) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in (i) Section 5.02(a) and 5.04 (solely with respect to the existence of the Borrower) or (ii) Article VI ;

-87-


 

 

(e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clauses (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 7.01 ) or in any other Loan Document, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(f) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable after giving effect to any applicable grace period;

(g) any event or condition (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of a Swap Agreement, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Agreement not arising as a result of a default by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary thereunder) occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (after giving effect to all applicable grace periods) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or (ii) Indebtedness which is convertible into Equity Interests and converts to Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower in accordance with its terms and such conversion is not prohibited hereunder;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Debtor Relief Laws now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Debtor Relief Laws, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Section 7.01 , (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(j) one or more final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $35,000,000 (to the extent not paid or covered by indemnities or insurance as to which the applicable indemnitor or insurer has been informed in writing and has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Material Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed or bonded pending appeal;

(k) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred and are continuing, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) any material Loan Document or any material provision thereof shall at any time cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms), or a proceeding shall be commenced

-88-


 

 

by any Loan Party seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof (exclusive of questions of interpretation thereof), or any Loan Party shall repudiate or deny that it has any liability or obligation for the payment of principal or interest or other obligations purported to be created under any Loan Document;

(m) any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall at any time fail to constitute a valid and (to the extent required by the Loan Documents) perfected Lien on any material portion of the Collateral, securing the obligations purported to be secured thereby, with the priority required by the Loan Documents, or any Loan Party shall so assert in writing, except (i) as a result of the Disposition of the applicable Collateral to a Person that is not a Loan Party in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, or (ii) as a result of the Collateral Agent’s failure to maintain possession of any stock certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it under the Security Documents; or

(n) a Change in Control shall occur;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Section 7.01 ), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times:  (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived; provided in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Section 7.01 , the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower and (iii) exercise any or all of the remedies available to it under the Security Documents, at law or in equity.

ARTICLE VIII

The Agents

Section 8.01 Appointment .  Each of the Lenders (including in any Lender’s other capacity hereunder) (each of the foregoing referred to as the “Lenders” for purposes of this Article VII) hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto.  In this connection, the Collateral Agent (and any sub agents appointed by the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights or remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent) shall be entitled to the benefits of this Article VIII as though the Collateral Agent (and any such sub-agents) were an “Agent”

-89-


 

 

under the Loan Documents, as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.  All rights and protections provided to the Administrative Agent here shall also apply to the Collateral Agent.

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

Section 8.02 Exculpatory Provisions .  The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02 ); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may affect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law, and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.03 Reliance by Agents .  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person.  The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of

-90-


 

 

such Loan.   The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

Section 8.04 Delegation of Duties .  The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of Section 8.02 and indemnification provisions of Section 8.05 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.05 Indemnification .  In addition, each of the Lenders hereby indemnifies the Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Loan Parties), ratably according to their Applicable Percentages, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including any action taken or omitted under Article II of this Agreement); provided that such indemnity shall not be available to the extent such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent promptly upon demand for its respective Applicable Percentage of any out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, administration or enforcement of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Loan Parties.  The provisions of this Article VIII shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

 

Section 8.06 Withholding Tax .  To the extent required by any applicable Requirements of Law (including for this purpose, pursuant to any agreements entered into with a Governmental Authority), the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax.  If the IRS or any other authority of the United States or other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Loan Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any interest, additions to Tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out‑of‑pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by an Administrative Agent shall be deemed presumptively correct absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to

-91-


 

 

set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 8.06 .  The agreements in this Section 8.06 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations.  Unless required by applicable laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender.

 

Section 8.07 Successor Administrative Agent .  Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this Section 8.07 , the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower; provided that in no event shall any such successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender or a Disqualified Institution.  Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of Borrower unless an Event of Default under clause (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing, to appoint a successor; provided, that if no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank; provided further that any successor Administrative Agent must be treated as a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.08 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders .  Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

Section 8.09 Credit Bidding .  The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Secured Obligations (including by accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Secured Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, or (b) at any other sale, foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable

-92-


 

 

law.  In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Secured Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be credit bid by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders on a ratable basis (with Secured Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that shall vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) for the asset or assets so purchased (or for the equity interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are issued in connection with such purchase).  In connection with any such bid (i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles and to assign any successful credit bid to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles (ii) each of the Secured Parties’ ratable interests in the Secured Obligations which were credit bid shall be deemed without any further action under this Agreement to be assigned to such vehicle or vehicles for the purpose of closing such sale, (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles ( provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or equity interests thereof, shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by, and the governing documents shall provide for, control by the vote of the Required Lenders or their permitted assignees under the terms of this Agreement or the governing documents of the applicable acquisition vehicle or vehicles, as the case may be, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in Section 9.02 of this Agreement), (iv) the Administrative Agent on behalf of such acquisition vehicle or vehicles shall be authorized to issue to each of the Secured Parties, ratably on account of the relevant Secured Obligations which were credit bid, interests, whether as equity, partnership, limited partnership interests or membership interests, in any such acquisition vehicle and/or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (v) to the extent that Secured Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Secured Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of Secured Obligations credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Secured Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Secured Parties pro rata and the equity interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of such Secured Obligations shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.  Notwithstanding that the ratable portion of the Secured Obligations of each Secured Party are deemed assigned to the acquisition vehicle or vehicles as set forth in clause (ii) above, each Secured Party shall execute such documents and provide such information regarding the Secured Party (and/or any designee of the Secured Party which will receive interests in or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the formation of any acquisition vehicle, the formulation or submission of any credit bid or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such credit bid.

 

Section 8.10 Security Documents and Collateral Agent .  Each Lender authorizes the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to take all action contemplated thereby.  Each Lender agrees that no one (other than the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent) shall have the right individually to seek to realize upon the security granted by the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties upon the terms of the Security Documents.  In the event that any collateral is hereafter pledged by any Person as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized, and hereby granted a power of attorney, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties any Loan Documents necessary or appropriate to grant and perfect a Lien on such collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties.

 

-93-


 

 

The Lenders and the other Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize and instruct the Collateral Agent to, without any further consent of any Lender or any other Secured Party, enter into (or acknowledge and consent to) or amend, renew, extend, supplement, restate, replace, waive or otherwise modify any Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor or subordination agreement (in form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and deemed appropriate by it) with the collateral agent or other representative of holders of Indebtedness secured (and permitted to be secured) by a Lien on assets constituting a portion of the Collateral.  The Lenders and the other Secured Parties irrevocably agree that (x) the Collateral Agent may rely exclusively on a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower as to whether any such other Liens are permitted hereunder and as to the respective assets constituting Collateral that secure (and are permitted to secure) such Indebtedness hereunder and (y) any Intercreditor Agreement entered into by the Collateral Agent shall be binding on the Secured Parties, and each Lender and the other Secured Parties hereby agrees that it will take no actions contrary to the provisions of, if entered into and if applicable, any Intercreditor Agreement.

Further, each Secured Party hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon satisfaction of any conditions to release specified in any Collateral Document, (ii) that is disposed of or to be disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than an Loan Party, (iii) subject to Section 9.02 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or such other percentage of Lenders required thereby, (iv) owned by a Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under this Agreement, or (v) pursuant to Section 9.15 and as expressly provided in the Collateral Documents;

(b) to release any Guarantor from its obligations hereunder if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and

(c) upon request of the Borrower, to take such actions as shall be required to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to the Collateral Agent to the holder of a Lien permitted by Section 6.02 or to enter into any intercreditor agreement with the holder of any Lien permitted by Section 6.02 .

Upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders (or Lenders, as applicable) will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations hereunder pursuant to this paragraph. In each case as specified in this Article VIII, the Collateral Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations hereunder, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Article VIII.

Section 8.11 No Liability of Lead Arrangers .  The entities named as “Lead Arranger” or “Bookrunner” in this Agreement shall not have any duties, responsibilities or liabilities under the Loan Documents in their capacity as such.

 

-94-


 

 

ARTICLE IX


Miscellaneous

Section 9.01 Notices .

 

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone or e-mail (and subject to clause (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(i) if to any Loan Party, to it, or to it in care of the Borrower:

Brooks Automation, Inc.
15 Elizabeth Drive
Chelmsford, MA  01824
Attention:  Lindon Robertson
Fax No.: 978.262.2500

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice to any Loan Party):

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.
The Chrysler Center

666 Third Avenue

New York, NY  10017
Attention:   Paul J. Ricotta
Fax No.:  212.983.3115
Email:  pjricotta@mintz.com

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, to

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.
1300 Thames Street, 4th floor

Thames Street Wharf

Baltimore, Maryland 21231

email: msagency@morganstanley.com

with a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention:   James A. Florack
Fax No.:   (212) 701-5165
Email:  james.florack@davispolk.com

(iii) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

-95-


 

 

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by using Electronic Systems pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

(d) Electronic Systems .

(i) The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make Communications (as defined below) available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or a substantially similar Electronic System.

(ii) Any Electronic System used by the Administrative Agent is provided “as is” and “as available.”  The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of such Electronic Systems and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications.  No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or any Electronic System.  In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through an Electronic System.  “ Communications ” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed by the Administrative Agent or any Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section 9.01 , including through an Electronic System.

Section 9.02 Waivers; Amendments .

 

-96-


 

 

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.  The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have.  No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Loan Parties therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.02 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) or, in the case of any other Loan Documents, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or reduce the rate of interest thereon (other than the application of any default rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.10(c) ), or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being acknowledged and agreed that amendments or modifications of the Secured Leverage Ratio (and all related definitions) shall not constitute a reduction of the rate of interest or a reduction of fees), (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.15(b) ,   (c) or (f) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby or the order of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section 9.02 or the percentage set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder or thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) release all or substantially all the Guarantors from their Guarantees under the Guarantee Agreement except as expressly provided in the Guarantee Agreement or Section 9.15 , without the written consent of each Lender or (vii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral without the written consent of each Lender, provided , that nothing herein shall prohibit the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent from releasing any Collateral, or require the consent of the other Lenders for such release, in respect of items Disposed of to the extent such Disposition is permitted or not prohibited hereunder; provided ,   further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by the Borrower, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent if (i) by the terms of such agreement the Commitment of each Lender not consenting to the amendment provided for therein shall terminate upon the effectiveness of such amendment and (ii) at the time such amendment becomes effective, each Lender not consenting thereto receives payment in full of the principal of and interest accrued on each Loan made by it and all other amounts owing to it or accrued for its account under this Agreement.

-97-


 

 

(c) [Reserved].

(d) In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “ Proposed Change ”) requiring the consent of all Lenders (or all Lenders of one or more affected Classes of Lenders), if the consent of the Required Lenders (or the consent of Lenders of the affected Classes holding more than 50% of the Total Credit Exposure of all Lenders of such Classes, taken as a whole) to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is so required but not so obtained being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then, so long as the Lender that is acting as Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Borrower may, at its sole option, expense and effort, upon notice to such Non-Consenting Lenders and the Administrative Agent, require each of the Non-Consenting Lenders to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04 ), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and each Loan Document to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment) and that shall consent to the Proposed Change, provided that (a) each Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (in each case to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (b) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b)(ii)(C) .  

(e) Without the consent of any Lender, the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may (in their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) enter into any amendment, modification, supplement or waiver of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to include holders of Liens in the benefit of the Security Documents and to give effect to any Intercreditor Agreement associated therewith, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect, any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law or this Agreement or in each case to otherwise enhance the rights or benefits of any Lender under any Loan Document.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may also be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (i) to permit additional extensions of credit to be outstanding hereunder from time to time (in addition to any Incremental Term Loan Commitments, Extended Term Loans, and Refinancing Term Loans) and the accrued interest and fees and other obligations in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees and other obligations in respect thereof and (ii) to include appropriately the holders of such extensions of credit in any determination of the requisite lenders required hereunder, including the Required Lenders, and for purposes of the relevant provisions of Section 2.15 (it being understood and agreed that any such amendment in connection with any increase pursuant to Section 2.17 , maturity extension pursuant to Section 2.19 or refinancing or replacement facility pursuant to Section 2.20 shall, in any such case, require solely the consent of the parties prescribed by such Sections and shall not require the consent of the Required Lenders).

(g) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Section 9.02 , (i) if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an ambiguity, mistake, error, defect or inconsistency, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend any provision of any Loan Document to better implement the

-98-


 

 

intentions of this Agreement, and in each case, such amendments shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.  In addition, technical and conforming modifications to the Loan Documents may be made with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (but without the consent of any Lender) to the extent necessary to integrate any Other Term Loan Commitments and Other Term Loans as may be necessary to establish such Other Term Loan Commitments or Other Term Loans as a separate Class or tranche from the existing Term Loan Commitments or Term Loans, as applicable, and, in the case of Extended Term Loans, to reduce the amortization schedule of the related existing Class of Term Loans proportionately.

(h) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be necessary to ensure that all Term Loans established pursuant to Section 2.17 after the Effective Date that will be included in an existing Class of Term Loans outstanding on such date (an “ Applicable Date ”), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Term Loans of such Class (the “ Existing Class Loans ”), on a pro rata basis, and/or to ensure that, immediately after giving effect to such new Term Loans (the “ New Class Loans ” and, together with the Existing Class Loans, the “ Class Loans ”), each Lender holding Class Loans will be deemed to hold its Pro Rata Share of each Class Loan on the Applicable Date (but without changing the amount of any such Lender’s Term Loans), and each such Lender shall be deemed to have effectuated such assignments as shall be required to ensure the foregoing.  The “ Pro Rata Share ” of any Lender on the Applicable Date is the ratio of (1) the sum of such Lender’s Existing Class Loans immediately prior to the Applicable Date plus the amount of New Class Loans made by such Lender on the Applicable Date over (2) the aggregate principal amount of all Class Loans on the Applicable Date.

Section 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

 

(a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one primary counsel and, if reasonably necessary, one special and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent and such Affiliates (in each case, excluding allocated costs of in-house counsel), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, due diligence undertaken by the Administrative Agent with respect to the financing contemplated by this Agreement, the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated); provided that the Borrower’s obligations under this clause (i), solely with respect to the preparation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents on the Effective Date, shall be subject to the limitations provided for in the Engagement Letter and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section 9.03 , or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans (but limited to one counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders taken a whole and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, where the party affected by such conflict, informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for each such affected Person and, if necessary, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction

-99-


 

 

(which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) (in each case, excluding allocated costs of in-house counsel)).

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses (other than lost profits of such Indemnitees), claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding (each, a “ Proceeding ”) relating to (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom, or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto and whether or not caused by the ordinary, sole or contributory negligence of any Indemnitee and to reimburse each such Indemnitee within ten (10) Business Days after presentation of a summary statement for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any of the foregoing (but limited in the case of legal fees and expenses to a single New York counsel and of one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, in each case for all Indemnitees ( provided that, in the event of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, the Borrower will be required to pay for one additional counsel for each similarly affected group of Indemnitees taken as a whole and of one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, for each similarly affected group of Indemnitees taken as a whole)); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (A) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (B) result from a claim brought by any Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s funding obligations hereunder, if such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (C) disputes arising solely between Indemnitees and (1) not involving any action or inaction by any Loan Party or (2) not relating to any action of such Indemnitee in its capacity as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Lead Arranger.  The Borrower shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceedings if such settlement was effected without its consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but if settled with the written consent of the Borrower or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such Proceedings, the Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses by reason of such settlement or judgment in accordance with the preceding paragraph.  The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of an Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceedings in respect of which indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnitee unless (x) such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnitee in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceedings and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnitee or any injunctive relief or other non-monetary remedy.  This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 9.03 to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed

-100-


 

 

expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, each party to this Agreement agrees not to assert, and each such party hereby waives, any claim against any other party, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that nothing in this paragraph (d) shall relieve any Loan Party of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.  No Indemnitee referred to in paragraph (b) above shall be liable for damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent any such damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(e) All amounts due under this Section 9.03 shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

(f) Each Indemnitee shall promptly refund and return any and all amounts paid by the Borrower to such Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 9.03 to the extent such Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of such amount in accordance with this Section 9.03 .

(g) Each party’s obligations under this Section 9.03 shall survive the termination of the Loan Documents and payment of the obligations thereunder.

Section 9.04 Successors and Assigns .

 

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 9.04 .  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement, other than rights, remedies or claims in favor of the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 9.04 ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agents and the Lenders.

(b)  Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

-101-


 

 

(A) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to an assignment unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received written notice thereof; provided   further that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for (i) an assignment of all or a portion of the Term Loans to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (ii) an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or, if an Event of Default under clause (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; and

(B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no such consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Term Loan to a Lender,  an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(iii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an amount of an integral multiple of $1,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under clause (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 has occurred and is continuing;

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (x) an Assignment and Assumption or (y) to the extent applicable, an agreement incorporating an Assignment and Assumption by reference pursuant to a Platform as to which the Administrative Agent and the parties to the Assignment and Assumption are participants, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500;

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws;

(E) no assignment shall be made to (1) a natural Person, (2) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (except as otherwise provided for herein), (3) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (3) or (4) any Disqualified Institution (it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have no liability or responsibility with respect to ensuring assignments are not made to Disqualified Institutions); and

-102-


 

 

(F) in connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans in accordance with its Commitment of the applicable Class; notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

(iv) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section 9.04 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.12 ,   2.13 ,   2.14 and 9.03 ); provided , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 9.04 .

(v) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and related interest amounts) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender (with respect to such Lender’s interest only), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(vi) Upon its receipt of (x) a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee or (y) to the extent applicable, an agreement incorporating an Assignment and Assumption by reference pursuant to a Platform as to which the Administrative Agent and the parties to the Assignment and Assumption are participants, the

-103-


 

 

assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax certifications required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.14(f) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in this Section 9.04(b) and any written consent to such assignment required by this Section 9.04(b) , the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(b) ,   2.15(d) or 9.03(c) , the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon.  No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than any Person described in paragraph (b)(ii)(E) of this Section 9.04 ) (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant.  The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12 ,   2.13 and 2.14 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.14(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.14(f) shall be delivered to solely the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04 ;   provided that such Participant (i) shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.16 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04 and (ii) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.12 or 2.14 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.  Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.16(b) with respect to any Participant.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 2.15(c) as though it were a Lender.  Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  For the avoidance of doubt, the

-104-


 

 

Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (other than to any Disqualified Institution) to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 9.04 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Institutions.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Institution.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any Term Loan Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its Term Loans on a non-pro rata basis to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary through (x) Dutch Auctions open to all Term Loan Lenders of a particular Class on a pro rata basis or (y) open market purchases, in each case subject to the following limitations:

(i) the Borrower and each applicable Subsidiary shall either (x) represent and warrant as of the date of any such assignment or purchase, that it does not have any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities that has not been disclosed to the assigning Term Loan Lender (unless such assigning Lender does not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or the Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities) prior to such date or (y) disclose that it cannot make the representation and warranty described in clause (x);

(ii) immediately upon the effectiveness of such assignment or purchase of Term Loans from a Lender to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, such Term Loans shall automatically and permanently be cancelled and shall thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder;

(iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such assignment or purchase; and

(iv) the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans which may be assigned to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary through open market purchases shall in no event exceed, as calculated at the time of the consummation of such assignment, 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding.

Section 9.05 Survival .  All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of

-105-


 

 

or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.  The provisions of Sections 2.12 ,   2.13 ,   2.14 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans or the expiration or termination of the Commitments, the resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, the replacement of any Lender or the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof.

 

Section 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Agents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act;  provided that nothing herein shall require the Administrative Agent to accept electronic signatures in any form or format without its prior written consent.

 

Section 9.07 Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 9.08 Right of Setoff .  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final and in whatever currency denominated) at any time held, and other obligations at any time owing, by such Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the Obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or its Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured;  provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of

-106-


 

 

setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.18 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.  The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section 9.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or its Affiliates may have.  Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application;  provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

Section 9.09 Governing Law; Consent to Service of Process .

 

(a) This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any claims, controversy, dispute or causes of actions arising therefrom (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be binding (subject to appeal as provided by applicable law) and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that any Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.09 .  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 .  Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT

-107-


 

 

OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.10 .

 

Section 9.11 Headings .  Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

Section 9.12 Confidentiality .  Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors and third party service providers in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (it being understood that the disclosing Lender or Agent shall be responsible to ensure compliance by such Persons with the confidentiality restrictions set forth herein with respect to such Information), (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (in which case the applicable Agent or Lender agrees to inform the Borrower promptly thereof prior to such disclosure to the extent practicable and not prohibited by law, rule or regulation and to only disclose that Information necessary to fulfill such legal requirement), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 9.12 , to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the list of Disqualified Institutions is made available to all Lenders, the “Information” for purposes of this clause (f)(i) shall include the list of Disqualified Institutions), or (ii) to any actual or prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparty (or its Related Parties) in Swap Agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor, (g) with the consent of the Borrower, or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.12 or (ii) becomes available to any Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower (so long as such source is not known to such Agent or such Lender to be bound by confidentiality obligations to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries).  For the purposes of this Section 9.12 , “Information” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to any Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower (so long as such source is not known to such Agent or such Lender to be bound by confidentiality obligations to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and other than information pertaining to this Agreement routinely provided by arrangers to data service providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.12 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree not to disclose any Information to a Disqualified Institution.

 

-108-


 

 

Section 9.13 Material Non-Public Information .

 

(a) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12 FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(b) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES.  ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 9.14 Interest Rate Limitation .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.14 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

Section 9.15 Release of Liens and Guarantees .  A Subsidiary shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents, and all Liens created by the Loan Documents in Collateral owned by such Subsidiary (if applicable) shall be automatically released, upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to a merger with a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or a designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary).  In the event that the Borrower or any Subsidiary disposes of all or any portion of any of the Equity Interests, assets or property owned by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in a transaction not prohibited by this Agreement, any Liens granted with respect to such Equity Interests, assets or property pursuant to any Loan Document shall automatically and immediately terminate and be released.  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize and instruct the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrower and at the Borrower’s expense to evidence any such termination and release described in

-109-


 

 

this Section 9.15 .  In addition, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent agree to take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Borrower and at the Borrower’s expense to terminate the Liens and security interests created by the Loan Documents when all the Obligations (other than contingent obligations for which no claim has been asserted) have been paid in full and all Commitments terminated.  The Lenders authorize the Collateral Agent to release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.02(d) or (e) to the extent required by the terms of the obligations secured by such Liens and in each case pursuant to documents reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

Section 9.16 Platform; Borrower Materials .  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Lead Arrangers will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or another substantially similar electronic system (the “Platform”), and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities) (each, a “Public Lender”).  The Borrower hereby agrees that it will, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (i) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof, (ii) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as solely containing information that is either (A) publicly available information or (B) not material (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or the Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities for purposes of United States Federal securities laws (provided,  however, that such Borrower Materials shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.12 , to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute information subject to the terms thereof), (iii) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”, and (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”  The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to make the financial statements provided by the Borrower under Section 5.01(a) and (b) above available to Public Lenders.  THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.”  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ITS RELATED PARTIES AND THE LEAD ARRANGERS DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY OR ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THE LEAD ARRANGERS IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM.

 

Section 9.17 USA PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Parties and

-110-


 

 

other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Loan Parties in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 9.18 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .  The Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, each Lead Arranger and each Lender and their respective Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties.  The Loan Parties agree that nothing in the Loan Documents will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or other similar implied duty between the Lenders and the Loan Parties.  In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that:  (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement described herein are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) no Lender has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and no Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

Section 9.19 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions .  Contractual Recognition of Bail-In.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction, in full or in part of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

-111-


 

 

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

-112-


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lindon G. Robertson

 

 

Name:  Lindon G. Robertson

 

 

Title:    EVP & CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 


 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. , individually, as a Lender, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathon Rauen

 

 

Name:  Jonathan Rauen

 

 

Title:    Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114


 

Exhibit 10.26

GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 4, 2017, among the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof as “Grantors” and those additional entities that hereafter become parties hereto by executing the form of Joinder attached hereto as Annex 1  (each, a “ Grantor ” and collectively, the “ Grantors ”), and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. ,  a Delaware corporation (“ Morgan Stanley ”) ,  in its capacity as Collateral Agent for each member of the Lender Group (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity,  “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”)  by and among Brooks Automation, Inc., as borrower (“ Borrower ”),  the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (each of such Lenders, together with their successors and assigns, is referred to hereinafter collectively as a “ Lender ”), Agent, Morgan Stanley, as administrative agent, and the other agents and parties thereto, the Lender Group has agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof.

WHEREAS , Agent has agreed to act as agent for the benefit of the Lender Group in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and this Agreement.

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Lender Group to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to induce the Lender Group to make financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (a) each Grantor (other than Borrower) has agreed to guaranty the Guarantied Obligations, and (b) each Grantor has agreed to grant to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a continuing security interest in and to the Collateral in order to secure the prompt and complete payment, observance and performance of, among other things, the Secured Obligations.

WHEREAS , each Grantor (other than Borrower) is a Subsidiary of Borrower and, as such, will benefit by virtue of the financial accommodations extended to Borrower by the Lender Group.

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the recitals made above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions; Construction .  

(a) All initially capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereof) without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement (including Schedule 1.1 thereto).  Any terms (whether capitalized or lower case) used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement; provided   that  to the extent that the Code is used to define any term used herein and if such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern.  In addition to those terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

#90068501v6


 

 

(i) Account ” means an account (as that term is defined in Article 9 of the Code).

(ii) Account Debtor ” means an account debtor (as that term is defined in the Code).

(iii) Agent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to this Agreement.

(iv) Agent’s Lien ” means the Liens granted by each Loan Party to Agent under the Loan Documents and securing the Obligations.

(v) Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to this Agreement.

(vi) Books ” means books and records (including each Grantor’s Records indicating, summarizing, or evidencing such Grantor’s assets (including the Collateral) or liabilities, each Grantor’s Records relating to such Grantor’s business operations or financial condition, and each Grantor’s goods or General Intangibles related to such information).

(vii) Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.

(viii) Chattel Paper ” means chattel paper (as that term is defined in the Code), and includes tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper.

(ix) Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time; provided ,   however , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies with respect to Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies.

(x) Collateral ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 3 .

(xi) Commercial Tort Claims ” means commercial tort claims (as that term is defined in the Code), and includes those commercial tort claims listed on Schedule 1 .

(xii) Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

(i) Control Agreement ”  means a control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, Agent, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account).

(ii) Copyrights ” means any and all rights in any works of authorship, including (A) copyrights and moral rights, (B) copyright registrations and recordings thereof and all applications in connection therewith including those listed on Schedule 2 , (C) income, license fees, royalties, damages, and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto,

2


 

 

including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past, present, or future infringements thereof, (D) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof, and  (E) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(iii) Copyright Security Agreement ” means each Copyright Security Agreement executed and delivered by Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit A .

(iv) Credit Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.

(v) Deposit Account ” means a deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).

(vi) Equipment ” means equipment (as that term is defined in the Code).

(vii) Equity Interests ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(viii) Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(ix) Excluded Joint Venture ” means each of Ulvac Cryogenicss Inc. and BioCision, LLC.

(x) Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guaranty of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guaranty or security interest is or becomes illegal.

(xi) Farm Products ” means farm products (as that term is defined in the Code)

(xii) Fixtures ” means fixtures (as that term is defined in the Code).

(xiii) Foreclosed Grantor ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2(i)(iii) .

(xiv) Foreign Subsidiary ” has the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

(xv) General Intangibles ” means general intangibles (as that term is defined in the Code),  and includes payment intangibles, software, contract rights, rights to payment,  rights arising under common law, statutes, or regulations, choses or things in action, goodwill, Intellectual Property, Intellectual Property Licenses, purchase orders, customer lists, monies due or recoverable from pension

3


 

 

funds, route lists, rights to payment and other rights under any royalty or licensing agreements, including Intellectual Property Licenses, infringement claims, pension plan refunds, pension plan refund claims, insurance premium rebates, tax refunds, and tax refund claims, interests in a partnership or limited liability company which do not constitute a security under Article 8 of the Code, and any other personal property other than Commercial Tort Claims, money, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, goods, Investment Property, Negotiable Collateral, and oil, gas, or other minerals before extraction.    

(xvi) Grantor ” and “ Grantors ” have the respective meanings specified therefor in the preamble to this Agreement.

(xvii) Guarantied Obligations ” means all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing, whether for principal, interest (including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), fees (including the fees provided for in the Fee Letter), Lender Group Expenses (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), or otherwise, and any and all expenses (including reasonable and documented counsel fees and expenses) incurred by Agent, any other member of the Lender Group (or any of them) in enforcing any rights under the any of the Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantied Obligations shall include all amounts that constitute part of the Guarantied Obligations and would be owed by Borrower to Agent or any other member of the Lender Group, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable, including due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization, other Insolvency Proceeding or similar proceeding involving Borrower or any guarantor;   provided that, anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing notwithstanding, the Guarantied Obligations shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligation.  

(xviii) Guarantor ” means each Grantor other than Borrower. 

(xix) Guaranty ” means the guaranty set forth in Section 2 hereof.

(xx) Immaterial Subsidiaries ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(i) Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any Debtor Relief Laws.

(ii) Intellectual Property ” means any and all Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, inventions (whether or not patentable), algorithms, software programs (including source code and object code), processes, product designs, industrial designs, blueprints, drawings, data, customer lists, URLs and domain names, specifications, documentations, reports, catalogs, literature, and any other forms of technology or proprietary information of any kind, including all rights therein and all applications for registration or registrations thereof.

(iii) Intellectual Property Licenses ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ Specified Party ”), (A) any licenses or other similar rights provided to the Specified Party in or with respect to Intellectual Property owned or controlled by any other Person, and (B) any licenses or other similar rights provided to any other Person in or with respect to Intellectual Property owned or controlled by the Specified Party, in each case,  including (x)  any software license agreements (other than license agreements for commercially available off-the-shelf software that is generally available to the public which have been licensed to a Grantor pursuant to end-user licenses), (y)  the license agreements listed on

4


 

 

Schedule 3 , and  (z) the right to use any of the licenses or other similar rights described in this definition in connection with the enforcement of the Lender Group’s rights under the Loan Documents.

(iv) Inventory ” means inventory (as that term is defined in the Code).

(v) Investment Property ” means (A) any and all investment property (as that term is defined in the Code), and (B) any and all of the following (regardless of whether classified as investment property under the Code):  all Pledged Interests, Pledged Operating Agreements, and Pledged Partnership Agreements.

(vi) Joinder ” means each Joinder to this Agreement executed and delivered by Agent and each of the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto, in substantially the form of Annex 1 .

(i) Lender Group ” means each of the Lenders and Agent, or any one or more of them.

(ii) Lender ” and “ Lenders ” have the respective meanings specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.

(iii) Loan Document ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(iv) Negotiable Collateral ” means letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, promissory notes, drafts and documents (as each such term is defined in the Code).

(v) Obligations ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(vi) Patents ” means patents and patent applications, including (A) the patents and patent applications listed on Schedule 4 , (B) all continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part, re-examinations, reissues, and renewals thereof and improvements thereon, (C) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past, present, or future infringements thereof, (D) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof, and (E) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(vii) Patent Security Agreement ” means each Patent Security Agreement executed and delivered by Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B .

(viii) Permitted Investments ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(ix) Permitted Liens ” means Liens permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.

(x) Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(xi) Pledged Companies ” means each Person listed on Schedule 5 as a “Pledged Company”, together with each other Person, all or a portion of whose Equity Interests are acquired or otherwise owned by a Grantor after the Effective Date.  “Pledged Company” shall not include

5


 

 

any Excluded Joint Venture or any interest in any other joint venture or similar property which the Agent deems immaterial after consultation with Borrower.

(xii) Pledged Interests ” means all of each Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Equity Interests (other than those Equity Interests expressly excluded from the definition of “Collateral” in Section 3 hereof) now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, regardless of class or designation, including in each of the Pledged Companies, and all substitutions therefor and replacements thereof, all proceeds thereof and all rights relating thereto, also including any certificates representing the Equity Interests (other than certificates representing Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary), the right to receive any certificates representing any of the Equity Interests (other than certificates representing Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary), all warrants, options, share appreciation rights and other rights, contractual or otherwise, in respect thereof and the right to receive all dividends, distributions of income, profits, surplus, or other compensation by way of income or liquidating distributions, in cash or in kind, and all cash, instruments, and other property from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in addition to, in substitution of, on account of, or in exchange for any or all of the foregoing.

(xiii) Pledged Interests Addendum ” means a Pledged Interests Addendum substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

(xiv) Pledged Notes ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6(h) .

(xv) Pledged Operating Agreements ” means all of each Grantor’s rights, powers, and remedies under the limited liability company operating agreements of each of the Pledged Companies that are limited liability companies.

(xvi) Pledged Partnership Agreements ” means all of each Grantor’s rights, powers, and remedies under the partnership agreements of each of the Pledged Companies that are partnerships.

(xvii) Proceeds ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 3 .

(xviii) PTO ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(xix) Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Grantor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guaranty, keepwell, or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

(xx) Real Property ” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor or any Subsidiary of any Grantor and the improvements thereto.

(xxi) Record ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or which is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

(xxii) Secured Obligations ” means each and all of the following:  (A) all of the present and future obligations of each of the Grantors arising from, or owing under or pursuant to, this

6


 

 

Agreement (including the Guaranty), the Credit Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents and (B) all other Obligations of Borrower and all other Guarantied Obligations of each Guarantor  (including, in the case of each of clauses (A) and (B), reasonable attorneys fees and expenses and any interest, fees, or expenses that accrue after the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any Insolvency Proceeding);  provided that, anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing notwithstanding, the Secured Obligations of the Guarantors shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligation.  

(xxiii) Securities Account ” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).

(xxiv) Security Interest ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 3 .

(xxv) Supporting Obligations ” means supporting obligations (as such term is defined in the Code),  and includes letters of credit and guaranties issued in support of Accounts, Chattel Paper, documents, General Intangibles, instruments or Investment Property.

(xxvi) Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Grantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

(xxvii) Trademarks ” means any and all trademarks, trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, registered service marks and service mark applications, including (A) the trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, registered service marks and service mark applications listed on Schedule 6 , (B) all renewals thereof, (C) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (D) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (E) the goodwill of each Grantor’s business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (F) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.    

(xxviii) Trademark Security Agreement ” means each Trademark Security Agreement executed and delivered by Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit D .

(xxix) URL ” means “uniform resource locator,” an internet web address.

(b) Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and  “including” are not limiting.  The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  Any reference in this Agreement to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein or in the Credit Agreement).  The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties.  Any reference herein to the satisfaction, repayment, or payment in full of the

7


 

 

Secured Obligations or the Guarantied Obligations shall mean (i) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of (A) the principal amount of, and interest accrued with respect to, all outstanding Loans, together with the payment of any premium applicable to the repayment of the Loans, (B) all Lender Group Expenses that have accrued regardless of whether demand has been made therefor, (C) all fees or charges that have accrued hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (ii)  [reserved], (iii)  [reserved], (iv) the receipt by Agent of cash collateral in order to secure any other contingent Secured Obligations or Guarantied Obligations for which a claim or demand for payment has been made on or prior to such time or in respect of matters or circumstances known to Agent or a Lender at such time that are reasonably expected to result in any loss, cost, damage, or expense (including attorneys fees and legal expenses), such cash collateral to be in such amount as Agent reasonably determines is appropriate to secure such contingent Secured Obligations or Guarantied Obligations, (v) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of all other outstanding Secured Obligations or Guarantied Obligations (as the case may be) other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations, and (vi) the termination of all of the Commitments of the Lenders.  Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns.  Any requirement of a writing contained herein shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record. 

(c) All of the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

2. Guaranty .

(a) In recognition of the direct and indirect benefits to be received by Guarantors from the proceeds of the Loans and by virtue of the financial accommodations to be made to Borrower, each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, acceleration, or otherwise, of all of the Guarantied Obligations.  If any or all of the Obligations constituting Guarantied Obligations becomes due and payable, each of the Guarantors, unconditionally and irrevocably, and without the need for demand, protest, or any other notice or formality, promises to pay such indebtedness to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, together with any and all reasonable and documented expenses (including Lender Group Expenses) that may be incurred by Agent or any other member of the Lender Group in demanding, enforcing, or collecting any of the Guarantied Obligations (including the enforcement of any collateral for such Guarantied Obligations or any collateral for the obligations of the Guarantors under this Guaranty).  If claim is ever made upon Agent or any other member of the Lender Group for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received in payment of or on account of any or all of the Guarantied Obligations and any of Agent or any other member of the Lender Group repays all or part of said amount by reason of (i) any judgment, decree, or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over such payee or any of its property, or (ii) any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by such payee with any such claimant (including Borrower or any Guarantor), then and in each such event, each of the Guarantors agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement, or compromise shall be binding upon the Guarantors, notwithstanding any revocation (or purported revocation) of this Guaranty or other instrument evidencing any liability of any Grantor, and the Guarantors shall be and remain liable to the aforesaid payees hereunder for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by any such payee.

(b) Additionally, each of the Guarantors unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the payment of any and all of the Guarantied Obligations to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, whether or not due or payable by any Loan Party upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 7.01(h) or 7.01(i) of the Credit Agreement, and irrevocably and unconditionally promises to pay

8


 

 

such indebtedness to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, without the requirement of demand, protest, or any other notice or other formality, in lawful money of the United States.

(c) The liability of each of the Guarantors hereunder is primary, absolute, and unconditional, and is independent of any security for or other guaranty of the Guarantied Obligations, whether executed by any other Guarantor or by any other Person, and the liability of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be affected or impaired by (i) any payment on, or in reduction of, any such other guaranty or undertaking, (ii) any dissolution, termination, or increase, decrease, or change in personnel by any Grantor, (iii) any payment made to Agent or any other member of the Lender Group on account of the Obligations which Agent, such other member of the Lender Group repays to any Grantor pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding (or any settlement or compromise of any claim made in such a proceeding relating to such payment), and each of the Guarantors waives any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding, (iv) any action or inaction by Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or (v) any invalidity, irregularity, avoidability, or unenforceability of all or any part of the Obligations or of any security therefor.

(d) This Guaranty includes all present and future Guarantied Obligations including any under transactions continuing, compromising, extending, increasing, modifying, releasing, or renewing the Guarantied Obligations, changing the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof, or creating new or additional Guarantied Obligations after prior Guarantied Obligations have been satisfied in whole or in part.  To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Guarantor hereby waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future Guarantied Obligations.  If such a revocation is effective notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) no such revocation shall be effective until written notice thereof has been received by Agent, (ii) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations in existence on the date of receipt by Agent of such written notice (including any subsequent continuation, extension, or renewal thereof, or change in the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof), (iii) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations made or created after such date to the extent made or created pursuant to a legally binding commitment of any member of the Lender Group in existence on the date of such revocation, (iv) no payment by any Guarantor, Borrower, or from any other source, prior to the date of Agent’s receipt of written notice of such revocation shall reduce the maximum obligation of such Guarantor hereunder, and (v) any payment by Borrower or from any source other than such Guarantor subsequent to the date of such revocation shall first be applied to that portion of the Guarantied Obligations as to which the revocation is effective and which are not, therefore, guarantied hereunder, and to the extent so applied shall not reduce the maximum obligation of such Guarantor hereunder.  This Guaranty shall be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Agent (for the benefit of the Lender Group) and its successors, transferees, or assigns. 

(e) The guaranty by each of the Guarantors hereunder is a guaranty of payment and not of collection.  The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other Guarantor or Grantor or any other Person and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against one or more of the Guarantors whether or not action is brought against any other Guarantor or Grantor or any other Person and whether or not any other Guarantor or Grantor or any other Person be joined in any such action or actions.  Each of the Guarantors waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof.  Any payment by any Grantor or other circumstance which operates to toll any statute of limitations as to any Grantor shall operate to toll the statute of limitations as to each of the Guarantors.

9


 

 

(f) Each of the Guarantors authorizes Agent and the other members of the Lender Group, without notice or demand, and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to time to:

(i) change the manner, place, or terms of payment of, or change or extend the time of payment of, renew, increase, accelerate, or alter:  (A) any of the Obligations (including any increase or decrease in the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest or fees thereon); or (B) any security therefor or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof, and this Guaranty shall apply to the Obligations as so changed, extended, renewed, or altered;

(ii) take and hold security for the payment of the Obligations and sell, exchange, release, impair, surrender, realize upon, collect, settle, or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any property at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure the Obligations or any of the Guarantied Obligations (including any of the obligations of all or any of the Guarantors under this Guaranty) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, or any offset on account thereof;

(iii) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Grantor;

(iv) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, guarantors, any Grantor, or other obligors;

(v) settle or compromise any of the Obligations, any security therefor, or any liability (including any of those of any of the Guarantors under this Guaranty) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and may subordinate the payment of all or any part thereof to the payment of any liability (whether due or not) of any Grantor to its creditors;

(vi) apply any sums by whomever paid or however realized to any liability or liabilities of any Grantor to Agent or any other member of the Lender Group regardless of what liability or liabilities of such Grantor remain unpaid;

(vii) consent to or waive any breach of, or any act, omission, or default under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any of the instruments or agreements referred to herein or therein, or otherwise amend, modify, or supplement this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any of such other instruments or agreements; or

(viii) take any other action that could, under otherwise applicable principles of law, give rise to a legal or equitable discharge of one or more of the Guarantors from all or part of its liabilities under this Guaranty.

(g) It is not necessary for Agent or any other member of the Lender Group to inquire into the capacity or powers of any of the Guarantors or the officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and any Obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be Guaranteed hereunder.

(h) Each Guarantor jointly and severally guarantees that the Guarantied Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, regardless of any law, regulation, or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any member of the Lender Group with respect thereto.  The obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty are independent of the Guarantied Obligations, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor to enforce such obligations, irrespective of whether any action is brought against any other Guarantor or whether any other Guarantor is joined in any such action or

10


 

 

actions.  The liability of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defense it may now or hereafter have in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) any change in the time, manner, or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guarantied Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including any increase in the Guarantied Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit;

(iii) any taking, exchange, release, or non-perfection of any Lien in and to any Collateral, or any taking, release, amendment, waiver of, or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guarantied Obligations;

(iv) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense, or other right that any Guarantor may have at any time against any Person, including Agent or any other member of the Lender Group;

(v) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any security therefor;

(vi) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any member of the Lender Group including any defense based upon an impairment or elimination of such Guarantor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of such Guarantor against any other Grantor or any guarantors or sureties;

(vii) any change, restructuring, or termination of the corporate, limited liability company, or partnership structure or existence of any Grantor; or

(viii) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor or any other guarantor or surety.

(i) Waivers

(i) Each of the Guarantors waives any right (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) to require Agent or any other member of the Lender Group to (i) proceed against any other Grantor or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from any other Grantor or any other Person, or (iii) protect, secure, perfect, or insure any security interest or Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right to take any action against any other Grantor, any other Person, or any collateral, or (iv) pursue any other remedy in any member of the Lender Group’s power whatsoever.  Each of the Guarantors waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Grantor or any other Person, other than payment of the Guarantied Obligations to the extent of such payment, based on or arising out of the disability of any Grantor or any other Person, or the validity, legality, or unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Grantor other than payment of the Obligations to the extent of such payment.  Agent may, at the election of the Required Lenders, foreclose upon any Collateral held by Agent by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales or other dispositions, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable or otherwise fails to comply with applicable law or may

11


 

 

exercise any other right or remedy Agent or any other member of the Lender Group may have against any Grantor or any other Person, or any security, in each case, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any of the Guarantors hereunder except to the extent the Guarantied Obligations have been paid. 

(ii) Each of the Guarantors waives all presentments, demands for performance, protests and notices, including notices of nonperformance, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional Obligations or other financial accommodations.   Each of the Guarantors waives notices of any Default or Event of Default under the Loan Documents.  Each of the Guarantors assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of each Grantor’s financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope, and extent of the risks which each of the Guarantors assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither Agent nor any of the other members of the Lender Group shall have any duty to advise any of the Guarantors of information known to them regarding such circumstances or risks.

(iii) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives:  (A) any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group, any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which each Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against Borrower or any other party liable to any member of the Lender Group; (B) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any security therefor; (C) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any member of the Lender Group including any defense based upon an impairment or elimination of such Guarantor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of such Guarantor against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties; and (D) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Guarantied Obligations shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to such Guarantor’s liability hereunder

(iv) No Guarantor will exercise any rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against any Grantor or any other guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Agent or any other member of the Lender Group against any Grantor or any other guarantor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including the right to take or receive from any Grantor or any other guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security solely on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guarantied Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash and all of the Commitments have been terminated.  If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, and shall forthwith be paid to Agent to be credited and applied to the Guarantied Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, or to be held as Collateral for any Guarantied Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guaranty, until the Obligations are paid in full, no Guarantor may exercise any rights of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or other similar rights against, and may not proceed or seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of, any other Grantor (the

12


 

 

Foreclosed Grantor ”) if all or any portion of the Obligations have been satisfied in connection with an exercise of remedies in respect of the Equity Interests of such Foreclosed Grantor whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.

(v) Each of the Guarantors hereby acknowledges and affirms that it understands that to the extent the Guarantied Obligations are secured by Real Property located in California, Guarantors shall be liable for the full amount of the liability hereunder notwithstanding the foreclosure on such Real Property by trustee sale or any other reason impairing such Guarantor’s right to proceed against any Loan Party.  In accordance with Section 2856 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any similar laws of any other applicable jurisdiction, each of the Guarantors hereby waives until such time as the Guarantied Obligations have been paid in full:

(1) all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution and any other rights and defenses that are or may become available to the Guarantors by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, 2899, and 3433 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any similar laws of any other applicable jurisdiction;

(2) all rights and defenses that the Guarantors may have because the Guarantied Obligations are secured by Real Property located in California, meaning, among other things, that:  (A) Agent and the other members of the Lender Group may collect from the Guarantors without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Borrower or any other Grantor, and (B) if Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group, forecloses on any Real Property collateral pledged by Borrower or any other Grantor, (1) the amount of the Guarantied Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price, and (2) the Lender Group may collect from the Guarantors even if, by foreclosing on the Real Property collateral, Agent or the other members of the Lender Group have destroyed or impaired any right the Guarantors may have to collect from any other Grantor, it being understood that this is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses the Guarantors may have because the Guarantied Obligations are secured by Real Property (including, without limitation, any rights or defenses based upon Sections 580a, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any similar laws of any other applicable jurisdiction); and

(3) all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Agent and the other members of the Lender Group, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for the Guarantied Obligations, has destroyed Guarantors’ rights of subrogation and reimbursement against any Grantor by the operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any similar laws of any other applicable jurisdiction or otherwise.

(vi) Each of the Guarantors represents, warrants, and agrees that each of the waivers set forth above is made with full knowledge of its significance and consequences and that if any of such waivers are determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waivers shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(j) Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Grantor to guaranty and otherwise honor all Obligations in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 2(j) for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 2(j), or otherwise under the Loan Documents, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount).  

13


 

 

The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations.   Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 2(j) constitute, and this Section 2(j) shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Grantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

3. Grant of Security .  Each Grantor hereby unconditionally grants, assigns, and pledges to Agent, for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group, to secure the Secured Obligations, a continuing security interest (hereinafter referred to as the “ Security Interest ”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located (the “ Collateral ”):

(a) all of such Grantor’s Accounts;

(b) all of such Grantor’s Books;

(c) all of such Grantor’s Chattel Paper;

(d) all of such Grantor’s Commercial Tort Claims;

(e) all of such Grantor’s Deposit Accounts;

(f) all of such Grantor’s Equipment;

(g) all of such Grantor’s Farm Products;

(h) all of such Grantor’s Fixtures;

(i) all of such Grantor’s General Intangibles;

(j) all of such Grantor’s Inventory;

(k) all of such Grantor’s Investment Property;

(l) all of such Grantor’s Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses;

(m) all of such Grantor’s Negotiable Collateral including all of such Grantor’s Pledged Notes);

(n) all of such Grantor’s Pledged Interests (including all of such Grantor’s Pledged Operating Agreements and Pledged Partnership Agreements);

(o) all of such Grantor’s Securities Accounts;

(p) all of such Grantor’s Supporting Obligations;

(q) all of such Grantor’s money, cash equivalents, or other assets of such Grantor that now or hereafter come into the possession, custody, or control of Agent (or its agent or designee) or any other member of the Lender Group; and

14


 

 

(r) all of the proceeds (as such term is defined in the Code) and products, whether tangible or intangible, of any of the foregoing, including proceeds of insurance or Commercial Tort Claims covering or relating to any or all of the foregoing, and any and all Accounts, Books, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Inventory, Investment Property, Intellectual Property, Negotiable Collateral, Pledged Interests, Securities Accounts, Supporting Obligations, money, or other tangible or intangible property resulting from the sale, lease, license, exchange, collection, or other disposition of any of the foregoing, the proceeds of any award in condemnation with respect to any of the foregoing, any rebates or refunds, whether for taxes or otherwise, and all proceeds of any such proceeds, or any portion thereof or interest therein, and the proceeds thereof, and all proceeds of any loss of, damage to, or destruction of the above, whether insured or not insured, and, to the extent not otherwise included, any indemnity, warranty, or guaranty payable by reason of loss or damage to, or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing (the “ Proceeds ”).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Proceeds” includes whatever is receivable or received when Investment Property or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected, or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes proceeds of any indemnity or guaranty payable to any Grantor or Agent from time to time with respect to any of the Investment Property.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the term “Collateral” shall not include: (i) Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiaries,  any Excluded Joint Venture, or any other joint venture or similar interest which the Agent deems immaterial after consultation with Borrower; or (ii) voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, solely to the extent that such Equity Interests represent more than 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary; (iii) any property subject to a Lien permitted under the definition of Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness; or (iv) any rights or interest in any contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement covering real or personal property of any Grantor if under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement, or applicable law with respect thereto, the grant of a security interest or lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement and such prohibition or restriction has not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement has not been obtained (provided, that, (A) the foregoing exclusions of this clause (ii) shall in no way be construed (1) to apply to the extent that any described prohibition or restriction is ineffective under Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408, or 9-409 of the Code or other applicable law, or (2) to apply to the extent that any consent or waiver has been obtained that would permit Agent’s security interest or lien to attach notwithstanding the prohibition or restriction on the pledge of such contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement and (B) the foregoing exclusions of clauses (i) and (ii) shall in no way be construed to limit, impair, or otherwise affect any of Agent’s or any other member of the Lender Group’s continuing security interests in and liens upon any rights or interests of any Grantor in or to (1) monies due or to become due under or in connection with any described contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, or Equity Interests (including any Accounts or Equity Interests), or (2) any proceeds from the sale, license, lease, or other dispositions of any such contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, or Equity Interests); or (iv) any United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law, provided that upon submission and acceptance by the PTO of an amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1060(a) (or any successor provision), such intent-to-use trademark application shall be considered Collateral.

4. Security for Secured Obligations .  The Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the

15


 

 

Lender Group, or any of them, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable (in whole or in part) as a claim in an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor due to the existence of such Insolvency Proceeding.  

5. Grantors Remain Liable .  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each of the Grantors shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, including the Pledged Operating Agreements and the Pledged Partnership Agreements, to perform all of the duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by Agent or any other member of the Lender Group of any of the rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, and (c) none of the members of the Lender Group shall have any obligation or liability under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall any of the members of the Lender Group be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantors thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.  Until an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document, Grantors shall have the right to possession and enjoyment of the Collateral for the purpose of conducting the ordinary course of their respective businesses, subject to and upon the terms hereof and of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is the intention of the parties hereto that record and beneficial ownership of the Pledged Interests, including all voting, consensual, dividend, and distribution rights, shall remain in the applicable Grantor until (i) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default and (ii)  Agent has notified the applicable Grantor of Agent’s election to exercise such rights with respect to the Pledged Interests pursuant to Section 16

6. Representations and Warranties .  In order to induce Agent to enter into this Agreement for the benefit of the Lender Group, each Grantor makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender Group which shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), as of the Effective Date, and shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), as of the date of the making of each Loan (or other extension of credit) made thereafter, as though made on and as of the date of such Loan (or other extension of credit) (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date) and such representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

(a) The name (within the meaning of Section 9-503 of the Code) and jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor is set forth on Schedule 7 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under the Loan Documents).

(b) The chief executive office of each Grantor is located at the address indicated on Schedule 7 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under the Loan Documents).

(c) Each Grantor’s tax identification numbers and organizational identification numbers, if any, are identified on Schedule 7 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under the Loan Documents).

16


 

 

(d) As of the Effective Date, no Grantor holds any commercial tort claims that exceed $250,000 in amount, except as set forth on Schedule 1 .

(e) As of the Effective Date, set forth on Schedule 9  (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time and provided that Grantors comply with Section 7(c) hereof) is a listing of all of Grantors’ Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, including, with respect to each bank or securities intermediary (a) the name and address of such Person, and (b) the account numbers of the Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts maintained with such Person.

(f) Schedule 8 sets forth all Real Property owned by any of the Grantors as of the Effective Date.

(g) As of the Effective Date: (i) Schedule 2 provides a complete and correct list of all registered Copyrights owned by any Grantor,  all applications for registration of Copyrights owned by any Grantor, and all other Copyrights owned by any Grantor and material to the conduct of the business of any Grantor; (ii) Schedule 3 provides a complete and correct list of all Intellectual Property Licenses entered into by any Grantor pursuant to which (A) any Grantor has provided any license or other rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by such Grantor to any other Person (other than non-exclusive software licenses granted in the ordinary course of business) or (B) any Person has granted to any Grantor any license or other rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by such Person that is material to the business of such Grantor, including any Intellectual Property that is incorporated in any Inventory, software, or other product marketed, sold, licensed, or distributed by such Grantor; (iii) Schedule 4 provides a complete and correct list of all Patents owned by any Grantor and all applications for Patents owned by any Grantor; and (iv) Schedule 6 provides a complete and correct list of all registered Trademarks owned by any Grantor,  all applications for registration of Trademarks owned by any Grantor, and all other Trademarks owned by any Grantor and material to the conduct of the business of any Grantor. 

(h) (i) each Grantor owns exclusively or holds licenses in all Intellectual Property that is necessary in or material to the conduct of its business;

(ii) to each Grantor’s knowledge, no Person has infringed or misappropriated or is currently infringing or misappropriating any Intellectual Property rights owned by such Grantor, in each case, that either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) INTENTIONALLY OMITTED;

(iv) to each Grantor’s knowledge, all registered Copyrights, registered Trademarks, and issued Patents that are owned by such Grantor and necessary in or material to the conduct of its business are valid, subsisting and enforceable and in compliance with all legal requirements, filings, and payments and other actions that are required to maintain such Intellectual Property in full force and effect;  and

(v) each Grantor has taken commercially reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of and otherwise protect and enforce its rights in all trade secrets owned by such Grantor that are necessary in or material to the conduct of the business of such Grantor.

(i) This Agreement creates a valid security interest in the Collateral of each Grantor, to the extent a security interest therein can be created under the Code, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations.  Except to the extent a security interest in the Collateral cannot be perfected by the

17


 

 

filing of a financing statement under the Code, all filings and other actions necessary to perfect and protect such security interest have been duly taken or, upon the request of Agent, will have been taken upon the filing of financing statements listing each applicable Grantor, as a debtor, and Agent, as secured party, in the jurisdictions listed next to such Grantor’s name on Schedule 10 .  Upon the making of such filings, Agent shall have a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral subject to Permitted Liens of each Grantor to the extent such security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement.  Upon filing of any Copyright Security Agreement with the United States Copyright Office, filing of any Patent Security Agreement and any Trademark Security Agreement with the PTO, and the filing of appropriate financing statements in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 10 , all action necessary to protect and perfect the Security Interest in and on each Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks, or Copyrights has been taken and such perfected Security Interest is enforceable as such as against any and all creditors of and purchasers from any Grantor.    All action by any Grantor reasonably necessary to protect and perfect such security interest on each item of Collateral has been duly taken.

(j) (i) Except for the Security Interest created hereby, each Grantor is and will at all times be the sole holder of record and the legal and beneficial owner, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, of the Pledged Interests indicated on Schedule 5 as being owned by such Grantor and, when acquired by such Grantor, any Pledged Interests acquired after the Effective Date; (ii) all of the Pledged Interests are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and the Pledged Interests constitute or will constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Pledged Companies of such Grantor identified on Schedule 5 as supplemented or modified by any Pledged Interests Addendum or any Joinder to this Agreement; (iii) such Grantor has the right and requisite authority to pledge, the Investment Property pledged by such Grantor to Agent as provided herein; (iv) all actions necessary to perfect and establish the first priority of, or otherwise protect, Agent’s  Liens in the Investment Property, and the proceeds thereof, have been duly taken, upon (A) the execution and delivery of this Agreement; (B) the taking of possession by Agent (or its agent or designee) of any certificates representing the Pledged Interests (other than certificates relating to any Foreign Subsidiary), together with undated powers (or other documents of transfer acceptable to Agent) endorsed in blank by the applicable Grantor; (C) the filing of financing statements in the applicable jurisdiction set forth on Schedule 10 for such Grantor with respect to the Pledged Interests of such Grantor that are not represented by certificates, and (D) with respect to any Securities Accounts, the delivery of Control Agreements with respect thereto; and (v) subject to Section 7(h)(iv), each Grantor has delivered to and deposited with Agent all certificates representing the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates and do not relate to any Foreign Subsidiary, and undated powers (or other documents of transfer acceptable to Agent) endorsed in blank with respect to such certificates.  None of the Pledged Interests owned or held by such Grantor has been issued or transferred in violation of any securities registration, securities disclosure, or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject.

(k) No consent, approval, authorization, or other order or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required (i) for the grant of a Security Interest by such Grantor in and to the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement or for the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement by such Grantor, or (ii) for the exercise by Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement with respect to the Investment Property or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required in connection with such disposition of Investment Property by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally and except for consents, approvals, authorizations, or other orders or actions that have been obtained or given (as applicable) and that are still in force.  No Intellectual Property License of any Grantor that is necessary in or material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business requires any consent of

18


 

 

any other Person that has not been obtained in order for such Grantor to grant the security interest granted hereunder in such Grantor’s right, title or interest in or to such Intellectual Property License.

(l) As of the Effective Date, there is no default, breach, violation, or event of acceleration existing under any promissory note (as defined in the Code) constituting Collateral and pledged hereunder, including, but not limited to, each promissory note identified on Schedule 6(h) (each a “ Pledged Note ”) and no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default, breach, violation, or event of acceleration under any Pledged Note.  No Grantor that is an obligee under a Pledged Note has waived any default, breach, violation, or event of acceleration under such Pledged Note.

(m) As to all limited liability company or partnership interests, issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants that the Pledged Interests issued pursuant to such agreement (A) are not dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (B) do not constitute investment company securities, and (C) are not held by such Grantor in a Securities Account.  In addition, none of the Pledged Operating Agreements, the Pledged Partnership Agreements, or any other agreements governing any of the Pledged Interests issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, provide that such Pledged Interests are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction.

7. Covenants .  Each Grantor, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with Agent that from and after the date of this Agreement and until the date of termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 23 ; in each case, subject to the terms and conditions otherwise set forth in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document:

(a) Possession of Collateral .  In the event that any Collateral, including Proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of Negotiable Collateral, Investment Property, or Chattel Paper having a value or face amount of $750,000 or more for all such Negotiable Collateral, Investment Property, or Chattel Paper, the Grantors shall promptly (and in any event within ten  (10) Business Days after acquisition thereof), (A) notify Agent thereof, and (B) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if and to the extent that perfection or priority of Agent’s Security Interest is dependent on or enhanced by possession, the applicable Grantor, promptly (and in any event within ten  (10)  Business Days) after request by Agent, shall execute such other documents and instruments as shall be requested by Agent or, if applicable, endorse and deliver physical possession of such Negotiable Collateral, Investment Property, or Chattel Paper to Agent, together with such undated powers (or other relevant document of transfer acceptable to Agent) endorsed in blank as shall be requested by Agent, and, upon the request of Agent, shall do such other acts or things deemed necessary by Agent to protect Agent’s Security Interest therein;

19


 

 

(b) Chattel Paper

(i) Promptly (and in any event within ten (10)  Business Days) after request by Agent, each Grantor shall take all steps necessary to grant Agent control of all electronic Chattel Paper in accordance with the Code and all “transferable records” as that term is defined in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transaction Act and Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, to the extent that the aggregate value or face amount of such electronic Chattel Paper equals or exceeds $250,000;  

(ii) If any Grantor retains possession of any Chattel Paper or instruments (which retention of possession shall be subject to the extent permitted hereby and by the Credit Agreement), promptly upon the request of Agent, such Chattel Paper and instruments shall be marked with the following legend: “This writing and the obligations evidenced or secured hereby are subject to the Security Interest of Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Agent for the benefit of the Lender Group”;

(c) Control Agreements

(i) Subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, including Section 5.4(a)(ii) thereof, each Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement, from each bank maintaining a Deposit Account or Securities Account for such Grantor;   provided that no such Control Agreements shall be required for all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts which contain an aggregate balance of no greater than $50,000 amongst all such Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, as confirmed by each Grantor delivering to Agent the applicable monthly account statements which shall be to the sole satisfaction of Agent; and

(ii) Subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement,  including Section 5.4(a)(ii) thereof, each Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement, from each issuer of uncertificated securities, securities intermediary, or commodities intermediary issuing or holding any financial assets or commodities to or for any Grantor, or maintaining a Securities Account for such Grantor;  

(d) Letter-of-Credit Rights .  If the Grantors (or any of them) are or become the beneficiary of letters of credit having a face amount or value of $750,000 or more, then the applicable Grantor or Grantors shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days after becoming a beneficiary), (A) notify Agent thereof and, (B) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) after request by Agent, enter into a tri-party agreement with Agent and the issuer or confirming bank with respect to letter-of-credit rights assigning such letter-of-credit rights to Agent and directing all payments thereunder to Agent’s Account, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;

(e) Commercial Tort Claims .  If the Grantors (or any of them) obtain Commercial Tort Claims having a value, or involving an asserted claim, in the amount of $1,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all Commercial Tort Claims, then the applicable Grantor or Grantors shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10)  Business Days of obtaining such Commercial Tort Claim), notify Agent upon incurring or otherwise obtaining such Commercial Tort Claims and, promptly (and in any event within ten (10)  Business Days) after request by Agent, amend Schedule 1 to describe such Commercial Tort Claims in a manner that reasonably identifies such Commercial Tort Claims and which is otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Agent, and hereby authorizes the filing of additional financing statements or amendments to existing financing statements describing such Commercial Tort Claims, and agrees to do

20


 

 

such other acts or things reasonably deemed necessary by Agent to give Agent a first priority, perfected security interest in any such Commercial Tort Claim;

(f) Government Contracts .  Other than Accounts and Chattel Paper the aggregate value of which does not at any one time exceed $1,000,000,  if any Account or Chattel Paper arises out of a contract or contracts with the United States of America or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, Grantors shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10)  Business Days of the creation thereof) notify Agent thereof and, promptly (and in any event within ten (10)  Business Days) after request by Agent, execute any instruments or take any steps reasonably required by Agent in order that all moneys due or to become due under such contract or contracts shall be assigned to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, and shall provide written notice thereof under the Assignment of Claims Act or other applicable law;

(g) Intellectual Property

(i) Upon the request of Agent, in order to facilitate filings with the PTO and the United States Copyright Office, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to Agent one or more Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, or Patent Security Agreements to further evidence Agent’s Lien on such Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks, or Copyrights, and the General Intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(ii) Each Grantor shall have the duty, with respect to Intellectual Property that is reasonably necessary in or material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, to protect and diligently enforce and defend at such Grantor’s expense its Intellectual Property, including (A) to diligently enforce and defend, including, when appropriate, suing for infringement, misappropriation, or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation, or dilution, and filing for opposition, interference, and cancellation against conflicting Intellectual Property rights of any Person, (B) to prosecute diligently any trademark application or service mark application that is part of the Trademarks pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement, (C) to prosecute diligently any patent application that is part of the Patents pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement (unless not doing so would not have a material adverse effect on such Grantor or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents), (D) to take all reasonably necessary action to preserve and maintain all of such Grantor’s Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, and its rights therein, including paying all maintenance fees and filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, and affidavits of noncontestability, and (E) to require all employees, consultants, and contractors of each Grantor who were involved in the creation or development of such Intellectual Property to sign agreements containing assignment of Intellectual Property rights and obligations of confidentiality.  Each Grantor further agrees not to abandon any Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property License that is necessary in or material to the conduct of such Grantor’s  business.  Each Grantor hereby agrees to take the steps described in this Section 7(g)(ii) with respect to all new or acquired Intellectual Property to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is now or later becomes entitled that is necessary in or material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business; 

(iii) Grantors acknowledge and agree that the Lender Group shall have no duties with respect to any Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property Licenses of any Grantor.  Without limiting the generality of this Section 7(g)(iii) , Grantors acknowledge and agree that no member of the Lender Group shall be under any obligation to take any steps necessary to preserve rights in the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property Licenses against any other Person, but any member of the Lender Group may do so at its option from and after the occurrence and during the

21


 

 

continuance of an Event of Default, and all expenses incurred in connection therewith (including reasonable and documented fees and expenses of attorneys and other professionals) shall be for the sole account of Borrower and shall be chargeable to the Loan Account;

(iv) On each date on which financial statements are to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Credit Agreement in connection with the end of Borrower’s second and fourth fiscal quarters (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, more frequently if requested by Agent), each Grantor shall provide Agent with a written report of all new Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights that are registered or the subject of pending applications for registrations, and of all Intellectual Property Licenses that are material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, in each case, which were acquired, registered, or for which applications for registration were filed by any Grantor during the prior period and any statement of use or amendment to allege use with respect to intent-to-use trademark applications.  In the case of such registrations or applications therefor, which were acquired by any Grantor, each such Grantor shall file the necessary documents with the appropriate Governmental Authority identifying the applicable Grantor as the owner (or as a co-owner thereof, if such is the case) of such Intellectual Property.  Upon the request of Agent in each of the foregoing cases, the applicable Grantor shall promptly cause to be prepared, executed, and delivered to Agent supplemental schedules to the applicable Loan Documents to identify such Patent, Trademark and Copyright registrations and applications therefor (with the exception of Trademark applications filed on an intent-to-use basis for which no statement of use or amendment to allege use has been filed) and Intellectual Property Licenses as being subject to the security interests created thereunder;

(v) Anything to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding, in no event shall any Grantor, either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee, or designee, file an application for the registration of any Copyright with the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in another country without giving Agent written notice thereof at least ten (10)  Business Days prior to such filing and complying with Section 7(g)(i) .  Upon receipt from the United States Copyright Office of notice of registration of any Copyright, each Grantor shall promptly (but in no event later than five (5) Business Days following such receipt) notify (but without duplication of any notice required by Section 7(g)(iv) , Agent of such registration by delivering, or causing to be delivered, to Agent, documentation sufficient for Agent to perfect Agent’s Liens on such Copyright.  If any Grantor acquires from any Person any Copyright registered with the United States Copyright Office or an application to register any Copyright with the United States Copyright Office material to such Grantor’s business, such Grantor shall promptly (but in no event later than ten (10)  Business Days following such acquisition) notify Agent of such acquisition and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Agent, documentation sufficient for Agent to perfect Agent’s Liens on such Copyright.  In the case of such Copyright registrations or applications therefor which were acquired by any Grantor, each such Grantor shall promptly (but in no event later than ten (10)  Business Days following such acquisition) file the necessary documents with the appropriate Governmental Authority identifying the applicable Grantor as the owner (or as a co-owner thereof, if such is the case) of such Copyrights; and

(vi) Each Grantor shall take commercially reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of, and otherwise protect and enforce its rights in, the Intellectual Property that is necessary in or material to the conduct of such Grantor’s  business, including, as applicable (A) protecting the secrecy and confidentiality of its confidential information and trade secrets by having and enforcing a policy requiring all current employees, consultants, licensees, vendors and contractors with access to such information to execute appropriate confidentiality agreements; (B) taking actions reasonably necessary to ensure that no trade secret falls into the public domain; and (C) protecting the secrecy and confidentiality of the source code of all software programs and applications of which it is the owner or licensee.

22


 

 

(h) Investment Property

(i) If any Grantor shall acquire, obtain, receive or become entitled to receive any Pledged Interests after the Effective Date, it shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of acquiring or obtaining such Collateral) deliver to Agent a duly executed Pledged Interests Addendum identifying such Pledged Interests;

(ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, following the request of Agent, all sums of money and property paid or distributed in respect of the Investment Property that are received by any Grantor shall be held by the Grantors in trust for the benefit of Agent segregated from such Grantor’s other property, and such Grantor shall deliver it forthwith to Agent in the exact form received;

(iii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall promptly deliver to Agent a copy of each material notice or other material communication received by it in respect of any Pledged Interests;

(iv) As soon as practicable, and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the Effective Date (or such longer period as Agent may agree in its sole discretion), each Grantor shall deliver all certificates representing the Pledged Interests consisting of Equity Interests in BioStorage Technologies, Inc. owned by such Grantor, and undated powers (or other documents of transfer acceptable to Agent) endorsed in blank with respect to such certificates;

(v) Each Grantor agrees that it will cooperate with Agent in making all necessary filings under federal, state, or local law to effect the perfection of the Security Interest on the Investment Property; 

(vi) As to all limited liability company or partnership interests, issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, each Grantor hereby covenants that the Pledged Interests issued pursuant to such agreement (A) are not and shall not be dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (B) do not and will not constitute investment company securities, and (C) are not and will not be held by such Grantor in a securities account.  In addition, none of the Pledged Operating Agreements, the Pledged Partnership Agreements, or any other agreements governing any of the Pledged Interests issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, provide or shall provide that such Pledged Interests are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction.

(i) Real Property; Fixtures.  Each Grantor covenants and agrees that upon the acquisition of any fee interest in Real Property having a fair market value in excess of $3,000,000 it will promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days of acquisition) notify Agent of the acquisition of such Real Property and will grant to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a first priority Mortgage on each fee interest in Real Property now or hereafter owned by such Grantor and shall deliver the other Real Property Documents, in connection with the grant of such Mortgage as Agent shall request in its Permitted Discretion, and such Grantor shall pay all recording costs, intangible taxes and other fees and costs (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred in connection therewith.  Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all of the Collateral shall remain personal property regardless of the manner of its attachment or affixation to real property;

(j) Transfers and Other Liens .  Grantors shall not (i) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, except as

23


 

 

expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, or (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral of any Grantor, except for Permitted Liens.  The inclusion of Proceeds in the Collateral shall not be deemed to constitute Agent’s consent to any sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral except as expressly permitted in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(k) [Reserved] .

(l) Name, Etc .  No Grantor will change its name, organizational identification number, jurisdiction of organization or organizational identity; provided , that a  Grantor may change its name upon at least 10 days prior written notice to Agent of such change.

(m) Pledged Notes .  Grantors shall provide to Agent copies of all notices of default given or received with respect to the Pledged Notes promptly after giving or receiving such notice.

8. Relation to Other Security Documents .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be read and construed with the other Loan Documents referred to below in the manner so indicated.

(a) Credit Agreement .   In the event of any conflict between any provision in this Agreement and a provision in the Credit Agreement, such provision of the Credit Agreement shall control.

(b) Patent, Trademark, Copyright Security Agreements .  The provisions of the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, and Patent Security Agreements are supplemental to the provisions of this Agreement, and nothing contained in the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, or the Patent Security Agreements shall limit any of the rights or remedies of Agent hereunder.  In the event of any conflict between any provision in this Agreement and a provision in a Copyright Security Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement or Patent Security Agreement, such provision of this Agreement shall control.    

9. Further Assurances

(a) Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at its own expense, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect the Security Interest granted hereby, to create, perfect or protect the Security Interest purported to be granted hereby or to enable Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral. 

(b) Each Grantor authorizes the filing by Agent of financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such Grantor will execute and deliver to Agent such other instruments or notices, as Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the Security Interest granted or purported to be granted hereby. 

(c) Each Grantor authorizes Agent at any time and from time to time to file, transmit, or communicate, as applicable, financing statements and amendments (i) describing the Collateral as “all personal property of debtor” or “all assets of debtor” or words of similar effect, (ii) describing the Collateral as being of equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, or (iii) that contain any information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance.  Each Grantor also hereby ratifies any and all financing statements or amendments previously filed by Agent in any jurisdiction.

24


 

 

(d) Each Grantor acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent, subject to such Grantor’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the Code.

10. Agent’s Right to Perform Contracts, Exercise Rights, etc .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent (or its designee) (a) may proceed to perform any and all of the obligations of any Grantor contained in any contract, lease, or other agreement and exercise any and all rights of any Grantor therein contained as fully as such Grantor itself could, (b) shall have the right to use any Grantor’s rights under Intellectual Property Licenses in connection with the enforcement of Agent’s rights hereunder, including the right to prepare for sale and sell any and all Inventory and Equipment now or hereafter owned by any Grantor and now or hereafter covered by such licenses, and (c) shall have the right to request that any Equity Interests that are pledged hereunder be registered in the name of Agent or any of its nominees. 

11. Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact .  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, at such time as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement, to take any action and to execute any instrument which Agent may reasonably deem necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including:

(a) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in connection with the Accounts or any other Collateral of such Grantor;

(b) to receive and open all mail addressed to such Grantor and to notify postal authorities to change the address for the delivery of mail to such Grantor to that of Agent;

(c) to receive, indorse, and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents, Negotiable Collateral or Chattel Paper;

(d) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which Agent may deem necessary for the collection of any of the Collateral of such Grantor or otherwise to enforce the rights of Agent with respect to any of the Collateral;

(e) to repair, alter, or supply goods, if any, necessary to fulfill in whole or in part the purchase order of any Person obligated to such Grantor in respect of any Account of such Grantor;

(f) to use any Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property Licenses of such Grantor, including but not limited to any labels, Patents, Trademarks, trade names, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, Copyrights, or advertising matter, in preparing for sale, advertising for sale, or selling Inventory or other Collateral and to collect any amounts due under Accounts, contracts or Negotiable Collateral of such Grantor; and

(g) Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group,  shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to bring suit in its own name to enforce the Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses and, if Agent shall commence any such suit, the appropriate Grantor shall, at the request of Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all proper documents reasonably required by Agent in aid of such enforcement. 

25


 

 

To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby ratifies all that such attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated. 

12. Agent May Perform .  If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable expenses of Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable, jointly and severally, by Grantors.

13. Agent’s Duties .  The powers conferred on Agent hereunder are solely to protect Agent’s interest in the Collateral, for the benefit of the Lender Group, and shall not impose any duty upon Agent to exercise any such powers.  Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its actual possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral.  Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its actual possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Agent accords its own property. 

14. Collection of Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral .  At any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent or Agent’s designee may (a) notify Account Debtors of any Grantor that the Accounts, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper or Negotiable Collateral of such Grantor have been assigned to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, or that Agent has a security interest therein, and (b) collect the Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral of any Grantor directly, and any collection costs and expenses shall constitute part of such Grantor’s Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents. 

15. Disposition of Pledged Interests by Agent .  None of the Pledged Interests existing as of the date of this Agreement are, and none of the Pledged Interests hereafter acquired on the date of acquisition thereof will be, registered or qualified under the various federal or state securities laws of the United States and disposition thereof after an Event of Default may be restricted to one or more private (instead of public) sales in view of the lack of such registration.  Each Grantor understands that in connection with such disposition, Agent may approach only a restricted number of potential purchasers and further understands that a sale under such circumstances may yield a lower price for the Pledged Interests than if the Pledged Interests were registered and qualified pursuant to federal and state securities laws and sold on the open market.  Each Grantor, therefore, agrees that:  (a) if Agent shall, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, sell or cause the Pledged Interests or any portion thereof to be sold at a private sale, Agent shall have the right to rely upon the advice and opinion of any nationally recognized brokerage or investment firm (but shall not be obligated to seek such advice and the failure to do so shall not be considered in determining the commercial reasonableness of such action) as to the best manner in which to offer the Pledged Interest or any portion thereof for sale and as to the best price reasonably obtainable at the private sale thereof; and (b) such reliance shall be conclusive evidence that Agent has handled the disposition in a commercially reasonable manner.

16. Voting and Other Rights in Respect of Pledged Interests .

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) Agent may, at its option, and with two (2) Business Days prior notice to any Grantor, and in addition to all rights and remedies available to Agent under any other agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise, exercise all voting rights, or any other ownership or consensual rights (including any dividend or distribution rights) in respect of the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor, but under no circumstances is Agent obligated by the terms of this Agreement to exercise such rights, and (ii) if Agent duly exercises

26


 

 

its right to vote any of such Pledged Interests, each Grantor hereby appoints Agent, such Grantor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and IRREVOCABLE PROXY to vote such Pledged Interests in any manner Agent deems advisable for or against all matters submitted or which may be submitted to a vote of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be.  The power-of-attorney and proxy granted hereby is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.

(b) For so long as any Grantor shall have the right to vote the Pledged Interests owned by it, such Grantor covenants and agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of Agent, vote or take any consensual action with respect to such Pledged Interests which would materially adversely affect the rights of Agent,  the other members of the Lender Group, or the value of the Pledged Interests.

17. Remedies .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(a) Agent may, and, at the instruction of the Required Lenders, shall exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Loan Documents, or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the Code or any other applicable law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor expressly agrees that, in any such event, Agent without demand of performance or other demand, advertisement or notice of any kind (except a notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and notices are hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), may take immediate possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and (i) require Grantors to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will at its own expense and upon request of Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by Agent and make it available to Agent at one or more locations where such Grantor regularly maintains Inventory, and (ii) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit, and upon such other terms as Agent may deem commercially reasonable;   provided that if Agent or the Required Lenders delivers a notice to any Person in possession of the Collateral of any Grantor, a copy shall also be delivered to such Grantor.  Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notification of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notification by mail to the applicable Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification and specifically such notification shall constitute a reasonable “authenticated notification of disposition” within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the Code.  Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notification of sale having been given.  Agent may adjourn any public sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.  Each Grantor agrees that (A) the internet shall constitute a “place” for purposes of Section 9-610(b) of the Code and (B) to the extent notification of sale shall be required by law, notification by mail of the URL where a sale will occur and the time when a sale will commence at least ten (10) days prior to the sale shall constitute a reasonable notification for purposes of Section 9-611(b) of the Code.  Each Grantor agrees that any sale of Collateral to a licensor pursuant to the terms of a license agreement between such licensor and a Grantor is sufficient to constitute a commercially reasonable sale (including as to method, terms, manner, and time) within the meaning of Section 9-610 of the Code.

(b) Agent is hereby granted a non-exclusive license or other right to use, without liability for royalties or any other charge, each Grantor’s  Intellectual Property,  including but not limited to, any labels, Patents, Trademarks, trade names, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, Copyrights, and advertising matter, whether owned by any Grantor or with respect to which any Grantor has rights

27


 

 

under license, sublicense, or other agreements (including any Intellectual Property License), as it pertains to the Collateral, in preparing for sale, advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and each Grantor’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the benefit of Agent.

(c) Agent may, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Loan Documents, or otherwise available to it under applicable law and without the requirement of notice to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (which notice is hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), (i) with respect to any Grantor’s Deposit Accounts in which Agent’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-104 of the Code, instruct the bank maintaining such Deposit Account for the applicable Grantor to pay the balance of such Deposit Account to or for the benefit of Agent, and (ii) with respect to any Grantor’s Securities Accounts in which Agent’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-106 of the Code, instruct the securities intermediary maintaining such Securities Account for the applicable Grantor to (A) transfer any cash in such Securities Account to or for the benefit of Agent, or (B)  liquidate any financial assets in such Securities Account that are customarily sold on a recognized market and transfer the cash proceeds thereof to or for the benefit of Agent.

(d) Any cash held by Agent as Collateral and all cash proceeds received by Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied against the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in the Credit Agreement.   In the event the proceeds of Collateral are insufficient to satisfy all of the Secured Obligations in full, each Grantor shall remain jointly and severally liable for any such deficiency.

(e) Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that the Secured Obligations arise out of a commercial transaction, and agrees that if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing Agent shall have the right to an immediate writ of possession without notice of a hearing.  Agent shall have the right to the appointment of a receiver for the properties and assets of each Grantor, and each Grantor hereby consents to such rights and such appointment and hereby waives any objection such Grantor may have thereto or the right to have a bond or other security posted by Agent.

18. Remedies Cumulative .  Each right, power, and remedy of Agent or any other member of the Lender Group, as provided for in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power, or remedy provided for in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Agent or any other member of the Lender Group of any one or more of such rights, powers, or remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Agent or such other member of the Lender Group of any or all such other rights, powers, or remedies.

19. Marshaling . Agent  shall not be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including but not limited to the Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Secured Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and in respect of such collateral security and other assurances of payment shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies, however existing or arising.  To the extent that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Secured Obligations or under which any of the Secured Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Secured Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

28


 

 

20. Indemnity and Expenses

(a) The indemnity provisions of Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.

(b) Grantors, jointly and severally, shall, upon demand, pay to Agent (or Agent, may charge to the Loan Account) all the Lender Group Expenses which Agent may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, (ii) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or, upon an Event of Default, the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of Agent hereunder or (iv) the failure by any Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

21. Merger, Amendments; Etc.  THIS AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.  No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent and each Grantor to which such amendment applies.

22. Addresses for Notices .  All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given in the form and manner and delivered to Agent at its address specified in the Credit Agreement, and to any of the Grantors at their respective addresses specified in the Credit Agreement or Guaranty, as applicable, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party.

23. Continuing Security Interest: Assignments under Credit Agreement.    

(a) This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been paid in full in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Commitments have expired or have been terminated, (ii) be binding upon each Grantor, and their respective successors and assigns, and (iii) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Agent, and its successors, transferees and assigns.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (iii), any Lender may, in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise.  Upon payment in full of the Secured Obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the expiration or termination of the Commitments, the Guaranty made and the Security Interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to Grantors or any other Person entitled thereto.  At such time, upon Borrower’s request, Agent will authorize the filing of appropriate termination statements to terminate such Security Interest.  No transfer or renewal, extension, assignment, or termination of this Agreement or of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other instrument or document executed and delivered by any Grantor to Agent nor any additional Loans or other loans made by any Lender to Borrower, nor the taking of further security, nor the retaking or re-delivery of the Collateral to Grantors, or any of them, by Agent, nor any other act of the Lender Group, or any of them, shall release any Grantor from any obligation, except a release or discharge executed in writing by Agent in accordance

29


 

 

with the provisions of the Credit Agreement.  Agent shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise, be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Agent and then only to the extent therein set forth.  A waiver by Agent of any right or remedy on any occasion shall not be construed as a bar to the exercise of any such right or remedy which Agent would otherwise have had on any other occasion.

(b) Each Grantor agrees that, if any payment made by any Grantor or other Person and applied to the Secured Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set, aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of any Collateral are required to be returned by Agent or any other member of the Lender Group to such Grantor, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other party, including any Grantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made. If, prior to any of the foregoing, (i) any Lien or other Collateral securing such Grantor’s liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of the foregoing clause (a), or (ii) any provision of the Guaranty hereunder shall have been terminated, cancelled or surrendered, such Lien, other Collateral or provision shall be reinstated in full force and effect and such prior release, termination, cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of any such Grantor in respect of any Lien or other Collateral securing such obligation or the amount of such payment.

24. Survival .     All representations and warranties made by the Grantors in this Agreement and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any loan or any fee or any other amount payable under the Credit Agreement is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.

25. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION .

(a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF, THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO, AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSIES OR DISPUTES ARISING HEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK;   PROVIDED, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND.  EACH GRANTOR AND AGENT WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE

30


 

 

DOCTRINE OF FORUM   NON   CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 25(b) .

(c) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH GRANTOR AND AGENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS, IF ANY, TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS (EACH A “ CLAIM ”).  EACH GRANTOR AND AGENT REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

(d) EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK AND THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT AGENT MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AGAINST ANY GRANTOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(e) NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY ANY GRANTOR AGAINST THE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE UNDERLYING ISSUER, OR ANY AFFILIATE, DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, COUNSEL, REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT, OR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION, OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, AND EACH GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES, AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

(f) IN THE EVENT ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING IS FILED IN A COURT OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (THE " COURT ") BY OR AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO IN CONNECTION WITH ANY CLAIM AND THE WAIVER SET FORTH IN SECTION 25(c)  ABOVE IS NOT ENFORCEABLE IN SUCH PROCEEDING, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

(i) WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE MATTERS SPECIFIED IN SUBCLAUSE (ii) BELOW, ANY CLAIM SHALL BE DETERMINED BY A GENERAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTIONS 638 THROUGH 645.1.  THE PARTIES INTEND THIS GENERAL REFERENCE AGREEMENT TO BE SPECIFICALLY ENFORCEABLE.  VENUE FOR THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING SHALL BE IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA.

31


 

 

(ii) THE FOLLOWING MATTERS SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO A GENERAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING: (A) NON-JUDICIAL FORECLOSURE OF ANY SECURITY INTERESTS IN REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY, (B) EXERCISE OF SELF-HELP REMEDIES (INCLUDING SET-OFF OR RECOUPMENT), (C) APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER, AND (D) TEMPORARY, PROVISIONAL, OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES (INCLUDING WRITS OF ATTACHMENT, WRITS OF POSSESSION, TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDERS, OR PRELIMINARY INJUNCTIONS).  THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO EXERCISE OR OPPOSE ANY OF THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES DESCRIBED IN CLAUSES (A) - (D) AND ANY SUCH EXERCISE OR OPPOSITION DOES NOT WAIVE THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO PARTICIPATE IN A REFERENCE PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER MATTER.

(iii) UPON THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED JUDGE OR JUSTICE.  IF THE PARTIES DO NOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE WITHIN 10 DAYS OF SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST, THEN, ANY PARTY SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO REQUEST THE COURT TO APPOINT A REFEREE PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 640(B).  THE REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED TO SIT WITH ALL OF THE POWERS PROVIDED BY LAW.  PENDING APPOINTMENT OF THE REFEREE, THE COURT SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO ISSUE TEMPORARY OR PROVISIONAL REMEDIES.

(iv) EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE REFEREE SHALL DETERMINE THE MANNER IN WHICH THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING IS CONDUCTED INCLUDING THE TIME AND PLACE OF HEARINGS, THE ORDER OF PRESENTATION OF EVIDENCE, AND ALL OTHER QUESTIONS THAT ARISE WITH RESPECT TO THE COURSE OF THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING.  ALL PROCEEDINGS AND HEARINGS CONDUCTED BEFORE THE REFEREE, EXCEPT FOR TRIAL, SHALL BE CONDUCTED WITHOUT A COURT REPORTER, EXCEPT WHEN ANY PARTY SO REQUESTS A COURT REPORTER AND A TRANSCRIPT IS ORDERED, A COURT REPORTER SHALL BE USED AND THE REFEREE SHALL BE PROVIDED A COURTESY COPY OF THE TRANSCRIPT.  THE PARTY MAKING SUCH REQUEST SHALL HAVE THE OBLIGATION TO ARRANGE FOR AND PAY THE COSTS OF THE COURT REPORTER, PROVIDED THAT SUCH COSTS, ALONG WITH THE REFEREE'S FEES, SHALL ULTIMATELY BE BORNE BY THE PARTY WHO DOES NOT PREVAIL, AS DETERMINED BY THE REFEREE.

(v) THE REFEREE MAY REQUIRE ONE OR MORE PREHEARING CONFERENCES.  THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE ENTITLED TO DISCOVERY, AND THE REFEREE SHALL OVERSEE DISCOVERY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES OF DISCOVERY, AND SHALL ENFORCE ALL DISCOVERY ORDERS IN THE SAME MANNER AS ANY TRIAL COURT JUDGE IN PROCEEDINGS AT LAW IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

(vi) THE REFEREE SHALL APPLY THE RULES OF EVIDENCE APPLICABLE TO PROCEEDINGS AT LAW IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND SHALL DETERMINE ALL ISSUES IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA SUBSTANTIVE AND PROCEDURAL LAW.  THE REFEREE SHALL BE EMPOWERED TO ENTER EQUITABLE AS WELL AS LEGAL RELIEF AND RULE ON ANY MOTION WHICH WOULD BE AUTHORIZED IN A TRIAL, INCLUDING MOTIONS FOR DEFAULT JUDGMENT OR SUMMARY JUDGMENT.  THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT HIS OR HER DECISION, WHICH REPORT SHALL ALSO INCLUDE FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW.  THE REFEREE SHALL ISSUE A DECISION AND PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, SECTION 644, THE REFEREE'S DECISION SHALL BE ENTERED BY THE COURT AS A JUDGMENT IN THE

32


 

 

SAME MANNER AS IF THE ACTION HAD BEEN TRIED BY THE COURT.  THE FINAL JUDGMENT OR ORDER FROM ANY APPEALABLE DECISION OR ORDER ENTERED BY THE REFEREE SHALL BE FULLY APPEALABLE AS IF IT HAS BEEN ENTERED BY THE COURT.

(vii) THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED IN A GENERAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING PURSUANT HERETO WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY.  AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY HERETO KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION SHALL APPLY TO ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THEM THAT ARISES OUT OF OR IS RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

26. New Subsidiaries .  Pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain Subsidiaries (whether by acquisition or creation) of any Grantor are required to enter into this Agreement by executing and delivering in favor of Agent a Joinder to this Agreement in substantially the form of Annex 1 .  Upon the execution and delivery of Annex 1 by any such new Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor and Grantor herein.  The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Guarantor or Grantor as a party to this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Guarantor or Grantor hereunder.  The rights and obligations of each Guarantor and Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor or Grantor hereunder.

27. Agent .  Each reference herein to any right granted to, benefit conferred upon or power exercisable by the “Agent” shall be a reference to Agent, for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group.

28. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement is a Loan Document.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement.  Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement.  The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis .

(b) Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in that jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.  Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

(c) Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only.  Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

(d) Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against any member of the Lender Group or any Grantor, whether under any rule of

33


 

 

construction or otherwise.  This Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

29. Intercreditor Terms . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Liens and Security Interest securing the Secured Obligations, the exercise of any right or remedy with respect thereto, and certain of the rights of the Secured Parties are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of October 4, 2017 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ ABL Intercreditor Agreement ”), by and between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as ABL Agent, and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Term Loan Agent.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

 

34


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

GRANTORS:

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

 

 

By:     /s/ Lindon G. Robertson

Name:  Lindon G. Robertson

Title:  EVP and CEO

 

 

 

BIOSTORAGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

By:     /s/ Lindon G. Robertson

Name:  Lindon G. Robertson

Title:  EVP and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]


 

 

AGENT:

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. ,  a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:     /s/ Jonathon Rauen  

Name:  Jonathon Rauen

Title:  Authorized Signatory

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]


Exhibit 10.27

 

DATED 05 October, 2017

 

 

 

 

(1) paul day, peter collins, thomas lernbecher  
and   axel moehrle

and

(2) BROOKS AUTOMATION LTD

 

 

 

___________________________________________

Sale and Purchase Agreement

relating to the entire issued share capital of

4TITUDE LIMITED

___________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

1  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

5

2  

AGREEMENT TO SELL THE SHARES

15

3  

CONSIDERATION

16

4  

COMPLETION

18

5  

WARRANTIES

20

6  

INDEMNITIES

20

7  

PROTECTION OF GOODWILL

21

8  

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

22

9  

ANNOUNCEMENTS

23

10  

COSTS

23

11  

EFFECT OF COMPLETION

23

12  

FURTHER ASSURANCE

23

13  

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

23

14  

VARIATIONS

24

15  

WAIVER

24

16  

INVALIDITY

24

17  

NOTICES

24

18  

COUNTERPARTS

26

19  

MISCELLANEOUS

26

20  

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

28

SCHEDULE 1 PARTICULARS OF THE SELLERS

 

SCHEDULE 2 PARTICULARS OF THE COMPANY

 

SCHEDULE 3 WARRANTIES  

29

1  

INFORMATION

29

2  

THE SHARES AND THE COMPANY

29

 

 

2

 


 

 

 

3  

THE ACCOUNTS AND THE MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTS

31

4  

BUSINESS SINCE THE ACCOUNT DATE

31

5  

FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS

32

6  

LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

32

7  

INSURANCES

34

8  

ASSETS

34

9  

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

35

10  

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

36

11  

EMPLOYEES

37

12  

PENSIONS

40

13  

REGULATORY, COMPETITION AND COMPLIANCE

41

14  

DATA PROTECTION

41

15  

BROKERAGE OR COMMISSIONS

42

16  

PROPERTIES

42

17  

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

43

SCHEDULE 4 TAX  

46

PART 1 – TAX COVENANT, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION  

46

PART 2 – TAX WARRANTIES  

58

SCHEDULE 5 LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY  

62

SCHEDULE 6 COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS  

66

SCHEDULE 7 COMPLETION ACCOUNTS PART 1 – COMPLETION ACCOUNTS  

67

Part 2 – PRO-FORMA COMPLETION ACCOUNTS  

74

SCHEDULE 8 RETENTION  

75

PART 1 – PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE RETENTION ACCOUNT  

75

PART 2 – INSTRUCTION LETTER  

79

PART 3 – RELEASE NOTICE  

82

PART 4 – AUTHORISED SIGNATORIES  

84

3

 


 

 

 

SCHEDULE 9 R&D TAX CREDIT CONSIDERATION  

85

EXECUTION PAGE  

88

 

4

 


 

 

THIS SHARE SALE and PURCHASE AGREEMENT is made on  October 5 2017

BETWEEN

1.     THE SEVERAL PERSONS whose names and addresses are set out in Schedule 1 (the “ Sellers ”); and

2.     BROOKS AUTOMATION LTD , a company incorporated in England & Wales (company number 04109439) whose registered office is at Gilchrist Road, Northbank Industrial Park, Irlam, Manchester, M44 5AY (the “ Buyer ”).

BACKGROUND

(A)       The Company has, at the date of this Agreement, a share capital of 10,000 ordinary shares of £1.00 each, all of which are in issue and are fully paid or credited as fully paid and are owned by the Sellers as set out in column 3 of Schedule 1.

(B)       The Sellers have agreed to sell the Shares to the Buyer and the Buyer has agreed to purchase the Shares on the terms of this Agreement.

The parties agree as follows:

1             DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIO N

1.1        In this deed, unless the context requires otherwise, the following definitions apply:

 

 

“Accounts”

the audited consolidated balance sheet as at the Accounts Date and the audited consolidated profit and loss account for the financial period ended on the Accounts Date in each case of the Company;

“Accounts Date”

31 December 2016;

“Actual Working Capital”

has the meaning set out in paragraph 1.2 of Part 1 of Schedule 7;

“Adjustment”

has the meaning given to such term in clause 3.4.2;

“Agreement”

this agreement (including any schedule to it);

“Applicable Law”

means any:

(a)           law (including common law, bye-law or other binding law), statute, subordinate legislation, regulation, code, ordinance, rule, judgment, order, decree, directive, decision or injunction;

(b)           determination by or requirement of any Competent Authority; or

(c)           interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by any Competent Authority;

5

 


 

 

“Auditors”

the auditors of the Company for the time being, if auditors have been appointed, or where no auditors have been appointed, the accountants of the Company for the time being;

“Business Day”

a day (other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a public holiday) on which clearing banks are open for all normal banking business in the City of London and New York;

“Buyer's Premium Payment”

means an amount payable by the Buyer to the Insurer being a sum equal to half of the total premium payable under the Warranty and Indemnity Insurance Policy (inclusive of legal fees, underwriting fees, any commission and associated taxes), being £89,600;

“Buyer’s Solicitors”

Taylor Wessing LLP of 5 New Street Square, London, EC4A 3TW;

“CA2006”

the Companies Act 2006;

“Cash”

has the meaning set out in paragraph 1.2 of Part 1 of Schedule 7;

“Claim”

any Non-Tax Claim or a Tax Claim or an Indemnity Claim;

“Company”

4titude Limited (company number 05162469) details of which are set out in Schedule 2;

“Competent Authority”

means any national, state or local governmental authority, any governmental, quasi-governmental, judicial, regulatory, public or administrative agency, authority or body, any court of competent jurisdiction, any Recognised Investment Exchange, the Financial Conduct Authority, the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, and any local, national, international, federal, European Union or other supranational agency, inspectorate, minister, ministry, official or public or statutory person (whether autonomous or not) acting within their powers and having jurisdiction over this Agreement or any of the parties, the Company or its directors or the Employees;

6

 


 

 

“Competition Laws”

the national and directly effective legislation of any jurisdiction in which the Company conducts business which governs the conduct of companies or individuals in relation to restrictive or other anti-competitive agreements or practices (including, but not limited to, cartels, pricing, resale pricing, market sharing, bid rigging, terms of trading, exclusivity, purchase or supply and joint ventures), dominant or monopoly market positions (whether held individually or collectively) and the control of acquisitions or mergers;

“Completion”

the completion of the sale and purchase of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement;

“Completion Accounts”

the balance sheet of the Company as at the Completion Date, prepared in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 7 presented in the form of (and including the line items set out in) the Pro-forma Completion Accounts;

“Completion Accounts Withholding Amount”

means the sum of £200,000.

“Completion Bonuses”

has the meaning given to such term in clause 3.1;

“Completion Date”

the date of this Agreement;

“Completion Payment”

means the sum of £51,095,525 (being the aggregate sum of the amounts set out in clauses 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.5, 3.1.6 and 3.1.7), being the payment to be made by the Buyer to the Sellers at Completion (before any adjustment in accordance with clause 3.3 and Schedule 7), less an amount equal to the Retention;

“Confidential Information”

means information which:

(a)           relates to the negotiation of this Agreement or any document referred to in this Agreement;

(b)           relates to the provisions or the subject matter of this Agreement or of any document referred to in this Agreement;

(c)           in the case of a Seller, relates to the Buyer or any member of the Buyer's Group; and

(d)           in the case of a Seller, is confidential information which he has acquired about the Company;

“Consideration”

has the meaning set out in clause 3.1;

“Covenant Claim”

has the meaning given to it in the Tax Schedule;

7

 


 

 

“Current Assets”

has the meaning given to such term in in paragraph 1.2 of Part 1 of Schedule 7;

“Current Liabilities”

has the meaning given to such term in in paragraph 1.2 of Part 1 of Schedule 7;

“Customer”

any person or entity to whom or which the Company shall at any time during the 12 month period prior to Completion have provided Restricted Business;

“Cyber Security Laws”

means all Applicable Laws concerning or otherwise relating to cyber, network and/or information security applicable to the Company's business;

“Data Protection Legislation”

any data protection and privacy legislation applicable to the Company's business;

“Deed of Variation”

means a deed of variation, in the agreed terms, of the distribution agreement entered into by the Company and Eurofins MWG GmbH on 1 April 2012;

“Disclosed”

fairly disclosed to the Buyer and “fairly” means disclosed with sufficient particularity to enable a reasonable Buyer to identify the nature and scope of the matter disclosed and “Disclose” shall be construed accordingly;

“Disclosed Documents”

the agreed form CD-Rom including copies of those documents (excluding the folder designated “Commercial”) uploaded to the electronic data room hosted and maintained by Shoosmiths Collaborate as at 5 p.m. on the date immediately prior to Completion, as specified in the data room index included in the Disclosure Letter;

“Disclosure Letter”

the letter of the same date as this Agreement in the agreed form from the Sellers to the Buyer and delivered to the Buyer's Solicitors immediately prior to Completion, together with the Disclosed Documents, in relation to the matters that are exceptions to the Warranties;

“Encumbrance”

any interest or equity of any person (including any right to acquire, option, right of pre-emption or conversion or right of first refusal) or any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, hypothecation, security interest, title retention, or any other restriction, security agreement or arrangement, or any agreement to create any of the above;

“Employee”

means an employee, worker, contract worker, part-time employee, temporary employee or home worker of the Company;

8

 


 

 

“Fundamental Warranties”

the warranties set out in clause 2.1.3 and paragraphs 2.1, 2.2 and 2.4 of Schedule 3 of this Agreement;

“Fundamental Warranty Claim”

a claim by the Buyer against the Sellers for breach of any of the Fundamental Warranties;

“Group”

means at any relevant time, in relation to any undertaking, a "group undertaking" (as defined in section 1161 of the CA2006) of that undertaking and "member of its Group", in relation to any undertaking, means any group undertaking as so defined of that undertaking;

“HMRC”

the meaning given to it in the Tax Schedule;

“Indebtedness”

in relation to the Company:

(a)           all obligations for borrowed money;

 

(b)           all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments and all reimbursement or other obligations in respect of letters of credit or banker's acceptances;

 

(c)           all obligations or liabilities of others secured by an encumbrance on any asset of the Company, irrespective of whether such obligation or liability is assumed;

 

(d)           all obligations under finance leases, hire purchase agreements or to pay the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and repayable in accordance with customary trade practices);

 

(e)           any obligation guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted, or sold with recourse) any obligation of any other person that constitutes Indebtedness under any of sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) (inclusive);  and

 

(f)            any other items highlighted in blue in the Pro-forma Completion Accounts, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, obligations to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business and trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

 

9

 


 

 

“Indemnity Claim”

a claim by the Buyer against the Sellers for breach of any of the indemnities in clause 6;

“Insurer”

has the meaning given to such term in the Warranty and Indemnity Insurance Policy;

“Instruction Letter”

has the meaning given to such term in part 1 of Schedule 8;

“Intellectual Property”

all patents, trade and service marks or names whether or not registered or capable of registration, registered designs, design rights, domain names, copyrights, rights in the nature of copyright, database rights, the right to apply for and applications for any of the preceding items, together with the rights in inventions, processes, software, know how, trade or business secrets, confidential information or any process or other similar right or asset capable of protection and in each case analogous rights as may exist anywhere in the world for the full term of the rights concerned together with all reversions, revivals, extensions and renewals of such rights (whether registered or not); all registrations and pending registrations relating to any such rights, the benefit of any pending applications for any such registrations; and all rights of action, powers or benefits belonging or accrued in relation to such rights (including the right to sue for and recover damages for past infringements), in each case as enjoyed, owned, exploited, used, held for use or licensed to the Company;

“IT Systems”

the information and communications technology infrastructure and systems including Software, hardware, firmware and networks which is used in the business of the Company;

“ITEPA”

has the meaning given to it in the Tax Schedule;

“Management Accounts”

each of the unaudited monthly management accounts for the Company for the period from the Accounts Date to 30 June 2017;

“Material Contracts”

all the contracts entered into between the Company and the Material Customers in respect of which there are outstanding rights, obligations or liabilities (contingent otherwise) as at Completion;

“Material Customers”

the Company’s top ten customers by revenue for 2016 as at Disclosed Document 14.1.38;

“Non-Tax Claim”

a claim by the Buyer against the Sellers for breach of any of the Non-Tax Warranties;

10

 


 

 

“Non-Tax Warranties”

the warranties set out in Schedule 3;

“Personal Data”

has the meaning set out in the Data Protection Act 1998;

“Pro-forma Completion Accounts”

the pro-forma balance sheet of the Company referred to in paragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 7;

“Properties”

means the leasehold properties known as: (i) The North Barn, Surrey Hills Business Park, Damphurst Lane, Wotton, Surrey, RH5 6QT; and (ii) Sickingenstr 26, 10553 Berlin, Germany;

“Property Insurance”

means the title indemnity insurance in respect of the Properties, relating to the gap between the estate road (of which the Properties form part) and the adopted highway;

“R&D Consideration”

has the meaning set out in Schedule 9;

“Recognised Investment Exchange”

has the meaning given in section 285 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, such exchanges including at the date of this Agreement London Stock Exchange plc (including, without limitation, in its capacity as operator and regulator of the Alternative Investment Market and Turquoise Derivatives);

“Related Interest”

has the meaning given to such term in part 1 Schedule 8;

“Release Notice”

has the meaning given to such term in part 1 Schedule 8;

“Relevant Seller Proportion”

the percentage set out opposite the name of the relevant Seller in column (4) Schedule 1;

“Relief”

has the meaning given to it in the Tax Schedule;

“Restricted Business”

the business of the research, design manufacture and marketing of consumables and bench top instrumentation for the life sciences industry;

“Restricted Period”

the period commencing on Completion and ending 18 months   from Completion;

“Retention”

means the sum of £325,000 to be credited to the Retention Account by the Buyer on Completion in accordance with clause 4.2.2b), subject to the terms set out in clause 3.4 and Schedule 8;

“Retention Account”

has the meaning given to such term in part 1 of Schedule 8;

11

 


 

 

“Retention Bank”

has the meaning given to such term in part 1 of Schedule 8;

“Retention Bank Instruction Letter”

has the meaning given to such term in part 1 of Schedule 8;

“Sellers’ Premium Payment”

means an amount payable by the Sellers to the Insurer being equal to half of the total premium payable under the Warranty and Indemnity Insurance Policy (inclusive of legal fees, underwriting fees, any commission and associated taxes), being £89,600;

“Sellers’ Solicitors”

Shoosmiths LLP of Apex Plaza, Forbury Road, Reading, Berkshire, RG1 1SH;

“Sellers’ Solicitor’s Bank Account”

the client account of the Sellers’ Solicitors;

“Senior Employee”

any person who is or was during the period prior to Completion employed by the Company in a senior managerial, sales, marketing, senior customer advisory or senior customer facing capacity or who was a consultant to or a director of the Company or any person who was so employed or retained by the Company in each case whose fees and/or emoluments exceed £60,000 per annum at Completion;

“Shares”

the 10,000 fully paid ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the capital of the Company held by the Sellers;

“Target Cash”

the Sellers' estimate of the Cash of the Company as at the Completion Date, being £1,978,923;

“Target Indebtedness”

the Sellers' estimate of all Indebtedness owing by the Company (including to National Westminster Bank PLC) at the Completion Date, being £396,338;

“Target Working Capital”

the Sellers' estimate of the amount (if any) by which the aggregate value of the Current Assets of the Company exceeds the aggregate value of the Current Liabilities of the Company as at the Completion Date, being £2,084,733;

“Tax”

the meaning given to it in the Tax Schedule;

“Tax Claim”

the meaning given to it in the Tax Schedule;

“Tax Schedule”

the provisions of Schedule 4;

“Tax Warranties”

the warranties set out in part 2 of the Tax Schedule and “Tax Warranty” means any one of them;

12

 


 

 

“Tax Warranty Claim”

a claim by the Buyer against the Sellers for breach of any of the Tax Warranties;

“Territory”

means the countries in which the Company carries on its operations at the Completion Date;

“Total Premium”

means the aggregate sum total of the Buyer's Premium Payment and the Sellers' Premium Payment, being £179,200;

“Transaction Documents”

means this Agreement and any other document entered into pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, including (but not limited to) the Disclosure Letter, the Retention Bank Instruction Letter, the Instruction Letter and the Deed of Variation;

“Warranties”

means the Non-Tax Warranties and the Tax Warranties, and “Warranty” means any one of them; and

“Warranty and Indemnity Insurance Policy”

means the warranty and indemnity insurance provided by the Insurer on the date of this Agreement for the benefit and in favour of the Buyer.

 

1.2 In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified, reference to:

1.2.1     a “ subsidiary undertaking ” is to be construed in accordance with section 1162 of the CA2006 and a “ subsidiary ” or “ holding company ” is to be construed in accordance with section 1159 of that Act and a company shall be treated, for the purposes only of the membership requirement contained in subsections 1159(1)(b) and (c), as a member of another company even if its shares in that other company are registered in the name of:

a)          another person (or its nominee), whether by way of security or in connection with the taking of security; or

b)          its nominee;

 

1.2.2     a person being “ connected ” with another shall be determined in accordance with sections 1122 and 1123 of CTA 2010 or sections 993 to 994 of the Income Tax Act 2007, as appropriate (except that in construing sections 1122 and 1123 of CTA 2010 “control” has the meaning given by section 1124 or section 450 of CTA 2010 so that there is control whenever section 1124 or 450 requires, and in construing sections 993 to 994 “control” has the meaning given by section 450 of CTA 2010 or section 995 of the Income Tax Act 2007 so that there is control whenever section 450 of CTA 2010 or section 995 of the Income Tax Act 2007 requires);

1.2.3     a document in the “ agreed terms ” is a reference to that document in the form approved by each party;

13

 


 

 

1.2.4     “ writing ” includes any methods of representing words in a permanent legible form (other than writing on an electronic or visual display screen or other transitory form);

1.2.5     any phrase introduced by the terms “ including ”, “ includes ”, “ in particular ” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding or following those terms;

1.2.6     a “ party ” means a party to this Agreement and includes its permitted assignees (if any) and/or the successors in title to substantially the whole of its undertaking and, in the case of an individual, to his or her estate and personal representatives;

1.2.7     a “ person ” includes any natural person, individual, company, firm, corporation, partnership, foundation, association, organisation, trust, government, state or agency of a state or any undertaking (in each case whether or not having separate legal personality and irrespective of the jurisdiction in or under the law of which it was incorporated or exists);

1.2.8     the singular includes the plural and vice versa and reference to any gender includes the other genders;

1.2.9     a statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation (“ legislation ”) accounting standard or EC Directive shall be construed as referring to such legislation, accounting standard or EC Directive as it is in force as at the date of this Agreement and:

a)            such legislation accounting standard or EC Directive as amended and in force for the time being and to any legislation, accounting standard or EC Directive which (either with or without modification) re-enacts, consolidates, enacts in rewritten form or supersedes any such legislation, accounting standard or EC directive; and

b)            any former legislation, accounting standard or EC Directive which it re-enacts, consolidates or enacts in rewritten form or supersedes, provided that in the case of those matters which fall within clause 1.2.9a), as between the parties, no such amendment or modification shall apply for the purposes of this Agreement to the extent that it would impose any new or extended obligation liability or restriction on, or otherwise adversely affect the rights of, any party;

1.2.10   any statute, statutory instrument, regulation, by-law or other requirement of English law and to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, procedure, court, official or any legal concept or doctrine or other expression shall in respect of any jurisdiction other than England be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction the English law or term; and

1.2.11   the time of day is reference to time in London, England.

14

 


 

 

1.3        In this Agreement:

1.3.1     (unless otherwise specified) reference to “ clauses ”, “ paragraphs ” or “ Schedules ” are to clauses and paragraphs of and schedules to this Agreement;

1.3.2     the Schedules form part of the operative provisions of this Agreement and references to this Agreement shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include references to the Schedules;

1.3.3     any agreement, covenant, representation, warranty, undertaking or liability arising under this Agreement on the part of two or more persons shall be deemed to be made or given by such persons severally and the amount of the liability of a Seller for or in respect of any claim made against one or more Sellers under this Agreement shall not exceed an amount which equals his Relevant Seller Proportion; and

1.3.4     the table of contents, the headings and the descriptive notes in brackets relating to provisions of Tax statutes in this Agreement (whether statutes, statutory instruments, orders, enactments, laws, by-laws, directives, regulations or decrees, whether domestic or foreign, providing for or imposing any Tax) are for information only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

1.4        In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified any statement qualified by reference to the Sellers’ state of knowledge, belief or awareness shall be deemed to include an additional statement that it has been made after due and careful enquiry of each other, provided that this clause 1.4 shall relate only to the actual awareness of each individual of whom enquiry is made and specifically excludes any imputed or constructive knowledge on the part of any such individual.

1.5        In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified, any reference to any party agreeing to “procure” or “ensure” performance of an action or obligation by any other person shall be interpreted as a primary obligation of that party (the “ Obligor ”) and not as a guarantee of the other person’s performance or as a secondary obligation of the Obligor.

2             AGREEMENT TO SELL THE SHARE S

2.1         Sale of Shares

2.1.1       On the terms of this Agreement and with effect from Completion:

a)          the Sellers shall, as legal and beneficial owners and with full title guarantee, sell; and

b)          the Buyer shall, relying on the warranties and undertakings contained in this Agreement, purchase, the Shares free from all Encumbrances and together with all rights and benefits attaching to them at the date of this Agreement (including the right to receive all dividends, distributions or any return of capital declared, made or paid by the Company on or after the date of this Agreement).

15

 


 

 

2.1.2       The Buyer shall not be obliged to complete the purchase of any of the Shares unless the purchase of all the Shares is completed simultaneously, but completion of the purchase of some of the Shares will not affect the rights of the Buyer in respect of its rights to the other Shares.

2.1.3     Each Seller covenants to the Buyer that:

a)          he is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Shares set out opposite his name in column (2) of Schedule 1 and he has the right to transfer the legal and beneficial title to such Shares on the terms of this Agreement without the consent of any third party and free from any Encumbrance;

b)          he has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and each of the documents to be executed by him and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, each of which shall constitute valid and binding obligations on him; and

c)          he is not a minor, bankrupt, insolvent, nor has he either proposed a voluntary arrangement nor made or proposed any arrangement or composition with its creditors (or any class of its creditors) , nor is he of unsound mind or under any legal disability; and 

d)          the execution and delivery of, and the performance by him of his obligations under this Agreement and each document to be executed by him pursuant to this Agreement (i) does not require the consent of any third party, and (ii ) will not result in a breach of or entitle any third party to terminate or avoid any agreement, arrangement, order, judgment or decree of any court or any governmental agency to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound or from which it benefits.

2.2         Rights of pre-emption

The Sellers hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waive all rights of pre-emption and any other rights or restrictions over any of the Shares conferred either by the articles of association of the Company or in any other way.

3             CONSIDERATIO N

3.1          The aggregate purchase price for the Shares (the " Consideration ") shall be an amount, in cash, equal to the sum of: 

3.1.1     £50,000,000;

3.1.2     plus an amount equal to the Target Cash;

3.1.3     less an amount equal to the Target Indebtedness;

3.1.4     plus the amount by which the Actual Working Capital exceeds the Target Working Capital, or minus the amount by which the Actual Working Capital is less than the Target Working Capital;  

3.1.5     less an amount equal to the Sellers' Premium Payment;

16

 


 

 

3.1.6     less an amount equal to the premium payable under the policy relating to the Property Insurance (inclusive of legal fees, underwriting fees, any commission and associated taxes);

3.1.7     less the sums of:

a)          £56,900 in respect of bonuses payable to Valeria Matousova, Katarine Vykrentova and James Bulbeck (which amount, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the bonuses of £50,000 in aggregate payable to Valeria Matousova, Katarine Vykrentova and James Bulbeck and the sum of £6,900 in respect of the employer's national insurance contributions payable by the Company on such bonuses); and

b)          £15,000 in respect of payments payable to David Newman, (in aggregate, the “ Completion Bonuses ”); and

3.1.8     plus any R&D Consideration payable in accordance with Schedule 9, as adjusted in accordance with clause 3.3 and Schedule 7.

3.2           The Buyer shall pay the Completion Payment to the Sellers in accordance with clause 4.2.2a) on account of the Consideration. Payment by the Buyer of the Completion Payment by electronic funds transfer in the manner specified in clause 4.2.2a) shall constitute a good discharge for the Buyer of its obligations to pay that amount.

3.3           Completion Accounts

The Completion Accounts and the Consideration Statement shall be prepared and the Consideration shall be determined and any adjustment payable as set out in Schedule 7 (Completion Accounts).

3.4           Retention

3.4.1     From Completion:

a)          the Retention shall be held in the Retention Account in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 8 of this Agreement;

b)          any payments from the Retention Account shall be so made in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 8 of this Agreement; and

c)          the Buyer and the Sellers shall promptly take all actions in relation to the Retention Account as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of Schedule 8.

3.4.2     Following agreement, deemed agreement or determination of the Actual Cash, Actual Indebtedness and Actual Working Capital in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 7, the Buyer and the Sellers shall provide the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors with a Release Notice and shall jointly instruct the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors to release from the Retention Account within 14 days after the date on which the Completion Accounts are agreed, deemed determined or determined in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 7 the following amounts:

17

 


 

 

a)         where:

i            the amount of the Actual Cash as set out in the Consideration Statement is less than the Target Actual Cash; and/or

ii           the amount of the Actual Indebtedness as set out in the Consideration Statement is more than the Target Indebtedness; and/or

iii           the amount of the Actual Working Capital as set out in the Consideration Statement is less than the Target Working Capital,

to the Buyer an amount equal to the corresponding difference (the “ Adjustment ”) up to a maximum of the Completion Accounts Withholding Amount and,  to the Sellers, the remaining balance (if any) of the Completion Accounts Withholding Amount; and

b)         where:

i            the amount of the Actual Cash as set out in the Consideration Statement is equal to or more than the Target Actual Cash; and/or

ii           the amount of the Actual Indebtedness as set out in the Consideration Statement is equal to or less than the Target Indebtedness; and/or

iii           the amount of the Actual Working Capital as set out in the Consideration Statement is equal to or more than the Target Working Capital, to the Sellers, the Completion Accounts Withholding Amount, in all cases together with any Related Interest attributable to such released amount but less any applicable bank charges.

3.4.3     If the payment of the Adjustment (and the Related Interest attributable to it) is not satisfied in full by a payment from the Retention Account in accordance with clause 3.4.2, the Sellers shall promptly pay, in cash, the balance of the Adjustment to the Buyer’s Solicitors (the charges of such transfer being payable by the Sellers), receipt of which by the Buyer’s Solicitors shall be an effective discharge of the Sellers' obligation to make the relevant payment.

4             COMPLETIO N

4.1        Completion shall take place on signing of this Agreement at the offices of the Sellers’ Solicitors or at such other place as the parties shall agree.

4.2        On Completion:

4.2.1     the Sellers shall:

a)          direct that the Buyer pays a sum equal to the Retention into the Retention Account; 

18

 


 

 

b)          pay the Sellers' Premium Payment in immediately available funds by electronic transfer to the Buyer’s Solicitors in accordance with clause 19.1 (Payments) and direct that the Buyer pays a sum equal to the Sellers' Premium Payment to the Insurer in the manner specified in clause 4.3; and

c)          perform the Sellers’ obligations set out in Schedule 6;

4.2.2     the Buyer shall:

a)          pay the Completion Payment in immediately available funds by electronic transfer to the Buyer’s Solicitors in accordance with clause 19.1 (Payments); 

b)          at the direction of the Sellers pay a sum equal to the Retention into the Retention Account by electronic means;  

c)          procure and cause the repayment by the Company of the Target Indebtedness;  and

d)          provide the Sellers with a duly executed Instruction Letter;

4.2.3     the Buyer and the Sellers shall jointly deliver to the Sellers' Solicitors and the Buyer's Solicitors a duly executed Instruction Letter, signed by the Buyer and each Seller; and

4.2.4     the Buyer's Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors shall jointly deliver the Retention Bank Instruction Letter to the Retention Bank.

4.3        As soon as practicable following Completion and in accordance with the terms of the Warranty and Indemnity Insurance Policy, the Buyer shall pay the Total Premium to the Insurer in the following manner:

4.3.1     at the direction of the Sellers, pay a sum equal to the Sellers' Premium Payment to the Insurer; and

4.3.2     pay a sum equal to the Buyer's Premium Payment to the Insurer.

4.4 Following Completion, the Buyer shall procure and cause the payment by the Company of:

4.4.1     the Completion Bonuses identified in clause 3.1.7a) through the Company's PAYE system, on such employees' salary payment date; and

4.4.2     the Completion Bonus identified in clause 3.1.7b) in accordance with the payment terms set out in David Newman's invoice.

4.5        The Sellers shall use their best endeavours to procure the delivery of a fully executed and dated original of the Deed of Variation to the Buyer within 10 Business Days of the Completion Date.

19

 


 

 

5             WARRANTIE S

5.1        The Sellers hereby warrant to the Buyer in the terms set out in Schedule 3 and in part 2 of Schedule 4 as at the date of this Agreement save as, and to the extent, Disclosed.

5.2        Each of the Warranties is separate and independent and shall not be limited by reference to any other paragraph of Schedule 3 or Schedule 4 or anything else in this Agreement (save as expressly provided to the contrary in Schedule 5 or paragraph 3 of the Tax Schedule).

5.3        The liability of the Sellers under the Warranties shall be limited in accordance with Schedule 5.

5.4        If any Claim or claim under any other provision of this Agreement is made, save in the event of fraud (excluding fraud of any of the Sellers), the Sellers shall not make any claim against the Company or any director or employee of the Company on whom he may have relied before agreeing to any provisions of this Agreement or authorising any statement in the Disclosure Letter.

5.5        Payments made by the Sellers to the Buyer in connection with this Agreement shall so far as possible be treated by the parties as a reduction in the consideration for the Shares.

5.6        All sums payable by the Sellers under this Agreement shall be paid free of all deductions or withholdings unless the deduction or withholding is required by law, in which event the Sellers shall pay such additional amount as shall be required to ensure that the net amount received by the Buyer will equal the sum which would have been received by it had no deduction or withholding been required to be made.

5.7       The provisions of the part 1 of the Tax Schedule shall apply with effect from Completion.

6             INDEMNITIE S

6.1        The Sellers shall severally indemnify and keep indemnified the Buyer against and covenant to pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the losses (which, for the purposes of this clause, shall mean all claims, damages, losses, damage to reputation, loss of profit, costs (including costs of enforcement), fines, expenses and/or liabilities) which the Buyer, the Company or its officers, directors and employees (together the " Indemnitees ") incur or suffer arising out of or directly or indirectly in connection with:

 

6.1.1     any claim in relation to the actual or alleged infringement of the patents owned by Dr Razavi, relating to the sale of 4ti-0565, 4ti-0566 and 4ti-0519 products; and

6.1.2     any infringement by the Company of Article 101 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union and/or Chapter I of the UK's Competition Act 1998 and/or any other Competition Law directly or indirectly relating to:

a)          the distribution agreement entered into by the Company and Eurofins MWG GmbH on 1 April 2012; and/or

20

 


 

 

b)          (save as contained in the Disclosed Documents) any other contract or arrangement or provision or exchange of information made prior to Completion (an “ Infringing Contract ”),

which gives rise to:

i            fines or other penalties being levied against any of the Indemnitees by any regulatory authority; and/or

ii            third party (including customer, competitor and supplier) claims (or actions, proceedings or demands) being made against any of the Indemnitees resulting from any investigation or proceedings by any regulatory authority or any private action brought by any third party.  

6.2        If any Infringing Contracts are identified by the Buyer or the Sellers following Completion:

6.2.1     the Buyer will use reasonable endeavours to enter into deeds of variation in respect of such Infringing Contracts to remove any provisions that:

a)          infringe Article 101 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union and/or Chapter I of the UK's Competition Act 1998 and/or any other Competition Law; and/or

b)          may give rise to a claim against the Sellers under clause 6.1.2, (the “ Infringing Provisions ”); and

6.2.2     the Sellers will covenant to pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the costs which the Buyer or the Company may properly incur directly in connection with the variation of the Infringing Provisions.

6.3        Any payment made by the Sellers in respect of an Indemnity Claim shall include an amount in respect of all costs and expenses properly incurred by the Indemnitees in bringing the relevant Indemnity Claim.

6.4        Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, the liability of the Sellers in respect of Indemnity Claims will be limited in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 5.

7             PROTECTION OF GOODWIL L

7.1        Each of the Sellers severally undertakes to the Buyer that (except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Buyer) he will not, either solely or jointly with any other person (either on its own account or as agent of any other person) for a period of 18 months following Completion, directly or indirectly carry on or be engaged, concerned or interested in (except as the holder of shares in a company whose shares are listed on a Recognised Investment Exchange or overseas investment exchange (as such term is defined in section 313 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) which confer not more than 1% of the votes which could normally be cast at a general meeting of that company) any business or dealing which competes with any part of the Restricted Business within the Territory, except that each of Paul Day and Peter Collins shall be permitted to continue to retain their interest in Société Bio-Technofix

21

 


 

 

(a company incorporated in France)   provided such interest confers on them no management or board control.

7.2        Without prejudice to clause 7.1 each Seller severally undertakes to the Buyer that (except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Buyer) he will not either solely or jointly with any other person (either on its own account or as agent of any other person):

7.2.1     during the Restricted Period solicit or entice, endeavour to solicitor or entice away from the Company or encourage to terminate his employment with the Company (whether or not such termination would be a breach of his contract of employment) any Senior Employee;

7.2.2     during the Restricted Period canvass or solicit or approach, or seek to entice away the custom of any Customer for the purposes of providing Restricted Business within the Territory;

7.2.3     during the Restricted Period seek or accept orders for the provision of Restricted Business within the Territory in respect of any Customer; or

7.2.4     save in the circumstances referred to in clause 8, at any time disclose to any other person any information which is secret or confidential to the business or affairs of the Company for so long as that information remains secret or confidential.

7.3        The Sellers agree that the undertakings contained in this clause 7 are reasonable and are entered into for the purpose of protecting the goodwill of the Restricted Business.

7.4        Each undertaking contained in this clause 7 is and shall be construed as separate and severable and if one or more of the undertakings is held to be against the public interest or unlawful or unenforceable in whole or in part for any reason the remaining undertakings or parts thereof, as appropriate, shall continue to bind the Sellers.

8             CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATIO N

8.1        Each Seller severally agrees that he shall not use or disclose to any person Confidential Information.

8.2        Clause 8.1 does not apply to:

 

8.2.1 disclosure of Confidential Information to or at the written request of the Buyer or any member of its Group;

8.2.2 use or disclosure of Confidential Information required to be disclosed by any Applicable Law in any jurisdiction or by a Competent Authority wherever situated;

8.2.3 disclosure of Confidential Information to professional advisers for the purpose of advising the Sellers; or

8.2.4 Confidential Information which the relevant Seller can evidence is in the public domain other than by a breach by that Seller of clause 8.1.

22

 


 

 

9             ANNOUNCEMENT

No party shall disclose the making of this Agreement or its terms nor any other agreement referred to in this Agreement and each party shall procure that each of its connected persons and its professional advisers shall not make any such disclosure without the prior consent of the other party, unless disclosure is to its professional advisers or required by any Applicable Law in any jurisdiction or by a Competent Authority wherever situated.

10           COST S

Each of the parties shall bear its own legal, accountancy and other costs, charges and expenses connected with the sale and purchase of the Shares.

11           EFFECT OF COMPLETIO N

The terms of this Agreement (insofar as not performed at Completion and subject as specifically otherwise provided in this Agreement) shall, so far as they are capable of being performed or observed, continue in force after and notwithstanding Completion.

12           FURTHER ASSURANC E

After Completion, each Seller shall, at its own cost, execute such documents, take such steps and use all reasonable endeavours to procure that all relevant third parties execute such documents and take such steps, as the Buyer may reasonably require from time to time to vest the full title to the Shares in the Buyer.

13           ENTIRE AGREEMEN T

13.1     The Transaction Documents set out the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and supersede and extinguish all prior agreements, understandings or arrangements (whether oral or written) in respect of their subject matter.

13.2      Each party irrevocably and unconditionally acknowledges and agrees that it has entered into the Transaction Documents in reliance only upon the warranties and terms specifically contained in this Agreement. Each party agrees that its only remedy in respect of any warranty or term in this Agreement shall be for breach of contract and the Sellers shall have no liability in respect of any other warranty or promise made prior to the date of this Agreement, unless it was made dishonestly or fraudulently.

13.3      With effect from Completion, each Seller irrevocably and unconditionally acknowledges and agrees with each of the other Sellers that the shareholders' agreement between them dated 22 July 2015 (the “ Shareholders'   Agreement ”) shall immediately terminate and cease to have any effect. Each Seller hereby unconditionally and irrevocably releases and discharges each of the other Sellers from all obligations and liabilities of whatever nature, whenever arising, under, by reason of, or resulting from the Shareholders' Agreement.  None of the Sellers shall be entitled to exercise (and each Seller waives) any rights to make any claim against any of the other Sellers under, by reason of, or resulting from the Shareholders' Agreement or its termination.

23

 


 

 

14           VARIATION S

No purported variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing, in the English language and duly executed and unconditionally and irrevocably delivered by or on behalf of each of the Sellers and the Buyer.

15           WAIVE R

15.1      A waiver of any term, provision or condition of, or consent granted under, this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and signed by the waiving or consenting party and then only in the instance and for the purpose for which it is given.

15.2      No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

15.3      No breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be waived or discharged except with the express written consent of the Sellers and the Buyer.

15.4      The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative with and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

16           INVALIDIT Y

Each provision of this Agreement is severable and distinct from the others. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction:

16.1.1   the validity, legality and enforceability under the law of that jurisdiction of any other provision; and

16.1.2   the validity, legality and enforceability under the law of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision, shall not be affected or impaired in any way.

17           NOTICE S

17.1      Any notices, demands, legal proceedings, or other communications (“ Notices   and each a   Notice ”) given or made under or in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, by prepaid first class post (registered air mail if posted to or from a place outside the United Kingdom) or by email:

In the case of the Buyer to:

Address:            the address set out on page 1 of the Agreement

Email:                Jason.Joseph@brooks.com

Attention:          Jason Joseph

24

 


 

 

In the case of the Sellers to:

Paul Day

Address:           the address set out opposite such Sellers' name, in column (1) of Schedule 1

Email:                paulfday@aol.com

Peter Collins

Address:           as above

Email:                pac110@icloud.com

Thomas Lernbecher

Address:            as above

Email:                ursandthomas@gmx.co.uk

Axel Moehrle

Address:            as above

Email:                axel.moehrle@gmx.de

17.2      Any Notice shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as follows:

17.2.1   if personally delivered, at the time of delivery;

17.2.2   if sent by first class post, two Business Days after the date of posting;

17.2.3   if sent by registered air mail, four Business Days after the date of posting; and

17.2.4   if sent by email, at the time of transmission,

provided that if, in accordance with the above provisions, any Notice would otherwise be deemed to be given or made before 9.00am on a Business Day such Notice shall be deemed to be given or made at 9.00am on that day and if deemed to be given or made after 5.00pm on a Business Day or at any time on a day that is not a Business Day such Notice shall be deemed to be given or made at 9.00am on the next Business Day.

17.3      A party may notify the other party to this Agreement of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or email address for the purposes of clause 17.1 by a Notice provided that such change shall only be effective on:

17.3.1   the date specified in the Notice as the date on which the change is to take place; or

17.3.2   if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which Notice is given (or is deemed to have been given in accordance with clause 17.2), the date falling five Business Days after notice

25

 


 

 

of any such change has been given (or is deemed to have been given in accordance with clause 17.2).

18           COUNTERPART S

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts which together shall constitute one agreement. Any party may enter into this Agreement by executing a counterpart and this Agreement shall not take effect until it has been executed by all parties.

19           MISCELLANEOU S

19.1       Payments

Save as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made:

19.1.1   in the case of any such payment by the Buyer to the Sellers, by electronic transfer to the Sellers’ Solicitors’ Bank Account;

19.1.2   in the case of any such payment by a Seller to the Buyer, by electronic transfer to an account in the name of the Buyer, details of which shall be notified to the Sellers at least 5 Business Days prior to the relevant payment date; or

19.1.3   in the case of payment of the Retention, in accordance with provisions of clause 4.2.2 b) i) and Schedule 8.

19.2       Time of the essence

Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement, as regards both the dates and periods mentioned and as to any dates and periods that may by agreement between the parties be substituted for any of them.

19.3       Assignment

19.3.1   This Agreement and any right, power, remedy, obligation, liability or provision hereunder shall be binding on and enure for the benefit of the successors in title of the parties but shall not be assignable by any party (and any such purported assignment shall be void) without the prior written consent of the other (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), save that no such consent will be required by the Buyer to assign, transfer, charge or otherwise deal with its rights or obligations under this Agreement nor grant, declare, create or dispose of its right or interest in this Agreement to any other member of its Group after Completion, provided that if such assignee ceases to be a member of the Buyer’s Group, the Buyer will procure that all the benefits relating to this Agreement that have been assigned to such assignee are re-assigned to the Buyer immediately before such cessation.

19.3.2   In addition, no party to this Agreement may hold the benefit of this Agreement or any right, power, remedy, obligation, liability or provision hereunder on trust for any third party or parties without the prior written consent of the other parties (and any such purported trust shall be void).

26

 


 

 

19.4       Interest

If either the Buyer or any of the Sellers default in the payment when due of any sum payable under this Agreement (whether determined by agreement or pursuant to an order of a court or otherwise), the liability of the relevant party shall be increased to include interest on such sum from the date when such payment is due until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgement) at a rate per annum of 4% above the base rate from time to time of the Royal Bank of England. Such interest shall accrue from day to day and be compounded quarterly.

19.5       Post completion matters

19.5.1   Each Seller declares that for as long as he remains the registered holder of the Shares after Completion he will:

a)          not exercise any of his rights as a member of the Company or, save for the Buyer (and the Buyer's appointee), appoint any other person to exercise such rights;

b)          hold the Shares and the dividends and any other moneys paid or distributed in respect of them after Completion and all rights arising out of or in connection with them in trust for the Buyer; and

c)          deal with the Shares and all such dividends, distributions and rights as the Buyer may direct for the period between Completion and the day on which the Buyer is entered in the register of members of the Company as the holder of the Shares.

19.5.2   To secure the Buyer's interests under this Agreement, each Seller irrevocably appoints the Buyer from Completion as his attorney, pending the Buyer's registration as a member of the Company, with the power on that Seller's behalf to exercise any and all rights, privileges or duties attaching to the Shares, including receiving notices of and attending and voting at all meetings of the members of the Company.

19.5.3   For the purposes of clause 19.5.2 each Seller authorises:

a)          the Company to send any notices in respect of his shareholdings to the Buyer; and

b)          the Buyer to complete and return proxy cards, consents to short notice and any other documents otherwise required to be signed by that Seller as a member of the Company.

19.6       Exclusivity Letter

This Agreement supersedes the agreement in the exclusivity letter between the Buyer's parent, Brooks Automation, Inc., and the Sellers dated 2 August 2017 (as such agreement was amended on 13 September 2017) and such agreement (as amended) is hereby terminated.

27

 


 

 

19.7       Third Parties

19.7.1   The parties agree that (save as set out in this clause 19.7.1 and where may be expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement) for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 they do not intend any person other than a party to this Agreement to be able to enforce any term of this Agreement.

19.7.2   Clauses 6 to 8 of this Agreement confer on the third parties expressly identified therein rights which are respectively directly enforceable by them subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

20           GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTIO N

20.1      This Agreement (and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatever nature arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement or its formation) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

20.2      Each of the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and decide any suit, action or proceedings, and/or to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement (respectively, “ Proceedings ” and “ Disputes ”) and, for these purposes, each party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.

20.3      Each party irrevocably waives any objection which it might at any time have to the courts of England and Wales being nominated as the forum to hear and decide any Proceedings and to settle any Disputes and agrees not to claim that the courts of England and Wales are not a convenient or appropriate forum for any such Proceedings or Disputes and further irrevocably agrees that a judgement in any Proceedings or Disputes brought in any court referred to in this clause 20 shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

20.4      Each party irrevocably consents to any process in any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement being served on it in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement relating to service of Notices. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

IN WITNESS of which this document has been duly executed as a deed and delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this document .

 

28

 


 

 

SCHEDULE 3
WARRANTIES

 

1             INFORMATIO N

The facts set out in Schedule 2 are true and accurate in all respects.

2             THE SHARES AND THE COMPAN Y

2.1        The Shares

2.1.1     The Shares compri se the whole of the allotted and/or issued share capital of the Company and all of such Shares are fully paid or credited as fully paid.

2.1.2     Save only as provided in this Agreement, there are no agreements or arrangements in force which call for the present or future creation, allotment, issue, transfer, redemption or repayment of, or grant to any person the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether conditional or not) to call for the creation, allotment, issue, transfer, redemption or repayment of, any share or loan capital of the Company (including by way of option or under any right of conversion or pre-emption) , and no claim has been made by any person to be entitled to any right referred to in this paragraph 2.1.2 or the right to have an Encumbrance on the Shares created in his favour.

2.1.3     The Company has not at any time:

a)          reduced its share capital or passed any resolutions authorising any such reduction;

b)          redeemed any share capital;

c)          purchased any of its shares;

d)          forfeited any of its shares ;

e)          provided any financial assistance as defined in section 152(1) of the Companies Act 1985 or section 677 of the CA2006 (in either case to the extent applicable to the assistance given by the Company) directly or indirectly for the purpose of acquiring its own shares or those of any of its holding companies or reducing or discharging any liability so incurred; or

f)          redeemed or purchased or agreed to redeem or purchase any of its share capital or passed any resolutions authorising any such redemption or purchase or entered into or agreed to enter into any contract relating to shares in the Company that does not amount to a contract to purchase the shares but under which the Company may (subject to any conditions) become entitled or obliged to purchase those shares or passed any resolutions approving any such contract or made any capitalisation of reserves.

2.1.4     There is no share option scheme or other agreement or arrangement which obliges the Company to issue shares or to buy back or redeem any issued shares.

29

 


 

 

 

2.1.5     No share in the capital of the Company has been issued for a consideration other than cash.

2.1.6     No share in the capital of the Company has been issued or transferred except in accordance with its articles of association (and, if the share was issued or transferred before 1 October 2009, its memorandum of association).

2.2         Subsidiaries

The Company does not have any subsidiaries or subsidiary undertakings.

2.3         Constitution

2.3.1     The copy of the articles of association of the Company set out in the Disclosed Documents is true and complete.

2.3.2     The statutory books (excluding minute books and accounting records) of the Company are up-to-date and contain in all material respects an accurate record of the matters which should be dealt with in them and no written notice or allegation that any of them is incorrect or should be rectified has been received by the Company. The register of members of the Company contains an accurate record of the members of the Company. 

2.3.3     So far as the Sellers are aware, all returns, resolutions and other documents required under the CA2006 to be delivered on behalf of the Company to the Registrar of Companies have been properly prepared in all material respects and delivered and no fines or penalties are outstanding.

2.3.4     Save as Disclosed, the Company has no assets outside the United Kingdom nor does it have a branch, agency or place of business or any permanent establishment (as that expression is defined in the relevant double taxation relief orders) outside the United Kingdom.

2.3.5     The Company has not received any notice of any application nor is any Seller aware of any intended application for the rectification of its register of members or its PSC register.

2.4         Solvency

2.4.1     No order has been made and no resolution has been passed for the winding up of the Company and no petition has been presented to the Company and no meeting has been convened for the purpose of winding up the Company.

2.4.2     No administration order has been made and no petition for such an order has been presented to the Company in respect of the Company.

2.4.3     No administrative receiver or administrator has been appointed in respect of the Company.

2.4.4     The Company has not admitted itself to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts (or deemed to be unable to do so within the meaning of section 123 Insolvency Act 1986).

30

 


 

 

 

2.4.5     No voluntary arrangement under section 1 Insolvency Act 1986 in respect of the Company or other compromise or arrangement for the benefit of all of the Company’s creditors generally has been proposed or agreed.

2.4.6     The Company has not suspended or ceased, or threatened to suspend or cease, to carry on all or a material part of its business.

3             THE ACCOUNTS AND THE MANAGEMENT ACCOUNT S

3.1         The Accounts

3.1.1 The Accounts have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and comply in all material respects with the requirements of the CA2006.

3.1.2 The Accounts have been prepared on a basis consistent with the accounts of the Company in respect of the three financial years prior to the Accounts Date.

3.1.3 The Accounts give a true and accurate view of the assets and liabilities of the Company as at the Accounts Date.

3.2         Management Accounts

Having regard to the purpose for which the Management Accounts have been prepared, so far as the Sellers are aware, the Management Accounts are not misleading in any material respect and do not materially overstate the value of the assets nor materially understate the liabilities and do not materially overstate the profits nor materially understate the losses of the Company as at the date, and in respect of the period, to which they relate.

3.3         Accounting records

All the accounts, books and ledgers and financial and other records of the Company (including all invoices) have been properly kept (in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 1985 and the CA2006) and are within the Company's possession and control and all material transactions relating to its business have been duly and correctly recorded in them.

3.4         Stock 

3.4.1     All aged, obsolete or slow moving stock has been written off and no provision for obsolescence is required.

3.4.2     The value of manufactured items and work-in-progress calculated on a standard cost basis does not materially differ to historical cost.

4             BUSINESS SINCE THE ACCOUNTS DAT E

4.1        Since the Accounts Date:

4.1.1     the Company has carried on its business in the ordinary and usual course;

4.1.2     except as Disclosed, the Company has not borrowed or raised any money or taken any financial facility;

31

 


 

 

 

4.1.3     other than as reflected in the Management Accounts, the Company has not entered into, or agreed to enter into, any capital commitment nor has it disposed of or realised any capital assets;

4.1.4     the Company has not assumed or agreed to assume or incur any actual or contingent liabilities other than as reflected in the Management Accounts or in the ordinary course of business;

4.1.5     no share or loan capital has been allotted, issued, redeemed, purchased or repaid or agreed to be allotted, issued redeemed, purchased or repaid by the Company; and

4.1.6     no dividend or other distribution has been declared, made or paid in respect of any share capital of the Company.

5             FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENT S

5.1         Borrowings

5.1.1     Other than as Disclosed in the Accounts or the Management Accounts, the Company has no borrowings, and has not agreed to create any borrowings, from its bankers or any other source, except for trade credit arising in the ordinary course of business.

5.1.2     The Company has no bank overdraft facilities, acceptance credits or other financial facilities outstanding or available to it.

5.2         Sureties

No person apart has given any Guarantee of or security for any overdraft, loan or loan facility granted to the Company.

5.3         Grants

5.3.1     Except as Disclosed, during the period of six years ending on the date of this Agreement, the Company has not applied for nor received any material grant or allowance from any authority or agency.

5.3.2     The conditions of the grant of £144,475.00 made by The Technology Strategy Board (also known as Innovate UK) to the Company on 21 March 2016 under its "Eureka Eurostars 2 [CALL4]" programme have been fulfilled and, so far as the Sellers are aware, there are no facts, matters or circumstances in existence which would result in a clawback of any elements of such grant.

5.4         Debts

The Company is not owed any sums other than debts incurred in the ordinary course of trading.

6             LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENT S

6.1         Material Customers and Material Contracts

6.1.1     The Disclosure Letter contains accurate details of the Material Customers.

32

 


 

 

 

6.1.2     The Disclosed Documents contain copies of the Material Contracts which are complete and accurate in all material respects.

6.1.3     The Material Contracts comprise the Company’s contracts with its Material Customers.

6.1.4     So far as the Sellers are aware, neither the Company nor any other party to a Material Contract is in material default under any such Material Contract.

6.1.5     No written notice avoiding, rescinding or terminating, or purporting to avoid, rescind or terminate any Material Contract has been received or given by the Company nor, So far as the Sellers are aware, has any party to a Material Contract threatened to give such notice.

6.1.6     So far as the Sellers are aware, the Company is not a party to any material contracts or arrangements that: 

a)         contain provisions that prevent a party from competing with the business of the other party to the contract in a specified jurisdiction or market and that materially restricts the freedom of the Company from carrying on the business of the Company;

b)         (other than service agreements) in which any of the directors of the Company is directly or indirectly interested;

c)         are not on arm’s length terms;

d)         contain (in the Sellers’ reasonable opinion) any onerous or unusual terms;

e)         which were entered into otherwise than in the ordinary and usual course of business and otherwise than on the Company's standard terms of business;

f)          involve discounts, rebates and other special terms;

g)         (other than as contained in the Disclosed Documents) cannot be terminated without compensation on 60 days' notice (or less);

h)         restrict the trading activities of the Company in any way in any jurisdiction (whether intended to be legally binding or not); or

i)          which the Company needs to remain in force in order that it can carry on its business in substantially the same manner as it is carried on at the date of this Agreement, but will terminate or can be terminated by another party in the 12 month period following Completion.

6.1.7     The Company is not in breach of any exclusivity arrangements granted to any of its distributors.

6.1.8     There is no agreement or arrangement whether or not in writing to which the Company is a party which, on the execution of this Agreement or on Completion or as a result of the performance of this agreement will or may result in:

 

33

 


 

 

a)          any third party being relieved of any obligation or becoming entitled to exercise any right (including a right of termination or any right of pre-emption or other option); or

b)          the Company being in default under any agreement or arrangement or losing any benefit, right or licence which it currently enjoys.

6.1.9     So far as the Sellers are aware, the Company has not assigned or sublet any of its rights nor is it in default under any agreement or arrangement to which it is a party and there are no circumstances likely to give rise to any such default, and no other party to any such agreement or arrangement is in default under it and there are no circumstances expected to give rise to any such default.

6.1.10   There are no oral agreements which, if they had been reduced to writing, would be of a kind which the Sellers warrant to have been listed in or attached (in copy form) to the Disclosure Letter, save where complete details of such agreements are Disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

6.2         Litigation

6.2.1     The Company is not involved in any civil, criminal, arbitration proceedings, or enquiry save in respect of the collection of debts in the ordinary course of business and, so far as the Sellers are aware, no such proceedings are pending, threatened, or anticipated by or against the Company.

6.2.2     The Sellers are not aware that any products supplied provided by it which are defective or have or may have caused or contributed to any personal injury or material damage to property and there is no dispute between the Company and any of its customers, licensees or clients.

7             INSURANCE S

7.1       The schedule of insurances set out in the Disclosed Documents contains details of the material insurance policies of the Company or in which the Company has an interest and the Company has paid all premiums due on such insurance policies.

7.2        No claim is outstanding or is likely to be made under any of the insurance policies referred to in paragraph 7.1.

8             ASSET S

8.1        All assets material to the business of the Company:

8.1.1     are legally and beneficially owned by the Company free from any mortgage, charge, lien or other encumbrance; and

8.1.2     are not held subject to any agreement for lease, hire, hire purchase or sale on conditional or deferred terms.

8.2        In respect of any of the items referred to in paragraph 8.1.1 which are held under any agreement for lease, hire, hire purchase or sale on conditional or deferred terms, So far as the Sellers are aware, there has been no material default by the Company in the performance of any of the material provisions of such agreements.

34

 


 

 

 

8.3        There are no assets not owned or leased by the Company which it requires in order to carry on its business in the manner, extent and places it has been carried on in the two years preceding the date of this Agreement.

9             INTELLECTUAL PROPERT Y

9.1        The Disclosed Documents contain accurate details of all material registered and unregistered Intellectual Property, including know how and domain names, owned by the Company (" Owned Intellectual Property ") or any Intellectual Property owned by a third party and licensed to, or exploited by, the Company " Licensed-In Intellectual Property ").

9.2         Owned Intellectual Property

9.2.1     The Owned Intellectual Property is solely owned by the Company free from all Encumbrances, licences or any other agreement restricting its use by the Company (including any delimitation or co-existence agreement or agreement limiting use by territory, field, persons or as to time). 

9.2.2     To the extent that any rights in the Owned Intellectual Property are registrable, the same are registered or the subject of an application for registration in the name of the Company as sole owner. All application, publication, registration, renewal and other official fees relating to such registrations or applications have been duly paid by the Company by the due dates for payment.

9.2.3     So far as the Sellers are aware, the Owned Intellectual Property is valid and enforceable and nothing has been done, omitted to be done or permitted whereby any of it has ceased or might cease to be valid and enforceable.

9.2.4     All contributors involved in, and other persons who have provided services to the Company relating to, the creation or development of any Owned Intellectual Property have executed appropriate valid and enforceable agreements with the Company by which all Intellectual Property in their work vests solely in the Company or, in the case of contributors who at all material times were and/or are employees of the Company, all their work in relation to the Owned Intellectual Property has been carried out in the normal course of their employment duties and in the United Kingdom.

9.3         Licensed-In Intellectual Property

9.3.1     Complete and accurate copies of all agreements in relation to Licensed-In Intellectual Property (the " Intellectual Property Agreements ") have been Disclosed.

9.3.2     The Intellectual Property Agreements are valid and binding and none of them will be breached, lost, terminated, rendered liable to any right of termination or assignment or their terms amended by virtue of the execution of this Agreement or the transaction effected by the Transaction Documents.

9.3.3     So far as the Sellers are aware, no party to an Intellectual Property Agreement is in breach of its terms and no allegation, notification or application has been made or dispute or claim has arisen in relation to any Intellectual Property Agreement, nor are the Sellers aware of any facts or circumstances which might give rise to any such allegation, notification, application, dispute or claim.

 

35

 


 

 

9.3.4     There are no royalties, licence fees, other fees or consideration (including non-monetary consideration) payable by the Company in connection with the Licensed-In Intellectual Property, save as Disclosed.

9.4         Infringements and claims

9.4.1     So far as the Sellers are aware, the conduct of the Company’s business as now conducted and in the six years before the date of this Agreement does not infringe or misappropriate and has not infringed or misappropriated the rights of any third party in relation to any Intellectual Property.

9.4.2     No third party has outstanding any claim or allegation against the Company based on any infringement or misappropriation of such third party’s Intellectual Property, nor have there been in the six years before the date of this Agreement any such claims or allegations, save as Disclosed, and the Sellers are not aware of any facts or circumstances which could give rise to any such claims or allegations.

9.4.3     So far as the Sellers are aware, none of the Company's Intellectual Property is being infringed by any third party. There have not, in the six years before the date of this Agreement, been any claims by the Company against any third parties alleging infringement or misappropriation of the Company's Intellectual Property.

9.4.4     So far as the Sellers are aware, there have not, in the six years before the date of this Agreement, been any claims or applications for invalidity, revocation, opposition, compensation or otherwise in respect of the Company's Intellectual Property and the Sellers are not aware of any facts or circumstances which could give rise to such claims or applications.

9.5       The Company's Intellectual Property comprises all of the Intellectual Property which is necessary or desirable for the Company to carry on the business and deal with the assets of the Company in the manner and places it has been carried on up to the date of this Agreement.

9.6        None of the Company's Intellectual Property will be restricted as to its exploitation, or will be lost, terminated or rendered liable to a right of termination, assignment or licence to a third party, by virtue of the execution of this Agreement or the transaction effected by the Transaction Documents.

9.7        To the extent that information of a confidential nature (including know how, trade secrets and customer lists) is or has been used or exploited by the Company, such information has been kept confidential (except for any of it which has come into the public domain lawfully and not through a breach of confidence) and has not been disclosed to any third party, except under the terms of a written, binding confidentiality agreement.

10           INFORMATION TECHNOLOG Y

10.1      The Disclosed Documents contain accurate details of all material IT Systems.

10.2      The IT Systems are owned by the Company or licensed, leased or supplied to the Company under one or more valid and binding contracts or arrangements and the Company has the right to use the IT Systems and the right of the Company to use the IT Systems will not be affected by the execution of this Agreement or the transaction effected by the Transaction Documents.

36

 


 

 

 

10.3      The IT Systems are reasonably sufficient for the requirements of the Company to operate its business as it is operated as at the date of this Agreement.

10.4      The IT Systems have not been affected by any defects or faults where such defects or faults have resulted in a material interruption to the business of the Company at any time during the 12 months prior to the date of this Agreement.

10.5      So far as the Sellers are aware, the Company has fully complied at all times and as at Completion fully complies with Cyber Security Laws.

11           EMPLOYEE S

11.1       Particulars of employees

11.1.1   The particulars shown in the schedule of employees set out in the Disclosed Documents includes full and accurate particulars of each Employee's full name, job title, date of commencement of employment, age, notice period, job location, standard hours of work, salary and other remuneration (including bonus and commission and other incentive payments) and particulars of confidentiality obligations, other directorships and business interests held, other benefits including cars, mobile phones and private health insurance, and all other terms and conditions of employment or appointment including any terms and conditions contained in any employee handbook or manual.

11.1.2   No Employee has given or received notice terminating his employment and and no Employee will be entitled as a result of the entering into of this Agreement to give notice of termination or claim for any payment or benefit or treat himself as being released from any obligation.

11.1.3   No person who would, if appointed or employed as at the date of this Agreement be an Employee, has been appointed or offered employment or engagement by the Company.

11.1.4   All Employees are employed on or engaged under terms and conditions not materially different from the terms and conditions set out in the Disclosed Documents.

11.1.5   No Employee:

a)          is on sick leave which (as the date of this Agreement) has continued for more than 14 consecutive days;

b)          is on maternity, paternity, parental or adoption leave;

c)          is on a fixed term contract; or

d)          either has made an application to work flexibly or is so doing.

11.1.6   No Employee has any accrued rights to holiday pay or pay in lieu of holidays which have not been provided for in full in the Management Accounts.

11.1.7   The Company has not entered into any agreement, given any assurance (whether legally binding or not) or created any expectation regarding any future variation in any contract of employment or consultancy agreement or any other agreement imposing

37

 


 

 

an obligation on the Company or that it will increase the basis or rates of remuneration or payment or the provision of other benefits to or on behalf of any of its Employees at any future date.

11.2       Terms and conditions of contractors and consultants

The Disclosed Documents contain details of all material terms and conditions of engagement of every contractor and consultant to the Company.

11.3       Service contracts

There is not now outstanding any service contract between the Company and any of its directors or Employees or contractors or consultants which is not terminable by the Company without compensation (other than statutory compensation) on three months’ notice or less given at any time.

11.4       Agency workers

The Company is not a party to any agency agreement or arrangement other than agreements in relation to the supply of agency workers. Particulars of all agreements entered into with employment agencies or employment businesses and details of all agency workers currently engaged by or working for the Company are set out in the Disclosed Documents.

11.5       Employee Incentive Arrangements

Except as Disclosed, within the 18 months immediately preceding the date of this Agreement, the Company has not operated any of the following, nor, so far as the Sellers are aware is it under any future obligation (whether or not legally binding) to do so:

11.5.1   any scheme or arrangement where its current or former directors or Employees or their relevant relatives or dependents may acquire shares or options to acquire shares of any class in the Company;

11.5.2   any employee trust under which current or former Employees their relatives or dependents are the beneficiaries or are entitled to receive any benefits;

11.5.3   any cash bonus scheme or other employee incentive arrangements not involving the issue of shares; or

11.5.4   any arrangement by which any commission or remuneration or any kind payable or due to any of its current directors of Employees may be calculated by reference to the turnover, profits or sales of the Company.

11.6       Trade unions

11.6.1   The Company is not a party to any agreement or arrangement with or commitment to any trade union or staff association.

11.6.2   The Company is not involved in, or has been involved in the last five years in, any industrial or trade dispute or any dispute or negotiation regarding a claim of material importance or the dismissal, suspension, disciplining or varying of the terms and conditions of employment of any current or former Employee, staff association or other organisation or body of Employees, and there are no facts known, or which on

38

 


 

 

reasonable enquiry would be known, to the Company or the Sellers which might indicate that there may be any such dispute or negotiation.

11.7       Disciplinary, Grievance and Disputes

11.7.1   The Company has not received notification from any court of competent jurisdiction of any proceedings issued against the Company by any current or former Employee, director, consultant or contractor which remain outstanding.

11.7.2   No disciplinary action pursuant to an ACAS Code of Practice or otherwise has been taken against any current or former Employee and no grievance or complaint of sex, race, disability, age, sexual orientation or religion or belief discrimination has been raised by any current or former Employee, director, consultant or contractor pursuant to an ACAS Code of Practice or otherwise in the three years ending on the date of this Agreement.

11.7.3   No current or former director, Employee contractor or consultant has any claim against the Company for loss of office or arising out of the termination of his office, employment, contract or consultancy or in respect of any accident or injury or otherwise and so far as the Sellers are aware, there is no event which would or might give rise to any such claim.

11.8       Compliance

11.8.1   The Company has complied in all material respects with all of its statutory and other legal obligations and all contractual obligations to or in respect of its Employees, directors, contractors and consultants (including its obligations under the Working Time Regulations, the National Minimum Wage Regulations and any applicable legislation relating to immigrant workers) and no amount due to or in respect of any such individual (including PAYE and national insurance and pension contributions) is in arrears and unpaid other than salary and benefits for the month as at the date of this Agreement.

11.8.2   In the three years preceding the date of this Agreement, in respect of each of the Employees, all holiday pay for periods of holiday taken under regulation 13 of the Working Time Regulations 1998 (SI 1998/1833) has been calculated and paid in accordance with the Directive 2003/88/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 November 2003 concerning certain aspects of the organisation of working time.

11.8.3   Each director or Employee who is subject to UK immigration control will have a valid immigration status at Completion, entitling him to be employed full time by the Company for at least three months following Completion and is employed in accordance with the terms of his immigration status.

11.8.4   No person has been or is employed or engaged by the Company who did not or does not have leave to enter or remain in the United Kingdom or otherwise in breach of section 8 of the Asylum and Immigration Act 1996 or sections 15-21 of the Immigration, Asylum and Nationality Act 2006 (as applicable).

11.8.5   Within the period of one year preceding the date of this Agreement the Company has not been a party to any relevant transfer as defined in the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006 (the " Regulations ") nor has the Company failed to comply with any duty to inform and consult any appropriate

39

 


 

 

representative under the Regulations or failed to comply with its duty under Regulation 11 of the Regulations.

 

12           PENSION S

12.1       Auto enrolment

The Company has complied with its obligations concerning automatic enrolment under the Pensions Act 2008, all regulations made thereunder and any associated legislation. No notices, fines or other sanctions have been issued by the Pensions Regulator and there are no instances of non-compliance with the automatic enrolment obligations which have been (or which the Sellers know are likely to be) notified to the Pensions Regulator in respect of the Company.

12.2       Pensions arrangements disclosed

12.2.1   Save under the Aviva Workplace Pension Scheme (the “ Disclosed Schemes ”), full details of which have been Disclosed, and the state pension schemes, the Company is not under obligation or commitment (whether legally binding on not), nor is the Company a party to any custom or practice, to pay, provide or contribute towards any arrangement under which relevant benefits within the meaning of section 393B of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 ( ignoring the exception contained in that section) except that it shall include the benefits specified in section 393B(2)) are payable, including the making of any payment of contributions to or remuneration specifically referable to contributions to any personal pension scheme, stakeholder pension scheme, retirement annuity contract or similar arrangement to or in respect of any person and nothing has been done to create a reasonable expectation that any such payments, provision or contributions will be made. N o proposal or announcement has been made about the introduction, continuance, increase or improvement of, or payment of a contribution towards any such schemes, annuity contracts or similar arrangements.

12.2.2   All contributions , premiums, taxes and expenses to be paid or remitted by the Company to or in respect of the Disclosed Schemes have been paid within any applicable prescribed period  and, so far as the Sellers are aware, there are no contributions, premiums, taxes or expenses which have fallen due but are unpaid.

12.2.3   The Disclosed Schemes are registered with HM Revenue & Customs in accordance with Part 4 of the Finance Act 2004 and so far as the Sellers are aware there is no reason why the Disclosed Schemes may be de-registered.

12.2.4   The Company has at all times complied with its obligations to, under and in respect of the Disclosed Schemes, and so far as the Sellers are aware the Disclosed Schemes have been operated and administered in accordance with the terms of their governing documentation and all applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

12.2.5   All lump sum death benefits that are provided under any of the Disclosed Schemes and which are not "money purchase benefits" as defined in 13.2.5 above are fully insured on standard terms with an insurance company regulated in the EU and, so far as the Sellers are aware, there is no reason why such insurance may be withdrawn or otherwise cease to apply (either generally or in any given case).

40

 


 

 

13           REGULATORY, COMPETITION AND COMPLIANC E

13.1      The Company is not engaged in any agreement, arrangement, practice or conduct which amounts to an infringement of the Competition Laws.

13.2      The Company is not the subject of any investigation, inquiry or proceedings by any relevant government body, agency or authority, or court in connection with any actual or alleged infringement of the Competition Laws.

13.3      The Company has not given any undertaking or commitment to any relevant government body, agency, authority or court responsible for enforcing the Competition Laws of any jurisdiction which affects the conduct of the Business by the Company.

13.4      The Company has conducted its business in all material respects in accordance with, and has complied in all material respects with, all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the United Kingdom) and any equivalent legislation in Wales and Scotland.

13.5      All material authorisations, licences, consents, permissions and approvals required for or in connection with the business of the Company are in full force and, effect and, so far as the Sellers are aware, have been complied with in all material respects.

13.6      The Company has complied with all the requirements of the Health and Safety at Work etc Act 1974 and all other statutory requirements relating to the health and safety of its Employees.

13.7      Neither the Company, nor any Director, officer, agent, Employee or other person acting for or on behalf of the Company is or has at any time engaged in any activity, practice or conduct which would constitute an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 or any other applicable legislation or regulation on the giving or receiving of bribes in any other jurisdiction.

13.8      No Director, officer, agent, Employee or other person acting for or on behalf of the Company has been party to any of the following:

13.8.1   the use of any assets of the Company for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to any activity, including any political activity;

13.8.2   the establishment or maintenance of any unlawful or unrecorded fund of monies or other assets;

13.8.3   the making of any false or fictitious entries in the books or records of the Company; or

13.8.4   the making of any unlawful payment.

14           DATA PROTECTIO N

14.1      The Company has fully complied at all material times and currently fully complies with Data Protection Legislation including:

14.1.1   the Data Protection Principles as set out in Schedule 1 of the Data Protection Act 1998;

14.1.2   the requirements relating to notification and/or registration of processing of personal data with any applicable national data protection regulator;

41

 


 

 

14.1.3   all subject information requests from data subjects; 

14.1.4   its obligations under the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2003, including in respect of the use of electronic communications (including email, text messaging, fax machines, automated calling systems and non-automated telephone calls) for direct marketing purposes; and

14.1.5   where necessary, the obtaining of appropriate agreements with any data processors which require them to fully comply with Data Protection Legislation at all material times.

14.2      The Company has not received any notice or complaint from any individual, third party and/or regulatory authority alleging non-compliance with Data Protection Legislation (including any prohibition or restriction on the transfer of data to any jurisdiction) or claiming compensation for, or an injunction in respect of, non-compliance with Data Protection Legislation, and so far as the Sellers are aware, there are no circumstances which may give rise to the giving of any such notice or the making of any such complaint.

14.3      No Personal Data has been transferred outside the European Economic Area.

14.4      The Company has not suffered a data breach or loss of Personal Data or confidential information in the last three years.

15           BROKERAGE OR COMMISSION S

No person is entitled to receive from the Company a finder’s fee, brokerage or commission in connection with this Agreement or anything in it and the Company is not liable to pay to any of its directors, employees, agents and advisers any sum whatsoever in connection with the sale of the Shares.

16           PROPERTIE S

The definitions in this paragraph apply in this Agreement:

 

 

“Current Use”

the identified use for each of the Properties;

“Leases”

the leases under which the Properties are held; and

“Planning Acts”

the Town and Country Planning Act 1990, the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Act 1990, the Planning (Hazardous Substances) Act 1990, the Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990 the Planning and Compensation Act 1991, the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004, the Planning Act 2008, the Localism Bill 2011, the Growth and Infrastructure Act 2013 and any other legislation from time to time regulating the use or development of land.

 

42

 


 

 

16.1      The brief particulars of the Properties set out in Disclosed Document 11.1.9 are true and accurate in all respects.

16.2      The Company is the sole legal and beneficial owner and has good and marketable title to each of the Properties and the Properties are free from any Encumbrance.

16.3      The Company is in physical possession and actual occupation of each of the Properties on an exclusive basis and no right of occupation or enjoyment has been acquired or is in the course of being acquired by any third party or has been granted or agreed to be granted to any third party.

16.4      The Company has not entered into a contract or other arrangement (whether written or oral) for the sale of any of the Properties.

16.5      The Properties are not subject to the payment of any outgoings other than the usual rates and taxes and the rent and other outgoings specified in the Leases.

16.6      The Company has paid the rent and observed and performed the covenants on the part of the tenant and the conditions contained in each of the Leases and the last demand (or receipt for rent if issued) was unqualified. 

16.7      All licences, consents and approvals required from the landlords and any superior landlords under any of the Leases have been obtained, and the covenants on the part of the tenant contained in such licences, consents and approvals have been duly performed and observed.

16.8      So far as the Sellers are aware, the Current Use of each of the Properties is the permitted lawful use for the purposes of the Planning Acts and is in accordance with the provisions of the Leases.

16.9      So far as the Sellers are aware, the Company has at all times complied with the Planning Acts and with all planning permissions and consents issued under the Planning Acts relating to the business of the Company or the Properties.

17           ENVIRONMENTAL MATTER S

The definitions in this paragraph apply in this Agreement:

 

 

“Environment”

includes (whether alone or in combination) ecological systems and living organisms (including humans), air (including air within buildings and other natural or man-made structures above or below the ground), land and soil (including anything below the surface of the land, and land covered with water), and water (including water under or within land or within pipe or sewerage systems);

43

 


 

 

“Environmental Laws”

every applicable law, regulation, code of practice and other similar control and advice (in each case, having force of law) made or issued by national or local government or by any other regulatory body, and every applicable regulation and directive made by the legislative organs of the European Union, relating to the protection of the environment (including the prevention of pollution of land, water or air due to the release, escape or other emission of any substance including radioactive substances or the production, transport, storage, treatment, recycling or disposal of Waste or the making of noise);

“Environmental Liabilities”

means any actual or alleged breach of Environmental Laws or an Environmental Licence which may give rise to any Remediation Works;

“Hazardous Substances”

means any material, substance or organism which, alone or in combination any other matter, is capable of causing harm to the Environment or which is likely to cause an actionable nuisance, including radioactive substances and materials containing asbestos;

“Remediation Works”

means the carrying out of any investigative sampling inspection and/or maintaining works and/or steps or measures to monitor, prevent, minimise, remove, remedy, abate, make safe, contain, ameliorate or mitigate any harm or damage to the Environment; and

“Waste”

means waste as defined in section 75 of the Environmental Protection Act 1990.

 

17.1      The Sellers are not aware of any past or current liability of the Company under Environmental Laws or in respect of any breach or non-compliance with the conditions of any Environmental Licence or circumstances which are likely to give rise to any such breach or non-compliance.

17.2      The Sellers are not aware of any factors or circumstances likely to give rise to any Environmental Liabilities of the Company.

17.3      So far as the Sellers are aware:

17.3.1   the Properties are not and have not been subject to pollution or contamination, Waste or Hazardous Substances which is likely to give rise to material liability under Environmental Laws;

17.3.2   the Properties have not been the subject of any Remediation Works; and

44

 


 

 

17.3.3   there is no investigation by a local authority or the Environment Agency relating to the same.

45

 


 

 

SCHEDULE 4 TAX

PART 1 – TAX COVENANT, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIO N

 

 

1             DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

In this Schedule 4:

1.1        words and expressions defined in clause 1 of this Agreement have the same meaning except where otherwise provided or unless there is something in the context or subject matter which is inconsistent with them;

1.2        the following words and expressions have the following meanings:

 

any Relief included as an asset in the Relevant Accounts;

 

“Accounts Relief”

a)   any Relief which was taken into account in computing and so reducing or eliminating any provision for deferred Tax in the Relevant Accounts (or which, but for such Relief, would have appeared in the Relevant Accounts); and

b)   any Relief included as an asset in the Relevant Accounts;

“Buyer's Relief”  

a)   any Accounts Relief

b)   any Post Completion Relief ;  

c)   any Relief, whenever arising, of the Buyer or any member of the Buyer's Tax Group (other than the Company); and

d)   any R&D Tax Credit;

“Buyer’s Tax Group”

the Buyer and any other company or companies which either are or become after Completion, or have within the six years ending at Completion, been treated as a member of the same group as, or otherwise connected or associated with the Buyer for any Tax purpose excluding the Company;

“CAA”

the Capital Allowances Act 2001;

“CTA 2009”

the Corporation Tax Act 2009;

“Covenant Claim”

a  claim under the covenant in paragraph 2 of this Schedule;

“Covenantors”

the Sellers;

46

 


 

 

“Demand”

any assessment (including self-assessment), notice, demand, letter or other document issued or action taken by or on behalf of any Tax Authority or the preparation or submission of any notice, return or assessment or any other circumstances indicating that the Company is or may be placed or is sought to be placed under a Liability for Tax;

“Event”

any transaction (including the execution of, and Completion of, this Agreement), payment, act, event or omission, and includes (without limitation) any deemed transaction, payment, act, event or omission, the death of any person and a company becoming, being or ceasing to be a member of a group of companies (however defined) for the purposes of any Tax;

“HMRC”

Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs;

“IHTA”

the Inheritance Tax Act 1984;

“Liability for Tax”

a)     any liability to make an actual payment or increased payment of , or in respect of, Tax;

b)     the loss, reduction or disallowance of any Accounts Relief; and

c)     any liability to make an actual payment or increased payment of Tax which would have arisen but for being satisfied, avoided or reduced by the use or setting-off of any Buyer's Relief;

“Post Completion Relief”

any Relief which arises as a consequence of an Event occurring after Completion or in respect of a period beginning after Completion or in respect of the period current at Completion where any Relief will be apportioned partly before and partly after Completion on a time basis unless some other basis is more reasonable or required by statute;

"R&D Tax Credit"

has the meaning given in Schedule 9;

“Relevant Accounts”

the Completion Accounts;

“Relevant Accounts Date”

Completion;

“Relief”

any loss, relief, allowance, credit (including payable credit), deduction or set off relevant to the computation of Tax or any right to receive a repayment of Tax (including interest in respect of the repayment of Tax);

47

 


 

 

“Tax”

a)     any form of tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, social security contribution, deduction or withholding, repayment of tax credit, or governmental charge (national or local), whenever imposed, whether of the United Kingdom or elsewhere, collected or assessed by, or payable to, a Tax Authority or any other person as a result of any enactment relating to tax, excluding business rates and local authority charges; and

b)     all interest, penalties , surcharges and fines relating to any of the above or to a failure to make any return or supply any information in connection with any of the above, but excluding any such amount which arises or is increased by any delay or omission of a member of the Buyer’s Tax Group or its agents or the Company after Completion;

“Tax Authority”

any local, municipal, governmental, state, federal or fiscal, revenue, customs or excise authority, body, agency or official having power or authority in relation to Tax in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, including HMRC;

“Tax Claim”

a Covenant Claim or a Tax Warranty Claim;

“TCGA”

the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;

“TIOPA”

the Taxation (International and Other Provisions) Act 2010;

“TMA”

the Taxes Management Act 1970; and

“VATA”

the Value Added Tax Act 1994.

 

1.3        All references to paragraphs are references to paragraphs of this Schedule unless otherwise stated.

2             CO VENANT

2.1        The Covenantors severally covenant with the Buyer to pay to the Buyer (and its successors in title) an amount equal to:

2.1.1     any Liability for Tax of the Company arising in respect of or in consequence of:

a)          any Event which occurred on or before Completion; or

b)          any income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received on or before Completion;

2.1.2     any Liability for Tax of the Company arising as a result of the Company having at any time before Completion been a member of a group with, or under the control of, any

48

 


 

 

other person for any Tax purpose and that person failing to discharge any Liability for Tax;

2.1.3     any Liability for Tax of the Company arising in respect of a payment made by the Sellers (or a person acting on the directions of the Sellers) to any person after Completion;

2.1.4     any Liability for Tax in respect of inheritance tax which:

a)          is at Completion a charge on, or gives rise to a power to sell, mortgage or charge, any of the shares or assets of the Company;

b)          after Completion becomes a charge on or gives rise to a power to sell, mortgage or charge any of the Shares or assets of the Company being a Liability for Tax arising as a result of the death of any person within seven years after a transfer of value (or deemed transfer of value) if a charge on or power to sell, mortgage or charge any such shares or assets could, if the death had occurred immediately before Completion and the inheritance tax payable as a result of such death had not been paid, have existed at Completion; or

c)          arises as a result of a transfer of value occurring on or before Completion (whether or not in conjunction with the death of any person whenever occurring) which increased or decreased the value of the estate of the Company;

2.1.5     any Liability for Tax of the Company arising as a result of the sale or disposal of the Shares or the payment of Consideration to the Sellers at any time;

2.1.6     any Liability for Tax of the Company arising as a result of any payment made to David Newman in accordance with clause 4.4.2 of this Agreement; and

2.1.7     any reasonable third party costs and expenses properly incurred by the Buyer and/or the Company (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any recoverable VAT) in connection with any liability falling within paragraphs 2.1.1 to 2.1.6.

2.2        Any payments made pursuant to this Schedule shall (to the extent legally possible) be treated as an adjustment to the Consideration.

3             EXCLUSIONS

3.1        The covenants contained in paragraph 2 shall not apply and the Buyer shall not be entitled to bring a Tax Claim to the extent that:

3.1.1     provision, allowance or reserve was made for such liability in the Relevant Accounts or the discharge or payment thereof is reflected in the Relevant Accounts;

3.1.2     the liability in question arises or is attributable to:

a)          the passing or coming into force of or any change in, any law, rule, regulation, directive or interpretation of the law;

b)          any judgment of any Court or Tribunal;

49

 


 

 

c)          any increase in the rates of Tax or any imposition of Tax; or

d)          the withdrawal or amendment of any practice previously published by a Tax Authority, in each case occurring after the Relevant Accounts Date;

3.1.3     the liability in question would not have arisen but for any voluntary act, transaction or omission after Completion by or involving a member of the Buyer’s Tax Group or the Company or any of their respective officers, employees or agents  where the act, transaction or omission was:

a)          not required by any legislation, regulation or other statutory requirement, whether coming into force before, on or after Completion;

b)          not pursuant to a legally binding obligation entered into by the Buyer or the Company on or before Completion;

c)          not the presentation for stamping of any contract which was entered into prior to Completion;

d)          carried out without the consent of the Covenantors or their authorised representative;

e)          not an action taken pursuant to paragraph 6 or paragraph 10 of this Schedule;

f)          otherwise than in the ordinary course of business of the Company; and

g)          one which the Buyer or the Company was aware or ought reasonably to have been aware would give rise to such liability;

3.1.4     the liability in question arises or is increased by reason of or in consequence of:

a)          any claim, disclaimer, election or surrender made or notice or consent given or any other thing done by a member of the Buyer’s Tax Group or the Company after Completion, including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any disclaimer of capital allowances, in circumstances where such claim, disclaimer, election, notice or consent was not taken into account in the preparation of the Relevant Accounts; or

b)          any failure by a member of the Buyer’s Tax Group or the Company after Completion to make any claim, disclaimer, election or surrender or give any notice or consent or do any other thing after Completion, the making, giving or doing of which was taken into account in the Relevant Accounts and the details of which were either (i) clear from the face of the Relevant Accounts; or (ii) notified to the Buyer within a reasonable time prior to any time limit for giving or making of the same; or

c)          the amendment after Completion of any claim, disclaimer, election, surrender, notice or consent made or given on or before Completion;

3.1.5     the liability in question was paid or discharged on or before Completion;

3.1.6     the liability in question arises or is increased as a result of any changes made after Completion to the accounting policies or practices or to the length of any accounting

50

 


 

 

period of the Company , other than where such changes are required to comply with generally accepted accounting principles where the previous policies, practices or length of accounting period did not so comply;

3.1.7     any Relief (other than a Buyer's Relief) is available at no cost to the Buyer so as to reduce or eliminate the liability in question and for these purposes it shall be assumed that a member of the Buyer’s Tax Group or the Company takes all reasonable steps required to secure and utilise the Relief in question;

3.1.8     the liability in question would not have arisen but for an Event on or before Completion occurring at the written request or direction of, or with the written consent of ,  a member of the Buyer’s Tax Group;

3.1.9     the liability in question arises or is increased as a result of a failure of a member of the Buyer’s Tax Group to comply with the provisions of paragraph 6 (Disputes and conduct of Demand) or paragraph 10 (Management of pre-completion tax affairs);

3.1.10   any income, profits or gains to which the liability in question is attributable were actually earned or received by or actually accrued to the Company but were not reflected in the Relevant Accounts and such income, profits or gains were retained by the Company at Completion;

3.1.11   the liability is a liability for interest or a penalty under the Corporation Tax (Instalment Payment) Regulations 1998 referable to any instalment payment due on or before Completion which:

a)         would not have arisen but for the entering into of the Agreement or the income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received by the Company after Completion proving to be greater than the income, profits or gains expected to be earned, accrued or received by the Company after Completion; or

b)         is otherwise attributable to any delay or default on the part of the Buyer or the Company after Completion; or

3.1.12   the liability is stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax payable by the Buyer on the transfer or agreement to transfer the Shares under this Agreement;

3.1.13   the liability in question has been made good by insurers or otherwise compensated for without cost to the Buyer or the Company.

3.2       The provisions of Schedule 5 (Limitations on Liability) shall apply to this Schedule as if they were set out in full in this Schedule.

4             OVERPROVISIONS AND SAVINGS

4.1        If, on or before the seventh anniversary of Completion, the Buyer becomes aware that a Relevant Amount (as defined in paragraph 4.2) has arisen or may arise, it shall notify the Covenantors as soon as practicable. In that case or where the Covenantors otherwise believe that a Relevant Amount may exist, or if the parties cannot agree on the quantum of the Relevant Amount, then the matter shall be referred to the auditors of the Company for the time being (at the joint cost of the parties) whose opinion shall be final and binding (in the absence of clear or manifest error) on the parties for the purposes of this Schedule.

51

 


 

 

4.2        A Relevant Amount shall be determined for the purposes of this paragraph as follows:

4.2.1     if a provision for Tax ( excluding deferred taxation) in the Relevant Accounts is or proves to be an overprovision the amount of such overprovision shall be a Relevant Amount , save to the extent that the overprovision is due to:

a)          a change in legislation made after Completion with retrospective effect;

b)          any Relief arising after Completion; or

c)          any act of the Buyer or the Company carried out after Completion;

4.2.2       if a repayment of Tax (or interest on overpaid Tax or repayment supplement) is received (whether by way of repayment or set off) which was not a Buyer's Relief or otherwise taken into account in the Relevant Accounts and which relates to any income, profit or gains received on or prior to Completion or any Event which occurred on or before Completion or any period (or part period) falling prior to Completion, then the amount of that repayment (together with any interest and/or repayment supplement) shall be a Relevant Amount;

4.2.3       if a Liability for Tax which has resulted in the Covenantors having made a payment under this Schedule, or circumstances giving rise to such Liability for Tax, gives rise to a Relief, or the entitlement to claim any Relief, then the Buyer shall, where necessary, take such steps as are required to secure that Relief and the amount of the actual Liability for Tax of the Company or a member of the Buyer’s Tax Group which is eliminated or the amount by which it is reduced as a result of such Relief shall be a Relevant Amount; or

4.2.4       if any Liability for Tax of the Company or a member of the Buyer’s Tax Group in an accounting period ending after Completion is reduced or eliminated by a Relief (other than a Buyer's Relief) which arises in respect of any expenditure, reserve or provision which was recognised in the Relevant Accounts but was not deductible or allowable for Tax purposes in the Relevant Accounts, the amount by which it is reduced shall be a Relevant Amount.

4.3        Where a Relevant Amount has arisen as set out in paragraph 4.2 then:

4.3.1       the Relevant Amount shall first be set off against any payment then due from the Covenantors under this Schedule; and

4.3.2       to the extent there is an excess, a refund shall be made to the Covenantors of any previous payment or payments made by the Covenantors under this Schedule and not previously refunded under this paragraph up to the amount of such excess; and

4.3.3       to the extent that the excess referred to in paragraph 4.3.2 is not exhausted under that paragraph, the remainder of that excess shall be carried forward and set off against any future payments which become due from the Covenantors under this Agreement.

5             RECOVERY FROM OTHER PERSONS

5.1        If the Covenantors have paid the Buyer or are liable to make a payment to the Buyer in respect of a Tax Claim and the Company or any member of the Buyer’s Tax Group is or may become entitled to recover from any third party any sum in respect of the matter to which the

52

 


 

 

liability of the Covenantors relates, then the Buyer shall notify the Covenantors of the entitlement as soon as reasonably practicable.

5.2        The Buyer shall or shall procure that the Company or the relevant member of the Buyer’s Tax Group shall take such action as the Covenantors shall reasonably request to enforce such recovery (at the Covenantors' expense) as is mentioned in paragraph 5.1 against the third party in question and shall account to the Covenantors for a sum equal to the lesser of:

5.2.1     any amount so recovered including any interest or repayment supplement paid by a third party (net of any Tax on such amount and any reasonable costs and expenses properly incurred by the Company or any member of the Buyer's Tax Group in recovering such amount); and

5.2.2     the amount already paid by the Covenantors in respect of such Tax Claim referred to in paragraph 5.1 above (and not previously refunded under this Schedule).

6             DISPUTES AND CONDUCT OF DEMAND

6.1        If the Buyer becomes aware of a Demand which could give rise to a Tax Claim, the Buyer shall give written notice thereof to the Covenantors as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event in a case involving a time limit for appeal at least ten Business Days before the expiry of that time limit (provided that such written notice will not be a condition precedent to the liability of the Covenantors under this Schedule).

6.2        The Buyer agrees to take and procure that the Company shall take such action and give such information as the Covenantors shall reasonably request in writing to resist, appeal, compromise or settle the Demand and shall not take and shall procure that the Company shall not take any other action without the Covenantors’ written consent , subject to the Covenantors agreeing to indemnify the Buyer and/or the Company against any reasonable costs or expenses which are properly incurred as a result of taking such action.

6.3        The action which the Covenantors may request under paragraph 6.2 shall include an application to postpone the payment of Tax and allowing the Covenantors or the Covenantors’ professional advisers to conduct the Demand.

6.4        The Buyer shall not and shall procure that the Company shall not:

6.4.1     settle or compromise the Demand; or

6.4.2     submit any document or correspondence to a Tax Authority where the Buyer should reasonably be aware that such document would give rise to a Demand or a claim made pursuant to the Tax Warranties (save to the extent obliged to do so by law), without the prior written consent of the Covenantors , such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

7             AMOUNT OF PAYMENT, DUE DATE FOR PAYMENT AND INTEREST

7.1        The amount of any liability pursuant to this Schedule shall be as follows:

7.1.1     to the extent that the liability involves a liability of the Company to make an actual payment or increased payment of or in respect of Tax, the amount of such payment or increased payment;

53

 


 

 

7.1.2     to the extent that the liability involves the loss, reduction, counter claim, nullification, disallowance or clawback of any Accounts Relief (other than a right to a repayment of Tax) the amount of Tax which the use of the Accounts Relief would have saved (taking into account whether the Company then had sufficient profits and was otherwise in a position actually to use the Accounts Relief had it been available);

7.1.3     to the extent that the liability involves the disallowance or reduction by a Tax Authority or a right to a repayment of Tax which is an Accounts Relief, the amount of the repayment so disallowed or reduced; and

7.1.4     to the extent that the liability involves a liability of the Company to make a payment or increased payment of Tax which was satisfied, avoided or reduced by any Buyer's Relief, the amount of Tax which the Buyer's Relief in fact saves.

7.2        Any amount which the Covenantors are obliged to pay to the Buyer under this Schedule shall be paid in cleared funds on or before the following dates:

7.2.1     in the case of a Liability for Tax which involves a liability to make an actual payment or increased payment of Tax the second Business Day prior to:

a)          in the case of a Liability for Tax in respect of which there is no provision for payment by instalments, the latest date on which the Tax in question can be paid to a Tax Authority in order to avoid a liability to interest or penalties (or, if later, the fifth Business Day after service by the Buyer to the Covenantors of a written demand for payment); and

b)          in the case of a Liability for Tax in respect of which there is provision for payment by instalments, two Business Days prior to each date on which an instalment of such Tax becomes payable to a Tax Authority (and so that on each such date an appropriate proportion of the amount claimed shall be paid) such proportion to be notified by the Buyer to the Covenantors at least five Business Days prior to each such date on which the instalment is due (or, if later, the fifth Business Day after service by the Buyer to the Covenantors of a written demand for payment);

7.2.2     in the case of a Liability for Tax which involves a liability of the Company to make a payment or increased payment of Tax which would have arisen but for being satisfied, avoided or reduced by the use of a Buyer's Relief, the second Business Day prior to the date or dates referred to in paragraph 7.2.1a) or 7.2.1b) above that would have applied to the Tax satisfied, avoided or reduced by the Relief if that Tax had been payable (or, if later, the fifth Business Day after service by the Buyer to the Covenantors of a written demand for payment);

7.2.3     in the case of a Liability for Tax which involves the loss, reduction or disallowance of any Accounts Relief (other than a repayment of Tax), the date on which Tax is due and payable to the relevant Tax Authority which could have been saved had the Accounts Relief been available to be used in accordance with paragraph 7.1.2 (or, if later, the fifth Business Day after service by the Buyer to the Covenantors of a written demand for payment); and

7.2.4     in any other case the fifth Business Day after service by the Buyer to the Covenantors of a written demand for payment.

54

 


 

 

7.3        Notwithstanding the above provisions of this paragraph 7, if the Buyer (pursuant to a request made by the Covenantors under paragraph 6.2) or the Covenantors (pursuant to taking conduct of the Demand under paragraph 6.3) takes or causes to be taken any such actions to resist, appeal, compromise or settle the Demand or any determination in respect thereof, or to apply to postpone the payment of Tax, the Covenantors shall not be required to make any payment within the time limits in paragraph 7.2 but instead shall pay an amount equal to the amount of the Liability for Tax as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of a written notice from the Buyer for that amount.

8             DEDUCTIONS AND WITHHOLDINGS

8.1        All sums payable by the Covenantors under this Schedule (other than a payment of interest) shall be paid free and clear of all deductions or withholdings whatsoever save only as may be required by law, in which event the Covenantors shall pay such additional amounts as shall be required to ensure that the net amount received and retained by the Buyer (after Tax) will equal the same amount as it would have been entitled to receive in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

8.2        If any sum payable by the Covenantors under this Agreement shall be subject to Tax in the hands of the Buyer, the Covenantors shall pay such additional amounts as shall be required to ensure that the net amount received and retained by the Buyer (after Tax) will equal the same amount as it would have been entitled to receive in the absence of such Tax, and, in applying this paragraph, full account shall be taken of the extent to which any such Tax may be mitigated or offset by any Relief (excluding a Buyer's Relief) available to the Buyer.

8.3        If the Buyer assigns the benefit of this Schedule, the Covenantors shall not be liable pursuant to this paragraph 8 save to the extent that the Covenantors would have been so liable had no such assignment occurred.

8.4        The Covenantors shall have no additional liability pursuant to this paragraph 8 to the extent such liability would not have arisen were the Buyer a company resident and incorporated in the United Kingdom.

9             BUYERS COVENANT

9.1        Subject to paragraph 9.2, the Buyer covenants with the Covenantors to pay to the Covenantors an amount equal to any tax liability of the Company (together with all interest, penalties and reasonable costs and expenses properly incurred by the Covenantors in connection therewith) which is assessed on the Covenantors (or any of them) pursuant to Part 14 CTA 2010 as a result of the Company failing to pay Tax for which it is primarily liable or as a result of the failure of a member of the Buyer’s Tax Group or the Company to apply an amount paid by the Covenantors under this Schedule or pursuant to the Tax Warranties to discharge a liability to which the amount relates.

9.2        The covenant contained in paragraph 9.1 shall not apply to the extent that the Buyer is entitled to make a Tax Claim under this Schedule for the tax in question.

9.3        If any payment received by the Covenantors under this paragraph is subject to Tax, the Buyer shall pay to the Covenantors such additional amount as will ensure that the Covenantors receive and retain a net amount equal to the full amount which would have been received and retained had the payment not been subject to Tax.

55

 


 

 

10           MANAGEMENT OF PRE-COMPLETION TAX AFFAIRS

10.1      Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph the Covenantors or their duly authorised agents shall, in respect of all accounting periods ending on or before Completion (the “ Pre-Completion Accounting Periods ”), and at the cost of the Company:

10.1.1   prepare, submit, negotiate and agree with the Tax Authorities all outstanding Tax returns of the Company including any related claims, elections, surrenders, disclaimers, notices and consents for the purposes of Tax (the “ Tax Documents ”); and

10.1.2   deal with all matters relating to the Tax Documents.

10.2      The Covenantors or their duly authorised agents shall deliver drafts of all Tax Documents to the Buyer for its review and the Covenantors shall reflect any reasonable comments and reasonable suggested amendments made by the Buyer in the Tax Documents, provided that such comments and suggested amendments shall be made within a reasonable timeframe before any relevant deadlines for submitting the Tax Documents to the relevant Tax Authority.

10.3      The Covenantors or their duly authorised agents shall deliver all finalised Tax Documents to the Buyer for authorisation and/or signing so that the Covenantors can submit them to the relevant Tax Authority. 

10.4      The Buyer shall or shall procure that any Tax Document submitted pursuant to paragraph 10.2 shall be authorised and/or signed and returned to the Covenantors without delay to enable the Covenantors to submit them to the relevant Tax Authority , provided that the Buyer will not be required to take any action pursuant to this paragraph 10.4 if, in relation to any Tax Document, it reasonably considers that such Tax Document is false, misleading, inaccurate or incomplete in any respect.

10.5      The Covenantors will keep the Buyer informed of the conduct of the Company’s Tax affairs and will provide the Buyer with copies of all material documents.

10.6      The Buyer shall procure that:

10.6.1   the Covenantors and their duly authorised agents are afforded such access (including the taking of copies) to the books, accounts and records of the Company and such other assistance as it or they may reasonably require to enable the Covenantors to discharge their obligations under this paragraph;

10.6.2   the Covenantors are sent a copy of any communication from any Tax Authority insofar as it relates to the Pre-Completion Accounting Periods within a reasonable period; and

10.6.3   there is given to such person or persons as may for the time being be nominated by the Covenantors authority to conduct the tax affairs for the Pre-Completion Accounting Periods and that such authority is confirmed to the relevant Tax Authority.

10.7      The Buyer shall have responsibility for the preparation of the Tax Documents and conduct of the tax affairs of the Company for the accounting period which is current at completion (the “ Current Accounting Period ”) and shall provide the Covenantors with copies of all relevant Tax Documents at least 20 Business Days prior to the date for submission and shall take account of any reasonable comments made by the Covenantors thereon. The Covenantors will provide the Buyer and the Company with all reasonable assistance, co-operation and

56

 


 

 

information as they reasonably request in respect of the preparation of the Tax Documents for the Current Accounting Period.

57

 


 

 

PART 2 – TAX WARRANTIES

 

1             TAX

1.1         Returns, disputes and compliance

1.1.1     The Accounts properly reserve or provide for all Tax for which the Company was liable or able to be made liable in respect of all periods up to the Accounts Date in accordance with generally accepted accountancy principles. Proper provision has been made and shown in the Accounts for deferred taxation in accordance with generally accepted accountancy principles.

1.1.2     All returns, notices, accounts, statements, computations, information, assessments and registrations which were required by law have been made or provided by the Company to a Tax Authority for any Tax purpose in the last six years have been made or provided within applicable time limits and on a proper basis and were at the time and remain accurate and complete and none of them are or, so far as the Sellers are aware, are likely to be the subject of any material dispute with HMRC or any other Tax Authority.

1.1.3     In the last six years, all Tax of any nature whatsoever for which the Company is liable or for which the Company has been liable to account and which has fallen due for payment has been duly paid and the Company has not within the last three years paid or become liable to pay , and so far as the Sellers are aware there are no circumstances by reason of which the Company is likely to incur, any penalty, surcharge, fine or interest in respect of Tax.

1.1.4     There is no dispute ,  and there has not within the last three years been any dispute , between the Company and a Tax Authority.

1.1.5     The Company has not within the last 12 months received any notice or enquiry or suffered any enquiry, investigation, audit or visit by HMRC or any other Tax Authority, and, so far as the Sellers are aware no such enquiry, investigation, audit or visit is planned or in prospect for the next 12 months.

1.1.6     In the last six years, the Company has duly and punctually deducted, withheld or collected for payment (as appropriate) all Tax which it has become liable or entitled to deduct, withhold or collect for payment and has duly accounted for all such Tax to the relevant Tax Authority.

1.1.7     The Company is not liable to pay, reimburse or indemnify any person (including a Tax Authority) an amount in respect of a Tax liability (other than contractual payments or in respect of VAT), which is the primary liability of any other person and which arose as a result of a transaction, event, act or omission occurring or deemed to arise or occur prior to Completion.

1.2         Residence/overseas activities

1.2.1     The Company is , and has at all times since its incorporation been, solely resident in the United Kingdom for the purposes of Tax.

 

58

 


 

 

1.2.2     The Company does not act as the branch, agent, factor or tax representative of any person resident outside the United Kingdom for Tax purposes and no such person carries on or has ever carried on any such trade or business through the Company.

1.2.3     The Company has not nor has at any time since incorporation had a branch, agency or permanent establishment outside the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

1.3         Close company

1.3.1     The Company is not a close investment holding company for the purposes of section 34 CTA 2010.

1.3.2     The Company has not made any loan to any participator or associate for the purposes of sections 455, 459 or 460 CTA 2010 or provided any payment or benefit to a participator which has or could be treated as a distribution within the meaning of section 1064 CTA 2010.

1.4         Capital assets

1.4.1     Nothing has occurred since the Accounts Date (otherwise than in the ordinary course of business) as a result of which the Company could be required to bring a disposal value into account or suffer a balancing charge, or withdrawal of first year allowances or a recovery of excess relief for the purposes of capital allowances.

1.5         Intangible fixed assets

The Company has not since the Accounts Date:

1.5.1     owned an asset which has ceased to be a chargeable intangible asset within section 859 of the CTA 2009; or

1.5.2     realised or acquired an intangible fixed asset within Part 8 of the CTA 2009; and

1.5.3     no other circumstances have arisen since the Accounts Date which have required, or so far as the Sellers are aware will require, a credit to be brought into account by the Company on a revaluation of an intangible fixed asset.

1.6         Groups

1.6.1     The Company is not nor has within the last seven years been a member of a group of companies for any Tax purposes.

1.6.2     Neither the execution nor the completion of this Agreement , nor any other event since the Accounts Date, will result in any chargeable asset being deemed to have been disposed of and reacquired by the Company for Tax purposes.

1.7         Value added tax

1.7.1     The Company is duly registered in the United Kingdom for the purposes of the legislation relating to VAT and is not registered, nor required to be registered, in any other jurisdiction in respect of VAT or any similar tax.

 

59

 


 

 

1.7.2     The Disclosure Letter contains full details of all companies which are or have been treated as a member of a group with the Company for VAT purposes including details of the representative member of such group.

1.7.3     The Company has not been required to give security to HMRC in the last six years.

1.7.4     In the last six years, the Company has complied with its payment and other obligations under the legislation relating to VAT and has maintained complete, correct and up to date invoices, records and documents required for the purposes of VAT, and has not within the last three years incurred any penalty, default surcharge or interest in relation to VAT.

1.8         Inheritance tax

1.8.1     The Company is not liable and, so far as the Sellers are aware, there are no circumstances in existence as a result of   which it may become liable, to be assessed to inheritance tax or any other Tax as donor or donee of any gift, or transferor or transferee of value and there are no other circumstances by reason of which any liability in respect of inheritance tax has arisen or, so far as the Sellers are aware, could arise to the Company.

1.8.2     So far as the Sellers are aware, there are no circumstances under which any power within section 212 of the IHTA could be exercised in relation to, and there is no HMRC charge within the meaning of section 237 of the IHTA attaching to or over, any shares or securities in or assets of the Company and the Company has not made any transfer of value to which Part IV IHTA might apply.

1.9         Stamp duties

1.9.1     In the last six years, all documents which establish or are necessary to establish the title of the Company to any asset owned at Completion and which are not subject to stamp duty land tax have been properly stamped for stamp duty and/or stamp duty reserve tax purposes.

1.9.2     In the last six years, the Company has paid all stamp duty land tax which it is liable to pay and has filed all land transaction returns it is required by law to file within 30 days from the effective date of the relevant land transaction.

1.9.3     There is no chargeable interest (as defined in section 48 of the Finance Act 2003) acquired or held by the Company in respect of which the Sellers are aware, or ought reasonably to be aware, that an additional land transaction return will be required to be filed with a Tax Authority and/or a payment of stamp duty land tax made on or after the date of this Agreement.

1.10      Tax avoidance

The Company has not been a party to, or been involved in, any schemes or arrangements designed wholly or partly for the purposes of avoiding or deferring any Tax liability, or in relation to which any disclosure has been, or will be, required by law to be made to any Tax Authority.

60

 


 

 

1.11       Tax clearances

1.11.1   In the last six years, the Company has not been a party to a transaction in respect of which a consent, clearance or claim for relief from any Tax Authority was required by law other than transactions in respect of which:

a)          the relevant Tax Authority consent, clearance or grant of relief was obtained after accurate disclosure of all material facts;

b)          the transaction was carried out as described in the application for consent, clearance or relief (if appropriate); and

c)          details of the consent, clearance or grant of relief have been set out in the Disclosure Letter.

1.11.2   In the last six years, the Company has not been a party to any transaction in respect of which any consent, clearance or claim for relief is required by law to be made and in respect of which the time for making an application for such consent, clearance or claim expires on or after Completion.

61

 


 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5
LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY

 

1            TIME PERIODS

1.1       The Sellers shall not be li able for a Non-Tax Claim unless the Sellers receive from the Buyer written notice of such Non-Tax Claim (containing so far as is practicable reasonable details of such Non-Tax Claim, including the amount or estimated amount) on or before midnight on the date 24 months following Completion. 

1.2       The Sellers shall not be liable for a Tax Claim unless the Sellers receive from the Buyer written notice of the Tax Claim (containing reasonable details of the claim, including the amount or estimated amount) on or before midnight on the seventh anniversary following Completion.

1.3       The Sellers shall not be liable for an Indemnity Claim unless the Sellers receive from the Buyer written notice of the Indemnity Claim (containing reasonable details of the claim, including the amount or estimated amount) on or before midnight on the third anniversary following Completion. 

2             FINANCIAL LIMITS

2.1        Subject to paragraphs 2.2 and 2.3 of this Schedule 5, the maximum aggregate liability of the Sellers in respect of all Claims  (other than Indemnity Claims) shall not exceed £125,000,

2.2        The maximum aggregate liability of the Sellers in respect of all Claims (other than Indemnity Claims) recoverable by the Buyer under the Warranty and Indemnity Insurance Policy shall not exceed £62,500.

2.3        Where the loss or liability to the Buyer or the Company in respect of all claims for breach of the Fundamental Warranties exceeds £15,000,000 (“ Excess ”), the Sellers shall be liable for the Excess only and subject to a maximum aggregate liability of the aggregate sum of the Consideration less £15,000,000.

2.4        The maximum aggregate liability of the Sellers in respect of an Indemnity Claim pursuant to clause 6.1.1 shall not exceed £100,000. 

2.5        The maximum aggregate liability of the Sellers in respect of an Indemnity Claim pursuant to clause 6.1.2 shall not exceed £200,000.

2.6        The Sellers shall not be liable for a Claim (other than a Covenant Claim and an Indemnity Claim) unless the amount of such Claim, when aggregated with other Claims based on the same facts, exceeds £50,000 in respect of any single item (in which event the Buyer shall be entitled to claim the whole of the amount thereof and not merely the excess).

2.7        The amount of the liability of a Seller for any Claim shall not exceed the amount of such Seller’s Relevant Seller Proportion of the Claim. 

62

 


 

 

3             DISCLOSURE

3.1        The Sellers shall not be liable for a Claim (other than a Covenant Claim and an Indemnity Claim)  if and to the extent that the fact, matter, event or circumstance giving rise to such Claim was Disclosed in the Disclosure Letter or the Disclosed Documents.

3.2        The Sellers shall not be liable in respect of a Non-Tax Claim to the extent that:

3.2.1     specific provision or reserve in respect of the liability was made in the Completion Accounts;

3.2.2     the Non-Tax Claim would not have arisen or would have been reduced but for a change in a law or regulation made on or after the date hereof; or

3.2.3     the Non-Tax Claim would not have arisen but for a change after Completion in any accounting reference date or any change in accounting policy or practice of the Company.

3.3        The Sellers shall not be liable in respect of a Non-Tax Claim to the extent that:

3.3.1     the liability arises or is increased as a result of any voluntary act or omission of the Buyer or the Company after Completion done or suffered outside the ordinary course of business and other than:

a)          pursuant to a legally binding obligation entered into by the Company before Completion;

b)          as required by any Applicable Law in any jurisdiction or by a Competent Authority wherever situated;

c)          at the written request of the Sellers or their authorised representatives; and

d)          in accordance with the terms of any of the Transaction Documents.

4             THIRD PARTY CLAIMS

4.1        This paragraph 4 shall apply in circumstances where:

4.1.1     any claim is made against the Company which should reasonably be expected to give rise to a Non-Tax Claim;

4.1.2     any claim is made against the Company which should reasonably be expected to give rise to an Indemnity Claim under clause 6.1.1 (the “ Underlying Claim ”); or

4.1.3     the Company should reasonably be expected to be able to make recovery from some other person any sum in respect of any facts or circumstances by reference to which the Buyer has or should be reasonably expected to have a Non-Tax Claim.

4.2        The Buyer shall, prior to taking any action (other than the giving of notice pursuant to this Schedule) against the Sellers under the Warranties or clause 6.1.1, consult with the Sellers in good faith for an initial period not exceeding 30 days (and thereafter, at reasonably regular intervals) in respect of any such circumstances.

63

 


 

 

4.3        The Buyer shall further, prior to taking any action (other than the giving of notice of an Underlying Claim) against the Sellers under clause 6.1.1:

4.3.1     provide the Sellers with such information as the Sellers may reasonably require relating to the Underlying Claim;

4.3.2     keep the Sellers fully informed of any material developments in the conduct of the Underlying Claim; and

4.3.3     consider any steps to enforce, compromise or settle the Underlying Claim as the Sellers may reasonably suggest.

4.4        The provisions of this paragraph 4 shall not prevent the Buyer from agreeing (or permitting to be agreed) any compromise or settlement in respect of such Non-Tax Claim if the Buyer, acting reasonably, considers that a failure to do so would be materially prejudicial to its and the company's commercial relationships.

4.5        The provisions of this paragraph 4 shall not apply if and to the extent that they would render the Warranty and Indemnity Insurance Policy void or voidable, or entitle the Insurer to repudiate or rescind the Warranty and Indemnity Insurance Policy in whole or in part, or to otherwise avoid payment under the Warranty and Indemnity Insurance Policy, or in the event that a relevant insurer exercises its right to take over conduct of the relevant Non-Tax Claim.

5             MITIGATION

5.1        The Buyer will take or procure the taking of all such reasonable steps as are required by law in order to mitigate any Claim (other than a Covenant Claim and an Indemnity Claim).

5.2        If, in respect of any matter which would give rise to a breach or any Claim (other than a Covenant Claim and an Indemnity Claim), the Buyer or the Company is entitled to claim under any policy of insurance, the amount received in respect of such Claim shall reduce pro tanto or extinguish the Claim (after deducting the reasonable costs incurred by the Buyer and/or the Company in recovering under the insurance policy).

6             GENERAL

6.1        The Buyer shall at all reasonable times during the relevant time periods set out in paragraph 1 above make available to the Sellers so far as it is reasonably able (at the Sellers' expense) and subject to any applicable legal and/or litigation privilege all information and documents relating to a Claim and provide reasonable access on reasonable notice to the personnel of the Buyer and/or the Company and to relevant premises, accounts, documents and records within the power, possession and control of the Buyer and/or the Company to enable the Sellers and their professional advisers to ascertain whether the Buyer and/or the Company has any right of recovery against any person other than the Sellers.

6.2        If the Sellers make any payment by way of damages under the Warranties or the Indemnities (a " Damages Payment ") and the Buyer and/or the Company subsequently receives any benefit otherwise than from the Sellers which benefit would not have been received but for the circumstance giving rise to the Claim in respect of which the Damages Payment was made, then the amount of such benefit net of any related reasonable costs and expenses properly incurred (as certified by the Buyer to the Sellers or, if the Sellers are not satisfied with such certificate, as certified at their request by independent accountants) shall be:

64

 


 

 

6.2.1     first set off against any payment (if any) then due from the Sellers in respect of any claim arising under this Agreement; and

6.2.2     to the extent that there is an excess, refunded to the Sellers to the extent that it relates to all previous payment or payments made by the Sellers in respect of claims arising under this Agreement and not previously refunded under this clause; and

6.2.3     to the extent that the excess referred to in paragraph 6.2.2 is not exhausted under that paragraph, be carried forward and set-off against future Claims.

6.3        The Sellers shall not be liable in respect of any Claim where the liability which is the subject matter of such claim is contingent only, unless and until such contingent liability becomes an actual liability and is due and payable.

6.4        None of the limitations contained in this Schedule 5 shall apply to any Claim or claim under any other provision of this Agreement which (or the delay in discovery of which) is the consequence of dishonest or fraudulent conduct by the Sellers. 

 

65

 


 

 

SCHEDULE  6
COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS

 

At Completion the Sellers shall deliver to the Buyer:

1           duly executed transfers of the Shares in favour of the Buyer (or as it may direct) accompanied by the relevant share certificates (or an express indemnity in the agreed terms in the case of any lost certificate);

2           the written resignations of Paul Day, Peter Collins, and Thomas Lernbecher from their respective offices as director and/or secretary (as the case may be) to take effect on the Completion Date;

3           the certificate of incorporation and any certificates of incorporation on change of name, common seals (if any), statutory books (including the PSC register) and minute books of the Company duly written up to the Completion Date and share certificate books of the Company;

4           the security code and associated email address for the Company which has registered for the Companies House web filing system to enable the Company to log into the Companies House web filing system;

5           to the extent not in the possession of the Company, all books of account or records as to customers and/or suppliers and other records and all insurance policies in any way relating to or concerning the Business;

6           appropriate forms to amend the mandates given by the Company to its bankers;

7           a copy of the completed policy relating to the Property Insurance, together with evidence of payment of the premium (inclusive of any fees, commissions and associated taxes) payable in connection with such Property Insurance;

8           a fully executed and dated copy of the renewal lease in respect of the Properties, together with any other documentation relating to the Properties; 

9           fully executed offers letters in connection with the employment of Paul Day,  Peter Collins and Thomas Lernbecher;

10         a duly executed Instruction Letter; and

11         board resolutions of the Company in the agreed terms, including:

11.1.1   approving the registration of the Share transfers subject only where necessary to their being duly stamped;

11.1.2   appointing Lindon G. Robertson, David F. Pietrantoni and Jason W. Joseph as directors and Jason W. Joseph as secretary and accepting the resignations referred to in paragraph 2 so as to take immediate effect;

11.1.3   revoking all existing authorities to bankers in respect of the operation of its bank accounts and giving authority in favour of such persons as the Buyer may nominate to operate such accounts; and

66

 


 

 

11.1.4   noting the payment of the Target Indebtedness, and shall hand to the Buyer duly certified copies of such resolutions.

SCHEDULE 7 COMPLETION ACCOUNT S
Part 1 – COMPLETION ACCOUNTS

 

1             DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 

In this Schedule 7:

1.1        words and expressions defined in clause 1 of this Agreement shall have the same meaning except where otherwise provided or unless there is something in the context or subject matter which is inconsistent with them; and

1.2        the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

 

“Actual Cash”

the actual Cash of the Company as at the Completion Date;

“Actual Indebtedness”

the actual Indebtedness owing by the Company (including to National Westminster Bank PLC) as at the Completion Date;

“Actual Working Capital”

the actual amount (if any) by which the aggregate value of the Current Assets of the Company exceeds the aggregate value of the Current Liabilities of the Company, as at the Completion Date;

“Cash”

in relation to the Company, the Company’s cash in bank and at hand at the Completion Date including cash contained in the accounts highlighted in yellow under "Current Assets" in the Pro-forma Completion Accounts;

“Consideration Statement”

the statement setting out the value of Actual Cash, the Actual Indebtedness and the Actual Working Capital as shown in, or derived from, the Completion Accounts, together with the resulting calculation of the Consideration, and as prepared and agreed or determined (as the case may be) in accordance with this Schedule;

“Current Assets”

the aggregate value of the current assets of the Company including any stock, any work in progress and any debtors (including any trade debtors) existing at the Completion Date including the items highlighted in green under "Current Assets" in the Pro-forma Completion Accounts;

For the avoidance of doubt, all items classified as Cash are excluded from the Current Assets total;

67

 


 

 

“Current Liabilities”

the aggregate value of the current liabilities of the Company, including the following current liabilities of the Company, existing at the Completion Date:

(a)    trade creditors;

(b)    accruals;

(c)    deferred income; and

(d)    the items highlighted in green under "Current Liabilities" in the Pro-forma Completion Accounts.

For the avoidance of doubt, all items classified as Indebtedness are excluded from the Current Liabilities total;

“FRS 102”

means Financial Reporting Standard 102, being the Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland (applying the permitted reduced disclosure requirements as set out in Section 1 thereof) as issued by the Financial Reporting Council in the UK and in force for the accounting period ending on the Accounts Date; and

“Independent Accountants”

means PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP;

2             PREPARATION AND AGREEMENT OF COMPLETION ACCOUNTS

2.1        The Buyer shall, in accordance with paragraph 5 of this Schedule 7 prepare drafts of the Completion Accounts and the Consideration Statement (together the “ Draft Documents ”), and deliver a copy thereof to the Sellers within 90 days of Completion. Such draft Completion Accounts should be comprised of a balance sheet in the form referred to in paragraph 3 of this Schedule.

2.2        The Sellers shall, within 14 days of receipt of the Draft Documents prepared by the Buyer (excluding the day of receipt) (the " Review Period "), deliver to the Buyer a report setting out any matters of disagreement with the Draft Documents (each a " Disputed Item "), their reasons for disagreement and the adjustments that they consider need to be made to the Draft Documents in respect of each matter of disagreement in order for the Draft Documents to comply with the requirements of paragraph 5 of this schedule.  If no report is delivered within the Review Period or if a notice of agreement is delivered to the Buyer stating that the Sellers do not believe that any adjustments need to be made to the Draft Documents, then;

2.2.1     the contents of the Draft Documents shall be final and binding as between the Buyer and the Sellers, save in the case of manifest error; 

2.2.2     the Draft Documents shall constitute the final Consideration Statement and the final Completion Accounts for the purposes of this Agreement and the date falling on the Business Day immediately after: (i) expiry of the Review Period; or (ii) if earlier, receipt by the Buyer of a notice of agreement, shall be the date of finalisation of the Completion Accounts and the Consideration Statement for all purposes of this Agreement; and

68

 


 

 

2.2.3     the Actual Cash, the Actual Indebtedness and the Actual Working Capital values shown in the final Consideration Statement shall be final for the purposes of this Agreement.

2.3        If the Sellers do so provide a report to the Buyer within the Review Period:

2.3.1     except for any Disputed Item, the Sellers shall be deemed to have agreed all other items in the Draft Documents;

2.3.2     the parties shall, within a further period expiring 14 days after receipt of the Sellers' report by the Buyer (excluding the day of receipt) (the " Resolution Period "), endeavour to resolve any Disputed Item and agree, in writing, the adjustments required to be made to the Draft Documents in respect of each Disputed Item and, if within the Resolution Period the parties agree upon all of the adjustments required to be made to the Draft Documents in respect of each Disputed Item, then:

a)          the contents of the Draft Documents (including the agreed adjustments in writing) shall be final and binding as between the Buyer and the Sellers, save in the case of manifest error; 

b)          the Draft Documents (including the agreed adjustments in writing) shall constitute the final Consideration Statement and the final Completion Accounts for the purposes of this Agreement and the date on which the parties agree, in writing, on the last of the adjustments required to be made to the Consideration Statement and/or the Completion Accounts in respect of each Disputed Item (or agree that no such adjustments or no further adjustments are required), shall be the date of finalisation of the Completion Accounts and the Consideration Statement for all purposes of this Agreement;  and

c)          the Actual Cash, the Actual Indebtedness and the Actual Working Capital values shown in the final Consideration Statement referred to in paragraph 2.3.2 b) shall be final for the purposes of this Agreement;

2.3.3     if any Disputed Item is not so resolved in the Resolution Period (a " Remaining Item "), then each such Remaining Item (but no other matters) shall, upon written notice from either the Buyer or the Sellers to the other (" Referral Notice "), be referred to the Independent Accountants in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 2.6 to 2.9 of this Schedule 7, and the contents of the Draft Documents so adjusted:

a)          in respect of any Disputed Item which has been agreed between the parties in accordance with paragraph 2.3.2 of this Schedule 7; and

b)          in respect of any Remaining Item which is determined by the Independent Accountants in accordance with paragraph 2.6 of this Schedule 7, shall constitute the final Consideration Statement and the final Completion Accounts for the purposes of this Agreement and shall be final and binding on the parties, save in the case of manifest error, and the Actual Cash, the Actual Indebtedness and Actual Working Capital values shown in such final Consideration Statement shall be final for the purposes of this Agreement.

69

 


 

 

2.4        Until the Draft Documents have been finalised in accordance with this Schedule 7:

2.4.1     the Sellers shall provide the Buyer and its respective professional advisers with all assistance, relevant papers and all information and explanations as are reasonably required for the proper preparation of the Draft Documents;

2.4.2     the Buyer shall and shall procure that the Company shall, provide the Sellers and their respective professional advisers with all assistance, relevant papers and all information and explanations as are reasonably required for the proper preparation of the Draft Documents; and

2.4.3     in the event that the Independent Accountants are appointed, the Sellers and the Buyer shall, and the Buyer shall procure that the Company shall, promptly provide the Independent Accountants with all assistance, relevant papers and all information and explanations as are reasonably required for the purposes of this Schedule 7 and the Independent Accountants shall be entitled (to the extent they consider appropriate) to base their determination on such information and other records of the Company.

2.5        Save in respect of paragraph 2.6.5 the Sellers and the Buyer will each pay their own fees, costs and expenses in connection with the preparation and agreement of the Completion Accounts and the Consideration Statement.

2.6        If any Remaining Item is referred to the Independent Accountants:

2.6.1     the parties will each use their respective reasonable endeavours to co-operate with the Independent Accountants in resolving the Remaining Item, including the making of written submissions to the Independent Accountants, and for that purpose will provide to them such information and documentation as they may reasonably require;

2.6.2     the Independent Accountants shall be instructed to determine any dispute by reference to the accounting treatment specified in paragraph 5 of this Schedule and, in making any such determination, the Independent Accountants shall have exclusive jurisdiction to determine the proper construction of paragraph 5;

2.6.3     no amendment may be made by the Independent Accountants to any items or amounts which are not Disputed Items;

2.6.4     the Independent Accountants shall have the right to seek such professional assistance and advice as they may require;

2.6.5     the fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountants and any other professional fees incurred by them shall be paid 50% by the Sellers and 50% by the Buyer, save where the Independent Accountants direct otherwise in writing; and

2.6.6     the Independent Accountants will be instructed by both parties to make a determination within 30 days of the referral.

2.7        The Independent Accountants shall act as expert and not as arbitrator and their decision shall be final and binding in all respects on the parties.

2.8        If the Independent Accountants become unwilling to act, incapable of acting, or do not deliver their determination within the period required by this paragraph 2, any matter which falls to be referred in accordance with this Schedule 7 to the Independent Accountants for determination, shall instead be referred to:

70

 


 

 

2.8.1     alternative independent chartered accountants and the parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to agree the identity and terms of appointment of such replacement Independent Accountants; or

2.8.2     if the parties fail to agree and appoint replacement Independent Accountants in accordance with paragraph 2.8.1 of this Schedule within 10 Business Days of a replacement being proposed in writing by one party, then a firm of chartered accountants as may be nominated on the application of either party by the President or other senior officer for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, shall be nominated and the parties shall enter into terms of appointment with such chartered accountants within 5 Business Days following selection and the parties shall act reasonably in agreeing the terms of such appointment,

and, for the purposes of this Schedule 7, the chartered accountants so replaced or nominated shall be known as the " Independent Accountants ".

2.9        The date on which the Independent Accountants determine the last of the adjustments required to be made to the Completion Accounts and/or the Consideration Statement in respect of each Remaining Item (or determine that no such adjustments or no further adjustments are required) in accordance with paragraph 2.3.3, shall be the date of finalisation of the Completion Accounts and Consideration Statement for all purposes of this Agreement.

3             PRO-FORMA COMPLETION ACCOUNTS

The Pro-forma Completion Accounts shall be as set out in Part 2 of this Schedule 7 and, for the avoidance of doubt, all figures set out therein are for illustrative purposes only.

4             ADJUSTMENT OF THE CONSIDERATION

4.1        Following agreement, deemed agreement or determination of the Actual Cash, the Actual Indebtedness and the Actual Working Capital in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule, if:

4.1.1     the amount of the Actual Cash as set out in the Consideration Statement exceeds the Target Actual Cash, the Buyer shall pay to the Sellers an amount equal to the excess, and if the Actual Cash as set out in the Consideration Statement is less than the Target Actual Cash, the Sellers shall pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the shortfall;  and/ or

4.1.2     the amount of the Actual Indebtedness as set out in the Consideration Statement exceeds the Target Indebtedness, the Sellers shall pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the excess,   and if the amount of the Actual Indebtedness as set out in the Consideration Statement is less than the Target Indebtedness, the Buyer shall pay to the Sellers an amount equal to the shortfall; and/ or

4.1.3     the amount of the Actual Working Capital as set out in the Consideration Statement exceeds the Target Working Capital, the Buyer shall pay to the Sellers an amount equal to the excess, and if the amount of the Actual Working Capital as set out in the Consideration Statement is less than the Target Working Capital, the Sellers shall pay to the Buyer an amount equal to the shortfall,

71

 


 

 

4.2        and the Sellers shall satisfy payment of the amount of such shortfall (if any) and the Buyer shall satisfy payment of the amount of such excess (if any) in accordance with paragraph 4.3 of this Schedule 7. 

4.3        Any amounts to be paid under paragraph 4.1 of this Schedule 7 shall, subject to any amounts to be paid under clause 3.4 and the parties' rights of set off in this Agreement, be paid in cash to the Buyer or the Sellers (as applicable) within 14 days after the date on which the Completion Accounts shall be determined as final and binding. 

4.4        The Sellers shall be entitled to share in any increase in the amount of the Consideration in the Relevant Seller Proportions.

4.5        None of the provisions in Schedule 4 shall have any effect on the amount of or the requirement to reduce the Consideration as referred to in paragraph 4.1 of this Schedule 7.

5             BASIS OF PREPARATION

5.1        The Completion Accounts shall be prepared on the following basis, and in the order of priority shown below:

5.1.1     first, applying the specific accounting principles, bases, conventions, rules and estimation techniques set out in paragraph 6 of this Schedule (" Specific Policies ");

5.1.2     second, to the extent not provided for by or inconsistent with the Specific Policies, on a basis consistent with the same accounting standards, principles, policies, methods, bases, conventions and practices (with consistent classifications, judgements, valuation and estimation techniques) that were used in the preparation of the Accounts; and

5.1.3     third, to the extent not provided for by or inconsistent with the Specific Policies or the matters referred to in paragraph 5.1.2 above, in accordance with UK GAAP when applying FRS 102 (and FRS 103 if applicable but not FRS 101), together with all other generally accepted accounting principles, policies and practices applied in the UK and the applicable accounting requirements of the CA2006, in each case as in force for the accounting period ending on the Accounts Date.  

5.2        For the avoidance of doubt, paragraph 5.1.1 of this Schedule shall take precedence over paragraphs 5.1.2 and 5.1.3 of this Schedule and paragraph 5.1.2 of this Schedule shall take precedence over paragraph 3 of this Schedule.

6             SPECIFIC POLICIES

The following policies will be applied in the preparation of the Completion Accounts:

6.1.1     no provision shall be made for deferred tax liabilities;

6.1.2     no assets will be revalued upwards and no liabilities will be discounted;

6.1.3     provision will be made for any obsolete or slow moving stock (inventory);

6.1.4     provision will be made for any product warranty claims from customers not covered under back-to-back arrangements with the Company’s suppliers (vendors);  

6.1.5     full provision shall be made for sales commission payables; and

72

 


 

 

6.1.6     no account should be taken when determining the provision for Tax of any enhanced deduction available to the Company under the R&D expenditure regime in Part 13 of the Corporation Tax Act 2009 or of any R&D expenditure credit available to the Company under Chapter 6A of Part 3 of the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

73

 


 

 

Part 2 – PRO-FORMA COMPLETION ACCOUNT S

 

 

 

 

74

 


 

 

SCHEDULE 8 RETENTION

PART 1 – PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE RETENTION ACCOUNT

 

1             DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

In this Schedule 8:

1.1        words and expressions defined in clause 1 of this Agreement shall have the same meaning except where otherwise provided or unless there is something in the context or subject matter which is inconsistent with them; and

1.2        the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

 

“Authorised Signatory”

means each of those persons detailed in part 4 of this Schedule 8 or such other persons as may be notified to the Buyer's Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors by the Buyer (as being an Authorised Signatory of the Buyer) or by the Sellers' Agent (as being an Authorised Signatory of the Sellers' Agent) from time to time;

“Determined Claim Notice”

has the meaning given in paragraph 3.1 of this Schedule;

“finally determined”

means, in relation to any Retention Claim, that part of the Retention Claim as is:

(a)    agreed in writing by both parties as being a valid Claim; or

(b)    the subject of a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or award of a competent arbitral tribunal;

“Instruction Letter”

means an instruction letter from the Buyer and the Sellers to the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors relating to the Retention, in the form which is set out in part 2 of this Schedule 8;

“Related Interest”

 

means, in relation to any part of the Retention Account withdrawn in accordance with this Agreement, that portion of the interest accruing from Completion in respect of the Retention Account as is attributable to the sum withdrawn, net of any taxation required by law to be deducted from it;

“Release Notice”

means a joint written instruction from the Buyer and the Sellers to the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors, substantially in the form set out in part 3 of this Schedule 8, and duly executed by an Authorised Signatory of the Buyer and the Sellers;

“Retention”

has the meaning given in clause 1 of this Agreement;

75

 


 

 

“Retention Account”

means a joint interest bearing solicitor's reserve account with the Retention Bank in the name of the Sellers' Solicitors and the Buyer's Solicitors, opened in accordance with the Instruction Letter;

“Retention Bank”

means National Westminster Bank pic, Fleet Street, PO Box 281, 156 Fleet Street, London EC4A 2DX;

“Retention Claim”

means a Claim (save for an Indemnity Claim) by the Buyer under this Agreement notified to the Sellers in accordance with this Agreement on or before the Termination Date;

“Retention Bank Instruction Letter”

means the agreed form letter from the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors to the Retention Bank, relating to the operation of the Retention Account; and

“Termination Date”

means midnight on the date being 24 months following Completion.

 

2             RETENTION ACCOUNT

2.1        The following provisions shall apply in respect of the Retention Account:

2.1.1     the Retention Account shall be established, operated and terminated in accordance with the provisions of this part 1 of this Schedule 8 and the Instruction Letter, and each of the Buyer and the Sellers agree to give, on a timely basis, such instructions and authorities to the Sellers' Solicitors and the Buyer's Solicitors as may from time to time be necessary for this purpose;

2.1.2     the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors shall not be required to take any action with respect to the Retention Account except on the instructions of both the Buyer and the Sellers. The Sellers' Solicitors shall be entitled to rely on the statement of the Buyer’s Solicitors as to instructions received by the Buyer’s Solicitors from the Buyer and the Buyer’s Solicitors shall be entitled to rely on the statement of the Sellers' Solicitors as to instructions received by the Sellers' Solicitors from the Sellers;

2.1.3     all interest earned in respect of the Retention shall be credited to the Retention Account;

2.1.4     no other credit shall be made to the Retention Account without the joint written consent of the Sellers' Solicitors and the Buyer's Solicitors;

2.1.5     no withdrawal shall be made from the Retention Account except in accordance with the Instruction Letter or as may otherwise be ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction; 

2.1.6     neither the Buyer nor the Sellers shall have any entitlement to interest until payment of the principal to which it relates; and

2.1.7     the liability to taxation on any interest on any amount in the Retention Account shall be borne by the party ultimately entitled to that interest.

76

 


 

 

 

2.2       The Sellers agree that they will give instructions promptly to the Sellers' Solicitors with regards to payments to be made out of the Retention Account in accordance with this Schedule 8 and if such instructions are not received within 7 days of the payment timeline set out in clause 3.4.2 or the Termination Date in accordance with paragraph 4 (as applicable), the Sellers will be deemed to agree to such payment out of the Retention Account and will be deemed to have instructed the Sellers' Solicitors to make such release from the Retention Account and the Sellers' Solicitors shall be entitled to rely on such instruction.

2.3       The Buyer agrees that it will give instructions promptly to the Buyer's Solicitors with regards to payments to be made out of the Retention Account in accordance with this Schedule 8 and if such instructions are not received within 7 days of the payment timeline set out in clause 3.4.2 or Termination Date in accordance with paragraph 4 (as applicable), the Buyer will be deemed to agree to such payment out of the Retention Account and will be deemed to have instructed the Buyer's Solicitors to make such release from the Retention Account and the Buyer's Solicitors shall be entitled to rely on such instruction.

3             RETENTION CLAIMS 

3.1        On any Retention Claim being finally determined, the Buyer may give written notice to the Sellers and to the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors (a " Determined Claim Notice ") stating:

(a)         the grounds on which the Buyer believes the Retention Claim to have been finally determined; and

(b)         the amount of the Retention Claim as finally determined.

3.2        In the event that the Buyer serves a Determined Claim Notice prior to the Termination Date, subject to receipt by the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors of a Release Notice, there shall be paid to the Buyer out of the Retention Account, by way of satisfaction of the liability of the Sellers in respect of such Retention Claim, an amount equal to that finally determined as being due to the Buyer (insofar as there shall be sufficient sums standing to the credit of the Retention Account and net of any amount which may be deducted in accordance with the Instruction Letter or this Schedule). Each of the Buyer and the Sellers shall, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event no later than 10 Business Days following the date on which the Determined Claim Notice is served by the Buyer, give or join in giving all such instructions to the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors, including, without limitation, any Release Notices, as are required to enable the relevant payment to be made pursuant to this paragraph.

3.3        If the sum which the Buyer is entitled to be paid from the Retention Account (and the Related Interest attributable to it) exceeds the total of all sums standing to the credit of the Retention Account, the Sellers shall promptly shall pay, in cash, the excess balance to the Buyer’s Solicitors (the charges of such transfer being payable by the Sellers), receipt of which by the Buyer’s Solicitors shall be an effective discharge of the Sellers' obligation to make the relevant payment.

3.4        The amount of the Retention shall not be regarded as imposing any limit on the amount of any Claims under this Agreement or under any of the other Transaction Documents.

3.5        Nothing in this Agreement shall prejudice, limit or otherwise affect any right or remedy the Buyer may have against the Sellers from time to time, whether arising under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

77

 


 

 

4             RELEASE OF RETENTION

4.1        On the Termination Date, subject to receipt by the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors of a Release Notice, the balance of the Retention and the Related Interest attributable to it, less: 

(a)            the amount of all Retention Claims which have not then been finally determined (as calculated in accordance with paragraph 4.2);

(b)            any amount which the Buyer has notified in accordance with paragraph 3.1 of this Schedule, but which has not then been withdrawn from the Retention Account (which amount shall be paid to the Buyer);

(c)            any amounts payable out of the Retention Account in accordance with paragraph (d) of the Instruction Letter; and

(d)            the Related Interest attributable to the sums referred to in paragraphs (a),  (b) and (c) above,  shall be released to the Sellers’ Solicitors (to be distributed to the Sellers in accordance with the schedule provided pursuant to paragraph 4.5).

4.2        For the purposes of paragraph 4.1(a), to the extent there are any Retention Claims which have not been finally determined on the Termination Date:

(a)            a sum equal to the lower of:

(i)          the Buyer’s estimate of the amount of the Retention Claim (or all such Retention Claims, if more than one); and

(ii)          the balance of the Retention, and the Related Interest attributable to it shall be retained in the Retention Account; and

(b)            any sum retained in the Retention Account after the Termination Date in accordance with paragraph 4.2(a) above, and the Related Interest attributable to it, shall, subject to receipt by the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors  of a Release Notice, be released to the Buyer's Solicitors on behalf of the Buyer or the Sellers’ Solicitors on behalf of the Sellers (or in part to the Buyer's Solicitors on behalf of the Buyer with the balance to the Sellers’ Solicitors on behalf of the Sellers), as appropriate, as soon as practicable after that Retention Claim is finally determined and the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to such release.

4.3        For the purposes of paragraph 4.2(b)(b), a Retention Claim shall also be regarded as finally determined if such claim is withdrawn.

4.4        Each of the Buyer and the Sellers shall, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event no later than 10 Business Days following the date on which such payment is due, give or join in giving all such instructions to the Buyer’s Solicitors and the Sellers' Solicitors, including, without limitation, any Release Notices, as are required to enable any payment to be made pursuant to paragraph 4.1.

4.5        Upon release of any of the Retention to the Sellers' Solicitors in accordance with this paragraph 4, the Sellers shall provide the Sellers' Solicitors with a schedule of the amount to be distributed to each Seller, such amount to be calculated in accordance with the Relevant Seller Proportions.

78

 


 

 

PART 2 – INSTRUCTION LETTER

 

Instruction Letter

 

To:       Taylor Wessing LLP

5 New Street Square

London,  EC4A 3TW

 

and

 

Shoosmiths LLP

Apex Plaza

Forbury Road

Reading

Berkshire, RG1 1SH

 

[●] 2017

 

Dear Sirs

 

This is the Instruction Letter as defined in Schedule 8 (the " Retention Schedule ") to the agreement between the Buyer and the Sellers of today's date (the " Agreement ").

Terms defined in the Agreement and in the Retention Schedule shall have the same meaning when used in this letter.

You are hereby authorised and instructed:

(a)          to open an interest bearing solicitor's reserve account with the Retention Bank in your joint names;

(b)          to receive and hold all sums paid to you in accordance with the Retention Schedule and all sums from time to time standing to the credit of the Retention Account, on trust to pay such sums either to the Buyer or to the Sellers, or partly to one and partly to the other, on the terms of this letter;

(c)          subject to paragraph (d), not to release any sums from the Retention Account except:

(i)          following receipt by you of a Release Notice duly executed by an Authorised Signatory of each of the Buyer and the Sellers, in which case you shall pay the sum so notified and the Related Interest attributable to it to the account of the transferee specified in the Release Notice no later than five Business Days after receipt of such notice; or

(ii)          upon the order of a court of competent jurisdiction;

(d)          to pay out of the Retention Account:

(i)          any taxation which may be payable as a matter of law in respect of interest accrued on the amount standing from time to time to the credit of the Retention Account; and

(ii)          all bank charges payable in respect of the Retention Account.

 

79

 


 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, if there are insufficient funds in the Retention Account to make any of the payments referred to in paragraphs (c) or (d), you shall only be obliged to transfer the balance standing to the credit of the Retention Account and the Related Interest attributable to it.

You may rely without enquiry on all documents which appear on their face to be a Release Notice. For the avoidance of doubt, you need not enquire as to whether any amount which you are instructed to pay has been correctly calculated or whether it is properly payable under the terms of the Agreement.

In consideration of your agreeing to act in accordance with our instructions we agree that:

(a)          you are not obliged to take any action with respect to the Retention Account except in accordance with the terms of this letter or our joint written instructions;

(b)          you may place the sums in the Retention Account on deposit for such period as we agree or, failing agreement, on overnight deposit. You have no responsibility for the rate or amount of interest earned;

(c)          we will pay your fees and expenses (including VAT) incurred in connection with establishing and operating the Retention Account;

(d)          you shall have no liability to us for any loss, damage, costs, expenses or other liability which we suffer or incur if the insolvency or default of the Retention Bank or any deficiency in the banking system generally results in your being unable to comply with a request for a withdrawal from the Retention Account;

(e)          you shall only be required to perform such duties as are specifically set out in this letter in relation to the operation of the Retention Account. In connection with such duties, you shall not be liable for any mistake of fact, error of judgement or act or omission by you of any kind unless caused by your wilful misconduct or negligence;

(f)          provided you act at all times in accordance with this letter, we confirm that we shall have no claim against you in respect of the establishment and operation of the Retention Account; and

(g)          we will indemnify you against all claims, damages, losses, costs, expenses or liabilities incurred by you in respect of the operation of the Retention Account and in particular against any costs (on a full indemnity basis) of defending or being party to any claim arising out of the operation of the Retention Account unless caused by your wilful misconduct or negligence.

The provisions of clause 19 of the Agreement shall apply to the agreement contained in this letter as if set out in full in this letter.

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of the Buyer

 

Paul Day

80

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Collins

 

Thomas Lernbecher

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Axel Moehrle

 

 

 

 

We acknowledge receipt of the above instructions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of Taylor Wessing LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of Shoosmiths LLP

 

 

 

 

 

81

 


 

 

PART 3 – RELEASE NOTICE

 

Release Notice

 

To:       Taylor Wessing LLP

5 New Street Square

London, EC4A 3TW

 

and

 

Shoosmiths LLP

Apex Plaza

Forbury Road

Reading

Berkshire, RG1 1SH

 

[●] 2017

 

Dear Sirs

We refer to:

(a)         the agreement entered into on [●] 2017 between the Buyer and the Sellers for the sale to the Buyer of the entire issued share capital of 4titude Limited (the " Agreement "); and

(c)         the letter of instruction dated [●] 2017 from the Buyer and the Sellers to you in respect of the Retention Account.

Terms as defined in the Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this notice. This document shall constitute a Release Notice.

We instruct you to instruct the Retention Bank to pay:

(a)         [the amount of £[●] from the Retention Account to [the Buyer/ the Buyer's Solicitors] at [insert name and address of Buyer's bank] (account number [●]; sort code [       ]); and/or]

(d)         [the amount of £[●] from the Retention Account to the Sellers' Solicitors at [insert name and address of Sellers' Solicitors' bank] (account number [●]; sort code [●])],

together with all Related Interest on such amounts (less any amounts required to be withheld or deducted by law) by way of telegraphic transfer.

This Release Notice shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of the Buyer (acting by an Authorised Signatory)

 

Paul Day

 

82

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Collins

 

Thomas Lernbecher

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Axel Moehrle

 

 

 

 

83

 


 

 

PART 4 – AUTHORISED SIGNATORIES

 

The Buyer Signatories

Name

Signature

Jason W. Joseph

 

David F. Pietrantoni

 

Lindon G. Robertson

 

 

The Sellers Signatories

 

 

Name

Signature

Paul Day

 

Peter Collins

 

Thomas Lernbecher

 

Axel Moehrle

 

 

84

 


 

 

SCHEDULE 9 R&D TAX CREDIT CONSIDERATION

 

1.              Definitions

 

The following words and expressions, where used in this Schedule, shall have the meanings given to them below:

 

 

 

R&D Condition

 

the earlier of:

 

 

(a) the R&D Long Stop Date; or

 

 

(b) submission of the R&D Relevant Tax Return;

R&D Consideration

 

has the meaning in paragraph 2 of this Schedule;

R&D Long Stop Date

 

30 June 2018;

R&D Relevant Tax Return  

 

the Company's corporation tax return in respect of the Relevant Accounting Period in which there has been an R&D Tax Credit (as defined in paragraph 2 of this Schedule) claimed;

Relevant Accounting Period

 

the accounting period of the Company beginning 1 January 2017; and

Sellers' Accountants

 

such firm of accountants as is appointed by the Sellers to assist in the preparation of the R&D Relevant Tax Return.

2.              submission of R&D relevant tax return

 

The Buyer shall procure that the Company will use all reasonable endeavours to enable it to submit the R&D Relevant Tax Return as soon as possible following the end of the Relevant Accounting Period and in any event by the R&D Long Stop Date.

 

3.              CALCULATION OF R&D Consideration

 

The R&D Consideration shall be an amount equal to the reduction (if any) of a liability to corporation tax of the Company as shown in the R&D Relevant Tax Return, or the refund or payment of a cash amount from HMRC, arising directly as a result of any R&D enhanced expenditure claim submitted by the Company in respect of the Relevant Accounting Period to the extent that such claim relates to expenditure incurred by the Company prior to Completion (a "R&D Tax Credit" ).  For the avoidance of doubt any R&D Tax Credit shall comprise only the tax value of the enhanced amount of the claim, and not the underlying expenditure before enhancement.

 

4.              SATISFACTION OF R&D Consideration

 

4.1           Payment and satisfaction of any R&D Consideration shall be made within 10 Business Days after the R&D Condition has been met.  

85

 


 

 

 

4.2           Any R&D Consideration shall be paid in cash by the Buyer to the Sellers and shall be apportioned between the Sellers in accordance with the percentages set opposite their respective names in column 4 of Schedule 1. 

 

5.              Conduct of Returns

 

5.1           The Buyer shall procure that the Company will take all steps as may reasonably be necessary (including, without limitation, the making of any claim) to enable it to claim any R&D Tax Credit available in respect of the Relevant Accounting Period (to the extent such steps have not already been taken prior to Completion) provided that the Buyer shall not be obliged to procure that the Company shall make any change to or take any action in respect of any tax return of the Company in relation to any accounting period prior to the Relevant Accounting Period.

 

5.2           For the purposes of paragraph 4.1, the Sellers shall procure (at the Buyer’s cost) that the Sellers' Accountants shall provide such assistance and input as the Buyer may reasonably request in writing in relation to the determination and calculation of any R&D Tax Credit for the purposes of the Company preparing the R&D Relevant Tax Return.

 

5.3           If the Buyer or the Company becomes aware of an enquiry from HM Revenue & Customs into the R&D Relevant Tax Return that relates to an R&D Tax Credit (a " R&D Relevant Enquiry ") the Buyer shall as soon as is reasonably practicable give written notice thereof to the Sellers.

 

5.4           The Buyer shall, or shall procure that the Company shall, take such action and give such information and assistance in connection with any R&D Relevant Enquiry as the Sellers may reasonably, promptly and in writing request, including taking action to resist, appeal or compromise any disallowance of any R&D Tax Credit and/or any assessment to Tax that may result from the disallowance of any R&D Tax Credit ("a " R&D Relevant Assessment "). The Sellers hereby agree to indemnify the Buyer against all losses, costs, interest, damages and expenses (including, without limitation, interest on overdue Tax and any Tax which has to be paid before the R&D Relevant Assessment can be appealed but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any costs associated with the Sellers’ Accountants) which may be reasonably and properly incurred or which may arise to the Buyer or the Company as a result of any such action which the Sellers request.  The Buyer shall give written notice of any R&D Relevant Assessment to the Sellers as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt by the Buyer or the Company.

 

5.5           The Buyer shall not be obliged to procure that the Company appeals against any R&D Relevant Assessment if, having given the Sellers written notice of a R&D Relevant Assessment in accordance with paragraph 4.3, it has not within 15 Business Days of the giving of such notice, and no later than five Business Days before the expiry of any time limit for the making of an appeal, received written instructions from the Sellers to do so and, where payment of or in respect of the Tax concerned is required before the making of the appeal, received in cleared funds the amount required so to be paid.

 

86

 


 

 

5.6           The Buyer shall be at liberty without reference to the Sellers to admit, compromise or otherwise deal with any R&D Relevant Assessment after whichever is the earliest of:

 

5.6.1              the receipt of a written notice from the Sellers to the effect that they consider the R&D Relevant Assessment should no longer be resisted;

 

5.6.2              the expiry of a period of 20 Business Days following the service of a notice by the Buyer on the Sellers requiring the Sellers to clarify or explain the terms of any request made under paragraph 4.3 if no satisfactory written clarification or explanation is received by the Buyer within that period; and

 

5.6.3              if appropriate, the expiry of any period prescribed by legislation for the making of an appeal against either the R&D Relevant Assessment or the decision of any court or tribunal in respect of any such R&D Relevant Assessment.

 

5.7           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 4, the Buyer shall not be obliged t o:

 

5.7.1               take or procure that the Company takes any action, the effect of which is, or is reasonably likely, to give rise to a material adverse Tax liability of the Buyer or the Company in respect of any accounting period ending after Completion (and, without limitation to the foregoing, the Buyer shall be entitled to resist or appeal any R&D Relevant Assessment if the Buyer considers such resistance or appeal to be in the interests of a Buyer or the Company); or

 

5.7.2              procure that the Company appeals against any R&D Relevant Assessment in any forum beyond the first relevant appellate body unless independent tax counsel of at least six years' call advises in writing that, in that counsel's opinion, the chances of success in such a further appeal would be greater than the chances of failure. 

 

6.              CLAWBACK OF R&D CONSIDERATION

 

In the event that an amount of R&D Consideration has been paid by the Buyer to the Sellers and the availability of the R&D Tax Credit is subsequently successfully challenged by HMRC following a R&D Relevant Assessment such that the R&D Tax Credit is no longer available to the Company (in whole or in part) the Sellers will repay to the Buyer a proportion of the R&D Consideration that corresponds to the amount of the R&D Tax Credit successfully challenged by HMRC.  For the avoidance of doubt where any of paragraphs 5.5, 5.6 or 5.7 has effect in relation to a R&D Relevant Assessment, the relevant R&D Tax Credit (or part thereof) shall be taken to have been successfully challenged for the purposes of this paragraph 6

 

7.              THE RELEVANT ACCOUNTING PERIOD

 

The Buyer shall not and shall procure that the Company shall not alter the length of the Relevant Accounting Period.

87

 


 

 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed as a deed by

PAUL DAYTIME

in the presence of:

)

)

)

 

/s/ Paul Day

 

 

 

 

Signature of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name (in BLOCK CAPITALS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed as a deed by

PETER COLLINS

in the presence of:

)

)

)

 

/s/ Peter Collins

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name (in BLOCK CAPITALS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed as a deed by

THOMAS LERNBECHER

in the presence of:

)

)

)

 

/s/ Thomas Lernbecher

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name (in BLOCK CAPITALS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed as a deed by

AXEL MOEHRLE

in the presence of:

)

)

)

 

/s/ Alex Moehrle.

Thomas Lernbecher as Duly Appointed Attorney for Alex Moehrle

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name (in BLOCK CAPITALS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

89

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed as a deed by

BROOKS AUTOMATION LTD

acting by Lindon G. Robertson, a director

in the presence of:

)

)

)

)

 

 

/s/ Lindon G. Robertson

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name (in BLOCK CAPITALS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 


EXHIBIT 21.01

 

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

 

 

Legal Entity

Jurisdiction

4titude Ltd

UK

Brooks Automation (France) SAS

France

Brooks Automation (Germany) GmbH

Germany

Brooks Automation (Singapore) PTE LTD

Singapore

Brooks Automation Taiwan Company Ltd

Taiwan

Brooks Automation (UK) Ltd

UK

Brooks Automation Asia Ltd

Korea

Brooks Automation Israel, Ltd

Israel

Brooks Automation Korea Inc.

Korea

Brooks Automation Luxembourg SARL

Luxembourg

Brooks Technology (Shanghai) Limited

China

Biostorage Technologies, Inc.

USA

Biostorage Technologies GmbH

Germany

Biostorage Technologies Asia Pacific Pte Ltd

Singapore

Biostorage Technologies (Beijing) Consulting Co Ltd.

China

Brooks Japan KK

Japan

Brooks Automation AG

Switzerland

Ulvac Cryogenics Korea Inc.

Korea

Ulvac Cryogenics Ningbo Inc.

China

Ulvac Cryogenics Inc. (50% JV in Japan)

Japan

Crossing Automation Hong Kong Ltd

Hong Kong

Cool Lab LLC

USA

DMS Shanghai Trading Co. Ltd

China

FluidX Ltd

UK

Cedrex

Denmark

UK Biofex

UK

CCS Japan KK

Japan

 


EXHIBIT 23.01

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-212703) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-202005, 333-142873, 333-123242 and 333-216312) of Brooks Automation, Inc. of our report dated November 17, 2017 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,  which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Boston, Massachusetts

November 17, 2017


EXHIBIT 23.02

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Brooks Automation, Inc.

Chelmsford, Massachusetts

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S­3 (No. 333-212703) and Form S-8 (No. 333-216312, No. 333-202005, 333-142873 and 333-123242) of Brooks Automation, Inc. of our report dated November 5, 2015, except for the effect of changes to disclosure for segment reporting, equity method investments and adoption of ASU 2015-17 discussed in Note 18, Note 7 and Note 10 (no longer included), respectively, as to which the date is November 29, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2015, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

 

Boston, Massachusetts

November 17, 2017

 


EXHIBIT 23.03

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-212703) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-202005, 333-142873, 333-123242 and 333-216312) of Brooks Automation, Inc. of our report dated November 17, 2017 relating to the financial statements of ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED , which appears in this Form 10-K of Brooks Automation, Inc.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata LLC

Tokyo, Japan

November 17, 2017

 


EXHIBIT 31.01

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Stephen S. Schwartz, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Brooks Automation, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

/s/ STEPHEN S. SCHWARTZ

 

Stephen S. Schwartz

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Date: November 17, 2017

 

 


EXHIBIT 31.02

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Lindon G. Robertson, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Brooks Automation, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

/s/ LINDON G. ROBERTSON

 

Lindon G. Robertson

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Date: November 17, 2017

 

 


EXHIBIT 32

 

CERTIFICATION

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 (SUBSECTIONS (A)

AND (B) OF SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE)

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Brooks Automation, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify that:

 

(1) The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2017 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Annual Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

/s/ STEPHEN S.  SCHWARTZ

 

Stephen S. Schwartz

 

Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Dated: November 17, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ LINDON G. ROBERTSON

 

Lindon G. Robertson

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

Dated: November 17, 2017

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Brooks Automation, Inc. and will be retained by Brooks Automation, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


Exhibit 99.1

 

Report of Independent Auditors

 

To the   Board of Directors of ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED and its subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year then ended.

 

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audit.  We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. 

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.  The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error.  In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.  We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Other Matter

 

The accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended were not audited, reviewed, or compiled by us and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on them.

 

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata LLC

 

Tokyo, Japan

 

November 17, 2017 

 

 


Exhibit 99.2

 

ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

 

June 30, 2017 and 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

    

Yen (millions)

Assets

 

Note

 

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

Current assets:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

5

 

¥

2,505

 

¥

930

Trade and other receivables

 

6

 

 

3,222

 

 

2,512

Inventories

 

9

 

 

2,563

 

 

1,924

Other current financial assets

 

8

 

 

13

 

 

141

Other current assets

 

7

 

 

111

 

 

38

Total current assets

 

  

 

 

8,414

 

 

5,545

Non-current assets:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Financial assets

 

8

 

 

272

 

 

248

Property, plant and equipment

 

10

 

 

1,019

 

 

726

Intangible assets

 

11

 

 

125

 

 

116

Deferred tax assets

 

22

 

 

288

 

 

231

Other non-current assets

 

7

 

 

193

 

 

191

Total non-current assets

 

  

 

 

1,897

 

 

1,512

Total assets

 

  

 

¥

10,311

 

¥

7,057

Liabilities and Equity

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Current liabilities:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Trade and other payables

 

12

 

¥

2,215

 

¥

1,591

Financial liabilities (current)

 

13

 

 

202

 

 

102

Accrued expenses

 

  

 

 

81

 

 

70

Income taxes payable

 

22

 

 

576

 

 

262

Provisions

 

14

 

 

66

 

 

56

Other current liabilities

 

15

 

 

199

 

 

168

Total current liabilities

 

  

 

 

3,339

 

 

2,249

Non-current liabilities:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Financial liabilities (non-current)

 

13

 

 

 2

 

 

 4

Retirement benefit liability

 

16

 

 

743

 

 

697

Deferred tax liabilities

 

22

 

 

120

 

 

64

Other non-current liabilities

 

  

 

 

21

 

 

20

Total non-current liabilities

 

  

 

 

886

 

 

785

Total liabilities

 

  

 

 

4,225

 

 

3,034

Equity:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Common stock

 

  

 

 

50

 

 

50

Legal Reserves

 

  

 

 

55

 

 

47

Retained earnings

 

  

 

 

6,059

 

 

4,204

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

17

 

 

(78)

 

 

(278)

Total equity

 

  

 

 

6,086

 

 

4,023

Total liabilities and equity

 

  

 

¥

10,311

 

¥

7,057

 

 

1


 

ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

Years ended June  30, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

    

    

    

2017

    

2016

 

2015

 

 

Note

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

Sales revenue

 

18

 

¥

11,639

 

¥

7,603

 

¥

5,034

Cost of sales

 

  

 

 

7,053

 

 

4,968

 

 

3,451

Gross Profit

 

  

 

 

4,586

 

 

2,635

 

 

1,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

19

 

 

1,374

 

 

1,226

 

 

1,040

Research and development expenses

 

20

 

 

312

 

 

234

 

 

190

Other income

 

  

 

 

43

 

 

27

 

 

41

Other expenses

 

  

 

 

14

 

 

21

 

 

11

Operating profit

 

  

 

 

2,929

 

 

1,181

 

 

383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance income and finance costs:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Interest income

 

21

 

 

 9

 

 

12

 

 

14

Interest expense

 

21

 

 

 3

 

 

 4

 

 

 8

Other finance income net of other finance expenses

 

21

 

 

26

 

 

(48)

 

 

 8

Net finance income (expenses)

 

  

 

 

32

 

 

(40)

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income taxes

 

  

 

 

2,961

 

 

1,141

 

 

397

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

22

 

 

798

 

 

304

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

  

 

¥

2,163

 

¥

837

 

¥

275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Shareholders of the Company

 

  

 

¥

2,163

 

¥

837

 

¥

275

Non-controlling interests

 

  

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share (units: 1 JPY)

 

23

 

¥

21,635

 

¥

8,376

 

¥

2,749

 

 

2


 

ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

Years ended June  30, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

    

  

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

Note

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Unaudited

Profit for the year

 

  

 

¥

2,163

 

¥

837

 

¥

275

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Remeasurements of defined benefit plans

 

17

 

 

(4)

 

 

(28)

 

 

(10)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

17

 

 

204

 

 

(467)

 

 

224

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

  

 

 

200

 

 

(495)

 

 

214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income for the year

 

  

 

¥

2,363

 

¥

342

 

¥

489

Comprehensive income for the year attributable to:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Shareholders of the Company

 

  

 

¥

2,363

 

¥

342

 

¥

489

Non-controlling interests

 

  

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

 

3


 

ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

 

Years ended June  30, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Accumulated

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

Legal

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Total

 

 

stock

 

Reserves

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Equity

Balance as of July 1, 2014 (Unaudited)

 

¥

50

 

¥

35

 

¥

3,454

 

¥

 3

 

¥

3,542

Comprehensive income for the year

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Profit for the year

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

275

 

 

  

 

 

275

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

214

 

 

214

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

275

 

 

214

 

 

489

Transfers to legal reserves

 

 

  

 

 

 6

 

 

(6)

 

 

  

 

 

 —

Dividends paid

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(200)

 

 

  

 

 

(200)

Balance as of June 30, 2015 (Unaudited)

 

¥

50

 

¥

41

 

¥

3,523

 

¥

217

 

¥

3,831

Comprehensive income for the year

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Profit for the year

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

837

 

 

  

 

 

837

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 —

 

 

(495)

 

 

(495)

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

837

 

 

(495)

 

 

342

Transfers to legal reserves

 

 

  

 

 

 6

 

 

(6)

 

 

  

 

 

 —

Dividends paid

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(150)

 

 

  

 

 

(150)

Balance as of June 30, 2016

 

¥

50

 

¥

47

 

¥

4,204

 

¥

(278)

 

¥

4,023

Comprehensive income for the year

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Profit for the year

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

2,163

 

 

  

 

 

2,163

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 —

 

 

200

 

 

200

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

2,163

 

 

200

 

 

2,363

Transfers to legal reserves

 

 

  

 

 

 8

 

 

(8)

 

 

  

 

 

 —

Dividends paid

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(300)

 

 

  

 

 

(300)

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

¥

50

 

¥

55

 

¥

6,059

 

¥

(78)

 

¥

6,086

 

 

4


 

ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years ended June  30, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

    

    

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

Note

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Profit before income taxes

 

  

 

¥

2,961

 

¥

1,141

 

¥

397

Depreciation and amortization

 

  

 

 

133

 

 

122

 

 

109

Finance income and finance costs, net

 

  

 

 

(196)

 

 

(15)

 

 

(4)

Changes in Trade and other receivables

 

  

 

 

(637)

 

 

(802)

 

 

(255)

Changes in Inventories

 

  

 

 

(522)

 

 

(498)

 

 

59

Changes in Trade and other payables

 

  

 

 

566

 

 

709

 

 

(30)

Changes in Provisions and retirement benefit liabilities

 

  

 

 

64

 

 

134

 

 

(52)

Changes in Other assets and liabilities

 

  

 

 

(34)

 

 

74

 

 

 3

Other, net

 

  

 

 

 3

 

 

19

 

 

14

Interest received

 

  

 

 

10

 

 

12

 

 

16

Interest paid

 

  

 

 

(3)

 

 

(4)

 

 

(8)

Income tax refunds received

 

  

 

 

 —

 

 

20

 

 

 —

Income taxes paid

 

  

 

 

(387)

 

 

(84)

 

 

(187)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

  

 

 

1,959

 

 

828

 

 

62

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Payments for additions to property, plant and equipment

 

10

 

 

(400)

 

 

(185)

 

 

(56)

Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

 

  

 

 

 —

 

 

 6

 

 

 3

Payments for additions to intangible assets

 

  

 

 

(14)

 

 

(6)

 

 

(3)

Payments for insurance contract assets

 

  

 

 

(38)

 

 

(28)

 

 

(20)

Proceeds from cancellation of insurance contracts

 

  

 

 

36

 

 

14

 

 

47

Payments for acquisitions of other financial assets

 

  

 

 

(25)

 

 

(29)

 

 

(48)

Proceeds from sales and redemptions of other financial assets

 

  

 

 

145

 

 

24

 

 

32

Other, net

 

  

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(9)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

  

 

 

(296)

 

 

(204)

 

 

(54)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Proceeds from short-term financial liabilities

 

  

 

 

350

 

 

100

 

 

300

Repayments of short-term financial liabilities

 

  

 

 

(250)

 

 

(303)

 

 

(100)

Repayments of long-term financial liabilities

 

  

 

 

 —

 

 

(200)

 

 

(200)

Payment for lease obligation

 

  

 

 

(2)

 

 

(3)

 

 

(10)

Dividends paid

 

  

 

 

(300)

 

 

(150)

 

 

(200)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

  

 

 

(202)

 

 

(556)

 

 

(210)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

  

 

 

114

 

 

(65)

 

 

48

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

  

 

 

1,575

 

 

 3

 

 

(154)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

  

 

 

930

 

 

927

 

 

1,081

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

5

 

¥

2,505

 

¥

930

 

¥

927

 

 

5


 

ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.    Reporting Entity

 

ULVAC CRYOGENICS INCORPORATED (the “Company”) is a private company domiciled in Japan. The Company is owned equally by ULVAC, Inc. in Japan and Brooks Automation, Inc. in the United States of America . The Company designs, manufactures and sells cryopumps as well as providing maintenance services. These financial statements are consolidated financial statements for the group consisting of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”).

 

2.    Basis of Preparation

 

(a) Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The term “IFRSs” also includes International Accounting Standards (IASs) and the related interpretations of the interpretations committees.

 

(b) Basis of Measurement

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain assets and liabilities separately stated in note 3.

 

(c) Functional Currency and Presentation Currency

 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Japanese yen, which is the functional currency of the Company. All financial information presented in Japanese yen has been rounded to the nearest million Japanese yen, except when otherwise indicated.

 

(d) Early Adoption of New Accounting Standards and Interpretations

 

The Group does not apply new accounting standards until they are required for adoption under international financial accounting standards.

 

(e) New Accounting Standards and Interpretations Not Yet Adopted

 

New or amended standards and interpretations that have been issued as of the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements but are not effective and have not yet been adopted by the Group as of June  30, 2017 are as follows.

 

6


 

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of these standards and interpretations on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standards and interpretations

 

Mandatory adoption
(from fiscal years
beginning on or after)

 

Reporting periods in
which the Group is
scheduled to adopt the
standards

 

Overview of new or amended
standards and interpretations

IFRS 9

    

Financial Instruments (issued in 2014)

    

January 1, 2018

    

Fiscal year ending June 30, 2019

    

Amendment regarding the requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets and liabilities, accounting for impairment of financial assets, and hedge accounting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IFRS 15

 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

January 1, 2018

 

Fiscal year ending June 30, 2019

 

IFRS 15 establishes a five-step model framework for recognizing revenue that apply to all contracts with customers, and will supersede IAS 18, Revenue, IAS 11, Construction Contracts, and a number of revenue-related interpretations. The core principle in that framework is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IFRS 16

 

Leases

 

January 1, 2019

 

Fiscal year ending June 30, 2020

 

New standard applied in accounting and disclosure for recognition of leases, which supersedes current standards of recognition of leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IAS 7

 

Statement of cash flows

 

January 1, 2017

 

Fiscal year ending June 30, 2018

 

Requiring disclosure of changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

 

(f) Use of Estimates and Judgments

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRSs requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies, the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

These estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on a continuous basis. Changes in these accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

 

Information about judgments that have been made in the process of applying accounting policies and that have significant effects on the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements is as follows:

 

·

Scope of subsidiaries (notes 3(a))

·

Accounting for contracts including lease (note 3(g))

 

Information about accounting estimates and assumptions that have significant effects on the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements is as follows:

 

·

Measurement of net defined benefit liabilities (assets) (note 15)

·

Financial instruments (note 8 and 13)

 

7


 

3.    Significant Accounting Policies

 

(a) Basis of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its subsidiaries which are directly or indirectly controlled by the Company. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

The Company controls an entity when the Company is exposed or has rights to variable returns from involvement with the entity, and has the ability to affect those returns by using its power, which is the current ability to direct the relevant activities, over the entity. To determine whether or not the Company controls an entity, status of voting rights or similar rights, contractual agreements and other specific factors are taken into consideration.

 

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date when the control is obtained until the date when the control is lost. The financial statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted in order to ensure consistency with the accounting policies adopted by the Company as necessary.

 

(b) Foreign Currency Translations

 

1) Foreign currency transactions

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the respective functional currencies at the exchange rates prevailing when such transactions occur. All foreign currency receivables and payables are translated into the respective functional currencies at the applicable exchange rates at the end of the reporting period. Gains or losses on exchange differences arising on settlement of foreign currency receivables and payables or on their translations at the end of the reporting date are recognized in profit or loss and they are included in finance income and finance costs-other, net in the consolidated statements of income, unless any gains or losses are recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

2) Foreign operations

 

All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries (collectively “foreign operation”), which use a functional currency other than Japanese yen, are translated into Japanese yen at the exchange rates at the end of the reporting period. All revenues and expenses of foreign operation are translated into Japanese yen at the average exchange rate for the period. Exchange differences arising from translation are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in other components of equity in the consolidated statements of financial position.

 

(c) Financial Instruments

 

A financial instrument is a contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity security of another entity. When the Group becomes a party to the contractual provision of a financial instrument, the financial instrument is recognized either as a financial asset or as a financial liability. When the Group purchases or sells a financial asset, the financial asset is recognized or derecognized at the trade date.

 

1) Financial assets measured at amortized cost

 

The Group classifies financial assets other than derivatives as “financial assets measured at amortized cost”. The Group determines the classification of financial assets upon initial recognition. Financial assets measured at amortized cost are initially measured at their fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

(Receivables)

 

Trade receivables are classified as financial assets measured at amortized cost.

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts is a reserve for the impairment of trade receivables on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Several factors are relied upon in developing the estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts, including:

 

·

Historical information, such as general collection history;

·

Current customer information and events, such as extended delinquency, requests for restructuring and filings for bankruptcy;

·

Results of analyzing historical and current data; and

·

The overall macroeconomic environment.

 

8


 

The allowance includes two components: (1) specifically identified receivables that are reviewed for impairment objectively when, based on current information, the Group does not expect to collect the full amount due from the customer; and (2) an allowance for losses inherent in the remaining receivable portfolio based on historical activity and adjusting observable data for a group of financial assets to reflect current circumstances and adjusting observable data for a group of financial assets to reflect current circumstances.

 

(Loans)

 

Financial assets measured at amortized cost are initially measured at their fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Loans are classified as current and non-current based on the underlying maturity date or expected recovery date. Loans are classified as current when they become due or expected to be collected within one year or less.

 

Long-term loan receivables are due from employees and the Group and outstanding amounts of long-term loan receivables shall be offset by lump-sum payment in their retirement, therefore risk of bad debt allowance was estimated at extremely low.

 

Financial assets are derecognized when the contractual rights to cash flows from the financial assets expire, or when the contractual rights to receive the cash flows from the financial assets are transferred and all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial assets are substantially transferred.

 

(Cash and cash equivalents)

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits, and short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value. The Group includes all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less in cash equivalents.

 

2) Non-derivative financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities other than derivatives are initially measured at their fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

Financial liabilities are derecognized, when the obligations specified in the contract are discharged, canceled or expire.

 

(d) Inventories

 

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories includes purchase costs and conversion costs, and it is determined principally by using the average cost method calculated using the actual capacity utilization. Conversion cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads on the normal operation capacity. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

 

(e) Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment is measured based on the cost model and carried at its cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

 

Property, plant and equipment is initially measured at its cost. Subsequent expenditures on an item of property, plant and equipment acquired, are recognized in the carrying amount of the item, only when it is probable that the expenditure will generate a future economic benefit.

 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, except for land that is not subject to depreciation, is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful life. The depreciable amount is the cost of the asset less the respective estimated residual values.

 

The estimated useful lives used in calculating depreciation of property, plant and equipment are mainly as follows:

 

·

Buildings and structures: 20 to 31 years

·

Machinery and equipment: 3 to 17 years

·

Fixture and furniture: 2 to 20 years

 

The depreciation method, useful lives and residual values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed annually at each fiscal year end, and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

 

9


 

(f) Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets are measured based on the cost model and carried at their cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses.  Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets are mainly comprised of software for internal use and patent whose estimated useful lives ranges are 5 years. The amortization method and useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually at each fiscal year end, and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

 

(Goodwill)

 

Goodwill arises as the result of business combinations where the fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition exceeds the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities of the acquired entity. Goodwill is allocated to a cash generating unit that represents the lowest level at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, and that is not larger than an operating segment. The Company does not amortize goodwill in accordance with international accounting standards but a cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment annually, and whenever there is an indication that the unit may be impaired, by comparing the carrying amount of the unit, including the goodwill, with the recoverable amount of the unit. If the carrying amount of the unit exceeds the recoverable amount of the unit, the Company recognizes the impairment loss, first, by reducing the carrying amount of goodwill, and then other assets of the unit on the basis of the relative carrying amount of each asset in the unit.  That reduction is an impairment loss.

 

(g) Leases

 

An arrangement that is or contains a lease is determined based on the substance of the arrangement by assessment of whether the fulfillment of that arrangement depends on use of a specific asset or group of assets, and whether a right to use the asset is transferred under the arrangement.

 

When an arrangement is or contains a lease, the lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership, based on the substance of the arrangement. Leases other than finance lease are classified as operating lease.

 

(Lease as a lessee)

 

A leased asset and liability for the future lease payment under a finance lease are initially recognized at the lower of fair value of the leased asset or the present value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at inception of the lease. After the initial recognition, the leased asset is accounted for according to the accounting policies applied to the asset. Lease payments under a finance lease are apportioned between the finance cost and the reduction in the carrying amount of the liability. Lease payments under an operating lease are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

(h) Impairment

 

At the end of the reporting period, the carrying amount of non-financial assets other than inventories and deferred tax assets (which are comprised mainly of equipment on operating leases, property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets) are assessed to determine whether or not there is any indication of impairment. If there is such an indication, the recoverable amount of such asset is estimated and compared with the carrying amount of the asset, as test of impairment.

 

The recoverable amount of an individual asset or cash-generating units is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. Value in use is determined as the present value of future cash flows expected to be derived from an asset or a cash-generating unit. A cash-generating unit is determined as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate cash inflows which are largely independent of cash inflows from other assets or a group of assets. When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of the individual asset, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs is estimated.

 

When the carrying amount of an asset or a cash-generating unit exceeds the recoverable amount, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount and an impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss. An impairment loss for a cash-generating unit is allocated to the assets on the basis of the relative carrying amount of each asset in the unit.

 

An impairment loss recognized for an asset or a cash-generating unit in prior period is reversed, if there is any indication that the impairment loss may have decreased or may no longer exist, and when the recoverable amount of the asset exceeds the carrying amount. If this is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount, but the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount (net of depreciation or amortization) calculated on the basis that no impairment loss had occurred in the prior period.

10


 

 

(i) Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when the Group has present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

Provisions are measured based on the best estimate of expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, a provision is measured at the present value of the expenditures required to settle the obligation. In calculating the present value, a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability is used as the discount rate.

 

(j) Employee Benefits

 

1) Short-term employee benefits

 

For short-term employee benefits including salaries, bonuses and paid annual leave, when the employees render related services, the amounts expected to be paid in exchange for those services are recognized as expenses.

 

2) Post-employment benefits

 

The Company and its subsidiaries have defined benefit plans.

 

(Defined benefit plans)

 

For defined benefit plans, the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets is recognized as either liability or asset in the consolidated statements of financial position.

 

The present value of defined benefit obligations and service cost are principally determined for each plan using the projected unit credit method. The discount rate is determined by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on high quality corporate bonds that is consistent with the currency and estimated term of the post-employment benefit obligation. Net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the reporting period is determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability (asset) by the discount rate.

 

Past service cost defined as the change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from a plan amendment or curtailment is recognized in profit or loss upon occurrence of the plan amendment or curtailment.

 

The Group recognizes the difference arising from remeasurement of present value of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan asset in other comprehensive income when it is incurred.

 

(k) Equity

 

(Common shares)

 

Common share issued by the Company is classified as equity, and the proceeds from issuance of common share are included in common stock.

 

(l) Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of returns, trade allowances, rebates and amounts collected on behalf of third parties.

 

The group recognizes revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and specific criteria have been met for each of the group’s activities as described below. The group bases its estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.

 

11


 

(Sale of products)

 

Revenue from the sale of products is recognized at the date of completion of customers receiving products when the Group has transferred to the customers the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the products and the Group retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the products sold and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably by sales agreements and/or invoices issued after completion of sales of products.

 

(Sale of services)

 

Revenue from rendering of services is recognized by reference to the stage of completion of service transactions as the services have been rendered and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably by service agreements and/or invoices issued after completion of rendering services.

 

(m) Income Taxes

 

Income tax expenses are presented as the aggregate amount of current taxes and deferred taxes. Current taxes and deferred taxes are recognized in profit or loss, except for the tax arising from a transaction which is recognized either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

 

Current taxes are measured at the amount expected to be paid to (or recovered from) the taxation authorities in respect of the taxable profit (or tax loss) for the reporting period, using the tax rates and tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets or liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial position and the tax base of the assets or liabilities and carryforward of unused tax losses and tax credits. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses, and unused tax credits can be utilized.

 

Deferred tax liabilities for taxable temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries are not recognized to the extent that the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets for deductible temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries and affiliates, and interest in joint ventures are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which they can be utilized.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the assets are realized or the liabilities are settled, based on the tax rates and tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

 

The Group reviews the carrying amount of deferred tax assets at the end of each reporting period, and reduces the carrying amount of deferred tax assets to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the benefit of part or all of that deferred tax assets to be utilized.

 

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, only when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, and the same taxation authority levies income taxes either on the same taxable entity or on different taxable entity which intends either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

 

The Group recognizes the impact of tax positions in the consolidated financial statements, if any, based on the Group’s assessment of various factors including interpretations of tax law and prior experiences, when it is probable that the positions will be sustained upon examination by the taxation authorities. We believe that there is no impact of tax positions as of the year ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

 

(n) Earnings per Share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share information is the same as earning per share information as the Company has not issued any potentially dilutive shares.

 

12


 

4.     Segment Information

 

The Group has one reportable segment based on the Group’s  organizational structure and characteristics of products and services which is cryogenic vacuum pumps.  Since the Company is not listed on any stock exchange markets, segment information is not required to disclose and description thereof is omitted.

 

5.    Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2017 and 2016  consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Cash and deposits

 

¥

2,505

 

¥

872

Cash equivalents *1

 

 

 —

 

 

58

Total

 

¥

2,505

 

¥

930


*1 Cash equivalent is money market account balance as of June 30, 2017.

*2 Fair value of cash and cash equivalent was estimated as approximately the value of their carrying amount and thus description of fair value of cash and cash equivalent was omitted.

 

6.    Trade and Other Receivables

 

Trade and other receivables as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Trade accounts and notes receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes receivable

 

¥

231

 

¥

178

Accounts receivable

 

 

1,883

 

 

1,719

Electronically recorded monetary claims-receivables *1

 

 

1,168

 

 

660

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(60)

 

 

(45)

Total

 

¥

3,222

 

¥

2,512

 

Fair value of trade and other receivables was estimated as approximately the value of their carrying amount and thus description of fair value of trade and other receivables was omitted.


*1 Electronically recorded monetary claims-receivables are a new means of settlement that have been created for the purpose of facilitating business operations’ financing activities by resolving the issues facing bills/notes receivable and nominative claims. The description of the rights to claims is determined by entering an electronic record in the registry managed be an electronic monetary claim recording institution.

 

The changes in the allowance for doubtful trade receivables for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

Balance at beginning of year

 

¥

(45)

 

¥

(36)

 

¥

(32)

Provision

 

 

(13)

 

 

(11)

 

 

(3)

Charge-offs

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

(2)

 

 

 2

 

 

(1)

Balance at end of year

 

¥

(60)

 

¥

(45)

 

¥

(36)

 

 

13


 

7.    Other current and non-current Assets

 

Other current and non-current assets as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Advance payment

 

¥

91

 

¥

19

Prepaid expense

 

 

20

 

 

19

Insurance contract assets

 

 

193

 

 

190

Others

 

 

 —

 

 

 1

Total

 

¥

304

 

¥

229

Current assets

 

¥

111

 

¥

38

Non-current assets

 

 

193

 

 

191

Total

 

¥

304

 

¥

229

 

 

8.    Other current financial assets and financial assets

 

Other current financial assets and financial assets as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Time deposit(over 3 months)

 

¥

 —

 

¥

136

Guarantee deposits

 

 

203

 

 

182

Long-term loan receivables

 

 

69

 

 

66

Others

 

 

13

 

 

 5

Total

 

¥

285

 

¥

389

Current assets

 

¥

13

 

¥

141

Non-current assets

 

 

272

 

 

248

Total

 

¥

285

 

¥

389

 

Time deposit and guarantee deposits are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. These fair values were estimated close to their carrying amounts as approximate value. Other financial assets are measured at amortized cost.

 

Long-term loan receivables are due from employees and outstanding amounts of long-term loan receivables shall be offset by lump-sum payment in their retirement, therefore risk of bad debt allowance was estimated to be extremely low.

 

Fair value of financial assets

 

Material differences between carrying amount and fair value are identified only for the following assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

Guarantee deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount

 

¥

203

 

¥

182

Fair value

 

¥

199

 

¥

177

Long-term loan receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount

 

¥

69

 

¥

66

Fair value

 

¥

74

 

¥

73

 

Fair value of financial assets was classified to level 3 of fair value hierarchy. Fair value was measured by discounting future cash flow from a contract of each financial asset. The discount rate was calculated by adopting capital asset pricing model which measured interest rates of profit before tax reflecting inherent risks specific for each financial asset and current market value as time value of money.

 

14


 

9.    Inventories

 

Inventories as of June 30, 2017 and 2016  consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Finished goods

 

¥

564

 

¥

348

Work in process

 

 

549

 

 

476

Raw materials

 

 

1,450

 

 

1,100

Total

 

¥

2,563

 

¥

1,924

 

Amounts reclassified to cost of goods sold from acquisition costs of inventories were ¥ 6,035 million, ¥ 3,878 million and ¥ 2,407 million for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively. In addition, the amount of write-down of inventories recognized as an expense for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were ¥ 25 million, ¥ 25 million and ¥ 18 million respectively.

 

10.  Property, Plant and Equipment

 

The changes in cost, accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and the carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

(Cost)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

Buildings and

 

Machinery and

 

Fixture and

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

    

structures

    

vehicles

    

furniture

    

in progress

    

Total

Balance as of July 1, 2014 (Unaudited)

 

¥

580

 

¥

1,213

 

¥

481

 

¥

 5

 

¥

2,279

Additions *1

 

 

 5

 

 

18

 

 

24

 

 

21

 

 

68

Reclassification

 

 

 —

 

 

17

 

 

 5

 

 

(22)

 

 

 —

Sales or disposal

 

 

 —

 

 

(34)

 

 

(25)

 

 

 —

 

 

(59)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

34

 

 

57

 

 

19

 

 

 2

 

 

112

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Balance as of June 30, 2015 (Unaudited)

 

¥

619

 

¥

1,271

 

¥

504

 

¥

 6

 

¥

2,400

Additions *1

 

 

51

 

 

69

 

 

49

 

 

59

 

 

228

Reclassification

 

 

 —

 

 

49

 

 

 2

 

 

(51)

 

 

 —

Sales or disposal

 

 

(1)

 

 

(51)

 

 

(22)

 

 

 —

 

 

(74)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

(73)

 

 

(138)

 

 

(40)

 

 

(2)

 

 

(253)

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Balance as of June 30, 2016

 

¥

596

 

¥

1,200

 

¥

493

 

¥

12

 

¥

2,301

Additions *1

 

 

43

 

 

204

 

 

70

 

 

82

 

 

399

Reclassification

 

 

 —

 

 

12

 

 

 1

 

 

(12)

 

 

 1

Sales or disposal

 

 

(22)

 

 

(21)

 

 

(54)

 

 

 —

 

 

(97)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

31

 

 

46

 

 

17

 

 

 2

 

 

96

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

¥

648

 

¥

1,441

 

¥

527

 

¥

84

 

¥

2,700


*1 Addition of property, plant and equipment included increase of other accounts payable related to facilities and acquisition of finance lease assets for the year ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

Increase of other accounts payable related to facilities

 

¥

 —

 

¥

43

 

¥

 4

Acquisition of finance lease assets

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 8

Total

 

¥

 —

 

¥

43

 

¥

12

 

15


 

(Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

Buildings and

    

Machinery and

    

Fixture and

    

Construction

 

 

 

    

structures

    

vehicles

    

furniture

    

in progress

    

Total 

Balance as of July 1, 2014 (Unaudited)

 

¥

(276)

 

¥

(877)

 

¥

(405)

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(1,558)

Depreciation *2

 

 

(19)

 

 

(43)

 

 

(39)

 

 

 —

 

 

(101)

Sales or disposal

 

 

 —

 

 

22

 

 

21

 

 

 —

 

 

43

Impairment losses

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

(9)

 

 

(44)

 

 

(6)

 

 

 —

 

 

(59)

Balance as of June 30, 2015 (Unaudited)

 

¥

(304)

 

¥

(942)

 

¥

(429)

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(1,675)

Depreciation *2

 

 

(20)

 

 

(61)

 

 

(35)

 

 

 —

 

 

(116)

Sales or disposal

 

 

 —

 

 

32

 

 

18

 

 

 —

 

 

50

Impairment losses

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

25

 

 

106

 

 

35

 

 

 —

 

 

166

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Balance as of June 30, 2016

 

¥

(299)

 

¥

(865)

 

¥

(411)

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(1,575)

Depreciation *2

 

 

(21)

 

 

(71)

 

 

(37)

 

 

 —

 

 

(129)

Sales or disposal

 

 

20

 

 

 8

 

 

53

 

 

 —

 

 

81

Impairment losses

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

(10)

 

 

(33)

 

 

(13)

 

 

 —

 

 

(56)

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

(2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(2)

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

¥

(310)

 

¥

(963)

 

¥

(408)

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(1,681)


*2 Depreciation expenses were accounted for as cost of sales which was ¥ 91 million and ¥ 83 million and ¥ 64 million, as selling, general and administrative expenses which were ¥ 28 million, ¥ 22 million and ¥ 29 million, and as research and development expenses which were ¥ 10 million, ¥ 11 million and ¥ 8 million for the year ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

( Carrying amount )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

Buildings and

    

Machinery and

    

Fixture and

    

Construction

 

 

 

    

structures

    

vehicles

    

furniture

    

in progress

    

Total

Balance as of June 30, 2015 (Unaudited)

 

¥

315

 

¥

329

 

¥

75

 

¥

 6

 

¥

725

Balance as of June 30, 2016

 

¥

297

 

¥

335

 

¥

82

 

¥

12

 

¥

726

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

¥

338

 

¥

478

 

¥

119

 

¥

84

 

¥

1,019

 

 

16


 

11.  Intangible Assets

 

(1)   Increase and decrease of intangible assets

 

The changes in cost, accumulated amortization and impairment losses, and carrying amounts of intangible assets for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015are as follows:

 

(Cost)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

Goodwill

    

Software

    

Patents

    

Other

    

Total

Balance as of July 1, 2014 (Unaudited)

 

¥

74

 

¥

33

 

¥

15

 

¥

31

 

¥

153

Additions

 

 

 —

 

 

 4

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 4

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

 2

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Balance as of June 30, 2015 (Unaudited)

 

¥

74

 

¥

37

 

¥

15

 

¥

33

 

¥

159

Additions

 

 

 —

 

 

 5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 5

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(6)

 

 

(6)

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Balance as of June 30, 2016

 

¥

74

 

¥

42

 

¥

15

 

¥

27

 

¥

158

Additions

 

 

 —

 

 

 7

 

 

 7

 

 

 —

 

 

14

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(3)

 

 

(3)

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 6

 

 

 6

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

¥

74

 

¥

49

 

¥

22

 

¥

30

 

¥

175

 

( Accumulated amortization and impairment losses )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

Goodwill

    

Software

    

Patents

    

Other

    

Total

Balance as of July 1, 2014 (Unaudited)

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(27)

 

¥

(1)

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(28)

Amortization *1

 

 

 —

 

 

(5)

 

 

(3)

 

 

 —

 

 

(8)

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Balance as of June 30, 2015 (Unaudited)

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(32)

 

¥

(4)

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(36)

Amortization *1

 

 

 —

 

 

(2)

 

 

(4)

 

 

 —

 

 

(6)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Balance as of June 30, 2016

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(34)

 

¥

(8)

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(42)

Amortization *1

 

 

 —

 

 

(2)

 

 

(4)

 

 

(2)

 

 

(8)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

¥

 —

 

¥

(36)

 

¥

(12)

 

¥

(2)

 

¥

(50)


*1 Amortization expenses were accounted for as cost of sales which was ¥ 8 million and ¥ 6 million and ¥ 8 million for the year ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

( Carrying amount )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

Goodwill

    

Software

    

Patents

    

Other

    

Total

Balance as of June 30, 2015 (Unaudited)

 

¥

74

 

¥

 5

 

¥

11

 

¥

33

 

¥

123

Balance as of June 30, 2016

 

¥

74

 

¥

 8

 

¥

 7

 

¥

27

 

¥

116

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

¥

74

 

¥

13

 

¥

10

 

¥

28

 

¥

125

 

(2)   Impairment test for goodwill

 

Goodwill was recognized when the Company purchased low temperature machinery business. Carrying amount of the goodwill was JPY74 million as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 and no impairment loss was recognized as a result of impairment test performed as of June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively. The Company and its subsidiaries have only one business segment which is cryopumps business and three cash generating units are recognized for each group entities in line with the cryopumps business. A cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment annually, and whenever there is an indication that the unit may be impaired, by comparing the carrying amount of the unit, including the goodwill, with the recoverable amount of the unit. If the carrying amount of the unit exceeds the recoverable amount of the unit, the Company recognizes the impairment loss, first, by reducing the

17


 

carrying amount of goodwill, and then other assets of the unit on the basis of the relative carrying amount of each asset in the unit.   The recoverable amount was estimated by using value in use of the Company which was valued based on 5-year future business plan approved by management reflecting historical experience and other information gathered from outside environments. As a result of the impairment test, the estimated recoverable amount was substantially excess over the carrying amount of the unit, therefore, management believed that there was no case where the value in use became less than the carrying amount of the unit.

 

12.  Trade and Other Payables

 

Trade and other payables are classified as financial liabilities measured at amortized cost.

 

Trade and other payables as of June 30, 2017 and 2016  consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Notes payable

 

¥

1,258

 

¥

897

Account payable

 

 

591

 

 

400

Other

 

 

366

 

 

294

Total

 

¥

2,215

 

¥

1,591

 

 

13.  Financial Liabilities

 

(1)      Financial liabilities as of June 30, 2017 and 2016  consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Current:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Short-term loans payable *1

 

¥

200

 

¥

100

Lease obligation

 

 

 2

 

 

 2

Subtotal

 

 

202

 

 

102

Reclassification from non-current liabilities (Current portion)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

¥

202

 

¥

102


*1 Short-term loans payable was held by the Company and its subsidiary. The Company borrowed it from ULVAC Inc. for the purpose of working capital without any guarantee or collateral.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Non-Current:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Lease obligation

 

¥

 2

 

¥

 4

Subtotal

 

 

 2

 

 

 4

Reclassification to current liabilities (Current portion)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

¥

 2

 

¥

 4

 

Repayment schedule of short-term payable is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

    

Date for repayment

Short-term loans payable

 

¥

200

 

¥

100

 

Within 1 year after the end of each fiscal year

 

The interest rates for financial liabilities presented in current liabilities as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

 

The Company

 

  

 

  

 

Short-term loans payable from ULVAC Inc.

 

0.75

%  

0.96

%

 

18


 

The interest rate range and payment due date for financial liabilities presented in non-current liabilities (including reclassification to current liabilities) as of June 30, 2017 and 2016  are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

 

Lease obligation

 

  Interest rate: 8.00%

 

  Interest rate: 8.00%

 

 

 

Due: 2017 – 2020

 

Due: 2016 – 2020

 

 

 

Sensitivity analysis is omitted because both short-term loans and lease obligation are fixed interest liabilities.

 

(2)      Fair value of financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities are classified as financial liabilities measured at amortized cost .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Short-term loans payable

 

 

  

 

 

  

Carrying amount

 

¥

200

 

¥

100

Fair value

 

¥

199

 

¥

100

Lease obligation (current)

 

 

  

 

 

  

Carrying amount

 

¥

 2

 

¥

 2

Fair value

 

¥

 2

 

¥

 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Lease obligation (non-current)

 

 

  

 

 

  

Carrying amount

 

¥

 2

 

¥

 4

Fair value

 

¥

 2

 

¥

 3

 

Fair value of short-term loans payable and lease obligation was classified to level 3 of fair value hierarchy. Fair value was measured by discounting future cash flow from a contract of each financial liability. The discount rate was calculated by adopting capital asset pricing model which measured interest rates of profit before tax reflecting inherent risks specific for each financial liability and current market value as time value of money.

 

14.  Provisions

 

The components of and changes in provisions for the year ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Warranty liability

    

Total

Balance as of July 1, 2014 (Unaudited)

 

¥

50

 

¥

50

Provision

 

 

50

 

 

50

Amounts used

 

 

(41)

 

 

(41)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

(1)

 

 

(1)

Balance as of June 30, 2015 (Unaudited)

 

¥

58

 

¥

58

Provision

 

 

35

 

 

35

Amounts used

 

 

(35)

 

 

(35)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

(2)

 

 

(2)

Balance as of June 30, 2016

 

¥

56

 

¥

56

Provision

 

 

59

 

 

59

Amounts used

 

 

(50)

 

 

(50)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

 1

 

 

 1

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

¥

66

 

¥

66

 

The Company recognizes provisions for product warranties to cover future product warranty expenses.  Period for product warranties is officially set forth as the shorter of less than 1 year after installment or within 18 months after shipping out from our factories. According to the historical experiences, the provision is settled within 1 year and it is classified as current liability.

 

19


 

15.  Other current liabilities

 

Other current liabilities as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Consumption tax payable

 

¥

51

 

¥

10

Deposit received

 

 

131

 

 

136

Others

 

 

17

 

 

22

Total

 

¥

199

 

¥

168

 

 

16.  Employee Benefits

 

(1) Employee Benefits

 

1) Short-term employee benefits

 

For short-term employee benefits including salaries, bonuses, when the employees render related services, the amounts expected to be paid in exchange for those services are recognized as expenses.

 

2) Post-employment benefits

 

The Group has various post-employment benefit plans including defined benefit plans.

 

(Defined benefit plans)

 

For defined benefit plans, the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets is recognized as either liability or asset in the consolidated statements of financial position.

 

The present value of defined benefit obligations and service cost are principally determined for each plan using the projected unit credit method. The discount rate is determined by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on high quality corporate bonds that is ranked at least AA. Net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the reporting period is determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability (asset) by the discount rate.

 

Past service cost defined as the change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from a plan amendment or curtailment is recognized in profit or loss upon occurrence of the plan amendment or curtailment.

 

The Company revised its defined benefit plans during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and calculation method of retirement lump sum payment was revised. Before the revision, retirement lump sum payment was calculated based on salaries in employee’s retirement by multiplying a fixed factor under the policy. The revised retirement lump sum payments are calculated based on accumulation of points acquired every year for rendering services from employees. Under this point system retirement benefit, the point for each employee is determined by considering factors such as length of service, functional classification, labor grade and position of the employee. Employees earn their points during their services and they receive retirement lump sum payment which is calculated based on their total points by multiplying unit payment per point.

 

(Contribution of plan assets)

 

Basic policy of contribution of plan assets adopted by the Company and it subsidiary is that the contributed plan assets can cover future employee benefits for services rendered by employees as well as employee benefit for services rendered in the past. Under the policy, the Company in Japan contributes plan assets within the extent of deductible amounts for tax purpose.

 

The Group expects to contribute approximately ¥ 23 million to its defined benefit plans for the years ending June 30, 2018.

 

(a) Post-employment Benefits

 

The Group has various pension plans covering substantially all of their employees in Japan and certain employees in foreign countries. The Company and its subsidiaries provide defined benefit pension plans. The Company and some of its subsidiaries have retirement benefit plans as well as lump-sum retirement benefit plans, in which the amount of benefits is basically determined based on the level of salary, service years, and other factors.

 

20


 

1) Defined benefit obligations

 

The changes in present value of defined benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets of the Group and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

 

Japanese

 

Foreign

 

Japanese

 

Foreign

 

Japanese

 

Foreign

 

    

plans

    

plans

    

plans

    

plans

    

plans

    

plans 

Present value of defined benefit obligations:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Balance at beginning of year

 

¥

796

 

¥

131

 

¥

641

 

¥

112

 

¥

696

 

¥

69

Current service cost

 

 

262

 

 

68

 

 

244

 

 

24

 

 

211

 

 

28

Past service cost *2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

57

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Interest cost

 

 

 1

 

 

 3

 

 

 4

 

 

 3

 

 

 4

 

 

 2

Remeasurements *1

 

 

 3

 

 

 —

 

 

26

 

 

22

 

 

 1

 

 

11

Benefits paid

 

 

(205)

 

 

(38)

 

 

(176)

 

 

(6)

 

 

(271)

 

 

(5)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

 —

 

 

13

 

 

 —

 

 

(24)

 

 

 —

 

 

 7

Balance at end of year

 

¥

857

 

¥

177

 

¥

796

 

¥

131

 

¥

641

 

¥

112

Fair value of plan assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Balance at beginning of year

 

¥

142

 

¥

88

 

¥

122

 

¥

81

 

¥

114

 

¥

53

Interest income

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

 1

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

Actual return on plan assets, excluding interest income

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Employer contributions

 

 

20

 

 

30

 

 

19

 

 

28

 

 

16

 

 

23

Benefits paid

 

 

(3)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(6)

 

 

(8)

 

 

(2)

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

 —

 

 

12

 

 

 —

 

 

(17)

 

 

 —

 

 

 5

Balance at end of year

 

¥

159

 

¥

132

 

¥

142

 

¥

88

 

¥

122

 

¥

81

Net defined benefit liabilities

 

¥

698

 

¥

45

 

¥

654

 

¥

43

 

¥

519

 

¥

31


*1 Remeasurements arise primarily from changes in financial assumptions.

*2 The Company revised its retirement benefit plan in August 2015. As a result, defined benefit obligations increased by ¥ 57 million.

 

21


 

2) Fair value of plan assets

 

The fair value of the Japanese and foreign pension plan assets by asset category as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

Active market with a quoted market price:

    

Japan

    

Foreign

    

Japan

    

Foreign

Cash and cash equivalents

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 2

Bonds

 

 

 —

 

 

71

 

 

 —

 

 

55

Equity securities

 

 

 —

 

 

56

 

 

 —

 

 

12

Others

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

¥

 —

 

¥

127

 

¥

 —

 

¥

69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-active market:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

Bonds

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Equity securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Others *1,2

 

 

159

 

 

 —

 

 

142

 

 

19

Total

 

¥

159

 

¥

 —

 

¥

142

 

¥

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total plan assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 2

Bonds

 

 

 —

 

 

71

 

 

 —

 

 

55

Equity securities

 

 

 —

 

 

56

 

 

 —

 

 

12

Others

 

 

159

 

 

 —

 

 

142

 

 

19

Total

 

¥

159

 

¥

127

 

¥

142

 

¥

88


*1 Fair value of plan assets belonging to the Company in Japan was included in other which was contributed to a financial institution named as Smaller Enterprise Retirement Allowance Mutual Aid.

*2 Other pension assets held by foreign subsidiaries are financial assets which are managed by financial institutions as loan receivables.

 

3) Actuarial assumptions

 

The significant actuarial assumptions used to determine the present value of defined benefit obligations as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

Japanese

 

Foreign

 

Japanese

 

Foreign

 

 

    

plans

    

plans

    

plans

    

plans

 

Discount rate

 

0.53

%  

2.78

%  

0.23

%  

1.98

%

Rate of salary increase

 

3.2

%  

 5

%  

3.2

%  

 5

%

 

4) Sensitivity analysis

 

The effects on defined benefit obligations of 0.25% increase or decrease in the discount rate as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

 

    

Japan

    

Foreign

    

Japan

    

Foreign

0.25% decrease

 

12 increase

 

4 increase

 

12 increase

 

3 increase

0.25% increase

 

11 decrease

 

3 decrease

 

11 decrease

 

3 decrease

 

The effects on defined benefit obligations of 0.25% increase or decrease in rate of salary increase as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

 

    

Japan

    

Foreign

    

Japan

    

Foreign

0.25% decrease

 

6 decrease

 

3 decrease

 

6 decrease

 

1 decrease

0.25% increase

 

6 increase

 

4 increase

 

6 increase

 

1 increase

 

22


 

This sensitivity analysis shows changes in defined benefit obligations as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, as a result of changes in actuarial assumptions that the Group can reasonably assume. This analysis is based on provisional calculations, and thus actual results may differ from the analysis.

 

5) Cash flow

 

The weighted average duration of defined benefit obligations as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

 

    

Japanese plans

    

Foreign plans

    

Japanese plans

    

Foreign plans

Weighted average duration of defined benefit obligations

 

9.8 years

 

9.47 years

 

10.4 years

 

9.1 years

 

The Group expects to contribute approximately ¥ 23 million to its defined benefit plans for the years ending June 30, 2018.

 

(2) Personnel Expenses

 

Personnel expenses included in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

 

    

 

    

Unaudited

Personnel expenses

 

¥

1,634

 

¥

1,470

 

¥

1,342

 

Personnel expenses include salaries, bonuses, social security expenses and expenses related to post-employment benefits. Those expenses were accounted for as cost of sales, as selling, general and administrative expenses and as research and development expenses.

 

17.  Equity

 

(a) Management of Capital

 

The Company's policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence, and to sustain future development of the business. In order to achieve this, the Company finances its operations through equity financing from ULVAC, Inc. and Brooks Automation, Inc. and debt financing from ULVAC, Inc.

 

Financial liabilities and equity of the Group as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Financial liabilities

 

¥

204

 

¥

106

Equity

 

¥

6,086

 

¥

4,023

 

(b) Common Stock

 

The Company’s total number of shares authorized as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Total number of authorized shares

 

  

 

  

Balance at end of year

 

400,000

 

400,000

Common shares, no par value

 

400,000

 

400,000

 

All of the issued shares as of June 30, 2017 and 2016  have been paid in full.

 

23


 

The Company’s total number of shares issued for the years ended June 30,  2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

 

    

 

    

Unaudited

Total number of issued shares

 

  

 

  

 

  

Balance at beginning of year

 

100,000

 

100,000

 

100,000

Changes during the year

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Balance at end of year

 

100,000

 

100,000

 

100,000

 

(c) Retained Earnings and Legal Reserves

 

Retained earnings and legal reserves consist of accumulated earnings. The Companies Act of Japan provides that earnings in an amount equal to 10% of cash dividends from retained earnings shall be appropriated as a capital reserve or a legal reserve on the date of distribution of retained earnings until an aggregated amount of capital reserve and legal reserve equals 25% of common stock. Legal reserves may be used upon approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders. Certain foreign consolidated subsidiaries are also required to appropriate their earnings under the laws of respective countries.

 

(d) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

The changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences

 

 

 

 

Remeasurements of

 

on translating foreign

 

 

 

    

defined benefit plans

    

operations

    

Total

Balance as of July 1, 2014 (Unaudited)

 

¥

(5)

 

¥

 8

 

¥

 3

Adjustment during the year

 

 

(10)

 

 

224

 

 

214

Balance as of June 30, 2015 (Unaudited)

 

¥

(15)

 

¥

232

 

¥

217

Adjustment during the year

 

 

(28)

 

 

(467)

 

 

(495)

Balance as of June 30, 2016

 

¥

(43)

 

¥

(235)

 

¥

(278)

Adjustment during the year

 

 

(3)

 

 

203

 

 

200

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

¥

(46)

 

¥

(32)

 

¥

(78)

 

(e) Other Comprehensive Income

 

Each component of other comprehensive income and related tax effect including non-controlling interests for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

For the year ended June 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit

 

 

 

    

Before tax

    

(expenses)

    

Net of tax

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Remeasurements of defined benefit plans

 

¥

(4)

 

¥

 1

 

¥

(3)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

203

 

 

 —

 

 

203

Total other comprehensive income

 

¥

199

 

¥

 1

 

¥

200

 

24


 

For the year ended June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit

 

 

 

    

Before tax

    

(expenses)

    

Net of tax

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Remeasurements of defined benefit plans

 

¥

(37)

 

¥

 9

 

¥

(28)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

(467)

 

 

 —

 

 

(467)

Total other comprehensive income

 

¥

(504)

 

¥

 9

 

¥

(495)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit

 

 

 

    

Before tax

    

(expenses)

    

Net of tax

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Remeasurements of defined benefit plans

 

¥

(14)

 

¥

 4

 

¥

(10)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

 

224

 

 

 —

 

 

224

Total other comprehensive income

 

¥

210

 

¥

 4

 

¥

214

 

(f) Dividends from Retained Earnings

 

The Company distributes retained earnings within the available amount calculated in accordance with the Companies Act of Japan. The amount of retained earnings available for distribution is calculated based on the amount of retained earnings recorded in the Company’s non-consolidated accounting records prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Japan.

 

1) Dividend payout

 

The amounts recognized as dividends of retained earnings for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

For the year ended June 30, 2017 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Type of shares

    

Common shares

Total amount of dividends

 

300,000,000 yen

Dividend per share

 

3,000 yen

Record date

 

June 30, 2016

Declaration date

 

September 14, 2016

 

For the year ended June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

Type of shares

    

Common shares

Total amount of dividends

 

150,000,000 yen

Dividend per share

 

1,500 yen

Record date

 

June 30, 2015

Declaration date

 

September 9, 2015

 

For the year ended June 30, 2015  ( Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Type of shares

    

Common shares

Total amount of dividends

 

200,000,000 yen

Dividend per share

 

2,000 yen

Record date

 

June 30, 2014

Declaration date

 

September 18, 2014

 

25


 

2) Dividends payable of which record date was in the year ended June 30, 2017, effective after the period

 

 

 

 

Type of shares

    

Common shares

Total amount of dividends

 

1,200,000,000 yen

Dividend per share

 

12,000 yen

Record date

 

June 30, 2017

Declaration date

 

September 14, 2017

 

Subsequent to June 30, 2017, dividends payable for the record date June 30, 2017 passed a resolution at the Company’s shareholder meeting on September 14, 2017. These dividends will be recorded in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2018.

 

18.  Sales Revenue

 

Sales revenue for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

 

    

 

    

Unaudited

Sales of products

 

¥

10,994

 

¥

6,950

 

¥

4,468

Maintenance and other related services

 

 

645

 

 

653

 

 

566

Total

 

¥

11,639

 

¥

7,603

 

¥

5,034

 

 

19.  Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

Breakdown of selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively were following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

 

    

 

    

Unaudited

Salaries and bonuses

 

¥

537

    

¥

518

    

¥

454

Service charges

 

 

367

 

 

250

 

 

203

Executive salaries and bonuses

 

 

85

 

 

104

 

 

107

Travel expenses

 

 

59

 

 

44

 

 

44

Retirement benefits

 

 

55

 

 

72

 

 

37

Rent

 

 

42

 

 

42

 

 

40

Advertising

 

 

33

 

 

31

 

 

25

Meals and entertainment

 

 

29

 

 

25

 

 

22

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

28

 

 

22

 

 

29

Communication and shipping expenses

 

 

25

 

 

14

 

 

 8

Office supplies

 

 

17

 

 

25

 

 

 5

Utilities

 

 

17

 

 

16

 

 

15

Repairs and maintenance

 

 

14

 

 

 5

 

 

 2

Insurance

 

 

13

 

 

11

 

 

11

Local taxes

 

 

12

 

 

10

 

 

 9

Other expenses

 

 

41

 

 

37

 

 

29

Total

 

¥

1,374

 

¥

1,226

 

¥

1,040

 

 

26


 

20.  Research and development expenses

 

Breakdown of Research and development expenses for the year ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively were following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Unaudited

Salaries and bonuses

 

¥

147

 

¥

134

 

¥

117

Retirement benefits

 

 

 9

 

 

 6

 

 

 4

Rent

 

 

15

 

 

20

 

 

16

Office supplies

 

 

 8

 

 

15

 

 

 7

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

10

 

 

11

 

 

 8

Other expenses

 

 

123

 

 

48

 

 

38

Total

 

¥

312

 

¥

234

 

¥

190

 

 

21.  Finance Income and Finance Costs

 

Finance income and finance costs for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 consist of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets not at fair value through profit or loss

 

¥

 9

 

¥

12

 

¥

14

Interest expense:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Financial liabilities not at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 3

 

 

 4

 

 

 8

Other, net:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Gains (losses) on foreign exchange

 

 

26

 

 

(48)

 

 

 8

Total

 

¥

32

 

¥

(40)

 

¥

14

 

 

22.  Income Taxes

 

(a) Income Tax Expense

 

Profit before income taxes and income tax expense for the years ended June 30,  2017 consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2017

 

    

Japan

    

Foreign

    

Total

Profit (loss) before income taxes

 

¥

801

 

¥

2,160

 

¥

2,961

Income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Current taxes

 

 

428

 

 

333

 

 

761

Deferred taxes

 

 

 7

 

 

30

 

 

37

Total

 

¥

435

 

¥

363

 

¥

798

 

Profit before income taxes and income tax expense for the years ended June 30,  2016 consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2016

 

    

Japan

    

Foreign

    

Total

Profit (loss) before income taxes

 

¥

183

 

¥

958

 

¥

1,141

Income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Current taxes

 

 

226

 

 

104

 

 

330

Deferred taxes

 

 

(29)

 

 

 3

 

 

(26)

Total

 

¥

197

 

¥

107

 

¥

304

 

27


 

Profit before income taxes and income tax expense for the years ended June 30,  2015(unaudited) consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2015

 

    

Japan

    

Foreign

    

Total

Profit (loss) before income taxes

 

¥

20

 

¥

377

 

¥

397

Income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Current taxes

 

 

  52

 

 

46

 

 

98

Deferred taxes

 

 

  27

 

 

(3)

 

 

24

Total

 

¥

79

 

¥

43

 

¥

122

 

The statutory income tax rate in Japan for the years ended June 30 2017, 2016 and 2015 was 34.3% and 34.8% and 36.4%, respectively. The foreign subsidiaries are subject to taxes based on income at rates ranging from 16.4% to 25.2%.

 

The Japanese statutory income tax rate for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 differs from the average effective tax rate for the following reasons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

 

Statutory income tax rate

 

34.3

%  

34.8

%  

36.4

%

Effects of income and expense not taxable and deductible for tax purpose

 

(3.8)

 

(4.5)

 

(6.2)

 

Differences in applicable tax rates of subsidiaries

 

(7.0)

 

(5.8)

 

(6.2)

 

Adjustments for the changes in income tax laws

 

 —

 

0.3

 

2.4

 

Changes in tax effects of undistributed profit of overseas subsidiaries

 

2.1

 

2.2

 

2.9

 

Other

 

1.4

 

(0.4)

 

1.4

 

Average effective tax rate

 

27.0

%  

26.6

%  

30.7

%

 

Explanatory notes:

 

In accordance with the Act for Partial Amendment of the Income Tax Act (Act No. 9, 2015) and the Act for Partial Amendment of the Local Tax Act (Act No. 2, 2015) promulgated on March 31, 2015, the reduction of corporation tax rates and other amendments took effect from the fiscal year beginning on or after April1, 2015. Accordingly, the statutory tax rate used for calculating deferred tax assets and liabilities has been changed from 35.6% for the prior fiscal year to 33.0% for the temporary differences. And also in accordance with the Act for Partial Amendment of the Income Tax Act (Act No.15, 2016) and the Act for Partial Amendment of the Local Tax Act (Act No.13, 2016) established in the parliament on March 29, 2016, the reduction of corporation tax rates and other amendments took effect from the fiscal year beginning on or after April1, 2016. Accordingly, the statutory tax rate used for calculating deferred tax assets and liabilities has been changed from 32.2% for the prior fiscal year to 30.8% for the temporary differences.

 

28


 

(b) Deferred Tax Assets and Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

The components by major factor in deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2017

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

    

 

 

    

Increase/

    

 

Description

 

June 30, 2016

 

Decrease

 

June 30, 2017

Deferred income tax assets due to temporary differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

¥

10

 

¥

13

 

¥

23

Accrued expenses

 

 

26

 

 

14

 

 

40

Provisions

 

 

50

 

 

 8

 

 

58

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

192

 

 

 9

 

 

201

Others

 

 

 5

 

 

 3

 

 

10

Total

 

¥

285

 

¥

49

 

¥

334

Deferred income tax liabilities due to temporary differences:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Property, plant and equipment

 

¥

(52)

 

¥

17

 

¥

(35)

Intangible assets

 

 

(11)

 

 

(5)

 

 

(16)

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

 —

 

 

(1)

 

 

(1)

Subsidiary retained earnings

 

 

(55)

 

 

(61)

 

 

(116)

Total

 

 

(118)

 

 

(50)

 

 

(168)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

¥

167

 

¥

(1)

 

¥

166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2016

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

    

 

 

    

Increase/

    

 

 

Description

 

June 30, 2015

 

Decrease

 

June 30, 2016

Deferred income tax assets due to temporary differences:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

¥

10

 

¥

 —

 

¥

10

Accrued expenses

 

 

 3

 

 

23

 

 

26

Provisions

 

 

45

 

 

 5

 

 

50

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

Retirement benefit liabilities

 

 

155

 

 

37

 

 

192

Others

 

 

 3

 

 

 2

 

 

 5

Total

 

¥

218

 

¥

67

 

¥

285

Deferred income tax liabilities due to temporary differences:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Property, plant and equipment

 

¥

(57)

 

¥

 5

 

¥

(52)

Intangible assets

 

 

(6)

 

 

(5)

 

 

(11)

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Subsidiary retained earnings

 

 

(30)

 

 

(25)

 

 

(55)

Total

 

 

(93)

 

 

(25)

 

 

(118)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

¥

125

 

¥

42

 

¥

167

 

The Group considers the probability that a portion of, or all the deductible temporary differences can be utilized against future taxable profits in the recognition of deferred tax assets. In assessing recoverability of deferred tax assets, management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable profit and tax planning strategies. Based upon the level of historical taxable profit and projections for future taxable profit over the periods for which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is probable that the Group will utilize the benefits of these deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2017 and 2016. Uncertainty of estimates of future taxable profit could increase due to changes in the economic environment surrounding the Group, effects by market conditions, effects of currency fluctuations or other factors.

 

29


 

23.  Earnings Per Share

 

Earnings per share attributable to shareholders of the Company for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are calculated based on the following information. There were no potentially dilutive common shares outstanding for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the Company (millions of yen)

 

¥

2,163

 

¥

837

 

¥

275

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic (shares)

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

Basic earnings per share attributable to shareholders of the Company (yen)

 

¥

21,635

 

¥

8,376

 

¥

2,749

 

 

24.  Financial Risk Management

 

(a) Risk Management

 

The Company and its subsidiaries have manufacturing operations in Japan, Korea and China and sells products and components to these locations. In the course of these activities, the Company and its subsidiaries hold trade receivables arising from business activities, trade payables and financial liabilities, and are thus exposed to credit risk and liquidity risk associated with the holding of such financial instruments. The Group has no derivatives for hedging any risks.

 

These risks are evaluated by the Group through periodic monitoring.

 

(b) Market Risk

 

The Group is exposed to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument fluctuates because of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

 

The Group has manufacturing operations throughout Asia and exports products and components to various countries. The Group purchases materials and components and sells its products and components in foreign currencies. Therefore, currency fluctuations may affect the Group’s profit and the value of the financial instruments it holds.

 

(Foreign currency sensitivity analysis)

 

For financial assets held by the Group and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 impact to profit before income taxes of consolidated statements of income were following if foreign currencies other than functional currency value higher by 10% against functional currencies. Impact from translation of functional currencies denominated financial instruments, and assets, liabilities and income, expenses of foreign operations were not included. In addition, it was assumed that foreign currencies other than currencies used in this estimation were not changed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Profit before income taxes

 

¥

(23)

 

¥

(27)

 

(c) Credit Risk

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are exposed to the risk that one party to a financial instrument causes a financial loss for the other party by failing to discharge an obligation. The Company reduces the risk of financial assets in accordance with credit administration rules such as obtaining valuation reports of counter-parties from outside research institutions and historical collection records.

 

(Maximum exposure to credit risk)

 

The maximum value of the exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date of the reporting period is the carrying value of the financial assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

(Concentration of credit risk)

 

19.6% and 38.4% of trade and other receivables were for a specific major customer as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 respectively.

 

30


 

(d) Liquidity Risk

 

One of subsidiaries raises funds by bank loans. The subsidiary is exposed to the liquidity risk that the subsidiary would not be able to repay liabilities on the due date due to the deterioration of the financing environment.

 

Exposure to liquidity risk is managed by maintaining sufficient capital resources, a sufficient level of liquidity and a sound balance sheet. The subsidiary meets its working capital targets primarily through cash generated by business operations and bank loans.

 

(Maturity analysis of financial liabilities)

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities by maturity as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

Carrying

 

Within

 

Between 1 and

 

Later than

 

Total contractual

As of June 30, 2017

 

amount

 

1 year

 

5 years

 

5 years

 

cash flows

Trade payables

    

¥

2,215

    

¥

2,215

    

¥

 —

    

¥

 —

    

¥

2,215

Financial liabilities

 

 

204

 

 

202

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

204

Accrued expenses

 

 

81

 

 

81

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

81

Future interest

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

Total

 

¥

2,500

 

¥

2,500

 

¥

 2

 

¥

 —

 

¥

2,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

Carrying

    

Within

    

Between 1 and

    

Later than 

    

Total contractual

As of June 30, 2016

 

amount

 

1 year

 

 5 years

 

5 years

 

cash flows

Trade payables

 

¥

1,591

 

¥

1,591

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 —

 

¥

1,591

Financial liabilities

 

 

106

 

 

102

 

 

 4

 

 

 —

 

 

106

Accrued expenses

 

 

70

 

 

70

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

70

Future interest

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

¥

1,767

 

¥

1,763

 

¥

 4

 

¥

 —

 

¥

1,767

 

Fair Value

 

(a) Definition of Fair Value Hierarchy

 

The Group uses a three-level hierarchy when measuring fair value. The following is a description of the three hierarchy levels:

 

 

 

Level 1

Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Group has the ability to access as of the measurement date

Level 2

Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly

Level 3

Unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities

 

The level in the fair value hierarchy within which a fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company and its subsidiaries recognize the transfers between the levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change has occurred. There was no transfer occurred as of June 30, 2017 or 2016.

 

(b) Method of Fair Value Measurement

 

The fair values of assets and liabilities are determined based on relevant market information and through the use of an appropriate valuation method.

 

The measurement methods and assumptions used in the measurement of assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

(Cash and cash equivalents)

 

The fair values approximate their carrying amounts due to their short-term maturities.

 

31


 

(Trade and other receivables and trade and other payables)

 

The fair values approximate their carrying amounts due to their short-term maturities.

 

(Financial assets and liabilities)

 

Fair value of financial assets was described in Note8 and fair value of financial liabilities was described in Note13.

 

25.  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

 

(Non-cancellable lease commitments)

 

The Group is the lessee under several operating leases, primarily for factories and other facilities, and certain office equipment.

 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases that have initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year as of June 30, 2017 and 2016  are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Within 1 year

 

¥

138

 

¥

125

Between 1 and 5 years

 

 

241

 

 

346

Later than 5 years

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

¥

379

 

¥

471

 

Lease payments under operating leases recognized as expenses for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

Lease payments under operating leases recognized as expenses

 

¥

137

 

¥

126

 

¥

110

 

 

26.  Related Parties

 

(a) Related Party Transactions

 

The Company and its subsidiaries mainly purchase materials, supplies and services from entities with joint control of the Company and other related parties, and sells finished goods, parts used in its products, and equipment to them in the ordinary course of business. Related party transactions are structured with similar terms and conditions for similar transactions made with other third parties in our normal course of business.

 

The balances of financial assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2017  (Unaudited) are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

allowance for

 

 

Trade and other

 

Guarantee

 

Trade and

 

Short-term

 

doubtful

 

 

receivables

 

deposits

 

other payables

 

loans payable

 

accounts

ULVAC group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ULVAC, Inc.

 

¥

651

 

¥

150

 

¥

31

 

¥

200

 

¥

 8

ULVAC (SHANGHAI) TRADING  CO., LTD

 

 

88

 

 

 —

 

 

 6

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

ULVAC (SUZHOU) CO.,LTD.

 

 

52

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

ULVAC ORIENT (CHENGDU) CO.,LTD.

 

 

48

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

ULVAC KOREA CO., LTD.

 

 

644

 

 

 —

 

 

19

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

UF TECH CO., LTD.

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

22

 

 

 —

 

 

12

Others

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Sub-total

 

 

1,484

 

 

150

 

 

80

 

 

200

 

 

20

Brooks Automation, Inc.

 

 

12

 

 

 —

 

 

24

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

¥

1,496

 

¥

150

 

¥

104

 

¥

200

 

¥

20

 

32


 

The amounts of the transactions with related parties for the years ended June 30, 2017 are as follows (Unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Provision of 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

allowance for

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

Commission

 

 

 

 

doubtful

 

Interest

 

 

revenue

 

Purchase

 

fee *1

 

Rent *2

 

accounts

 

expense *3

ULVAC group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ULVAC, Inc.

 

¥

1,323

 

¥

15

 

¥

93

 

¥

33

 

¥

 7

 

¥

 2

ULVAC (SHANGHAI) TRADING  CO., LTD

 

 

332

 

 

 3

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

ULVAC (SUZHOU) CO.,LTD.

 

 

78

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

ULVAC ORIENT (CHENGDU) CO.,LTD.

 

 

40

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

ULVAC KOREA CO., LTD.

 

 

5,184

 

 

 3

 

 

27

 

 

 —

 

 

(5)

 

 

 —

UF TECH CO., LTD.

 

 

 —

 

 

190

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Others

 

 

12

 

 

 7

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Sub-total

 

 

6,969

 

 

218

 

 

120

 

 

33

 

 

 1

 

 

 2

Brooks Automation, Inc.

 

 

30

 

 

 4

 

 

118

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

¥

6,999

 

¥

222

 

¥

238

 

¥

33

 

¥

 1

 

¥

 2


*1 Commission fee is paid in accordance with contracts entered into among related parties and calculated based on sales volume of each fiscal year.

*2 Rent is paid in accordance with an office rent agreement between the Company and ULVAC, Inc.

*3 Interest expense occurs in accordance with loan agreements entered into between the Company and ULVAC, Inc. and details are described in Note13 Financial Liabilities.

 

The balances of financial assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2016  are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

allowance for

 

 

Trade and other

 

Guarantee

 

Trade and

 

Short-term

 

doubtful

 

 

receivables

 

deposits

 

other payables

 

loans payable

 

accounts

ULVAC group:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

ULVAC, Inc.

 

¥

89

 

¥

150

 

¥

22

 

¥

100

 

¥

 1

ULVAC(SHANGHAI) TRADING CO., LTD

 

 

37

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

ULVAC (SUZHOU)CO, LTD.

 

 

16

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Ulvac Opto-electronics Thinfilm Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

 

12

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

ULVAC KOREA CO., LTD.

 

 

963

 

 

 —

 

 

 8

 

 

 —

 

 

18

UF TECH CO., LTD.

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

22

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Others

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Sub-total

 

 

1,117

 

 

150

 

 

52

 

 

100

 

 

19

Brooks Automation, Inc.

 

 

 3

 

 

 —

 

 

18

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

¥

1,120

 

¥

150

 

¥

70

 

¥

100

 

¥

20

 

33


 

The amounts of the transactions with related parties for the years ended June 30, 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Yen (millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

allowance for

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

Commission

 

 

 

 

doubtful

 

Interest

 

 

revenue

 

Purchase

 

fee *1

 

Rent *2

 

accounts

 

expense *3

ULVAC group:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ULVAC, Inc.

 

¥

260

 

¥

 9

 

¥

67

 

¥

33

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 3

ULVAC(SHANGHAI) TRADING CO., LTD

 

 

195

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

(1)

 

 

 —

ULVAC (SUZHOU)CO., LTD.

 

 

36

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Ulvac Opto-electronics Thinfilm Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

 

21

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

ULVAC KOREA CO., LTD.

 

 

3,113

 

 

29

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

12

 

 

 —

UF TECH CO., LTD.

 

 

 —

 

 

119

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Others

 

 

 3

 

 

 3

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Sub-total

 

 

3,628

 

 

160

 

 

71

 

 

33

 

 

11

 

 

 3

Brooks Automation, Inc.

 

 

31

 

 

 3

 

 

89

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

¥

3,659

 

¥

163

 

¥

160

 

¥

33

 

¥

11

 

¥

 3


*1 Commission fee is paid in accordance with contracts entered into among related parties and calculated based on sales volume of each fiscal year.

*2 Rent is paid in accordance with an office rent agreement between the Company and ULVAC, Inc.

*3 Interest expense occurs in accordance with loan agreements entered into between the Company and ULVAC, Inc. and details are described in Note13 Financial Liabilities.

 

The amounts of the transactions with related parties for the years ended June 30, 2015 are as follows  ( Unaudited) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Provision of

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

allowance for

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

Commission

 

 

 

 

doubtful

 

Interest

 

 

revenue

 

Purchase

 

fee *1

 

Rent *2

 

accounts 

 

expense *3

ULVAC group:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

ULVAC, Inc.

 

¥

272

 

¥

 8

 

¥

46

 

¥

33

 

¥

 —

 

¥

 5

ULVAC(SHANGHAI) TRADING CO., LTD

 

 

264

 

 

 —

 

 

19

 

 

 —

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

ULVAC (SUZHUO)CO., LTD.

 

 

30

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Ulvac Opto-electronics Thinfilm Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

ULVAC KOREA CO., LTD.

 

 

1,267

 

 

 2

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

UF TECH CO., LTD.

 

 

 —

 

 

23

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Others

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Sub-total

 

 

1,837

 

 

33

 

 

67

 

 

33

 

 

 1

 

 

 5

Brooks Automation, Inc.

 

 

47

 

 

 4

 

 

71

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

¥

1,884

 

¥

37

 

¥

138

 

¥

33

 

¥

 1

 

¥

 5


*1 Commission fee is paid in accordance with contracts entered into among related parties and calculated based on sales volume of each fiscal year.

*2 Rent is paid in accordance with an office rent agreement between the Company and ULVAC, Inc.

*3 Interest expense occurs in accordance with loan agreements entered into between the Company and ULVAC, Inc. and details are described in Note13. Financial Liabilities.

 

34


 

(b) Compensation to Key Management

 

Compensation paid and accrued to the directors and corporate auditors of the Company for the years ended June 30,  2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited

Amounts paid:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Remuneration

 

¥

63

 

¥

74

 

¥

77

Bonus

 

 

30

 

 

30

 

 

38

Retirement benefit

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

68

Total

 

¥

93

 

¥

104

 

¥

183

Amounts accrued expenses:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Bonus

 

 

23

 

 

30

 

 

30

Retirement benefit

 

 

25

 

 

10

 

 

10

Total

 

¥

47

 

¥

40

 

¥

40

 

Corporate auditors refer to an organization hired to audit the execution of duties by directors of the Company as prescribed by the Japanese Companies Act.

 

Outstanding balances of unsettled compensation to the directors and corporate auditors of the Company as of June 30,  2017 and 2016  are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yen (millions)

 

    

June 30, 2017

    

June 30, 2016

Accrual for directors and corporate auditors' bonuses

 

¥

23

 

¥

30

Accrual for directors and corporate auditors' retirement benefits

 

 

113

 

 

109

Total

 

¥

136

 

¥

139

 

(c) Consolidated Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017 (Unaudited) and 2016 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Country of

    

 

    

Percentage Ownership

Company

 

Incorporation

 

Function

 

and Voting Interest

Ulvac Cryogenics Korea Incorporated

 

Korea

  

Manufactures, sales, and maintenance of cryopumps

  

100.0

Ulvac Cryogenics (Ningbo) Incorporated

 

China

  

Manufactures, sales, and maintenance of cryopumps

  

100.0

 

 

27.  Reconciliation of IFRS to US GAAP

 

As a result of our assessment to reconciliation of IFRS to US GAAP, there is no material difference between IFRS and US GAAP.

 

28.  Approval of Release of Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The release of the consolidated financial statements was approved by, President, Chief Executive Officer and Representative Director and Director and Chief Operating Officer for Business Management Operations on November 10, 2017.

 

35